Linux Standard Base Core Specification 4.0

Linux Standard Base Core Specification 4.0
ISO/IEC 23360 Part 1:2008(E) 
Copyright © 2008 Linux Foundation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
Portions of the text may be copyrighted by the following parties:
•	The Regents of the University of California
•	Free Software Foundation
•	Ian F. Darwin
•	Paul Vixie
•	BSDI (now Wind River)
•	Andrew G Morgan
•	Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
•	Massachusetts Institute of Technology
•	Apple Inc.
•	Easy Software Products
•	artofcode LLC
•	Till Kamppeter
•	Manfred Wassman
•	Python Software Foundation
These excerpts are being used in accordance with their respective licenses.
Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
LSB is a trademark of the Linux Foundation in the United States and other countries.
AMD is a trademark of Advanced Micro Devices, Inc.
Intel and Itanium are registered trademarks and Intel386 is a trademark of Intel Corporation.
PowerPC is a registered trademark and PowerPC Architecture is a trademark of the IBM Corporation.
S/390 is a registered trademark of the IBM Corporation.
OpenGL is a registered trademark of Silicon Graphics, Inc.

Contents
I Introductory Elements	000
1 Scope	000
1.1 General	000
1.2 Module Specific Scope	000
2 References	000
2.1 Normative References	000
2.2 Informative References/Bibliography	000
3 Requirements	000
3.1 Relevant Libraries	000
3.2 LSB Implementation Conformance	000
3.3 LSB Application Conformance	000
4 Definitions	000
5 Terminology	000
6 Documentation Conventions	000
7 Relationship To ISO/IEC 9945 POSIX	000
8 Relationship To Other Linux Foundation Specifications	000
II Executable And Linking Format (ELF)	000
9 Introduction	000
10 Low Level System Information	000
10.1 Operating System Interface	000
10.2 Machine Interface	000
11 Object Format	000
11.1 Object Files	000
11.2 Sections	000
11.3 Special Sections	000
11.4 Symbol Mapping	000
11.5 DWARF Extensions	000
11.6 Exception Frames	000
11.7 Symbol Versioning	000
11.8 ABI note tag	000
12 Dynamic Linking	000
12.1 Program Loading and Dynamic Linking	000
12.2 Program Header	000
12.3 Dynamic Entries	000
III Base Libraries	000
13 Base Libraries	000
13.1 Introduction	000
13.2 Program Interpreter	000
13.3 Interfaces for libc	000
13.4 Data Definitions for libc	000
13.5 Interface Definitions for libc	000
13.6 Interfaces for libm	000
13.7 Data Definitions for libm	000
13.8 Interface Definitions for libm	000
13.9 Interfaces for libpthread	000
13.10 Data Definitions for libpthread	000
13.11 Interface Definitions for libpthread	000
13.12 Interfaces for libgcc_s	000
13.13 Data Definitions for libgcc_s	000
13.14 Interfaces for libdl	000
13.15 Data Definitions for libdl	000
13.16 Interface Definitions for libdl	000
13.17 Interfaces for librt	000
13.18 Data Definitions for librt	000
13.19 Interfaces for libcrypt	000
13.20 Interfaces for libpam	000
13.21 Data Definitions for libpam	000
13.22 Interface Definitions for libpam	000
IV Utility Libraries	000
14 Utility Libraries	000
14.1 Introduction	000
14.2 Interfaces for libz	000
14.3 Data Definitions for libz	000
14.4 Interface Definitions for libz	000
14.5 Interfaces for libncurses	000
14.6 Data Definitions for libncurses	000
14.7 Interface Definitions for libncurses	000
14.8 Interfaces for libutil	000
14.9 Interface Definitions for libutil	000
V Commands and Utilities	000
15 Commands and Utilities	000
15.1 Commands and Utilities	000
15.2 Command Behavior	000
VI Execution Environment	000
16 File System Hierarchy	000
16.1 /dev: Device Files	000
16.2 /etc: Host-specific system configuration	000
16.3 User Accounting Databases	000
16.4 Path For System Administration Utilities	000
17 Additional Recommendations	000
17.1 Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions	000
18 Additional Behaviors	000
18.1 Mandatory Optional Behaviors	000
18.2 Optional Mandatory Behaviors	000
18.3 Executable Scripts	000
19 Localization	000
19.1 Introduction	000
19.2 Regular Expressions	000
19.3 Pattern Matching Notation	000
VII System Initialization	000
20 System Initialization	000
20.1 Cron Jobs	000
20.2 Init Script Actions	000
20.3 Comment Conventions for Init Scripts	000
20.4 Installation and Removal of Init Scripts	000
20.5 Run Levels	000
20.6 Facility Names	000
20.7 Script Names	000
20.8 Init Script Functions	000
VIII Users & Groups	000
21 Users & Groups	000
21.1 User and Group Database	000
21.2 User & Group Names	000
21.3 User ID Ranges	000
21.4 Rationale	000
IX Package Format and Installation	000
22 Software Installation	000
22.1 Introduction	000
22.2 Package File Format	000
22.3 Package Script Restrictions	000
22.4 Package Tools	000
22.5 Package Naming	000
22.6 Package Dependencies	000
22.7 Package Architecture Considerations	000
A Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces	000
A.1 libc	000
A.2 libcrypt	000
A.3 libdl	000
A.4 libm	000
A.5 libncurses	000
A.6 libpam	000
A.7 libpthread	000
A.8 librt	000
A.9 libutil	000
A.10 libz	000
B Future Directions (Informative)	000
B.1 Introduction	000
B.2 Commands And Utilities	000
lsbinstall	000
C GNU Free Documentation License (Informative)	000
C.1 PREAMBLE	000
C.2 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS	000
C.3 VERBATIM COPYING	000
C.4 COPYING IN QUANTITY	000
C.5 MODIFICATIONS	000
C.6 COMBINING DOCUMENTS	000
C.7 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS	000
C.8 AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS	000
C.9 TRANSLATION	000
C.10 TERMINATION	000
C.11 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE	000
C.12 How to use this License for your documents	000

List of Figures
11-1 Version Definition Entries	000
11-2 Version Definition Auxiliary Entries	000
11-3 Version Needed Entries	000
11-4 Version Needed Auxiliary Entries	000
12-1 Dynamic Structure	000

Foreword
This is version 4.0 of the Linux Standard Base Core Specification. This specification is part of a family of specifications under the general title "Linux Standard Base". Developers of applications or implementations interested in using the LSB trademark should see the Linux Foundation Certification Policy for details.

Introduction
The LSB defines a binary interface for application programs that are compiled and packaged for LSB-conforming implementations on many different hardware architectures. Since a binary specification shall include information specific to the computer processor architecture for which it is intended, it is not possible for a single document to specify the interface for all possible LSB-conforming implementations. Therefore, the LSB is a family of specifications, rather than a single one.
This document should be used in conjunction with the documents it references. This document enumerates the system components it includes, but descriptions of those components may be included entirely or partly in this document, partly in other documents, or entirely in other reference documents. For example, the section that describes system service routines includes a list of the system routines supported in this interface, formal declarations of the data structures they use that are visible to applications, and a pointer to the underlying referenced specification for information about the syntax and semantics of each call. Only those routines not described in standards referenced by this document, or extensions to those standards, are described in the detail. Information referenced in this way is as much a part of this document as is the information explicitly included here.
The specification carries a version number of either the form x.y or x.y.z. This version number carries the following meaning: 
•	The first number (x) is the major version number. All versions with the same major version number should share binary compatibility. Any addition or deletion of a new library results in a new version number. Interfaces marked as deprecated may be removed from the specification at a major version change.
•	The second number (y) is the minor version number. Individual interfaces may be added if all certified implementations already had that (previously undocumented) interface. Interfaces may be marked as deprecated at a minor version change. Other minor changes may be permitted at the discretion of the LSB workgroup.
•	The third number (z), if present, is the editorial level. Only editorial changes should be included in such versions.
Since this specification is a descriptive Application Binary Interface, and not a source level API specification, it is not possible to make a guarantee of 100% backward compatibility between major releases. However, it is the intent that those parts of the binary interface that are visible in the source level API will remain backward compatible from version to version, except where a feature marked as "Deprecated" in one release may be removed from a future release.
Implementors are strongly encouraged to make use of symbol versioning to permit simultaneous support of applications conforming to different releases of this specification.

I Introductory Elements

1 Scope
1.1 General
The Linux Standard Base (LSB) defines a system interface for compiled applications and a minimal environment for support of installation scripts. Its purpose is to enable a uniform industry standard environment for high-volume applications conforming to the LSB.
These specifications are composed of two basic parts: A common specification ("LSB-generic" or "generic LSB"), ISO/IEC 23360 Part 1, describing those parts of the interface that remain constant across all implementations of the LSB, and an architecture-specific part ("LSB-arch" or "archLSB") describing the parts of the interface that vary by processor architecture. Together, the LSB-generic and the relevant architecture-specific part of ISO/IEC 23360 for a single hardware architecture provide a complete interface specification for compiled application programs on systems that share a common hardware architecture.
ISO/IEC 23360 Part 1, the LSB-generic document, should be used in conjunction with an architecture-specific part. Whenever a section of the LSB-generic specification is supplemented by architecture-specific information, the LSB-generic document includes a reference to the architecture part. Architecture-specific parts of ISO/IEC 23360 may also contain additional information that is not referenced in the LSB-generic document.
The LSB contains both a set of Application Program Interfaces (APIs) and Application Binary Interfaces (ABIs). APIs may appear in the source code of portable applications, while the compiled binary of that application may use the larger set of ABIs. A conforming implementation provides all of the ABIs listed here. The compilation system may replace (e.g. by macro definition) certain APIs with calls to one or more of the underlying binary interfaces, and may insert calls to binary interfaces as needed.
The LSB is primarily a binary interface definition. Not all of the source level APIs available to applications may be contained in this specification.
1.2 Module Specific Scope
This is the Core module of the Linux Standard Base (LSB), ISO/IEC 23360 Part 1. This module provides the fundamental system interfaces, libraries, and runtime environment upon which all conforming applications and libraries depend.
Interfaces described in this part of ISO/IEC 23360 are mandatory except where explicitly listed otherwise. Core interfaces may be supplemented by other modules; all modules are built upon the core.

2 References
2.1 Normative References
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references, the latest edition of the referenced document (including any amendments) applies.
Note: Where copies of a document are available on the World Wide Web, a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) is given for informative purposes only. This may point to a more recent copy of the referenced specification, or may be out of date. Reference copies of specifications at the revision level indicated may be found at the Linux Foundation's Reference Specifications (http://refspecs.freestandards.org) site.
Table 2-1 Normative References
Name	Title	URL	
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard	Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) 2.3	http://www.pathname.com/fhs/	
ISO C (1999)	ISO/IEC 9899: 1999, Programming Languages --C		
ISO POSIX (2003)	ISO/IEC 9945-1:2003 Information technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 1: Base Definitions
ISO/IEC 9945-2:2003 Information technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 2: System Interfaces
ISO/IEC 9945-3:2003 Information technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 3: Shell and Utilities
ISO/IEC 9945-4:2003 Information technology -- Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX) -- Part 4: Rationale
Including Technical Cor. 1: 2004	http://www.unix.org/version3/	
Itanium™ C++ ABI	Itanium™ C++ ABI (Revision 1.83)	http://refspecs.linux-foundation.org/cxxabi-1.83.html	
Large File Support	Large File Support	http://www.UNIX-systems.org/version2/whatsnew/lfs20mar.html	
POSIX 1003.1 2008	Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX®) 2008 Edition / The Open Group Technical Standard Base Specifications, Issue 7	http://www.unix.org/version4/	
SUSv2	CAE Specification, January 1997, System Interfaces and Headers (XSH),Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-181-0, C606)	http://www.opengroup.org/publications/catalog/un.htm	
SVID Issue 3	American Telephone and Telegraph Company, System V Interface Definition, Issue 3; Morristown, NJ, UNIX Press, 1989. (ISBN 0201566524)		
SVID Issue 4	System V Interface Definition, Fourth Edition		
System V ABI	System V Application Binary Interface, Edition 4.1	http://www.caldera.com/developers/devspecs/gabi41.pdf	
System V ABI Update	System V Application Binary Interface - DRAFT - 17 December 2003	http://www.caldera.com/developers/gabi/2003-12-17/contents.html	
X/Open Curses	CAE Specification, May 1996, X/Open Curses, Issue 4, Version 2 (ISBN: 1-85912-171-3, C610), plus Corrigendum U018	http://www.opengroup.org/publications/catalog/un.htm	

2.2 Informative References/Bibliography
In addition, the specifications listed below provide essential background information to implementors of this specification. These references are included for information only.
Table 2-2 Other References
Name	Title	URL	
Cairo API Reference	Cairo Vector Graphics API Specification for 1.0.2	http://cairographics.org/manual-1.0.2	
DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0	DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 (July 27, 1993)	http://refspecs.linux-foundation.org/dwarf/dwarf-2.0.0.pdf	
DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 3.0.0 (Draft)	DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 3.0.0 (Draft)	http://refspecs.linux-foundation.org/dwarf	
IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point	IEC 60559:1989 Binary floating-point arithmetic for microprocessor systems	http://www.ieee.org/	
ISO/IEC TR14652	ISO/IEC Technical Report 14652:2002 Specification method for cultural conventions		
ITU-T V.42	International Telecommunication Union Recommendation V.42 (2002): Error-correcting procedures for DCEs using asynchronous-to-synchronous conversionITUV	http://www.itu.int/rec/recommendation.asp?type=folders&lang=e&parent=T-REC-V.42	
Li18nux Globalization Specification	LI18NUX 2000 Globalization Specification, Version 1.0 with Amendment 4	http://www.openi18n.org/docs/html/LI18NUX-2000-amd4.htm	
Linux Allocated Device Registry	LINUX ALLOCATED DEVICES	http://www.lanana.org/docs/device-list/devices.txt	
Mozilla's NSS SSL Reference	Mozilla's NSS SSL Reference	http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/pki/nss/ref/ssl/	
NSPR Reference	Mozilla's NSPR Reference	http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/NSPR_API_Reference/NSPR_API.html	
PAM	Open Software Foundation, Request For Comments: 86.0 , October 1995, V. Samar & R.Schemers (SunSoft)	http://www.opengroup.org/tech/rfc/mirror-rfc/rfc86.0.txt	
RFC 1321: The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm	IETF RFC 1321: The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt	
RFC 1831/1832 RPC & XDR	IETF RFC 1831 & 1832	http://www.ietf.org/	
RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for ONC RPC Version 2	IETF RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for ONC RPC Version 2	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1833.txt	
RFC 1950: ZLIB Compressed Data Format Specication	IETF RFC 1950: ZLIB Compressed Data Format Specification	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt	
RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification	IETF RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification version 1.3	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1951.txt	
RFC 1952: GZIP File Format Specification	IETF RFC 1952: GZIP file format specification version 4.3	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1952.txt	
RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format	IETF RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2440.txt	
RFC 2821:Simple Mail Transfer Protocol	IETF RFC 2821: Simple Mail Transfer Protocol	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2821.txt	
RFC 2822:Internet Message Format	IETF RFC 2822: Internet Message Format	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2822.txt	
RFC 791:Internet Protocol	IETF RFC 791: Internet Protocol Specification	http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc791.txt	
RPM Package Format	RPM Package Format V3.0	http://www.rpm.org/max-rpm/s1-rpm-file-format-rpm-file-format.html	
SUSv2 Commands and Utilities	The Single UNIX Specification(SUS) Version 2, Commands and Utilities (XCU), Issue 5 (ISBN: 1-85912-191-8, C604)	http://www.opengroup.org/publications/catalog/un.htm	
zlib Manual	zlib 1.2 Manual	http://www.gzip.org/zlib/	

3 Requirements
3.1 Relevant Libraries
The libraries listed in Table 3-1 shall be available on a Linux Standard Base system, with the specified runtime names. The libraries listed in Table 3-2 are architecture specific, but shall be available on all LSB conforming systems. This list may be supplemented or amended by the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
Table 3-1 Standard Library Names
Library	Runtime Name	
libdl	libdl.so.2	
libcrypt	libcrypt.so.1	
libz	libz.so.1	
libncurses	libncurses.so.5	
libutil	libutil.so.1	
libpthread	libpthread.so.0	
librt	librt.so.1	
libpam	libpam.so.0	
libgcc_s	libgcc_s.so.1	

Table 3-2 Standard Library Names defined in the Architecture Specific Parts of ISO/IEC 23360
Library	Runtime Name	
libm	See archLSB	
libc	See archLSB	
proginterp	See archLSB	

These libraries will be in an implementation-defined directory which the dynamic linker shall search by default.
3.2 LSB Implementation Conformance
A conforming implementation is necessarily architecture specific, and must provide the interfaces specified by both the generic LSB Core specification (ISO/IEC 23360 Part 1) and the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360. 
Rationale: An implementation must provide at least the interfaces specified in these specifications. It may also provide additional interfaces.
A conforming implementation shall satisfy the following requirements:
•	A processor architecture represents a family of related processors which may not have identical feature sets. The architecture specific parts of ISO/IEC 23360 that supplement this specification for a given target processor architecture describe a minimum acceptable processor. The implementation shall provide all features of this processor, whether in hardware or through emulation transparent to the application.
•	The implementation shall be capable of executing compiled applications having the format and using the system interfaces described in this document.
•	The implementation shall provide libraries containing the interfaces specified by this document, and shall provide a dynamic linking mechanism that allows these interfaces to be attached to applications at runtime. All the interfaces shall behave as specified in this document.
•	The map of virtual memory provided by the implementation shall conform to the requirements of this document.
•	The implementation's low-level behavior with respect to function call linkage, system traps, signals, and other such activities shall conform to the formats described in this document.
•	The implementation shall provide all of the mandatory interfaces in their entirety.
•	The implementation may provide one or more of the optional interfaces. Each optional interface that is provided shall be provided in its entirety. The product documentation shall state which optional interfaces are provided.
•	The implementation shall provide all files and utilities specified as part of this document in the format defined here and in other referenced documents. All commands and utilities shall behave as required by this document. The implementation shall also provide all mandatory components of an application's runtime environment that are included or referenced in this document.
•	The implementation, when provided with standard data formats and values at a named interface, shall provide the behavior defined for those values and data formats at that interface. However, a conforming implementation may consist of components which are separately packaged and/or sold. For example, a vendor of a conforming implementation might sell the hardware, operating system, and windowing system as separately packaged items.
•	The implementation may provide additional interfaces with different names. It may also provide additional behavior corresponding to data values outside the standard ranges, for standard named interfaces.
3.3 LSB Application Conformance
A conforming application is necessarily architecture specific, and must conform to both the generic LSB Core specification (ISO/IEC 23360 Part 1)and the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
A conforming application shall satisfy the following requirements:
•	Its executable files shall be either shell scripts or object files in the format defined for the Object File Format system interface.
•	Its object files shall participate in dynamic linking as defined in the Program Loading and Linking System interface.
•	It shall employ only the instructions, traps, and other low-level facilities defined in the Low-Level System interface as being for use by applications.
•	If it requires any optional interface defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully, the requirement for that optional interface shall be stated in the application's documentation.
•	It shall not use any interface or data format that is not required to be provided by a conforming implementation, unless: 
•	If such an interface or data format is supplied by another application through direct invocation of that application during execution, that application shall be in turn an LSB conforming application.
•	The use of that interface or data format, as well as its source, shall be identified in the documentation of the application.
•	It shall not use any values for a named interface that are reserved for vendor extensions.
A strictly conforming application shall not require or use any interface, facility, or implementation-defined extension that is not defined in this document in order to be installed or to execute successfully.

4 Definitions
For the purposes of this document, the following definitions, as specified in the ISO/IEC Directives, Part 2, 2001, 4th Edition, apply:
can
 	be able to; there is a possibility of; it is possible to
cannot
 	be unable to; there is no possibility of; it is not possible to
may
 	is permitted; is allowed; is permissible
need not
 	it is not required that; no...is required
shall
 	is to; is required to; it is required that; has to; only...is permitted; it is necessary
shall not
 	is not allowed [permitted] [acceptable] [permissible]; is required to be not; is required that...be not; is not to be
should
 	it is recommended that; ought to
should not
 	it is not recommended that; ought not to

5 Terminology
For the purposes of this document, the following terms apply:
archLSB
 	The architectural part of the LSB Specification which describes the specific parts of the interface that are platform specific. The archLSB is complementary to the gLSB.
Binary Standard
 	The total set of interfaces that are available to be used in the compiled binary code of a conforming application.
gLSB
 	The common part of the LSB Specification that describes those parts of the interface that remain constant across all hardware implementations of the LSB.
implementation-defined
 	Describes a value or behavior that is not defined by this document but is selected by an implementor. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence of the value or behavior. An application that relies on such a value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations. The implementor shall document such a value or behavior so that it can be used correctly by an application.
Shell Script
 	A file that is read by an interpreter (e.g., awk). The first line of the shell script includes a reference to its interpreter binary.
Source Standard
 	The set of interfaces that are available to be used in the source code of a conforming application.
undefined
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not defined by this document which results from use of an invalid program construct or invalid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
unspecified
 	Describes the nature of a value or behavior not specified by this document which results from use of a valid program construct or valid data input. The value or behavior may vary among implementations that conform to this document. An application should not rely on the existence or validity of the value or behavior. An application that relies on any particular value or behavior cannot be assured to be portable across conforming implementations.
Other terms and definitions used in this document shall have the same meaning as defined in Chapter 3 of the Base Definitions volume of ISO POSIX (2003).

6 Documentation Conventions
Throughout this document, the following typographic conventions are used: 
function()
 	the name of a function
command
 	the name of a command or utility
CONSTANT
 	a constant value
parameter
 	a parameter
variable
 	a variable
Throughout this specification, several tables of interfaces are presented. Each entry in these tables has the following format: 
name
 	the name of the interface
(symver)
 	An optional symbol version identifier, if required.
[refno]
 	A reference number indexing the table of referenced specifications that follows this table.
For example, 
forkpty(GLIBC_2.0) [SUSv3]	

refers to the interface named forkpty() with symbol version GLIBC_2.0 that is defined in the SUSv3 reference. 
Note: For symbols with versions which differ between architectures, the symbol versions are defined in the architecture specific parts of ISO/IEC 23360 only.

7 Relationship To ISO/IEC 9945 POSIX
This specification includes many interfaces described in ISO POSIX (2003). Unless otherwise specified, such interfaces should behave exactly as described in that specification. Any conflict between the requirements described here and the ISO POSIX (2003) standard is unintentional, except as explicitly noted otherwise.
Note: In addition to the differences noted inline in this specification, PDTR 24715 has extracted the differences between this specification and ISO POSIX (2003) into a single place. It is the long term plan of the Linux Foundation to converge the LSB Core Specification with ISO/IEC 9945 POSIX.
The LSB Specification Authority is responsible for deciding the meaning of conformance to normative referenced standards in the LSB context. Problem Reports regarding underlying or referenced standards in any other context will be referred to the relevant maintenance body for that standard.

8 Relationship To Other Linux Foundation Specifications
The LSB is the base for several other specification projects under the umbrella of the Linux Foundation (LF). This specification is the foundation, and other specifications build on the interfaces defined here. However, beyond those specifications listed as Normative References, this specification has no dependencies on other LF projects.

II Executable And Linking Format (ELF)

9 Introduction
Executable and Linking Format (ELF) defines the object format for compiled applications. This specification supplements the information found in System V ABI Update and is intended to document additions made since the publication of that document.

10 Low Level System Information
10.1 Operating System Interface
LSB-conforming applications shall assume that stack, heap and other allocated memory regions will be non-executable. The application must take steps to make them executable if needed.
10.2 Machine Interface
10.2.1 Data Representation
LSB-conforming applications shall use the data representation as defined in the Arcitecture specific ELF documents.
10.2.1.1 Fundamental Types
In addition to the fundamental types specified in the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360, a 1 byte data type is defined here. 
Table 10-1 Scalar Types
Type	C	C++	sizeof	Alignment (bytes)	Architecture Representation	
Integral	_Bool	bool	1	1	byte	

11 Object Format
11.1 Object Files
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file Executable and Linking Format (ELF), which is defined by the following documents: 
•	System V ABI
•	System V ABI Update
•	this specification
•	the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360
Conforming implementations may also support other unspecified object file formats.
11.2 Sections
11.2.1 Introduction
As described in System V ABI, an ELF object file contains a number of sections.
11.2.2 Sections Types
The section header table is an array of Elf32_Shdr or Elf64_Shdr structures as described in System V ABI. The sh_type member shall be either a value from Table 11-1, drawn from the System V ABI, or one of the additional values specified in Table 11-2.
A section header's sh_type member specifies the sections's semantics.
11.2.2.1 ELF Section Types
The following section types are defined in the System V ABI and the System V ABI Update. 
Table 11-1 ELF Section Types
Name	Value	Description	
SHT_DYNAMIC	0x6	The section holds information for dynamic linking. Currently, an object file shall have only one dynamic section, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Dynamic Section' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for details.	
SHT_DYNSYM	0xb	This section holds a minimal set of symbols adequate for dynamic linking. See also SHT_SYMTAB. Currently, an object file may have either a section of SHT_SYMTAB type or a section of SHT_DYNSYM type, but not both. This restriction may be relaxed in the future.	
SHT_FINI_ARRAY	0xf	This section contains an array of pointers to termination functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return.	
SHT_HASH	0x5	The section holds a symbol hash table. Currently, an object file shall have only one hash table, but this restriction may be relaxed in the future. See `Hash Table' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for details.	
SHT_INIT_ARRAY	0xe	This section contains an array of pointers to initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless procedure with a void return.	
SHT_NOBITS	0x8	A section of this type occupies no space in the file but otherwise resembles SHT_PROGBITS. Although this section contains no bytes, the sh_offset member contains the conceptual file offset.	
SHT_NOTE	0x7	The section holds information that marks the file in some way. See `Note Section' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for details.	
SHT_NULL	0x0	This value marks the section header as inactive; it does not have an associated section. Other members of the section header have undefined values.	
SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY	0x10	This section contains an array of pointers to functions that are invoked before all other initialization functions, as described in `Initialization and Termination Functions' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update. Each pointer in the array is taken as a parameterless proceure with a void return.	
SHT_PROGBITS	0x1	The section holds information defined by the program, whose format and meaning are determined solely by the program.	
SHT_REL	0x9	The section holds relocation entries without explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rel for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rel for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. See `Relocation' in Chapter 4 of System V ABI Update for details.	
SHT_RELA	0x4	The section holds relocation entries with explicit addends, such as type Elf32_Rela for the 32-bit class of object files or type Elf64_Rela for the 64-bit class of object files. An object file may have multiple relocation sections. See `Relocation' in Chapter 4 of System V ABI Update for details.	
SHT_STRTAB	0x3	The section holds a string table. An object file may have multiple string table sections. See `String Table' in Chapter 4 of System V ABI Update for details.	
SHT_SYMTAB	0x2	This section holds a symbol table. Currently, an object file may have either a section of SHT_SYMTAB type or a section of SHT_DYNSYM type, but not both. This restriction may be relaxed in the future. Typically, SHT_SYMTAB provides symbols for link editing, though it may also be used for dynamic linking. As a complete symbol table, it may contain many symbols unnecessary for dynamic linking.	

11.2.2.2 Additional Section Types
The following additional section types are defined here. 
Table 11-2 Additional Section Types
Name	Value	Description	
SHT_GNU_verdef	0x6ffffffd	This section contains the symbol versions that are provided.	
SHT_GNU_verneed	0x6ffffffe	This section contains the symbol versions that are required.	
SHT_GNU_versym	0x6fffffff	This section contains the Symbol Version Table.	

11.3 Special Sections
11.3.1 Special Sections
Various sections hold program and control information. Sections in the lists below are used by the system and have the indicated types and attributes.
11.3.1.1 ELF Special Sections
The following sections are defined in the System V ABI and the System V ABI Update. 
Table 11-3 ELF Special Sections
Name	Type	Attributes	
.bss	SHT_NOBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.comment	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.data	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.data1	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.debug	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.dynamic	SHT_DYNAMIC	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.dynstr	SHT_STRTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.dynsym	SHT_DYNSYM	SHF_ALLOC	
.fini	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	
.fini_array	SHT_FINI_ARRAY	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.hash	SHT_HASH	SHF_ALLOC	
.init	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	
.init_array	SHT_INIT_ARRAY	 SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.interp	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.line	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.note	SHT_NOTE	0	
.preinit_array	SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.rodata	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_MERGE+SHF_STRINGS	
.rodata1	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_MERGE+SHF_STRINGS	
.shstrtab	SHT_STRTAB	0	
.strtab	SHT_STRTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.symtab	SHT_SYMTAB	SHF_ALLOC	
.tbss	SHT_NOBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE+SHF_TLS	
.tdata	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE+SHF_TLS	
.text	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_EXECINSTR	

.bss
 	This section holds data that contributes to the program's memory image. The program may treat this data as uninitialized. However, the system shall initialize this data with zeroes when the program begins to run. The section occupies no file space, as indicated by the section type, SHT_NOBITS.
.comment
 	This section holds version control information.
.data
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
.data1
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image.
.debug
 	This section holds information for symbolic debugging. The contents are unspecified. All section names with the prefix .debug hold information for symbolic debugging. The contents of these sections are unspecified.
.dynamic
 	This section holds dynamic linking information. The section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit. Whether the SHF_WRITE bit is set is processor specific. See Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for more information.
.dynstr
 	This section holds strings needed for dynamic linking, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. See Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for more information.
.dynsym
 	This section holds the dynamic linking symbol table, as described in `Symbol Table' of System V ABI Update.
.fini
 	This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process termination code. That is, when a program exits normally, the system arranges to execute the code in this section.
.fini_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single termination array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.hash
 	This section holds a symbol hash table. See `Hash Table' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for more information.
.init
 	This section holds executable instructions that contribute to the process initialization code. When a program starts to run, the system arranges to execute the code in this section before calling the main program entry point (called main for C programs).
.init_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.interp
 	This section holds the path name of a program interpreter. If the file has a loadable segment that includes relocation, the sections' attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off. See Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for more information.
.line
 	This section holds line number information for symbolic debugging, which describes the correspondence between the source program and the machine code. The contents are unspecified.
.note
 	This section holds information in the format that `Note Section' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update describes.
.preinit_array
 	This section holds an array of function pointers that contributes to a single pre-initialization array for the executable or shared object containing the section.
.rodata
 	This section holds read-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for more information.
.rodata1
 	This section holds read-only data that typically contribute to a non-writable segment in the process image. See `Program Header' in Chapter 5 of System V ABI Update for more information.
.shstrtab
 	This section holds section names.
.strtab
 	This section holds strings, most commonly the strings that represent the names associated with symbol table entries. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol string table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off.
.symtab
 	This section holds a symbol table, as `Symbol Table' in Chapter 4 of System V ABI Update describes. If the file has a loadable segment that includes the symbol table, the section's attributes will include the SHF_ALLOC bit; otherwise, that bit will be off.
.tbss
 	This section holds uninitialized thread-local data that contribute to the program's memory image. By definition, the system initializes the data with zeros when the data is instantiated for each new execution flow. The section occupies no file space, as indicated by the section type, SHT_NOBITS. Implementations need not support thread-local storage.
.tdata
 	This section holds initialized thread-local data that contributes to the program's memory image. A copy of its contents is instantiated by the system for each new execution flow. Implementations need not support thread-local storage.
.text
 	This section holds the `text', or executable instructions, of a program.
11.3.1.2 Additional Special Sections
Object files in an LSB conforming application may also contain one or more of the additional special sections described below. 
Table 11-4 Additional Special Sections
Name	Type	Attributes	
.ctors	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.data.rel.ro	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.dtors	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.eh_frame	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.eh_frame_hdr	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.gcc_except_table	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version	SHT_GNU_versym	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version_d	SHT_GNU_verdef	SHF_ALLOC	
.gnu.version_r	SHT_GNU_verneed	SHF_ALLOC	
.got.plt	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.jcr	SHT_PROGBITS	SHF_ALLOC+SHF_WRITE	
.note.ABI-tag	SHT_NOTE	SHF_ALLOC	
.stab	SHT_PROGBITS	0	
.stabstr	SHT_STRTAB	0	

.ctors
 	This section contains a list of global constructor function pointers.
.data.rel.ro
 	This section holds initialized data that contribute to the program's memory image. This section may be made read-only after relocations have been applied.
.dtors
 	This section contains a list of global destructor function pointers.
.eh_frame
 	This section contains information necessary for frame unwinding during exception handling. See Section 11.6.1.
.eh_frame_hdr
 	This section contains a pointer to the .eh_frame section which is accessible to the runtime support code of a C++ application. This section may also contain a binary search table which may be used by the runtime support code to more efficiently access records in the .eh_frame section. See Section 11.6.2.
.gcc_except_table
 	This section holds Language Specific Data.
.gnu.version
 	This section contains the Symbol Version Table. See Section 11.7.2.
.gnu.version_d
 	This section contains the Version Definitions. See Section 11.7.3.
.gnu.version_r
 	This section contains the Version Requirements. See Section 11.7.4.
.got.plt
 	This section holds the read-only portion of the GLobal Offset Table. This section may be made read-only after relocations have been applied.
.jcr
 	This section contains information necessary for registering compiled Java classes. The contents are compiler-specific and used by compiler initialization functions.
.note.ABI-tag
 	Specify ABI details. See Section 11.8.
.stab
 	This section contains debugging information. The contents are not specified as part of the LSB.
.stabstr
 	This section contains strings associated with the debugging infomation contained in the .stab section.
11.4 Symbol Mapping
11.4.1 Introduction
Symbols in a source program are translated by the compilation system into symbols that exist in the object file.
11.4.1.1 C Language
External C symbols shall be unchanged in an object file's symbol table.
11.5 DWARF Extensions
The LSB does not specify debugging information, however, some additional sections contain information which is encoded using the the encoding as specified by DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0 with extensions defined here. 
Note: The extensions specified here also exist in DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 3.0.0 (Draft). It is expected that future versions of the LSB will reference the final version of that document, and that the definitions here will be taken from that document instead of being specified here.
11.5.1 DWARF Exception Header Encoding
The DWARF Exception Header Encoding is used to describe the type of data used in the .eh_frame and .eh_frame_hdr section. The upper 4 bits indicate how the value is to be applied. The lower 4 bits indicate the format of the data.
Table 11-5 DWARF Exception Header value format
Name	Value	Meaning	
DW_EH_PE_absptr	0x00	The Value is a literal pointer whose size is determined by the architecture.	
DW_EH_PE_uleb128	0x01	Unsigned value is encoded using the Little Endian Base 128 (LEB128) as defined by DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0.	
DW_EH_PE_udata2	0x02	A 2 bytes unsigned value.	
DW_EH_PE_udata4	0x03	A 4 bytes unsigned value.	
DW_EH_PE_udata8	0x04	An 8 bytes unsigned value.	
DW_EH_PE_sleb128	0x09	Signed value is encoded using the Little Endian Base 128 (LEB128) as defined by DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0.	
DW_EH_PE_sdata2	0x0A	A 2 bytes signed value.	
DW_EH_PE_sdata4	0x0B	A 4 bytes signed value.	
DW_EH_PE_sdata8	0x0C	An 8 bytes signed value.	

Table 11-6 DWARF Exception Header application
Name	Value	Meaning	
DW_EH_PE_pcrel	0x10	Value is relative to the current program counter.	
DW_EH_PE_textrel	0x20	Value is relative to the beginning of the .text section.	
DW_EH_PE_datarel	0x30	Value is relative to the beginning of the .got or .eh_frame_hdr section.	
DW_EH_PE_funcrel	0x40	Value is relative to the beginning of the function.	
DW_EH_PE_aligned	0x50	Value is aligned to an address unit sized boundary.	

One special encoding, 0xff (DW_EH_PE_omit), shall be used to indicate that no value ispresent.
11.5.2 DWARF CFI Extensions
In addition to the Call Frame Instructions defined in section 6.4.2 of DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0, the following additional Call Frame Instructions may also be used.
Table 11-7 Additional DWARF Call Frame Instructions
Name	Value	Meaning	
DW_CFA_expression	0x10	The DW_CFA_expression instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number, and a DW_FORM_block value representing a DWARF expression. The required action is to establish the DWARF expression as the means by which the address in which the given register contents are found may be computed. The value of the CFA is pushed on the DWARF evaluation stack prior to execution of the DWARF expression. The DW_OP_call2, DW_OP_call4, DW_OP_call_ref and DW_OP_push_object_address DWARF operators (see Section 2.4.1 of DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 2.0.0) cannot be used in such a DWARF expression.	
DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf	0x11	The DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number and a signed LEB128 factored offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_offset_extended except that the second operand is signed.	
DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf	0x12	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number and a signed LEB128 factored offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_def_cfa except that the second operand is signed and factored.	
DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf	0x13	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf instruction takes a signed LEB128 operand representing a factored offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset except that the operand is signed and factored.	
DW_CFA_GNU_args_size	0x2e	The DW_CFA_GNU_args_size instruction takes an unsigned LEB128 operand representing an argument size. This instruction specifies the total of the size of the arguments which have been pushed onto the stack.	
DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended	0x2f	The DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf instruction takes two operands: an unsigned LEB128 value representing a register number and an unsigned LEB128 which represents the magnitude of the offset. This instruction is identical to DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf except that the operand is subtracted to produce the offset. This instructions is obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf.	

11.6 Exception Frames
When using languages that support exceptions, such as C++, additional information must be provided to the runtime environment that describes the call frames that must be unwound during the processing of an exception. This information is contained in the special sections .eh_frame and .eh_framehdr. 
Note: The format of the .eh_frame section is similar in format and purpose to the .debug_frame section which is specified in DWARF Debugging Information Format, Revision 3.0.0 (Draft). Readers are advised that there are some subtle difference, and care should be taken when comparing the two sections.
11.6.1 The .eh_frame section
The .eh_frame section shall contain 1 or more Call Frame Information (CFI) records. The number of records present shall be determined by size of the section as contained in the section header. Each CFI record contains a Common Information Entry (CIE) record followed by 1 or more Frame Description Entry (FDE) records. Both CIEs and FDEs shall be aligned to an addressing unit sized boundary.
Table 11-8 Call Frame Information Format
Common Information Entry Record	
Frame Description Entry Record(s)	

11.6.1.1 The Common Information Entry Format
Table 11-9 Common Information Entry Format
Length	Required	
Extended Length	Optional	
CIE ID	Required	
Version	Required	
Augmentation String	Required	
Code Alignment Factor	Required	
Data Alignment Factor	Required	
Return Address Register	Required	
Augmentation Data Length	Optional	
Augmentation Data	Optional	
Initial Instructions	Required	
Padding	

Length
 	A 4 byte unsigned value indicating the length in bytes of the CIE structure, not including the Length field itself. If Length contains the value 0xffffffff, then the length is contained in the Extended Length field. If Length contains the value 0, then this CIE shall be considered a terminator and processing shall end.
Extended Length
 	A 8 byte unsigned value indicating the length in bytes of the CIE structure, not including the Length and Extended Length fields.
CIE ID
 	A 4 byte unsigned value that is used to distinguish CIE records from FDE records. This value shall always be 0, which indicates this record is a CIE.
Version
 	A 1 byte value that identifies the version number of the frame information structure. This value shall be 1.
Augmentation String
 	This value is a NUL terminated string that identifies the augmentation to the CIE or to the FDEs associated with this CIE. A zero length string indicates that no augmentation data is present. The augmentation string is case sensitive and shall be interpreted as described below.
Code Alignment Factor
 	An unsigned LEB128 encoded value that is factored out of all advance location instructions that are associated with this CIE or its FDEs. This value shall be multiplied by the delta argument of an adavance location instruction to obtain the new location value.
Data Alignment Factor
 	A signed LEB128 encoded value that is factored out of all offset instructions that are associated with this CIE or its FDEs. This value shall be multiplied by the register offset argument of an offset instruction to obtain the new offset value.
Augmentation Length
 	An unsigned LEB128 encoded value indicating the length in bytes of the Augmentation Data. This field is only present if the Augmentation String contains the character 'z'.
Augmentation Data
 	A block of data whose contents are defined by the contents of the Augmentation String as described below. This field is only present if the Augmentation String contains the character 'z'. The size of this data is given by the Augentation Length.
Initial Instructions
 	Initial set of Call Frame Instructions. The number of instructions is determined by the remaining space in the CIE record.
Padding
 	Extra bytes to align the CIE structure to an addressing unit size boundary.
11.6.1.1.1 Augmentation String Format
The Agumentation String indicates the presence of some optional fields, and how those fields should be intepreted. This string is case sensitive. Each character in the augmentation string in the CIE can be interpreted as below:
'z'
 	A 'z' may be present as the first character of the string. If present, the Augmentation Data field shall be present. The contents of the Augmentation Data shall be intepreted according to other characters in the Augmentation String.
'L'
 	A 'L' may be present at any position after the first character of the string. This character may only be present if 'z' is the first character of the string. If present, it indicates the presence of one argument in the Augmentation Data of the CIE, and a corresponding argument in the Augmentation Data of the FDE. The argument in the Augmentation Data of the CIE is 1-byte and represents the pointer encoding used for the argument in the Augmentation Data of the FDE, which is the address of a language-specific data area (LSDA). The size of the LSDA pointer is specified by the pointer encoding used.
'P'
 	A 'P' may be present at any position after the first character of the string. This character may only be present if 'z' is the first character of the string. If present, it indicates the presence of two arguments in the Augmentation Data of the CIE. The first argument is 1-byte and represents the pointer encoding used for the second argument, which is the address of a personality routine handler. The personality routine is used to handle language and vendor-specific tasks. The system unwind library interface accesses the language-specific exception handling semantics via the pointer to the personality routine. The personality routine does not have an ABI-specific name. The size of the personality routine pointer is specified by the pointer encoding used.
'R'
 	A 'R' may be present at any position after the first character of the string. This character may only be present if 'z' is the first character of the string. If present, The Augmentation Data shall include a 1 byte argument that represents the pointer encoding for the address pointers used in the FDE.
11.6.1.2 The Frame Description Entry Format
Table 11-10 Frame Description Entry Format
Length	Required	
Extended Length	Optional	
CIE Pointer	Required	
PC Begin	Required	
PC Range	Required	
Augmentation Data Length	Optional	
Augmentation Data	Optional	
Call Frame Instructions	Required	
Padding	

Length
 	A 4 byte unsigned value indicating the length in bytes of the CIE structure, not including the Length field itself. If Length contains the value 0xffffffff, then the length is contained the Extended Length field. If Length contains the value 0, then this CIE shall be considered a terminator and processing shall end.
Extended Length
 	A 8 byte unsigned value indicating the length in bytes of the CIE structure, not including the Length field itself.
CIE Pointer
 	A 4 byte unsigned value that when subtracted from the offset of the the CIE Pointer in the current FDE yields the offset of the start of the associated CIE. This value shall never be 0.
PC Begin
 	An encoded value that indicates the address of the initial location associated with this FDE. The encoding format is specified in the Augmentation Data.
PC Range
 	An absolute value that indicates the number of bytes of instructions associated with this FDE.
Augmentation Length
 	An unsigned LEB128 encoded value indicating the length in bytes of the Augmentation Data. This field is only present if the Augmentation String in the associated CIE contains the character 'z'.
Augmentation Data
 	A block of data whose contents are defined by the contents of the Augmentation String in the associated CIE as described above. This field is only present if the Augmentation String in the associated CIE contains the character 'z'. The size of this data is given by the Augentation Length.
Call Frame Instructions
 	A set of Call Frame Instructions.
Padding
 	Extra bytes to align the FDE structure to an addressing unit size boundary.
11.6.2 The .eh_frame_hdr section
The .eh_frame_hdr section contains additional information about the .eh_frame section. A pointer to the start of the .eh_frame data, and optionally, a binary search table of pointers to the .eh_frame records are found in this section.
Data in this section is encoded according to Section 11.5.1.
Table 11-11 .eh_frame_hdr Section Format
Encoding	Field	
unsigned byte	version	
unsigned byte	eh_frame_ptr_enc	
unsigned byte	fde_count_enc	
unsigned byte	table_enc	
encoded	eh_frame_ptr	
encoded	fde_count	

	binary search table	

version
 	Version of the .eh_frame_hdr format. This value shall be 1.
eh_frame_ptr_enc
 	The encoding format of the eh_frame_ptr field.
fde_count_enc
 	The encoding format of the fde_count field. A value of DW_EH_PE_omit indicates the binary search table is not present.
table_enc
 	The encoding format of the entries in the binary search table. A value of DW_EH_PE_omit indicates the binary search table is not present.
eh_frame_ptr
 	The encoded value of the pointer to the start of the .eh_frame section.
fde_count
 	The encoded value of the count of entries in the binary search table.
binary search table
 	A binary search table containing fde_count entries. Each entry of the table consist of two encoded values, the initial location, and the address. The entries are sorted in an increasing order by the initial location value.
11.7 Symbol Versioning
11.7.1 Introduction
This chapter describes the Symbol Versioning mechanism. All ELF objects may provide or depend on versioned symbols. Symbol Versioning is implemented by 3 section types: SHT_GNU_versym, SHT_GNU_verdef, and SHT_GNU_verneed.
The prefix Elfxx in the following descriptions and code fragments stands for either "Elf32" or "Elf64", depending on the architecture.
Versions are described by strings. The structures that are used for symbol versions also contain a member that holds the ELF hashing values of the strings. This allows for more efficient processing.
11.7.2 Symbol Version Table
The special section .gnu.version which has a section type of SHT_GNU_versym shall contain the Symbol Version Table. This section shall have the same number of entries as the Dynamic Symbol Table in the .dynsym section.
The .gnu.version section shall contain an array of elements of type Elfxx_Half. Each entry specifies the version defined for or required by the corresponding symbol in the Dynamic Symbol Table.
The values in the Symbol Version Table are specific to the object in which they are located. These values are identifiers that are provided by the the vna_other member of the Elfxx_Vernaux structure or the vd_ndx member of the Elfxx_Verdef structure.
The values 0 and 1 are reserved.
0
 	The symbol is local, not available outside the object.
1
 	The symbol is defined in this object and is globally available.
All other values are used to identify version strings located in one of the other Symbol Version sections. The value itself is not the version associated with the symbol. The string identified by the value defines the version of the symbol.
11.7.3 Version Definitions
The special section .gnu.version_d which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verdef shall contain symbol version definitions. The number of entries in this section shall be contained in the DT_VERDEFNUM entry of the Dynamic Section .dynamic. The sh_link member of the section header (see figure 4-8 in the System V ABI) shall point to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
The section shall contain an array of Elfxx_Verdef structures, as described in Figure 11-1, optionally followed by an array of Elfxx_Verdaux structures, as defined in Figure 11-2.
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vd_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_ndx;
        Elfxx_Half    vd_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_hash;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vd_next;
} Elfxx_Verdef;
Figure 11-1 Version Definition Entries
vd_version
 	Version revision. This field shall be set to 1.
vd_flags
 	Version information flag bitmask.
vd_ndx
 	Version index numeric value referencing the SHT_GNU_versym section.
vd_cnt
 	Number of associated verdaux array entries.
vd_hash
 	Version name hash value (ELF hash function).
vd_aux
 	Offset in bytes to a corresponding entry in an array of Elfxx_Verdaux structures as defined in Figure 11-2
vd_next
 	Offset to the next verdef entry, in bytes.
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vda_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vda_next;
} Elfxx_Verdaux;
Figure 11-2 Version Definition Auxiliary Entries
vda_name
 	Offset to the version or dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vda_next
 	Offset to the next verdaux entry, in bytes.
11.7.4 Version Requirements
The special section .gnu.version_r which has a section type of SHT_GNU_verneed shall contain required symbol version definitions. The number of entries in this section shall be contained in the DT_VERNEEDNUM entry of the Dynamic Section .dynamic. The sh_link member of the section header (see figure 4-8 in System V ABI) shall point to the section that contains the strings referenced by this section.
The section shall contain an array of Elfxx_Verneed structures, as described in Figure 11-3, optionally followed by an array of Elfxx_Vernaux structures, as defined in Figure 11-4.
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Half    vn_version;
        Elfxx_Half    vn_cnt;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_file;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_aux;
        Elfxx_Word    vn_next;
} Elfxx_Verneed;
Figure 11-3 Version Needed Entries
vn_version
 	Version of structure. This value is currently set to 1, and will be reset if the versioning implementation is incompatibly altered.
vn_cnt
 	Number of associated verneed array entries.
vn_file
 	Offset to the file name string in the section header, in bytes.
vn_aux
 	Offset to a corresponding entry in the vernaux array, in bytes.
vn_next
 	Offset to the next verneed entry, in bytes.
typedef struct {
        Elfxx_Word    vna_hash;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_flags;
        Elfxx_Half    vna_other;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_name;
        Elfxx_Word    vna_next;
} Elfxx_Vernaux;
Figure 11-4 Version Needed Auxiliary Entries
vna_hash
 	Dependency name hash value (ELF hash function).
vna_flags
 	Dependency information flag bitmask.
vna_other
 	Object file version identifier used in the .gnu.version symbol version array. Bit number 15 controls whether or not the object is hidden; if this bit is set, the object cannot be used and the static linker will ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
vna_name
 	Offset to the dependency name string in the section header, in bytes.
vna_next
 	Offset to the next vernaux entry, in bytes.
11.7.5 Startup Sequence
When loading a sharable object the system shall analyze version definition data from the loaded object to assure that it meets the version requirements of the calling object. This step is referred to as definition testing. The dynamic loader shall retrieve the entries in the caller's Elfxx_Verneed array and attempt to find matching definition information in the loaded Elfxx_Verdef table.
Each object and dependency shall be tested in turn. If a symbol definition is missing and the vna_flags bit for VER_FLG_WEAK is not set, the loader shall return an error and exit. If the vna_flags bit for VER_FLG_WEAK is set in the Elfxx_Vernaux entry, and the loader shall issue a warning and continue operation.
When the versions referenced by undefined symbols in the loaded object are found, version availability is certified. The test completes without error and the object shall be made available.
11.7.6 Symbol Resolution
When symbol versioning is used in an object, relocations extend definition testing beyond the simple match of symbol name strings: the version of the reference shall also equal the name of the definition.
The same index that is used in the symbol table can be referenced in the SHT_GNU_versym section, and the value of this index is then used to acquire name data. The corresponding requirement string is retrieved from the Elfxx_Verneed array, and likewise, the corresponding definition string from the Elfxx_Verdef table.
If the high order bit (bit number 15) of the version symbolis set, the object cannot be used and the static linker shall ignore the symbol's presence in the object.
When an object with a reference and an object with the definition are being linked, the following rules shall govern the result: 
•	The object with the reference and the object with the definitions both use versioning. All described matching is processed in this case. A fatal error shall be triggered when no matching definition can be found in the object whose name is the one referenced by the vn_name element in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	The object with the reference does not use versioning, while the object with the definitions does. In this instance, only the definitions with index numbers 1 and 2 will be used in the reference match, the same identified by the static linker as the base definition. In cases where the static linker was not used, such as in calls to dlopen(), a version that does not have the base definition index shall be acceptable if it is the only version for which the symbol is defined.
•	The object with the reference uses versioning, but the object with the definitions specifies none. A matching symbol shall be accepted in this case. A fatal error shall be triggered if a corruption in the required symbols list obscures an outdated object file and causes a match on the object filename in the Elfxx_Verneed entry.
•	Neither the object with the reference nor the object with the definitions use versioning. The behavior in this instance shall default to pre-existing symbol rules.
11.8 ABI note tag
Every executable shall contain a section named .note.ABI-tag of type SHT_NOTE. This section is structured as a note section as documented in the ELF spec. The section shall contain at least the following entry. The name field (namesz/name) contains the string "GNU". The type field shall be 1. The descsz field shall be at least 16, and the first 16 bytes of the desc field shall be as follows.
The first 32-bit word of the desc field shall be 0 (this signifies a Linux executable). The second, third, and fourth 32-bit words of the desc field contain the earliest compatible kernel version. For example, if the 3 words are 2, 2, and 5, this signifies a 2.2.5 kernel.

12 Dynamic Linking
12.1 Program Loading and Dynamic Linking
LSB-conforming implementations shall support the object file information and system actions that create running programs as specified in the System V ABI and System V ABI Update and as further required by this specification and the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
Any shared object that is loaded shall contain sufficient DT_NEEDED records to satisfy the symbols on the shared library.
12.2 Program Header
In addition to the Segment Types defined in the System V ABI and System V ABI Update the following Segment Types shall also be supported.
Table 12-1 Linux Segment Types
Name	Value	
PT_GNU_EH_FRAME	0x6474e550	
PT_GNU_STACK	0x6474e551	
PT_GNU_RELRO	0x6474e552	

PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
 	The array element specifies the location and size of the exception handling information as defined by the .eh_frame_hdr section.
PT_GNU_STACK
 	The p_flags member specifies the permissions on the segment containing the stack and is used to indicate wether the stack should be executable. The absense of this header indicates that the stack will be executable.
PT_GNU_RELRO
 	the array element specifies the location and size of a segment which may be made read-only after relocations have been processed.
12.3 Dynamic Entries
12.3.1 Introduction
As described in System V ABI, if an object file participates in dynamic linking, its program header table shall have an element of type PT_DYNAMIC. This `segment' contains the .dynamic section. A special symbol, _DYNAMIC, labels the section, which contains an array of the following structures. 
typedef struct {
        Elf32_Sword     d_tag;
        union {
                Elf32_Word      d_val;
                Elf32_Addr      d_ptr;
        } d_un;
} Elf32_Dyn;

extern Elf32_Dyn        _DYNAMIC[];

typedef struct {
        Elf64_Sxword    d_tag;
        union {
                Elf64_Xword     d_val;
                Elf64_Addr      d_ptr;
        } d_un;
} Elf64_Dyn;

extern Elf64_Dyn        _DYNAMIC[];
Figure 12-1 Dynamic Structure
For each object with this type, d_tag controls the interpretation of d_un.
12.3.2 Dynamic Entries
12.3.2.1 ELF Dynamic Entries
The following dynamic entries are defined in the System V ABI and System V ABI Update. 
DT_BIND_NOW
 	Process relocations of object
DT_DEBUG
 	For debugging; unspecified
DT_FINI
 	Address of termination function
DT_HASH
 	Address of symbol hash table
DT_HIPROC
 	End of processor-specific
DT_INIT
 	Address of init function
DT_JMPREL
 	Address of PLT relocs
DT_LOPROC
 	Start of processor-specific
DT_NEEDED
 	Name of needed library
DT_NULL
 	Marks end of dynamic section
DT_PLTREL
 	Type of reloc in PLT
DT_PLTRELSZ
 	Size in bytes of PLT relocs
DT_REL
 	Address of Rel relocs
DT_RELA
 	Address of Rela relocs
DT_RELAENT
 	Size of one Rela reloc
DT_RELASZ
 	Total size of Rela relocs
DT_RELENT
 	Size of one Rel reloc
DT_RELSZ
 	Total size of Rel relocs
DT_RPATH
 	Library search path
DT_SONAME
 	Name of shared object
DT_STRSZ
 	Size of string table
DT_STRTAB
 	Address of string table
DT_SYMBOLIC
 	Start symbol search here
DT_SYMENT
 	Size of one symbol table entry
DT_SYMTAB
 	Address of symbol table
DT_TEXTREL
 	Reloc might modify .text
12.3.2.2 Additional Dynamic Entries
An LSB conforming object may also use the following additional Dynamic Entry types. 
DT_ADDRRNGHI
 	Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
DT_ADDRRNGLO
 	Values from DT_ADDRRNGLO through DT_ADDRRNGHI are reserved for definition by an archLSB.
DT_AUXILIARY
 	Shared object to load before self
DT_FILTER
 	Shared object to get values from
DT_FINI_ARRAY
 	The address of an array of pointers to termination functions.
DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
 	Size in bytes of DT_FINI_ARRAY
DT_HIOS
 	Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
DT_INIT_ARRAY
 	The address of an array of pointers to initialization functions.
DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
 	Size in bytes of DT_INIT_ARRAY
DT_LOOS
 	Values from DT_LOOS through DT_HIOS are reserved for definition by specific operating systems.
DT_NUM
 	Number of dynamic entry tags defined (excepting reserved ranges).
DT_POSFLAG_1
 	Flags for DT_* entries, effecting the following DT_* entry
DT_RELCOUNT
 	All Elf32_Rel R_*_RELATIVE relocations have been placed into a single block and this entry specifies the number of entries in that block. This permits ld.so.1 to streamline the processing of RELATIVE relocations.
DT_RUNPATH
 	null-terminated library search path string
DT_SYMINENT
 	Entry size of syminfo
DT_SYMINFO
 	Address of the Syminfo table.
DT_SYMINSZ
 	Size of syminfo table (in bytes)
DT_VALRNGHI
 	Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
DT_VALRNGLO
 	Entries which fall between DT_VALRNGHI & DT_VALRNGLO use the Dyn.d_un.d_val field of the Elf*_Dyn structure.
DT_VERDEF
 	Address of version definition table
DT_VERDEFNUM
 	Number of version definitions
DT_VERNEED
 	Address of table with needed versions
DT_VERNEEDNUM
 	Number of needed versions
DT_VERSYM
 	Address of the table provided by the .gnu.version section.

III Base Libraries

13 Base Libraries
13.1 Introduction
An LSB-conforming implementation shall support the following base libraries which provide interfaces for accessing the operating system, processor and other hardware in the system. 
•	libc
•	libm
•	libgcc_s
•	libdl
•	librt
•	libcrypt
•	libpam
There are three main parts to the definition of each of these libraries.
The "Interfaces" section defines the required library name and version, and the required public symbols (interfaces and global data), as well as symbol versions, if any.
The "Interface Definitions" section provides complete or partial definitions of certain interfaces where either this specification is the source specification, or where there are variations from the source specification. If an interface definition requires one or more header files, one of those headers shall include the function prototype for the interface.
For source definitions of interfaces which include a reference to a header file, the contents of such header files form a part of the specification. The "Data Definitions" section provides the binary-level details for the header files from the source specifications, such as values for macros and enumerated types, as well as structure layouts, sizes and padding, etc. These data definitions, although presented in the form of header files for convenience, should not be taken a representing complete header files, as they are a supplement to the source specifications. Application developers should follow the guidelines of the source specifications when determining which header files need to be included to completely resolve all references. 
Note: While the Data Definitions supplement the source specifications, this specification itself does not require conforming implementations to supply any header files.
13.2 Program Interpreter
The Program Interpreter is specified in the appropriate architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
13.3 Interfaces for libc
Table 13-1 defines the library name and shared object name for the libc library
Table 13-1 libc Definition
Library:	libc	
SONAME:	See archLSB.	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LFS] Large File Support	
[LSB] This Specification	
[RPC & XDR] RFC 1831/1832 RPC & XDR	
[SUSv2] SUSv2	
[SUSv3] ISO POSIX (2003)	
[SUSv4] POSIX 1003.1 2008	
[SVID.3] SVID Issue 3	
[SVID.4] SVID Issue 4	

13.3.1 RPC
13.3.1.1 Interfaces for RPC
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for RPC specified in Table 13-2, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-2 libc - RPC Function Interfaces
authnone_create [SVID.4]	callrpc [RPC & XDR]	clnt_create [SVID.4]	clnt_pcreateerror [SVID.4]	
clnt_perrno [SVID.4]	clnt_perror [SVID.4]	clnt_spcreateerror [SVID.4]	clnt_sperrno [SVID.4]	
clnt_sperror [SVID.4]	clntraw_create [RPC & XDR]	clnttcp_create [RPC & XDR]	clntudp_bufcreate [RPC & XDR]	
clntudp_create [RPC & XDR]	key_decryptsession [SVID.3]	pmap_getport [LSB]	pmap_set [LSB]	
pmap_unset [LSB]	svc_getreqset [SVID.3]	svc_register [LSB]	svc_run [LSB]	
svc_sendreply [LSB]	svcerr_auth [SVID.3]	svcerr_decode [SVID.3]	svcerr_noproc [SVID.3]	
svcerr_noprog [SVID.3]	svcerr_progvers [SVID.3]	svcerr_systemerr [SVID.3]	svcerr_weakauth [SVID.3]	
svcfd_create [RPC & XDR]	svcraw_create [RPC & XDR]	svctcp_create [LSB]	svcudp_create [LSB]	
xdr_accepted_reply [SVID.3]	xdr_array [SVID.3]	xdr_bool [SVID.3]	xdr_bytes [SVID.3]	
xdr_callhdr [SVID.3]	xdr_callmsg [SVID.3]	xdr_char [SVID.3]	xdr_double [SVID.3]	
xdr_enum [SVID.3]	xdr_float [SVID.3]	xdr_free [SVID.3]	xdr_int [SVID.3]	
xdr_long [SVID.3]	xdr_opaque [SVID.3]	xdr_opaque_auth [SVID.3]	xdr_pointer [SVID.3]	
xdr_reference [SVID.3]	xdr_rejected_reply [SVID.3]	xdr_replymsg [SVID.3]	xdr_short [SVID.3]	
xdr_string [SVID.3]	xdr_u_char [SVID.3]	xdr_u_int [LSB]	xdr_u_long [SVID.3]	
xdr_u_short [SVID.3]	xdr_union [SVID.3]	xdr_vector [SVID.3]	xdr_void [SVID.3]	
xdr_wrapstring [SVID.3]	xdrmem_create [SVID.3]	xdrrec_create [SVID.3]	xdrrec_endofrecord [RPC & XDR]	
xdrrec_eof [SVID.3]	xdrrec_skiprecord [RPC & XDR]	xdrstdio_create [LSB]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for RPC specified in Table 13-3, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-3 libc - RPC Deprecated Function Interfaces
key_decryptsession [SVID.3]	

	

13.3.2 Epoll
13.3.2.1 Interfaces for Epoll
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Epoll specified in Table 13-4, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-4 libc - Epoll Function Interfaces
epoll_create(GLIBC_2.3.2) [LSB]	epoll_ctl(GLIBC_2.3.2) [LSB]	epoll_wait(GLIBC_2.3.2) [LSB]	

13.3.3 System Calls
13.3.3.1 Interfaces for System Calls
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for System Calls specified in Table 13-5, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-5 libc - System Calls Function Interfaces
__chk_fail(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__fxstat [LSB]	__fxstatat(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__getgroups_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__getpgid [LSB]	__lxstat [LSB]	__read_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__readlink_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__stack_chk_fail(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__xmknod [LSB]	__xmknodat(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__xstat [LSB]	
access [SUSv3]	acct [LSB]	alarm [SUSv3]	brk [SUSv2]	
chdir [SUSv3]	chmod [SUSv3]	chown [SUSv3]	chroot [SUSv2]	
clock [SUSv3]	close [SUSv3]	closedir [SUSv3]	creat [SUSv3]	
dup [SUSv3]	dup2 [SUSv3]	execl [SUSv3]	execle [SUSv3]	
execlp [SUSv3]	execv [SUSv3]	execve [SUSv3]	execvp [SUSv3]	
exit [SUSv3]	faccessat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	fchdir [SUSv3]	fchmod [SUSv3]	
fchmodat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	fchown [SUSv3]	fchownat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	fcntl [LSB]	
fdatasync [SUSv3]	fdopendir(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	fexecve [SUSv4]	flock [LSB]	
fork [SUSv3]	fstatfs [LSB]	fstatvfs [SUSv3]	fsync [SUSv3]	
ftime [SUSv3]	ftruncate [SUSv3]	getcontext [SUSv3]	getdtablesize [LSB]	
getegid [SUSv3]	geteuid [SUSv3]	getgid [SUSv3]	getgroups [SUSv3]	
getitimer [SUSv3]	getloadavg [LSB]	getpagesize [LSB]	getpgid [SUSv3]	
getpgrp [SUSv3]	getpid [SUSv3]	getppid [SUSv3]	getpriority [SUSv3]	
getrlimit [SUSv3]	getrusage [SUSv3]	getsid [SUSv3]	getuid [SUSv3]	
getwd [SUSv3]	initgroups [LSB]	ioctl [LSB]	kill [LSB]	
killpg [SUSv3]	lchown [SUSv3]	link [LSB]	linkat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	
lockf [SUSv3]	lseek [SUSv3]	mkdir [SUSv3]	mkdirat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	
mkfifo [SUSv3]	mkfifoat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	mlock [SUSv3]	mlockall [SUSv3]	
mmap [SUSv3]	mprotect [SUSv3]	mremap [LSB]	msync [SUSv3]	
munlock [SUSv3]	munlockall [SUSv3]	munmap [SUSv3]	nanosleep [SUSv3]	
nice [SUSv3]	open [SUSv3]	openat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	opendir [SUSv3]	
pathconf [SUSv3]	pause [SUSv3]	pipe [SUSv3]	poll [SUSv3]	
pselect [SUSv3]	read [SUSv3]	readdir [SUSv3]	readdir_r [SUSv3]	
readlink [SUSv3]	readlinkat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	readv [SUSv3]	rename [SUSv3]	
renameat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	rmdir [SUSv3]	sbrk [SUSv2]	sched_get_priority_max [SUSv3]	
sched_get_priority_min [SUSv3]	sched_getaffinity(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	sched_getparam [SUSv3]	sched_getscheduler [SUSv3]	
sched_rr_get_interval [SUSv3]	sched_setaffinity(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	sched_setparam [SUSv3]	sched_setscheduler [LSB]	
sched_yield [SUSv3]	select [SUSv3]	setcontext [SUSv3]	setegid [SUSv3]	
seteuid [SUSv3]	setgid [SUSv3]	setitimer [SUSv3]	setpgid [SUSv3]	
setpgrp [SUSv3]	setpriority [SUSv3]	setregid [SUSv3]	setreuid [SUSv3]	
setrlimit [SUSv3]	setrlimit64 [LFS]	setsid [SUSv3]	setuid [SUSv3]	
sleep [SUSv3]	statfs [LSB]	statvfs [SUSv3]	stime [LSB]	
symlink [SUSv3]	symlinkat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	sync [SUSv3]	sysconf [LSB]	
time [SUSv3]	times [SUSv3]	truncate [SUSv3]	ulimit [SUSv3]	
umask [SUSv3]	uname [SUSv3]	unlink [LSB]	unlinkat(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	
utime [SUSv3]	utimes [SUSv3]	vfork [SUSv3]	wait [SUSv3]	
wait4 [LSB]	waitid [SUSv3]	waitpid [SUSv3]	write [SUSv3]	
writev [SUSv3]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for System Calls specified in Table 13-6, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-6 libc - System Calls Deprecated Function Interfaces
fstatfs [LSB]	getdtablesize [LSB]	getpagesize [LSB]	getwd [SUSv3]	
statfs [LSB]	

	

13.3.4 Standard I/O
13.3.4.1 Interfaces for Standard I/O
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Standard I/O specified in Table 13-7, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-7 libc - Standard I/O Function Interfaces
_IO_feof [LSB]	_IO_getc [LSB]	_IO_putc [LSB]	_IO_puts [LSB]	
__fgets_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__fgets_unlocked_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__fgetws_unlocked_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__fprintf_chk [LSB]	
__printf_chk [LSB]	__snprintf_chk [LSB]	__sprintf_chk [LSB]	__vfprintf_chk [LSB]	
__vprintf_chk [LSB]	__vsnprintf_chk [LSB]	__vsprintf_chk [LSB]	asprintf [LSB]	
clearerr [SUSv3]	clearerr_unlocked [LSB]	ctermid [SUSv3]	dprintf [SUSv4]	
fclose [SUSv3]	fdopen [SUSv3]	feof [SUSv3]	feof_unlocked [LSB]	
ferror [SUSv3]	ferror_unlocked [LSB]	fflush [SUSv3]	fflush_unlocked [LSB]	
fgetc [SUSv3]	fgetc_unlocked [LSB]	fgetpos [SUSv3]	fgets [SUSv3]	
fgets_unlocked [LSB]	fgetwc_unlocked [LSB]	fgetws_unlocked [LSB]	fileno [SUSv3]	
fileno_unlocked [LSB]	flockfile [SUSv3]	fopen [SUSv3]	fprintf [SUSv3]	
fputc [SUSv3]	fputc_unlocked [LSB]	fputs [SUSv3]	fputs_unlocked [LSB]	
fputwc_unlocked [LSB]	fputws_unlocked [LSB]	fread [SUSv3]	fread_unlocked [LSB]	
freopen [SUSv3]	fscanf [LSB]	fseek [SUSv3]	fseeko [SUSv3]	
fsetpos [SUSv3]	ftell [SUSv3]	ftello [SUSv3]	fwrite [SUSv3]	
fwrite_unlocked [LSB]	getc [SUSv3]	getc_unlocked [SUSv3]	getchar [SUSv3]	
getchar_unlocked [SUSv3]	getdelim [SUSv4]	getline [SUSv4]	getw [SUSv2]	
getwc_unlocked [LSB]	getwchar_unlocked [LSB]	pclose [SUSv3]	popen [SUSv3]	
printf [SUSv3]	putc [SUSv3]	putc_unlocked [SUSv3]	putchar [SUSv3]	
putchar_unlocked [SUSv3]	puts [SUSv3]	putw [SUSv2]	putwc_unlocked [LSB]	
putwchar_unlocked [LSB]	remove [SUSv3]	rewind [SUSv3]	rewinddir [SUSv3]	
scanf [LSB]	seekdir [SUSv3]	setbuf [SUSv3]	setbuffer [LSB]	
setvbuf [SUSv3]	snprintf [SUSv3]	sprintf [SUSv3]	sscanf [LSB]	
telldir [SUSv3]	tempnam [SUSv3]	ungetc [SUSv3]	vasprintf [LSB]	
vdprintf [LSB]	vfprintf [SUSv3]	vprintf [SUSv3]	vsnprintf [SUSv3]	
vsprintf [SUSv3]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Standard I/O specified in Table 13-8, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-8 libc - Standard I/O Deprecated Function Interfaces
tempnam [SUSv3]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Standard I/O specified in Table 13-9, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-9 libc - Standard I/O Data Interfaces
stderr [SUSv3]	stdin [SUSv3]	stdout [SUSv3]	

13.3.5 Signal Handling
13.3.5.1 Interfaces for Signal Handling
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Signal Handling specified in Table 13-10, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-10 libc - Signal Handling Function Interfaces
__libc_current_sigrtmax [LSB]	__libc_current_sigrtmin [LSB]	__sigsetjmp [LSB]	__sysv_signal [LSB]	
__xpg_sigpause [LSB]	bsd_signal [SUSv3]	psignal [LSB]	raise [SUSv3]	
sigaction [SUSv3]	sigaddset [SUSv3]	sigaltstack [SUSv3]	sigandset [LSB]	
sigdelset [SUSv3]	sigemptyset [SUSv3]	sigfillset [SUSv3]	sighold [SUSv3]	
sigignore [SUSv3]	siginterrupt [SUSv3]	sigisemptyset [LSB]	sigismember [SUSv3]	
siglongjmp [SUSv3]	signal [SUSv3]	sigorset [LSB]	sigpause [LSB]	
sigpending [SUSv3]	sigprocmask [SUSv3]	sigqueue [SUSv3]	sigrelse [SUSv3]	
sigreturn [LSB]	sigset [SUSv3]	sigsuspend [SUSv3]	sigtimedwait [SUSv3]	
sigwait [SUSv3]	sigwaitinfo [SUSv3]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Signal Handling specified in Table 13-11, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-11 libc - Signal Handling Deprecated Function Interfaces
sigpause [LSB]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Signal Handling specified in Table 13-12, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-12 libc - Signal Handling Data Interfaces
_sys_siglist [LSB]	

	

13.3.6 Localization Functions
13.3.6.1 Interfaces for Localization Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Localization Functions specified in Table 13-13, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-13 libc - Localization Functions Function Interfaces
bind_textdomain_codeset [LSB]	bindtextdomain [LSB]	catclose [SUSv3]	catgets [SUSv3]	
catopen [SUSv3]	dcgettext [LSB]	dcngettext [LSB]	dgettext [LSB]	
dngettext [LSB]	duplocale(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	freelocale(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	gettext [LSB]	
iconv [SUSv3]	iconv_close [SUSv3]	iconv_open [SUSv3]	localeconv [SUSv3]	
newlocale(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	ngettext [LSB]	nl_langinfo [SUSv3]	setlocale [SUSv3]	
textdomain [LSB]	uselocale(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Localization Functions specified in Table 13-14, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-14 libc - Localization Functions Data Interfaces
_nl_msg_cat_cntr [LSB]	

	

13.3.7 Posix Spawn Option
13.3.7.1 Interfaces for Posix Spawn Option
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Posix Spawn Option specified in Table 13-15, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-15 libc - Posix Spawn Option Function Interfaces
posix_spawn [SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose [SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2 [SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen [SUSv3]	
posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy [SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_init [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_destroy [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getflags [SUSv3]	
posix_spawnattr_getpgroup [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getschedparam [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault [SUSv3]	
posix_spawnattr_getsigmask [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_init [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setflags [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setpgroup [SUSv3]	
posix_spawnattr_setschedparam [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault [SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setsigmask [SUSv3]	
posix_spawnp [SUSv3]	

	

13.3.8 Posix Advisory Option
13.3.8.1 Interfaces for Posix Advisory Option
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Posix Advisory Option specified in Table 13-16, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-16 libc - Posix Advisory Option Function Interfaces
posix_fadvise [SUSv3]	posix_fallocate [SUSv3]	posix_madvise [SUSv3]	posix_memalign [SUSv3]	

13.3.9 Socket Interface
13.3.9.1 Interfaces for Socket Interface
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Socket Interface specified in Table 13-17, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-17 libc - Socket Interface Function Interfaces
__gethostname_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__h_errno_location [LSB]	__recv_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__recvfrom_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
accept [SUSv3]	bind [SUSv3]	bindresvport [LSB]	connect [SUSv3]	
gethostid [SUSv3]	gethostname [SUSv3]	getpeername [SUSv3]	getsockname [SUSv3]	
getsockopt [LSB]	if_freenameindex [SUSv3]	if_indextoname [SUSv3]	if_nameindex [SUSv3]	
if_nametoindex [SUSv3]	listen [SUSv3]	recv [SUSv3]	recvfrom [SUSv3]	
recvmsg [SUSv3]	send [SUSv4]	sendmsg [SUSv4]	sendto [SUSv4]	
setsockopt [LSB]	shutdown [SUSv3]	sockatmark [SUSv3]	socket [SUSv3]	
socketpair [SUSv3]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Socket Interface specified in Table 13-18, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-18 libc - Socket Interface Data Interfaces
in6addr_any [SUSv3]	in6addr_loopback [SUSv3]	

13.3.10 Wide Characters
13.3.10.1 Interfaces for Wide Characters
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Wide Characters specified in Table 13-19, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-19 libc - Wide Characters Function Interfaces
__fgetws_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__fwprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__mbsnrtowcs_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__mbsrtowcs_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__mbstowcs_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__swprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__vfwprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__vswprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__vwprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcpcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcpncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcrtomb_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__wcscat_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcscpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcsncat_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcsncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__wcsnrtombs_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcsrtombs_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcstod_internal [LSB]	__wcstof_internal [LSB]	
__wcstol_internal [LSB]	__wcstold_internal [LSB]	__wcstombs_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wcstoul_internal [LSB]	
__wctomb_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wmemcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wmemmove_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wmempcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__wmemset_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__wprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	btowc [SUSv3]	fgetwc [SUSv3]	
fgetws [SUSv3]	fputwc [SUSv3]	fputws [SUSv3]	fwide [SUSv3]	
fwprintf [SUSv3]	fwscanf [LSB]	getwc [SUSv3]	getwchar [SUSv3]	
mblen [SUSv3]	mbrlen [SUSv3]	mbrtowc [SUSv3]	mbsinit [SUSv3]	
mbsnrtowcs [LSB]	mbsrtowcs [SUSv3]	mbstowcs [SUSv3]	mbtowc [SUSv3]	
putwc [SUSv3]	putwchar [SUSv3]	swprintf [SUSv3]	swscanf [LSB]	
towctrans [SUSv3]	towlower [SUSv3]	towupper [SUSv3]	ungetwc [SUSv3]	
vfwprintf [SUSv3]	vfwscanf [LSB]	vswprintf [SUSv3]	vswscanf [LSB]	
vwprintf [SUSv3]	vwscanf [LSB]	wcpcpy [LSB]	wcpncpy [LSB]	
wcrtomb [SUSv3]	wcscasecmp [LSB]	wcscat [SUSv3]	wcschr [SUSv3]	
wcscmp [SUSv3]	wcscoll [SUSv3]	wcscpy [SUSv3]	wcscspn [SUSv3]	
wcsdup [LSB]	wcsftime [SUSv3]	wcslen [SUSv3]	wcsncasecmp [LSB]	
wcsncat [SUSv3]	wcsncmp [SUSv3]	wcsncpy [SUSv3]	wcsnlen [LSB]	
wcsnrtombs [LSB]	wcspbrk [SUSv3]	wcsrchr [SUSv3]	wcsrtombs [SUSv3]	
wcsspn [SUSv3]	wcsstr [SUSv3]	wcstod [SUSv3]	wcstof [SUSv3]	
wcstoimax [SUSv3]	wcstok [SUSv3]	wcstol [SUSv3]	wcstold [SUSv3]	
wcstoll [SUSv3]	wcstombs [SUSv3]	wcstoq [LSB]	wcstoul [SUSv3]	
wcstoull [SUSv3]	wcstoumax [SUSv3]	wcstouq [LSB]	wcswcs [SUSv3]	
wcswidth [SUSv3]	wcsxfrm [SUSv3]	wctob [SUSv3]	wctomb [SUSv3]	
wctrans [SUSv3]	wctype [SUSv3]	wcwidth [SUSv3]	wmemchr [SUSv3]	
wmemcmp [SUSv3]	wmemcpy [SUSv3]	wmemmove [SUSv3]	wmemset [SUSv3]	
wprintf [SUSv3]	wscanf [LSB]	

13.3.11 String Functions
13.3.11.1 Interfaces for String Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for String Functions specified in Table 13-20, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-20 libc - String Functions Function Interfaces
__memcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__memmove_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__mempcpy [LSB]	__mempcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	
__memset_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__rawmemchr [LSB]	__stpcpy [LSB]	__stpcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	
__stpncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__strcat_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__strcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__strdup [LSB]	
__strncat_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__strncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	__strtod_internal [LSB]	__strtof_internal [LSB]	
__strtok_r [LSB]	__strtol_internal [LSB]	__strtold_internal [LSB]	__strtoll_internal [LSB]	
__strtoul_internal [LSB]	__strtoull_internal [LSB]	__xpg_strerror_r(GLIBC_2.3.4) [LSB]	bcmp [SUSv3]	
bcopy [SUSv3]	bzero [SUSv3]	ffs [SUSv3]	index [SUSv3]	
memccpy [SUSv3]	memchr [SUSv3]	memcmp [SUSv3]	memcpy [SUSv3]	
memmove [SUSv3]	memrchr [LSB]	memset [SUSv3]	rindex [SUSv3]	
stpcpy [LSB]	stpncpy [LSB]	strcasecmp [SUSv3]	strcasestr [LSB]	
strcat [SUSv3]	strchr [SUSv3]	strcmp [SUSv3]	strcoll [SUSv3]	
strcpy [SUSv3]	strcspn [SUSv3]	strdup [SUSv3]	strerror [SUSv3]	
strerror_r [LSB]	strfmon [SUSv3]	strftime [SUSv3]	strlen [SUSv3]	
strncasecmp [SUSv3]	strncat [SUSv3]	strncmp [SUSv3]	strncpy [SUSv3]	
strndup [LSB]	strnlen [LSB]	strpbrk [SUSv3]	strptime [LSB]	
strrchr [SUSv3]	strsep [LSB]	strsignal [LSB]	strspn [SUSv3]	
strstr [SUSv3]	strtof [SUSv3]	strtoimax [SUSv3]	strtok [SUSv3]	
strtok_r [SUSv3]	strtold [SUSv3]	strtoll [SUSv3]	strtoq [LSB]	
strtoull [SUSv3]	strtoumax [SUSv3]	strtouq [LSB]	strxfrm [SUSv3]	
swab [SUSv3]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for String Functions specified in Table 13-21, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-21 libc - String Functions Deprecated Function Interfaces
strerror_r [LSB]	

	

13.3.12 IPC Functions
13.3.12.1 Interfaces for IPC Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for IPC Functions specified in Table 13-22, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-22 libc - IPC Functions Function Interfaces
ftok [SUSv3]	msgctl [SUSv3]	msgget [SUSv3]	msgrcv [SUSv3]	
msgsnd [SUSv3]	semctl [SUSv3]	semget [SUSv3]	semop [SUSv3]	
shmat [SUSv3]	shmctl [SUSv3]	shmdt [SUSv3]	shmget [SUSv3]	

13.3.13 Regular Expressions
13.3.13.1 Interfaces for Regular Expressions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Regular Expressions specified in Table 13-23, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-23 libc - Regular Expressions Function Interfaces
regcomp [SUSv3]	regerror [SUSv3]	regexec [LSB]	regfree [SUSv3]	

13.3.14 Character Type Functions
13.3.14.1 Interfaces for Character Type Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Character Type Functions specified in Table 13-24, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-24 libc - Character Type Functions Function Interfaces
__ctype_b_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	__ctype_get_mb_cur_max [LSB]	__ctype_tolower_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	__ctype_toupper_loc(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	
_tolower [SUSv3]	_toupper [SUSv3]	isalnum [SUSv3]	isalpha [SUSv3]	
isascii [SUSv3]	iscntrl [SUSv3]	isdigit [SUSv3]	isgraph [SUSv3]	
islower [SUSv3]	isprint [SUSv3]	ispunct [SUSv3]	isspace [SUSv3]	
isupper [SUSv3]	iswalnum [SUSv3]	iswalpha [SUSv3]	iswblank [SUSv3]	
iswcntrl [SUSv3]	iswctype [SUSv3]	iswdigit [SUSv3]	iswgraph [SUSv3]	
iswlower [SUSv3]	iswprint [SUSv3]	iswpunct [SUSv3]	iswspace [SUSv3]	
iswupper [SUSv3]	iswxdigit [SUSv3]	isxdigit [SUSv3]	toascii [SUSv3]	
tolower [SUSv3]	toupper [SUSv3]	

13.3.15 Time Manipulation
13.3.15.1 Interfaces for Time Manipulation
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Time Manipulation specified in Table 13-25, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-25 libc - Time Manipulation Function Interfaces
adjtime [LSB]	asctime [SUSv3]	asctime_r [SUSv3]	ctime [SUSv3]	
ctime_r [SUSv3]	difftime [SUSv3]	gmtime [SUSv3]	gmtime_r [SUSv3]	
localtime [SUSv3]	localtime_r [SUSv3]	mktime [SUSv3]	tzset [SUSv3]	
ualarm [SUSv3]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Time Manipulation specified in Table 13-26, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-26 libc - Time Manipulation Data Interfaces
__daylight [LSB]	__timezone [LSB]	__tzname [LSB]	daylight [SUSv3]	
timezone [SUSv3]	tzname [SUSv3]	

13.3.16 Terminal Interface Functions
13.3.16.1 Interfaces for Terminal Interface Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Terminal Interface Functions specified in Table 13-27, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-27 libc - Terminal Interface Functions Function Interfaces
cfgetispeed [SUSv3]	cfgetospeed [SUSv3]	cfmakeraw [LSB]	cfsetispeed [SUSv3]	
cfsetospeed [SUSv3]	cfsetspeed [LSB]	tcdrain [SUSv3]	tcflow [SUSv3]	
tcflush [SUSv3]	tcgetattr [SUSv3]	tcgetpgrp [SUSv3]	tcgetsid [SUSv3]	
tcsendbreak [SUSv3]	tcsetattr [SUSv3]	tcsetpgrp [SUSv3]	

13.3.17 System Database Interface
13.3.17.1 Interfaces for System Database Interface
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for System Database Interface specified in Table 13-28, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-28 libc - System Database Interface Function Interfaces
endgrent [SUSv3]	endprotoent [SUSv3]	endpwent [SUSv3]	endservent [SUSv3]	
endutent [LSB]	endutxent [SUSv3]	getgrent [SUSv3]	getgrent_r [LSB]	
getgrgid [SUSv3]	getgrgid_r [SUSv3]	getgrnam [SUSv3]	getgrnam_r [SUSv3]	
getgrouplist [LSB]	gethostbyaddr [SUSv3]	gethostbyaddr_r [LSB]	gethostbyname [SUSv3]	
gethostbyname2 [LSB]	gethostbyname2_r [LSB]	gethostbyname_r [LSB]	getprotobyname [SUSv3]	
getprotobyname_r [LSB]	getprotobynumber [SUSv3]	getprotobynumber_r [LSB]	getprotoent [SUSv3]	
getprotoent_r [LSB]	getpwent [SUSv3]	getpwent_r [LSB]	getpwnam [SUSv3]	
getpwnam_r [SUSv3]	getpwuid [SUSv3]	getpwuid_r [SUSv3]	getservbyname [SUSv3]	
getservbyname_r [LSB]	getservbyport [SUSv3]	getservbyport_r [LSB]	getservent [SUSv3]	
getservent_r [LSB]	getutent [LSB]	getutent_r [LSB]	getutxent [SUSv3]	
getutxid [SUSv3]	getutxline [SUSv3]	pututxline [SUSv3]	setgrent [SUSv3]	
setgroups [LSB]	setprotoent [SUSv3]	setpwent [SUSv3]	setservent [SUSv3]	
setutent [LSB]	setutxent [SUSv3]	utmpname [LSB]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for System Database Interface specified in Table 13-29, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-29 libc - System Database Interface Deprecated Function Interfaces
gethostbyaddr [SUSv3]	gethostbyaddr_r [LSB]	gethostbyname [SUSv3]	gethostbyname2 [LSB]	
gethostbyname2_r [LSB]	gethostbyname_r [LSB]	

13.3.18 Language Support
13.3.18.1 Interfaces for Language Support
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Language Support specified in Table 13-30, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-30 libc - Language Support Function Interfaces
__libc_start_main [LSB]	__register_atfork(GLIBC_2.3.2) [LSB]	

13.3.19 Large File Support
13.3.19.1 Interfaces for Large File Support
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Large File Support specified in Table 13-31, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-31 libc - Large File Support Function Interfaces
__fxstat64 [LSB]	__fxstatat64(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__lxstat64 [LSB]	__xstat64 [LSB]	
creat64 [LFS]	fgetpos64 [LFS]	fopen64 [LFS]	freopen64 [LFS]	
fseeko64 [LFS]	fsetpos64 [LFS]	fstatfs64 [LSB]	fstatvfs64 [LFS]	
ftello64 [LFS]	ftruncate64 [LFS]	ftw64 [LFS]	getrlimit64 [LFS]	
lockf64 [LFS]	mkstemp64 [LSB]	mmap64 [LFS]	nftw64 [LFS]	
openat64(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	posix_fadvise64 [LSB]	posix_fallocate64 [LSB]	readdir64 [LFS]	
readdir64_r [LSB]	statfs64 [LSB]	statvfs64 [LFS]	tmpfile64 [LFS]	
truncate64 [LFS]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Large File Support specified in Table 13-32, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-32 libc - Large File Support Deprecated Function Interfaces
fstatfs64 [LSB]	statfs64 [LSB]	

13.3.20 Inotify
13.3.20.1 Interfaces for Inotify
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Inotify specified in Table 13-33, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-33 libc - Inotify Function Interfaces
inotify_add_watch(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	inotify_init(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	inotify_rm_watch(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	

13.3.21 Standard Library
13.3.21.1 Interfaces for Standard Library
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Standard Library specified in Table 13-34, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-34 libc - Standard Library Function Interfaces
_Exit [SUSv3]	__assert_fail [LSB]	__confstr_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__cxa_atexit [LSB]	
__cxa_finalize [LSB]	__errno_location [LSB]	__fpending [LSB]	__getcwd_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	
__getlogin_r_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__getpagesize [LSB]	__isinf [LSB]	__isinff [LSB]	
__isinfl [LSB]	__isnan [LSB]	__isnanf [LSB]	__isnanl [LSB]	
__pread64_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__pread_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__realpath_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__sysconf [LSB]	
__syslog_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__ttyname_r_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__vsyslog_chk(GLIBC_2.4) [LSB]	__xpg_basename [LSB]	
_exit [SUSv3]	_longjmp [SUSv3]	_setjmp [SUSv3]	a64l [SUSv3]	
abort [SUSv3]	abs [SUSv3]	alphasort [SUSv4]	alphasort64 [LSB]	
atof [SUSv3]	atoi [SUSv3]	atol [SUSv3]	atoll [SUSv3]	
basename [LSB]	bsearch [SUSv3]	calloc [SUSv3]	closelog [SUSv3]	
confstr [SUSv3]	cuserid [SUSv2]	daemon [LSB]	dirfd [SUSv4]	
dirname [SUSv3]	div [SUSv3]	drand48 [SUSv3]	drand48_r [LSB]	
ecvt [SUSv3]	erand48 [SUSv3]	erand48_r [LSB]	err [LSB]	
error [LSB]	errx [LSB]	fcvt [SUSv3]	fmemopen [SUSv4]	
fmtmsg [SUSv3]	fnmatch [SUSv3]	fpathconf [SUSv3]	free [SUSv3]	
freeaddrinfo [SUSv3]	ftrylockfile [SUSv3]	ftw [SUSv3]	funlockfile [SUSv3]	
gai_strerror [SUSv3]	gcvt [SUSv3]	getaddrinfo [SUSv3]	getcwd [SUSv3]	
getdate [SUSv3]	getdomainname [LSB]	getenv [SUSv3]	getlogin [SUSv3]	
getlogin_r [SUSv3]	getnameinfo [SUSv3]	getopt [LSB]	getopt_long [LSB]	
getopt_long_only [LSB]	getsubopt [SUSv3]	gettimeofday [SUSv3]	glob [SUSv3]	
glob64 [LSB]	globfree [SUSv3]	globfree64 [LSB]	grantpt [SUSv3]	
hcreate [SUSv3]	hcreate_r [LSB]	hdestroy [SUSv3]	hdestroy_r [LSB]	
hsearch [SUSv3]	hsearch_r [LSB]	htonl [SUSv3]	htons [SUSv3]	
imaxabs [SUSv3]	imaxdiv [SUSv3]	inet_addr [SUSv3]	inet_aton [LSB]	
inet_ntoa [SUSv3]	inet_ntop [SUSv3]	inet_pton [SUSv3]	initstate [SUSv3]	
initstate_r [LSB]	insque [SUSv3]	isatty [SUSv3]	isblank [SUSv3]	
jrand48 [SUSv3]	jrand48_r [LSB]	l64a [SUSv3]	labs [SUSv3]	
lcong48 [SUSv3]	lcong48_r [LSB]	ldiv [SUSv3]	lfind [SUSv3]	
llabs [SUSv3]	lldiv [SUSv3]	longjmp [SUSv3]	lrand48 [SUSv3]	
lrand48_r [LSB]	lsearch [SUSv3]	makecontext [SUSv3]	malloc [SUSv3]	
memmem [LSB]	mkdtemp [SUSv4]	mkstemp [SUSv3]	mktemp [SUSv3]	
mrand48 [SUSv3]	mrand48_r [LSB]	nftw [SUSv3]	nrand48 [SUSv3]	
nrand48_r [LSB]	ntohl [SUSv3]	ntohs [SUSv3]	open_memstream [SUSv4]	
open_wmemstream(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	openlog [SUSv3]	perror [SUSv3]	posix_openpt [SUSv3]	
ptsname [SUSv3]	putenv [SUSv3]	qsort [SUSv3]	rand [SUSv3]	
rand_r [SUSv3]	random [SUSv3]	random_r [LSB]	realloc [SUSv3]	
realpath [SUSv3]	remque [SUSv3]	scandir [SUSv4]	scandir64 [LSB]	
seed48 [SUSv3]	seed48_r [LSB]	sendfile [LSB]	sendfile64(GLIBC_2.3) [LSB]	
setenv [SUSv3]	sethostname [LSB]	setlogmask [SUSv3]	setstate [SUSv3]	
setstate_r [LSB]	srand [SUSv3]	srand48 [SUSv3]	srand48_r [LSB]	
srandom [SUSv3]	srandom_r [LSB]	strtod [SUSv3]	strtol [SUSv3]	
strtoul [SUSv3]	swapcontext [SUSv3]	syslog [SUSv3]	system [LSB]	
tdelete [SUSv3]	tfind [SUSv3]	tmpfile [SUSv3]	tmpnam [SUSv3]	
tsearch [SUSv3]	ttyname [SUSv3]	ttyname_r [SUSv3]	twalk [SUSv3]	
unlockpt [SUSv3]	unsetenv [SUSv3]	usleep [SUSv3]	verrx [LSB]	
vfscanf [LSB]	vscanf [LSB]	vsscanf [LSB]	vsyslog [LSB]	
warn [LSB]	warnx [LSB]	wordexp [SUSv3]	wordfree [SUSv3]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Standard Library specified in Table 13-35, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-35 libc - Standard Library Deprecated Function Interfaces
basename [LSB]	getdomainname [LSB]	inet_aton [LSB]	tmpnam [SUSv3]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Standard Library specified in Table 13-36, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-36 libc - Standard Library Data Interfaces
__environ [LSB]	_environ [LSB]	_sys_errlist [LSB]	environ [SUSv3]	
getdate_err [SUSv3]	optarg [SUSv3]	opterr [SUSv3]	optind [SUSv3]	
optopt [SUSv3]	

	

13.4 Data Definitions for libc
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libc. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.4.1 arpa/inet.h

extern uint32_t htonl(uint32_t);
extern uint16_t htons(uint16_t);
extern in_addr_t inet_addr(const char *__cp);
extern int inet_aton(const char *__cp, struct in_addr *__inp);
extern char *inet_ntoa(struct in_addr __in);
extern const char *inet_ntop(int __af, const void *__cp, char *__buf,
                             socklen_t __len);
extern int inet_pton(int __af, const char *__cp, void *__buf);
extern uint32_t ntohl(uint32_t);
extern uint16_t ntohs(uint16_t);
13.4.2 assert.h

#ifdef NDEBUG
#define assert(expr) ((void)0)
#else
#define assert(expr)    ((void) ((expr) ? 0 : (__assert_fail (#expr, __FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__), 0)))
#endif

extern void __assert_fail(const char *__assertion, const char *__file,
                          unsigned int __line, const char *__function);
13.4.3 cpio.h

#define C_IXOTH 000001
#define C_IWOTH 000002
#define C_IROTH 000004
#define C_IXGRP 000010
#define C_IWGRP 000020
#define C_IRGRP 000040
#define C_IXUSR 000100
#define C_IWUSR 000200
#define C_IRUSR 000400
#define C_ISVTX 001000
#define C_ISGID 002000
#define C_ISUID 004000
#define C_ISFIFO        010000
#define C_ISREG 0100000
#define C_ISCTG 0110000
#define C_ISLNK 0120000
#define C_ISSOCK        0140000
#define C_ISCHR 020000
#define C_ISDIR 040000
#define C_ISBLK 060000
#define MAGIC   "070707"
13.4.4 ctype.h

extern const unsigned short **__ctype_b_loc(void);
extern const int32_t **__ctype_tolower_loc(void);
extern const int32_t **__ctype_toupper_loc(void);
extern int _tolower(int);
extern int _toupper(int);
extern int isalnum(int);
extern int isalpha(int);
extern int isascii(int __c);
extern int isblank(int);
extern int iscntrl(int);
extern int isdigit(int);
extern int isgraph(int);
extern int islower(int);
extern int isprint(int);
extern int ispunct(int);
extern int isspace(int);
extern int isupper(int);
extern int isxdigit(int);
extern int toascii(int __c);
extern int tolower(int __c);
extern int toupper(int __c);
13.4.5 dirent.h

typedef struct __dirstream DIR;

struct dirent {
    long int d_ino;
    off_t d_off;
    unsigned short d_reclen;
    unsigned char d_type;
    char d_name[256];
};
struct dirent64 {
    uint64_t d_ino;
    int64_t d_off;
    unsigned short d_reclen;
    unsigned char d_type;
    char d_name[256];
};
extern int alphasort(const struct dirent **__e1,
                     const struct dirent **__e2);
extern int alphasort64(const struct dirent64 **__e1,
                       const struct dirent64 **__e2);
extern int closedir(DIR * __dirp);
extern int dirfd(DIR * __dirp);
extern DIR *fdopendir(int __fd);
extern DIR *opendir(const char *__name);
extern struct dirent *readdir(DIR * __dirp);
extern struct dirent64 *readdir64(DIR * __dirp);
extern int readdir64_r(DIR * __dirp, struct dirent64 *__entry,
                       struct dirent64 **__result);
extern int readdir_r(DIR * __dirp, struct dirent *__entry,
                     struct dirent **__result);
extern void rewinddir(DIR * __dirp);
extern int scandir(const char *__dir, struct dirent ***__namelist,
                   int (*__selector) (const struct dirent *),
                   int (*__cmp) (const struct dirent *,
                                 const struct dirent *));
extern int scandir64(const char *__dir, struct dirent64 ***__namelist,
                     int (*__selector) (const struct dirent64 *),
                     int (*__cmp) (const struct dirent64 *,
                                   const struct dirent64 *));
extern void seekdir(DIR * __dirp, long int __pos);
extern long int telldir(DIR * __dirp);
13.4.6 endian.h

#define __LITTLE_ENDIAN 1234
#define __BIG_ENDIAN    4321
#define BIG_ENDIAN      __BIG_ENDIAN
#define BYTE_ORDER      __BYTE_ORDER
#define LITTLE_ENDIAN   __LITTLE_ENDIAN
13.4.7 err.h

extern void err(int __status, const char *__format, ...);
extern void error(int, int, const char *, ...);
extern void errx(int __status, const char *__format, ...);
extern void warn(const char *__format, ...);
extern void warnx(const char *__format, ...);
13.4.8 errno.h

#define errno   (*__errno_location())

#define EPERM   1               /* Operation not permitted */
#define ECHILD  10              /* No child processes */
#define ENETDOWN        100     /* Network is down */
#define ENETUNREACH     101     /* Network is unreachable */
#define ENETRESET       102     /* Network dropped connection because of reset */
#define ECONNABORTED    103     /* Software caused connection abort */
#define ECONNRESET      104     /* Connection reset by peer */
#define ENOBUFS 105             /* No buffer space available */
#define EISCONN 106             /* Transport endpoint is already connected */
#define ENOTCONN        107     /* Transport endpoint is not connected */
#define ESHUTDOWN       108     /* Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown */
#define ETOOMANYREFS    109     /* Too many references: cannot splice */
#define EAGAIN  11              /* Try again */
#define ETIMEDOUT       110     /* Connection timed out */
#define ECONNREFUSED    111     /* Connection refused */
#define EHOSTDOWN       112     /* Host is down */
#define EHOSTUNREACH    113     /* No route to host */
#define EALREADY        114     /* Operation already in progress */
#define EINPROGRESS     115     /* Operation now in progress */
#define ESTALE  116             /* Stale NFS file handle */
#define EUCLEAN 117             /* Structure needs cleaning */
#define ENOTNAM 118             /* Not a XENIX named type file */
#define ENAVAIL 119             /* No XENIX semaphores available */
#define ENOMEM  12              /* Out of memory */
#define EISNAM  120             /* Is a named type file */
#define EREMOTEIO       121     /* Remote I/O error */
#define EDQUOT  122             /* Quota exceeded */
#define ENOMEDIUM       123     /* No medium found */
#define EMEDIUMTYPE     124     /* Wrong medium type */
#define ECANCELED       125     /* Operation Canceled */
#define EACCES  13              /* Permission denied */
#define EFAULT  14              /* Bad address */
#define ENOTBLK 15              /* Block device required */
#define EBUSY   16              /* Device or resource busy */
#define EEXIST  17              /* File exists */
#define EXDEV   18              /* Cross-device link */
#define ENODEV  19              /* No such device */
#define ENOENT  2               /* No such file or directory */
#define ENOTDIR 20              /* Not a directory */
#define EISDIR  21              /* Is a directory */
#define EINVAL  22              /* Invalid argument */
#define ENFILE  23              /* File table overflow */
#define EMFILE  24              /* Too many open files */
#define ENOTTY  25              /* Not a typewriter */
#define ETXTBSY 26              /* Text file busy */
#define EFBIG   27              /* File too large */
#define ENOSPC  28              /* No space left on device */
#define ESPIPE  29              /* Illegal seek */
#define ESRCH   3               /* No such process */
#define EROFS   30              /* Read-only file system */
#define EMLINK  31              /* Too many links */
#define EPIPE   32              /* Broken pipe */
#define EDOM    33              /* Math argument out of domain of func */
#define ERANGE  34              /* Math result not representable */
#define EDEADLK 35              /* Resource deadlock would occur */
#define ENAMETOOLONG    36      /* File name too long */
#define ENOLCK  37              /* No record locks available */
#define ENOSYS  38              /* Function not implemented */
#define ENOTEMPTY       39      /* Directory not empty */
#define EINTR   4               /* Interrupted system call */
#define ELOOP   40              /* Too many symbolic links encountered */
#define ENOMSG  42              /* No message of desired type */
#define EIDRM   43              /* Identifier removed */
#define ECHRNG  44              /* Channel number out of range */
#define EL2NSYNC        45      /* Level 2 not synchronized */
#define EL3HLT  46              /* Level 3 halted */
#define EL3RST  47              /* Level 3 reset */
#define ELNRNG  48              /* Link number out of range */
#define EUNATCH 49              /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define EIO     5               /* I/O error */
#define ENOANO  55              /* No anode */
#define EBADRQC 56              /* Invalid request code */
#define EBADSLT 57              /* Invalid slot */
#define EBFONT  59              /* Bad font file format */
#define ENXIO   6               /* No such device or address */
#define ENOSTR  60              /* Device not a stream */
#define ENODATA 61              /* No data available */
#define ETIME   62              /* Timer expired */
#define ENOSR   63              /* Out of streams resources */
#define ENONET  64              /* Machine is not on the network */
#define ENOPKG  65              /* Package not installed */
#define EREMOTE 66              /* Object is remote */
#define ENOLINK 67              /* Link has been severed */
#define EADV    68              /* Advertise error */
#define ESRMNT  69              /* Srmount error */
#define E2BIG   7               /* Argument list too long */
#define ECOMM   70              /* Communication error on send */
#define EPROTO  71              /* Protocol error */
#define EMULTIHOP       72      /* Multihop attempted */
#define EDOTDOT 73              /* RFS specific error */
#define EBADMSG 74              /* Not a data message */
#define EOVERFLOW       75      /* Value too large for defined data type */
#define ENOTUNIQ        76      /* Name not unique on network */
#define EBADFD  77              /* File descriptor in bad state */
#define EREMCHG 78              /* Remote address changed */
#define ELIBACC 79              /* Can not access a needed shared library */
#define ENOEXEC 8               /* Exec format error */
#define ELIBBAD 80              /* Accessing a corrupted shared library */
#define ELIBSCN 81              /* .lib section in a.out corrupted */
#define ELIBMAX 82              /* Attempting to link in too many shared libraries */
#define ELIBEXEC        83      /* Cannot exec a shared library directly */
#define EILSEQ  84              /* Illegal byte sequence */
#define ERESTART        85      /* Interrupted system call should be restarted */
#define ESTRPIPE        86      /* Streams pipe error */
#define EUSERS  87              /* Too many users */
#define ENOTSOCK        88      /* Socket operation on non-socket */
#define EDESTADDRREQ    89      /* Destination address required */
#define EBADF   9               /* Bad file number */
#define EMSGSIZE        90      /* Message too long */
#define EPROTOTYPE      91      /* Protocol wrong type for socket */
#define ENOPROTOOPT     92      /* Protocol not available */
#define EPROTONOSUPPORT 93      /* Protocol not supported */
#define ESOCKTNOSUPPORT 94      /* Socket type not supported */
#define EOPNOTSUPP      95      /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define EPFNOSUPPORT    96      /* Protocol family not supported */
#define EAFNOSUPPORT    97      /* Address family not supported by protocol */
#define EADDRINUSE      98      /* Address already in use */
#define EADDRNOTAVAIL   99      /* Cannot assign requested address */
#define EWOULDBLOCK     EAGAIN  /* Operation would block */
#define ENOTSUP EOPNOTSUPP

extern int *__errno_location(void);
13.4.9 fcntl.h

#define POSIX_FADV_NORMAL       0
#define O_RDONLY        00
#define O_ACCMODE       0003
#define O_WRONLY        01
#define O_CREAT 0100
#define O_TRUNC 01000
#define O_DSYNC 010000
#define O_RSYNC 010000
#define O_SYNC  010000
#define O_RDWR  02
#define O_EXCL  0200
#define O_APPEND        02000
#define O_ASYNC 020000
#define O_NOCTTY        0400
#define O_NDELAY        04000
#define O_NONBLOCK      04000
#define FD_CLOEXEC      1
#define POSIX_FADV_RANDOM       1
#define POSIX_FADV_SEQUENTIAL   2
#define POSIX_FADV_WILLNEED     3

struct flock {
    short l_type;
    short l_whence;
    off_t l_start;
    off_t l_len;
    pid_t l_pid;
};
struct flock64 {
    short l_type;
    short l_whence;
    loff_t l_start;
    loff_t l_len;
    pid_t l_pid;
};

#define AT_FDCWD        -100
#define AT_SYMLINK_NOFOLLOW     0x100
#define AT_EACCESS      0x200
#define AT_REMOVEDIR    0x200
#define AT_SYMLINK_FOLLOW       0x400

#define F_DUPFD 0
#define F_RDLCK 0
#define F_GETFD 1
#define F_WRLCK 1
#define F_SETSIG        10
#define F_GETSIG        11
#define F_SETFD 2
#define F_UNLCK 2
#define F_GETFL 3
#define F_SETFL 4
#define F_GETLK 5
#define F_SETLK 6
#define F_SETLKW        7
#define F_SETOWN        8
#define F_GETOWN        9

extern int creat(const char *__file, mode_t __mode);
extern int creat64(const char *__file, mode_t __mode);
extern int fcntl(int __fd, int __cmd, ...);
extern int open(const char *__file, int __oflag, ...);
extern int open64(const char *__file, int __oflag, ...);
extern int openat(int __fd, const char *__file, int __oflag, ...);
extern int openat64(int __fd, const char *__file, int __oflag, ...);
extern int posix_fadvise(int __fd, off_t __offset, off_t __len,
                         int __advise);
extern int posix_fadvise64(int __fd, off64_t __offset, off64_t __len,
                           int __advise);
extern int posix_fallocate(int __fd, off_t __offset, off_t __len);
extern int posix_fallocate64(int __fd, off64_t __offset, off64_t __len);
13.4.10 fmtmsg.h

#define MM_HARD 1               /* Source of the condition is hardware. */
#define MM_NRECOV       128     /* Non-recoverable error. */
#define MM_UTIL 16              /* Condition detected by utility. */
#define MM_SOFT 2               /* Source of the condition is software. */
#define MM_PRINT        256     /* Display message in standard error. */
#define MM_OPSYS        32      /* Condition detected by operating system. */
#define MM_FIRM 4               /* Source of the condition is firmware. */
#define MM_CONSOLE      512     /* Display message on system console. */
#define MM_RECOVER      64      /* Recoverable error. */
#define MM_APPL 8               /* Condition detected by application. */

#define MM_NOSEV        0       /* No severity level provided for the message. */
#define MM_HALT 1               /* Error causing application to halt. */
#define MM_ERROR        2       /* Application has encountered a non-fatal fault. */
#define MM_WARNING      3       /* Application has detected unusual non-error condition. */
#define MM_INFO 4               /* Informative message. */

#define MM_NULLACT      ((char *) 0)
#define MM_NULLLBL      ((char *) 0)
#define MM_NULLTAG      ((char *) 0)
#define MM_NULLTXT      ((char *) 0)
#define MM_NULLMC       ((long int) 0)
#define MM_NULLSEV      0

#define MM_NOTOK        -1      /* The function failed completely. */
#define MM_OK   0               /* The function succeeded. */
#define MM_NOMSG        1       /* The function was unable to generate a message on standard error, but otherwise succeeded. */
#define MM_NOCON        4       /* The function was unable to generate a console message, but otherwise succeeded. */

extern int fmtmsg(long int __classification, const char *__label,
                  int __severity, const char *__text, const char *__action,
                  const char *__tag);
13.4.11 fnmatch.h

#define FNM_PATHNAME    (1<<0)
#define FNM_NOESCAPE    (1<<1)
#define FNM_PERIOD      (1<<2)
#define FNM_NOMATCH     1

extern int fnmatch(const char *__pattern, const char *__name, int __flags);
13.4.12 ftw.h

#define FTW_D   FTW_D
#define FTW_DNR FTW_DNR
#define FTW_DP  FTW_DP
#define FTW_F   FTW_F
#define FTW_NS  FTW_NS
#define FTW_SL  FTW_SL
#define FTW_SLN FTW_SLN

enum {
    FTW_F,
    FTW_D,
    FTW_DNR,
    FTW_NS,
    FTW_SL,
    FTW_DP,
    FTW_SLN
};

enum {
    FTW_PHYS = 1,
    FTW_MOUNT = 2,
    FTW_CHDIR = 4,
    FTW_DEPTH = 8
};

struct FTW {
    int base;
    int level;
};

typedef int (*__ftw_func_t) (const char *__filename,
                             const struct stat * __status, int __flag);
typedef int (*__ftw64_func_t) (const char *__filename,
                               const struct stat64 * __status, int __flag);
typedef int (*__nftw_func_t) (const char *__filename,
                              const struct stat * __status, int __flag,
                              struct FTW * __info);
typedef int (*__nftw64_func_t) (const char *__filename,
                                const struct stat64 * __status, int __flag,
                                struct FTW * __info);
extern int ftw(const char *__dir, __ftw_func_t __func, int __descriptors);
extern int ftw64(const char *__dir, __ftw64_func_t __func,
                 int __descriptors);
extern int nftw(const char *__dir, __nftw_func_t __func, int __descriptors,
                int __flag);
extern int nftw64(const char *__dir, __nftw64_func_t __func,
                  int __descriptors, int __flag);
13.4.13 getopt.h

#define no_argument     0
#define required_argument       1
#define optional_argument       2

struct option {
    const char *name;
    int has_arg;
    int *flag;
    int val;
};
extern int getopt_long(int ___argc, char *const ___argv[],
                       const char *__shortopts,
                       const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
extern int getopt_long_only(int ___argc, char *const ___argv[],
                            const char *__shortopts,
                            const struct option *__longopts,
                            int *__longind);
13.4.14 glob.h

#define GLOB_ERR        (1<<0)
#define GLOB_MARK       (1<<1)
#define GLOB_BRACE      (1<<10)
#define GLOB_NOMAGIC    (1<<11)
#define GLOB_TILDE      (1<<12)
#define GLOB_ONLYDIR    (1<<13)
#define GLOB_TILDE_CHECK        (1<<14)
#define GLOB_NOSORT     (1<<2)
#define GLOB_DOOFFS     (1<<3)
#define GLOB_NOCHECK    (1<<4)
#define GLOB_APPEND     (1<<5)
#define GLOB_NOESCAPE   (1<<6)
#define GLOB_PERIOD     (1<<7)
#define GLOB_MAGCHAR    (1<<8)
#define GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC (1<<9)

#define GLOB_NOSPACE    1
#define GLOB_ABORTED    2
#define GLOB_NOMATCH    3
#define GLOB_NOSYS      4

typedef struct {
    size_t gl_pathc;
    char **gl_pathv;
    size_t gl_offs;
    int gl_flags;
    void (*gl_closedir) (void *);
    struct dirent *(*gl_readdir) (void *);
    void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *);
    int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *);
    int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *);
} glob_t;

typedef struct {
    size_t gl_pathc;
    char **gl_pathv;
    size_t gl_offs;
    int gl_flags;
    void (*gl_closedir) (void *);
    struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir) (void *);
    void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *);
    int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *);
    int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *);
} glob64_t;
extern int glob(const char *__pattern, int __flags,
                int (*__errfunc) (const char *, int), glob_t * __pglob);
extern int glob64(const char *__pattern, int __flags,
                  int (*__errfunc) (const char *, int),
                  glob64_t * __pglob);
extern void globfree(glob_t * __pglob);
extern void globfree64(glob64_t * __pglob);
13.4.15 grp.h

struct group {
    char *gr_name;
    char *gr_passwd;
    gid_t gr_gid;
    char **gr_mem;
};

extern void endgrent(void);
extern struct group *getgrent(void);
extern int getgrent_r(struct group *__resultbuf, char *__buffer,
                      size_t __buflen, struct group **__result);
extern struct group *getgrgid(gid_t __gid);
extern int getgrgid_r(gid_t __gid, struct group *__resultbuf,
                      char *__buffer, size_t __buflen,
                      struct group **__result);
extern struct group *getgrnam(const char *__name);
extern int getgrnam_r(const char *__name, struct group *__resultbuf,
                      char *__buffer, size_t __buflen,
                      struct group **__result);
extern int getgrouplist(const char *__user, gid_t __group,
                        gid_t * __groups, int *__ngroups);
extern int initgroups(const char *__user, gid_t __group);
extern void setgrent(void);
extern int setgroups(size_t __n, const gid_t * __groups);
13.4.16 iconv.h

typedef void *iconv_t;
extern size_t iconv(iconv_t __cd, char **__inbuf, size_t * __inbytesleft,
                    char **__outbuf, size_t * __outbytesleft);
extern int iconv_close(iconv_t __cd);
extern iconv_t iconv_open(const char *__tocode, const char *__fromcode);
13.4.17 inttypes.h

typedef lldiv_t imaxdiv_t;

#define __PDP_ENDIAN    3412
#define PDP_ENDIAN      __PDP_ENDIAN

extern intmax_t imaxabs(intmax_t __n);
extern imaxdiv_t imaxdiv(intmax_t __numer, intmax_t __denom);
extern intmax_t strtoimax(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base);
extern uintmax_t strtoumax(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                           int __base);
extern intmax_t wcstoimax(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr,
                          int __base);
extern uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr,
                           int __base);
13.4.18 langinfo.h

#define ABDAY_1 0x20000         /* Sun. */
#define ABDAY_2 0x20001
#define ABDAY_3 0x20002
#define ABDAY_4 0x20003
#define ABDAY_5 0x20004
#define ABDAY_6 0x20005
#define ABDAY_7 0x20006

#define DAY_1   0x20007
#define DAY_2   0x20008
#define DAY_3   0x20009
#define DAY_4   0x2000A
#define DAY_5   0x2000B
#define DAY_6   0x2000C
#define DAY_7   0x2000D

#define ABMON_1 0x2000E
#define ABMON_2 0x2000F
#define ABMON_3 0x20010
#define ABMON_4 0x20011
#define ABMON_5 0x20012
#define ABMON_6 0x20013
#define ABMON_7 0x20014
#define ABMON_8 0x20015
#define ABMON_9 0x20016
#define ABMON_10        0x20017
#define ABMON_11        0x20018
#define ABMON_12        0x20019

#define MON_1   0x2001A
#define MON_2   0x2001B
#define MON_3   0x2001C
#define MON_4   0x2001D
#define MON_5   0x2001E
#define MON_6   0x2001F
#define MON_7   0x20020
#define MON_8   0x20021
#define MON_9   0x20022
#define MON_10  0x20023
#define MON_11  0x20024
#define MON_12  0x20025

#define AM_STR  0x20026
#define PM_STR  0x20027

#define D_T_FMT 0x20028
#define D_FMT   0x20029
#define T_FMT   0x2002A
#define T_FMT_AMPM      0x2002B

#define ERA     0x2002C
#define ERA_D_FMT       0x2002E
#define ALT_DIGITS      0x2002F
#define ERA_D_T_FMT     0x20030
#define ERA_T_FMT       0x20031

#define CODESET 14

#define CRNCYSTR        0x4000F

#define RADIXCHAR       0x10000
#define THOUSEP 0x10001
#define YESEXPR 0x50000
#define NOEXPR  0x50001
#define YESSTR  0x50002
#define NOSTR   0x50003

extern char *nl_langinfo(nl_item __item);
13.4.19 libgen.h

#define basename __xpg_basename

extern char *__xpg_basename(char *__path);
extern char *dirname(char *__path);
13.4.20 libintl.h

extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset(const char *__domainname,
                                     const char *__codeset);
extern char *bindtextdomain(const char *__domainname,
                            const char *__dirname);
extern char *dcgettext(const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
                       int __category);
extern char *dcngettext(const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
                        const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n,
                        int __category);
extern char *dgettext(const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
extern char *dngettext(const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
                       const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
extern char *gettext(const char *__msgid);
extern char *ngettext(const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
                      unsigned long int __n);
extern char *textdomain(const char *__domainname);
13.4.21 limits.h

#define LLONG_MIN       (-LLONG_MAX-1LL)
#define _POSIX_AIO_MAX  1
#define _POSIX_QLIMIT   1
#define _POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX   1000
#define _POSIX2_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX      14
#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
#define _POSIX_UIO_MAXIOV       16
#define ULLONG_MAX      18446744073709551615ULL
#define _POSIX2_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX        2
#define _POSIX_AIO_LISTIO_MAX   2
#define _POSIX_OPEN_MAX 20
#define _POSIX_CLOCKRES_MIN     20000000
#define CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX      2048
#define LINE_MAX        2048
#define _POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX      2048
#define _POSIX2_LINE_MAX        2048
#define _POSIX_CHILD_MAX        25
#define COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX        255
#define _POSIX2_RE_DUP_MAX      255
#define _POSIX_HOST_NAME_MAX    255
#define _POSIX_MAX_CANON        255
#define _POSIX_MAX_INPUT        255
#define _POSIX_RE_DUP_MAX       255
#define _POSIX_SYMLINK_MAX      255
#define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 256
#define _POSIX_SEM_NSEMS_MAX    256
#define NGROUPS_MAX     32
#define _POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX   32
#define _POSIX_DELAYTIMER_MAX   32
#define _POSIX_MQ_PRIO_MAX      32
#define _POSIX_SIGQUEUE_MAX     32
#define _POSIX_TIMER_MAX        32
#define _POSIX_SEM_VALUE_MAX    32767
#define _POSIX_SSIZE_MAX        32767
#define PATH_MAX        4096
#define _POSIX_ARG_MAX  4096
#define _POSIX_PIPE_BUF 512
#define _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX       6
#define _POSIX_LINK_MAX 8
#define _POSIX_MQ_OPEN_MAX      8
#define _POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX      8
#define _POSIX_RTSIG_MAX        8
#define _POSIX_STREAM_MAX       8
#define _POSIX_SYMLOOP_MAX      8
#define _POSIX_LOGIN_NAME_MAX   9
#define _POSIX_TTY_NAME_MAX     9
#define LLONG_MAX       9223372036854775807LL
#define _POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX     99
#define _POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX    99
#define SSIZE_MAX       LONG_MAX        /* Maximum value of an object of type ssize_t */
#define BC_BASE_MAX     _POSIX2_BC_BASE_MAX
#define BC_DIM_MAX      _POSIX2_BC_DIM_MAX
#define BC_SCALE_MAX    _POSIX2_BC_SCALE_MAX
#define BC_STRING_MAX   _POSIX2_BC_STRING_MAX
#define EXPR_NEST_MAX   _POSIX2_EXPR_NEST_MAX
#define _POSIX_FD_SETSIZE       _POSIX_OPEN_MAX
#define _POSIX_HIWAT    _POSIX_PIPE_BUF

#define MB_LEN_MAX      16

#define SCHAR_MIN       (-128)
#define SCHAR_MAX       127
#define UCHAR_MAX       255
#define CHAR_BIT        8

#define SHRT_MIN        (-32768)
#define SHRT_MAX        32767
#define USHRT_MAX       65535

#define INT_MIN (-INT_MAX-1)
#define INT_MAX 2147483647
#define UINT_MAX        4294967295U

#define LONG_MIN        (-LONG_MAX-1L)

#define PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX        1024
#define PTHREAD_THREADS_MAX     16384
#define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS   4
13.4.22 locale.h

struct lconv {
    char *decimal_point;
    char *thousands_sep;
    char *grouping;
    char *int_curr_symbol;
    char *currency_symbol;
    char *mon_decimal_point;
    char *mon_thousands_sep;
    char *mon_grouping;
    char *positive_sign;
    char *negative_sign;
    char int_frac_digits;
    char frac_digits;
    char p_cs_precedes;
    char p_sep_by_space;
    char n_cs_precedes;
    char n_sep_by_space;
    char p_sign_posn;
    char n_sign_posn;
    char int_p_cs_precedes;
    char int_p_sep_by_space;
    char int_n_cs_precedes;
    char int_n_sep_by_space;
    char int_p_sign_posn;
    char int_n_sign_posn;
};

#define LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE        ((locale_t) -1L)
#define LC_CTYPE        0
#define LC_NUMERIC      1
#define LC_TELEPHONE    10
#define LC_MEASUREMENT  11
#define LC_IDENTIFICATION       12
#define LC_TIME 2
#define LC_COLLATE      3
#define LC_MONETARY     4
#define LC_MESSAGES     5
#define LC_ALL  6
#define LC_PAPER        7
#define LC_NAME 8
#define LC_ADDRESS      9

struct __locale_struct {
    struct locale_data *__locales[13];
    const unsigned short *__ctype_b;
    const int *__ctype_tolower;
    const int *__ctype_toupper;
    const char *__names[13];
};
typedef struct __locale_struct *__locale_t;

typedef struct __locale_struct *locale_t;

#define LC_ADDRESS_MASK (1 << LC_ADDRESS)
#define LC_COLLATE_MASK (1 << LC_COLLATE)
#define LC_IDENTIFICATION_MASK  (1 << LC_IDENTIFICATION)
#define LC_MEASUREMENT_MASK     (1 << LC_MEASUREMENT)
#define LC_MESSAGES_MASK        (1 << LC_MESSAGES)
#define LC_MONETARY_MASK        (1 << LC_MONETARY)
#define LC_NAME_MASK    (1 << LC_NAME)
#define LC_NUMERIC_MASK (1 << LC_NUMERIC)
#define LC_PAPER_MASK   (1 << LC_PAPER)
#define LC_TELEPHONE_MASK       (1 << LC_TELEPHONE)
#define LC_TIME_MASK    (1 << LC_TIME)
#define LC_CTYPE_MASK   (1<<LC_CTYPE)
#define LC_ALL_MASK     \
        (LC_CTYPE_MASK| LC_NUMERIC_MASK| LC_TIME_MASK| LC_COLLATE_MASK| LC_MONETARY_MASK|\
         LC_MESSAGES_MASK| LC_PAPER_MASK| LC_NAME_MASK| LC_ADDRESS_MASK| LC_TELEPHONE_MASK|\
         LC_MEASUREMENT_MASK| LC_IDENTIFICATION_MASK)

extern locale_t duplocale(locale_t __dataset);
extern void freelocale(locale_t __dataset);
extern struct lconv *localeconv(void);
extern locale_t newlocale(int __category_mask, const char *__locale,
                          locale_t __base);
extern char *setlocale(int __category, const char *__locale);
extern locale_t uselocale(locale_t __dataset);
13.4.23 monetary.h

extern ssize_t strfmon(char *__s, size_t __maxsize, const char *__format,
                       ...);
13.4.24 net/if.h

#define IF_NAMESIZE     16

#define IFF_UP  0x01            /* Interface is up. */
#define IFF_BROADCAST   0x02    /* Broadcast address valid. */
#define IFF_DEBUG       0x04    /* Turn on debugging. */
#define IFF_LOOPBACK    0x08    /* Is a loopback net. */
#define IFF_POINTOPOINT 0x10    /* Interface is point-to-point link. */
#define IFF_PROMISC     0x100   /* Receive all packets. */
#define IFF_MULTICAST   0x1000  /* Supports multicast. */
#define IFF_NOTRAILERS  0x20    /* Avoid use of trailers. */
#define IFF_RUNNING     0x40    /* Resources allocated. */
#define IFF_NOARP       0x80    /* No address resolution protocol. */

struct if_nameindex {
    unsigned int if_index;      /* 1, 2, ... */
    char *if_name;              /* null terminated name: */
};

struct ifaddr {
    struct sockaddr ifa_addr;   /* Address of interface. */
    union {
        struct sockaddr ifu_broadaddr;
        struct sockaddr ifu_dstaddr;
    } ifa_ifu;
    void *ifa_ifp;
    void *ifa_next;
};

#define ifr_name        ifr_ifrn.ifrn_name      /* interface name */
#define ifr_addr        ifr_ifru.ifru_addr      /* address */
#define ifr_broadaddr   ifr_ifru.ifru_broadaddr /* broadcast address */
#define ifr_data        ifr_ifru.ifru_data      /* for use by interface */
#define ifr_dstaddr     ifr_ifru.ifru_dstaddr   /* other end of p-p lnk */
#define ifr_flags       ifr_ifru.ifru_flags     /* flags */
#define ifr_hwaddr      ifr_ifru.ifru_hwaddr    /* interface name */
#define ifr_bandwidth   ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue    /* link bandwidth */
#define ifr_ifindex     ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue    /* interface index */
#define ifr_metric      ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue    /* metric */
#define ifr_qlen        ifr_ifru.ifru_ivalue    /* queue length */
#define ifr_mtu ifr_ifru.ifru_mtu       /* mtu */
#define ifr_netmask     ifr_ifru.ifru_netmask   /* interface net mask */
#define ifr_slave       ifr_ifru.ifru_slave     /* slave device */
#define IFNAMSIZ        IF_NAMESIZE

struct ifreq {
    union {
        char ifrn_name[IFNAMSIZ];
    } ifr_ifrn;
    union {
        struct sockaddr ifru_addr;
        struct sockaddr ifru_dstaddr;
        struct sockaddr ifru_broadaddr;
        struct sockaddr ifru_netmask;
        struct sockaddr ifru_hwaddr;
        short ifru_flags;
        int ifru_ivalue;
        int ifru_mtu;
        char ifru_slave[IFNAMSIZ];
        char ifru_newname[IFNAMSIZ];
        caddr_t ifru_data;
        struct ifmap ifru_map;
    } ifr_ifru;
};

#define ifc_buf ifc_ifcu.ifcu_buf       /* Buffer address. */
#define ifc_req ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req       /* Array of structures. */

struct ifconf {
    int ifc_len;
    union {
        caddr_t ifcu_buf;
        struct ifreq *ifcu_req;
    } ifc_ifcu;
};
extern void if_freenameindex(struct if_nameindex *__ptr);
extern char *if_indextoname(unsigned int __ifindex, char *__ifname);
extern struct if_nameindex *if_nameindex(void);
extern unsigned int if_nametoindex(const char *__ifname);
13.4.25 netdb.h

#define h_errno (*__h_errno_location ())
#define NETDB_INTERNAL  -1      /* See errno. */
#define NETDB_SUCCESS   0       /* No problem. */
#define HOST_NOT_FOUND  1       /* Authoritative Answer Host not found. */
#define IPPORT_RESERVED 1024
#define NI_MAXHOST      1025
#define TRY_AGAIN       2       /* Non-Authoritative Host not found, or SERVERFAIL. */
#define NO_RECOVERY     3       /* Non recoverable errors, FORMERR, REFUSED, NOTIMP. */
#define NI_MAXSERV      32
#define NO_DATA 4               /* Valid name, no data record of requested type. */
#define h_addr  h_addr_list[0]
#define NO_ADDRESS      NO_DATA /* No address, look for MX record. */

struct servent {
    char *s_name;
    char **s_aliases;
    int s_port;
    char *s_proto;
};
struct hostent {
    char *h_name;
    char **h_aliases;
    int h_addrtype;
    int h_length;
    char **h_addr_list;
};
struct protoent {
    char *p_name;
    char **p_aliases;
    int p_proto;
};
struct netent {
    char *n_name;
    char **n_aliases;
    int n_addrtype;
    unsigned int n_net;
};

#define AI_PASSIVE      0x0001  /* Socket address is intended for `bind' */
#define AI_CANONNAME    0x0002  /* Request for canonical name */
#define AI_NUMERICHOST  0x0004  /* Don't use name resolution */
#define AI_V4MAPPED     0x0008  /* IPv4 mapped addresses are acceptable. */
#define AI_ALL  0x0010          /* Return IPv4 mapped and IPv6 addresses. */
#define AI_ADDRCONFIG   0x0020  /* Use configuration of this host to choose returned address type.. */
#define AI_NUMERICSERV  0x0400  /* Don't use name resolution */

struct addrinfo {
    int ai_flags;
    int ai_family;
    int ai_socktype;
    int ai_protocol;
    socklen_t ai_addrlen;
    struct sockaddr *ai_addr;
    char *ai_canonname;
    struct addrinfo *ai_next;
};

#define NI_NUMERICHOST  1
#define NI_DGRAM        16
#define NI_NUMERICSERV  2
#define NI_NOFQDN       4
#define NI_NAMEREQD     8

#define EAI_BADFLAGS    -1      /* Invalid value for `ai_flags' field. */
#define EAI_MEMORY      -10     /* Memory allocation failure. */
#define EAI_SYSTEM      -11     /* System error returned in `errno'. */
#define EAI_NONAME      -2      /* NAME or SERVICE is unknown. */
#define EAI_AGAIN       -3      /* Temporary failure in name resolution. */
#define EAI_FAIL        -4      /* Non-recoverable failure in name res. */
#define EAI_NODATA      -5      /* No address associated with NAME. */
#define EAI_FAMILY      -6      /* `ai_family' not supported. */
#define EAI_SOCKTYPE    -7      /* `ai_family' not supported. */
#define EAI_SERVICE     -8      /* SERVICE not supported for `ai_socktype'. */
#define EAI_ADDRFAMILY  -9      /* Address family for NAME not supported. */

extern int *__h_errno_location(void);
extern void endprotoent(void);
extern void endservent(void);
extern void freeaddrinfo(struct addrinfo *__ai);
extern const char *gai_strerror(int __ecode);
extern int getaddrinfo(const char *__name, const char *__service,
                       const struct addrinfo *__req,
                       struct addrinfo **__pai);
extern struct hostent *gethostbyaddr(const void *__addr, socklen_t __len,
                                     int __type);
extern int gethostbyaddr_r(const void *__addr, socklen_t __len, int __type,
                           struct hostent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                           size_t __buflen, struct hostent **__result,
                           int *__h_errnop);
extern struct hostent *gethostbyname(const char *__name);
extern struct hostent *gethostbyname2(const char *__name, int __af);
extern int gethostbyname2_r(const char *__name, int __af,
                            struct hostent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                            size_t __buflen, struct hostent **__result,
                            int *__h_errnop);
extern int gethostbyname_r(const char *__name,
                           struct hostent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                           size_t __buflen, struct hostent **__result,
                           int *__h_errnop);
extern struct protoent *getprotobyname(const char *__name);
extern int getprotobyname_r(const char *__name,
                            struct protoent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                            size_t __buflen, struct protoent **__result);
extern struct protoent *getprotobynumber(int __proto);
extern int getprotobynumber_r(int __proto, struct protoent *__result_buf,
                              char *__buf, size_t __buflen,
                              struct protoent **__result);
extern struct protoent *getprotoent(void);
extern int getprotoent_r(struct protoent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                         size_t __buflen, struct protoent **__result);
extern struct servent *getservbyname(const char *__name,
                                     const char *__proto);
extern int getservbyname_r(const char *__name, const char *__proto,
                           struct servent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                           size_t __buflen, struct servent **__result);
extern struct servent *getservbyport(int __port, const char *__proto);
extern int getservbyport_r(int __port, const char *__proto,
                           struct servent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                           size_t __buflen, struct servent **__result);
extern struct servent *getservent(void);
extern int getservent_r(struct servent *__result_buf, char *__buf,
                        size_t __buflen, struct servent **__result);
extern void setprotoent(int __stay_open);
extern void setservent(int __stay_open);
13.4.26 netinet/icmp6.h

#define ICMP6_FILTER_WILLBLOCK(type,filterp)    ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) & (1 << ((type) & 31))) != 0)
#define ICMP6_FILTER_WILLPASS(type,filterp)     ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) & (1 << ((type) & 31))) == 0)
#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASS(type,filterp)      ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) &= ~(1 << ((type) & 31))))
#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCK(type,filterp)     ((((filterp)->icmp6_filt[(type) >> 5]) |= (1 << ((type) & 31))))
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOROUTE       0
#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_HEADER  0
#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_TRANSIT       0
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_PREVDONE 0x08
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_SPECSITE 0x10
#define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_RAFLAGS_AUTO    0x10
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_FORCEAPPLY       0x20
#define ICMP6_RR_PCOUSE_RAFLAGS_ONLINK  0x20
#define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_RADDR    0x20
#define ND_RA_FLAG_HOME_AGENT   0x20
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_REQRESULT        0x40
#define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_AUTO     0x40
#define ND_RA_FLAG_OTHER        0x40
#define ICMP6_INFOMSG_MASK      0x80
#define ICMP6_RR_FLAGS_TEST     0x80
#define ND_OPT_PI_FLAG_ONLINK   0x80
#define ND_RA_FLAG_MANAGED      0x80
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH       1
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADMIN 1
#define ICMP6_FILTER    1
#define ICMP6_FILTER_BLOCK      1
#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_NEXTHEADER      1
#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEED_REASSEMBLY    1
#define ND_OPT_SOURCE_LINKADDR  1
#define RPM_PCO_ADD     1
#define ICMP6_ECHO_REQUEST      128
#define ICMP6_ECHO_REPLY        129
#define MLD_LISTENER_QUERY      130
#define MLD_LISTENER_REPORT     131
#define MLD_LISTENER_REDUCTION  132
#define ND_ROUTER_SOLICIT       133
#define ND_ROUTER_ADVERT        134
#define ND_NEIGHBOR_SOLICIT     135
#define ND_NEIGHBOR_ADVERT      136
#define ND_REDIRECT     137
#define ICMP6_ROUTER_RENUMBERING        138
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_BEYONDSCOPE   2
#define ICMP6_FILTER_PASS       2
#define ICMP6_PACKET_TOO_BIG    2
#define ICMP6_PARAMPROB_OPTION  2
#define ND_OPT_TARGET_LINKADDR  2
#define RPM_PCO_CHANGE  2
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_ADDR  3
#define ICMP6_FILTER_BLOCKOTHERS        3
#define ICMP6_TIME_EXCEEDED     3
#define ND_OPT_PREFIX_INFORMATION       3
#define RPM_PCO_SETGLOBAL       3
#define ICMP6_DST_UNREACH_NOPORT        4
#define ICMP6_FILTER_PASSONLY   4
#define ICMP6_PARAM_PROB        4
#define ND_OPT_REDIRECTED_HEADER        4
#define ND_OPT_MTU      5
#define ND_OPT_RTR_ADV_INTERVAL 7
#define ND_OPT_HOME_AGENT_INFO  8
#define icmp6_id        icmp6_data16[0]
#define icmp6_maxdelay  icmp6_data16[0]
#define icmp6_seq       icmp6_data16[1]
#define icmp6_mtu       icmp6_data32[0]
#define icmp6_pptr      icmp6_data32[0]
#define icmp6_data16    icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data16
#define icmp6_data32    icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data32
#define icmp6_data8     icmp6_dataun.icmp6_un_data8
#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETPASSALL(filterp)        memset (filterp, 0, sizeof (struct icmp6_filter));
#define ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(filterp)       memset (filterp, 0xFF, sizeof (struct icmp6_filter));
#define mld_cksum       mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define mld_code        mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_code
#define mld_maxdelay    mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_data16[0]
#define mld_reserved    mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_data16[1]
#define mld_type        mld_icmp6_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_na_cksum     nd_na_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_na_code      nd_na_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_na_flags_reserved    nd_na_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
#define nd_na_type      nd_na_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_ns_cksum     nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_ns_code      nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_ns_reserved  nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
#define nd_ns_type      nd_ns_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_ra_cksum     nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_ra_code      nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_ra_router_lifetime   nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data16[1]
#define nd_ra_curhoplimit       nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data8[0]
#define nd_ra_flags_reserved    nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_data8[1]
#define nd_ra_type      nd_ra_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_rd_cksum     nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_rd_code      nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_rd_reserved  nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
#define nd_rd_type      nd_rd_hdr.icmp6_type
#define nd_rs_cksum     nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define nd_rs_code      nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_code
#define nd_rs_reserved  nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
#define nd_rs_type      nd_rs_hdr.icmp6_type
#define rr_cksum        rr_hdr.icmp6_cksum
#define rr_code rr_hdr.icmp6_code
#define rr_seqnum       rr_hdr.icmp6_data32[0]
#define rr_type rr_hdr.icmp6_type

struct icmp6_filter {
    uint32_t icmp6_filt[8];
};
struct icmp6_hdr {
    uint8_t icmp6_type;
    uint8_t icmp6_code;
    uint16_t icmp6_cksum;
    union {
        uint32_t icmp6_un_data32[1];
        uint16_t icmp6_un_data16[2];
        uint8_t icmp6_un_data8[4];
    } icmp6_dataun;
};
struct nd_router_solicit {
    struct icmp6_hdr nd_rs_hdr;
};
struct nd_router_advert {
    struct icmp6_hdr nd_ra_hdr;
    uint32_t nd_ra_reachable;
    uint32_t nd_ra_retransmit;
};
struct nd_neighbor_solicit {
    struct icmp6_hdr nd_ns_hdr;
    struct in6_addr nd_ns_target;
};
struct nd_neighbor_advert {
    struct icmp6_hdr nd_na_hdr;
    struct in6_addr nd_na_target;
};
struct nd_redirect {
    struct icmp6_hdr nd_rd_hdr;
    struct in6_addr nd_rd_target;
    struct in6_addr nd_rd_dst;
};
struct nd_opt_hdr {
    uint8_t nd_opt_type;
    uint8_t nd_opt_len;
};
struct nd_opt_prefix_info {
    uint8_t nd_opt_pi_type;
    uint8_t nd_opt_pi_len;
    uint8_t nd_opt_pi_prefix_len;
    uint8_t nd_opt_pi_flags_reserved;
    uint32_t nd_opt_pi_valid_time;
    uint32_t nd_opt_pi_preferred_time;
    uint32_t nd_opt_pi_reserved2;
    struct in6_addr nd_opt_pi_prefix;
};
struct nd_opt_rd_hdr {
    uint8_t nd_opt_rh_type;
    uint8_t nd_opt_rh_len;
    uint16_t nd_opt_rh_reserved1;
    uint32_t nd_opt_rh_reserved2;
};
struct nd_opt_mtu {
    uint8_t nd_opt_mtu_type;
    uint8_t nd_opt_mtu_len;
    uint16_t nd_opt_mtu_reserved;
    uint32_t nd_opt_mtu_mtu;
};
struct mld_hdr {
    struct icmp6_hdr mld_icmp6_hdr;
    struct in6_addr mld_addr;
};
struct icmp6_router_renum {
    struct icmp6_hdr rr_hdr;
    uint8_t rr_segnum;
    uint8_t rr_flags;
    uint16_t rr_maxdelay;
    uint32_t rr_reserved;
};
struct rr_pco_match {
    uint8_t rpm_code;
    uint8_t rpm_len;
    uint8_t rpm_ordinal;
    uint8_t rpm_matchlen;
    uint8_t rpm_minlen;
    uint8_t rpm_maxlen;
    uint16_t rpm_reserved;
    struct in6_addr rpm_prefix;
};
struct rr_pco_use {
    uint8_t rpu_uselen;
    uint8_t rpu_keeplen;
    uint8_t rpu_ramask;
    uint8_t rpu_raflags;
    uint32_t rpu_vltime;
    uint32_t rpu_pltime;
    uint32_t rpu_flags;
    struct in6_addr rpu_prefix;
};
struct rr_result {
    uint16_t rrr_flags;
    uint8_t rrr_ordinal;
    uint8_t rrr_matchedlen;
    uint32_t rrr_ifid;
    struct in6_addr rrr_prefix;
};
struct nd_opt_adv_interval {
    uint8_t nd_opt_adv_interval_type;
    uint8_t nd_opt_adv_interval_len;
    uint16_t nd_opt_adv_interval_reserved;
    uint32_t nd_opt_adv_interval_ival;
};
struct nd_opt_home_agent_info {
    uint8_t nd_opt_home_agent_info_type;
    uint8_t nd_opt_home_agent_info_len;
    uint16_t nd_opt_home_agent_info_reserved;
    int16_t nd_opt_home_agent_info_preference;
    uint16_t nd_opt_home_agent_info_lifetime;
};
13.4.27 netinet/igmp.h

#define IGMP_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY   0x11
#define IGMP_V1_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT       0x12
#define IGMP_DVMRP      0x13
#define IGMP_PIM        0x14
#define IGMP_TRACE      0x15
#define IGMP_V2_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT       0x16
#define IGMP_V2_LEAVE_GROUP     0x17
#define IGMP_MTRACE_RESP        0x1e
#define IGMP_MTRACE     0x1f
#define IGMP_DELAYING_MEMBER    1
#define IGMP_v1_ROUTER  1
#define IGMP_MAX_HOST_REPORT_DELAY      10
#define IGMP_TIMER_SCALE        10
#define IGMP_IDLE_MEMBER        2
#define IGMP_v2_ROUTER  2
#define IGMP_LAZY_MEMBER        3
#define IGMP_SLEEPING_MEMBER    4
#define IGMP_AWAKENING_MEMBER   5
#define IGMP_MINLEN     8
#define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY      IGMP_MEMBERSHIP_QUERY
#define IGMP_HOST_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT     IGMP_V1_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT
#define IGMP_HOST_LEAVE_MESSAGE IGMP_V2_LEAVE_GROUP
#define IGMP_HOST_NEW_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT IGMP_V2_MEMBERSHIP_REPORT

struct igmp {
    u_int8_t igmp_type;
    u_int8_t igmp_code;
    u_int16_t igmp_cksum;
    struct in_addr igmp_group;
};
13.4.28 netinet/in.h

#define IPPROTO_IP      0
#define IPPROTO_ICMP    1
#define IPPROTO_UDP     17
#define IPPROTO_IGMP    2
#define IPPROTO_RAW     255
#define IPPROTO_IPV6    41
#define IPPROTO_ICMPV6  58
#define IPPROTO_TCP     6

typedef uint16_t in_port_t;

struct in_addr {
    uint32_t s_addr;
};
typedef uint32_t in_addr_t;

#define INADDR_NONE     ((in_addr_t) 0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_BROADCAST        (0xffffffff)
#define INADDR_ANY      0
#define INADDR_LOOPBACK 0x7f000001      /* 127.0.0.1 */

#define s6_addr16       in6_u.u6_addr16
#define s6_addr32       in6_u.u6_addr32
#define s6_addr in6_u.u6_addr8

struct in6_addr {
    union {
        uint8_t u6_addr8[16];
        uint16_t u6_addr16[8];
        uint32_t u6_addr32[4];
    } in6_u;
};

#define IN6ADDR_ANY_INIT        { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 } } }
#define IN6ADDR_LOOPBACK_INIT   { { { 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1 } } }

#define IN_MULTICAST(a) ((((in_addr_t)(a))&0xf0000000)==0xe0000000)
#define INET_ADDRSTRLEN 16

struct sockaddr_in {
    sa_family_t sin_family;
    unsigned short sin_port;
    struct in_addr sin_addr;
    unsigned char sin_zero[8];
};

#define IN6_IS_ADDR_LINKLOCAL(a)        ((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] & htonl (0xffc00000)) == htonl (0xfe800000))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_SITELOCAL(a)        ((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] & htonl (0xffc00000)) == htonl (0xfec00000))
#define IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(a,b) ((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[0]) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[1]) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[2]) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[3] == ((const uint32_t *) (b))[3]))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_V4COMPAT(a) ((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == 0) && (ntohl (((const uint32_t *) (a))[3]) > 1))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_V4MAPPED(a) ((((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0) && (((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == htonl (0xffff)))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(a)      (((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == 0 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[3] == 0)
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_LOOPBACK(a) (((const uint32_t *) (a))[0] == 0 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[1] == 0 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[2] == 0 && ((const uint32_t *) (a))[3] == htonl (1))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a)        (((const uint8_t *) (a))[0] == 0xff)
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_NODELOCAL(a)     (IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x1))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_LINKLOCAL(a)     (IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x2))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_SITELOCAL(a)     (IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x5))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_ORGLOCAL(a)      (IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0x8))
#define IN6_IS_ADDR_MC_GLOBAL(a)        (IN6_IS_ADDR_MULTICAST(a) && ((((const uint8_t *) (a))[1] & 0xf) == 0xe))
#define INET6_ADDRSTRLEN        46

struct sockaddr_in6 {
    unsigned short sin6_family; /* AF_INET6 */
    uint16_t sin6_port;         /* Transport layer port # */
    uint32_t sin6_flowinfo;     /* IPv6 flow information */
    struct in6_addr sin6_addr;  /* IPv6 address */
    uint32_t sin6_scope_id;     /* scope id (new in RFC2553) */
};

#define SOL_IP  0
#define IP_TOS  1               /* IP type of service and precedence */
#define IPV6_UNICAST_HOPS       16
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_IF       17
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_HOPS     18
#define IPV6_MULTICAST_LOOP     19
#define IP_TTL  2               /* IP time to live */
#define IPV6_JOIN_GROUP 20
#define IPV6_LEAVE_GROUP        21
#define IPV6_V6ONLY     26
#define IP_MULTICAST_IF 32      /* set/get IP multicast i/f */
#define IP_MULTICAST_TTL        33      /* set/get IP multicast ttl */
#define IP_MULTICAST_LOOP       34      /* set/get IP multicast loopback */
#define IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP       35      /* add an IP group membership */
#define IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP      36      /* drop an IP group membership */
#define IP_OPTIONS      4       /* IP per-packet options */
#define IPV6_ADD_MEMBERSHIP     IPV6_JOIN_GROUP
#define IPV6_DROP_MEMBERSHIP    IPV6_LEAVE_GROUP

struct ipv6_mreq {
    struct in6_addr ipv6mr_multiaddr;   /* IPv6 multicast address of group */
    int ipv6mr_interface;       /* local IPv6 address of interface */
};
struct ip_mreq {
    struct in_addr imr_multiaddr;       /* IP multicast address of group */
    struct in_addr imr_interface;       /* local IP address of interface */
};
extern int bindresvport(int, struct sockaddr_in *);
extern const struct in6_addr in6addr_any;
extern const struct in6_addr in6addr_loopback;
13.4.29 netinet/in_systm.h

typedef u_int16_t n_short;
typedef u_int32_t n_long;
typedef u_int32_t n_time;
13.4.30 netinet/ip.h

#define IPOPT_CLASS(o)  ((o) & IPOPT_CLASS_MASK)
#define IPOPT_COPIED(o) ((o) & IPOPT_COPY)
#define IPOPT_NUMBER(o) ((o) & IPOPT_NUMBER_MASK)
#define IPOPT_EOL       0
#define IPOPT_OPTVAL    0
#define IPOPT_TS_TSONLY 0
#define IPOPT_CONTROL   0x00
#define IPOPT_SECUR_UNCLASS     0x0000
#define IPOPT_NUMBER_MASK       0x1f
#define IP_OFFMASK      0x1fff
#define IPOPT_RESERVED1 0x20
#define IP_MF   0x2000
#define IPOPT_DEBMEAS   0x40
#define IP_DF   0x4000
#define IPOPT_CLASS_MASK        0x60
#define IPOPT_RESERVED2 0x60
#define IPOPT_SECUR_TOPSECRET   0x6bc5
#define IPOPT_SECUR_EFTO        0x789a
#define IPOPT_COPY      0x80
#define IP_RF   0x8000
#define IPOPT_SECUR_RESTR       0xaf13
#define IPOPT_SECUR_MMMM        0xbc4d
#define IPOPT_SECUR_SECRET      0xd788
#define IPOPT_SECUR_CONFID      0xf135
#define IPOPT_NOP       1
#define IPOPT_OLEN      1
#define IPOPT_TS_TSANDADDR      1
#define IPTTLDEC        1
#define IPOPT_SECURITY  130
#define IPOPT_LSRR      131
#define IPOPT_SATID     136
#define IPOPT_SSRR      137
#define IPOPT_RA        148
#define IPOPT_OFFSET    2
#define MAXTTL  255
#define IPOPT_TS_PRESPEC        3
#define IPOPT_MINOFF    4
#define IPVERSION       4
#define MAX_IPOPTLEN    40
#define IP_MSS  576
#define IPFRAGTTL       60
#define IPDEFTTL        64
#define IP_MAXPACKET    65535
#define IPOPT_TS        68
#define IPOPT_RR        7
#define IPOPT_MEASUREMENT       IPOPT_DEBMEAS
#define IPOPT_END       IPOPT_EOL
#define IPOPT_NOOP      IPOPT_NOP
#define IPOPT_SID       IPOPT_SATID
#define IPOPT_SEC       IPOPT_SECURITY
#define IPOPT_TIMESTAMP IPOPT_TS

#define IPTOS_TOS(tos)  ((tos) & IPTOS_TOS_MASK)
#define IPTOS_LOWCOST   0x02
#define IPTOS_RELIABILITY       0x04
#define IPTOS_THROUGHPUT        0x08
#define IPTOS_LOWDELAY  0x10
#define IPTOS_TOS_MASK  0x1e
#define IPTOS_MINCOST   IPTOS_LOWCOST

#define IPTOS_PREC(tos) ((tos) & IPTOS_PREC_MASK)
#define IPTOS_PREC_MASK 0xe0
13.4.31 netinet/ip6.h

#define IP6OPT_TYPE(o)  ((o) & 0xc0)
#define IP6OPT_PAD1     0
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_SKIP        0x00
#define IP6OPT_TUNNEL_LIMIT     0x04
#define IP6OPT_ROUTER_ALERT     0x05
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_MUTABLE     0x20
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_DISCARD     0x40
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_FORCEICMP   0x80
#define IP6OPT_TYPE_ICMP        0xc0
#define IP6OPT_JUMBO    0xc2
#define IP6OPT_NSAP_ADDR        0xc3
#define IP6OPT_PADN     1
#define IP6OPT_JUMBO_LEN        6
#define ip6_flow        ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_flow
#define ip6_hlim        ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_hlim
#define ip6_hops        ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_hlim
#define ip6_nxt ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_nxt
#define ip6_plen        ip6_ctlun.ip6_un1.ip6_un1_plen
#define ip6_vfc ip6_ctlun.ip6_un2_vfc

struct ip6_hdrctl {
    uint32_t ip6_un1_flow;
    uint16_t ip6_un1_plen;
    uint8_t ip6_un1_nxt;
    uint8_t ip6_un1_hlim;
};
struct ip6_hdr {
    struct in6_addr ip6_src;
    struct in6_addr ip6_dst;
};
struct ip6_ext {
    uint8_t ip6e_nxt;
    uint8_t ip6e_len;
};
struct ip6_hbh {
    uint8_t ip6h_nxt;
    uint8_t ip6h_len;
};
struct ip6_dest {
    uint8_t ip6d_nxt;
    uint8_t ip6d_len;
};
struct ip6_rthdr {
    uint8_t ip6r_nxt;
    uint8_t ip6r_len;
    uint8_t ip6r_type;
    uint8_t ip6r_segleft;
};
struct ip6_frag {
    uint8_t ip6f_nxt;
    uint8_t ip6f_reserved;
    uint16_t ip6f_offlg;
    uint32_t ip6f_ident;
};
struct ip6_opt {
    uint8_t ip6o_type;
    uint8_t ip6o_len;
};
struct ip6_opt_jumbo {
    uint8_t ip6oj_type;
    uint8_t ip6oj_len;
    uint8_t ip6oj_jumbo_len[4];
};
struct ip6_opt_nsap {
    uint8_t ip6on_type;
    uint8_t ip6on_len;
    uint8_t ip6on_src_nsap_len;
    uint8_t ip6on_dst_nsap_len;
};
struct ip6_opt_tunnel {
    uint8_t ip6ot_type;
    uint8_t ip6ot_len;
    uint8_t ip6ot_encap_limit;
};
struct ip6_opt_router {
    uint8_t ip6or_type;
    uint8_t ip6or_len;
    uint8_t ip6or_value[2];
};
13.4.32 netinet/ip_icmp.h

#define ICMP_INFOTYPE(type)     ((type) == ICMP_ECHOREPLY || (type) == ICMP_ECHO || (type) == ICMP_ROUTERADVERT || (type) == ICMP_ROUTERSOLICIT || (type) == ICMP_TSTAMP || (type) == ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY || (type) == ICMP_IREQ || (type) == ICMP_IREQREPLY || (type) == ICMP_MASKREQ || (type) == ICMP_MASKREPLY)
#define ICMP_ADVLEN(p)  (8 + ((p)->icmp_ip.ip_hl << 2) + 8)
#define ICMP_TSLEN      (8 + 3 * sizeof (n_time))
#define ICMP_ADVLENMIN  (8 + sizeof (struct ip) + 8)
#define ICMP_ECHOREPLY  0
#define ICMP_EXC_TTL    0
#define ICMP_NET_UNREACH        0
#define ICMP_REDIRECT_NET       0
#define ICMP_REDIR_NET  0
#define ICMP_TIMXCEED_INTRANS   0
#define ICMP_UNREACH_NET        0
#define ICMP_EXC_FRAGTIME       1
#define ICMP_HOST_UNREACH       1
#define ICMP_PARAMPROB_OPTABSENT        1
#define ICMP_REDIRECT_HOST      1
#define ICMP_REDIR_HOST 1
#define ICMP_TIMXCEED_REASS     1
#define ICMP_UNREACH_HOST       1
#define ICMP_HOST_ANO   10
#define ICMP_ROUTERSOLICIT      10
#define ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_PROHIB        10
#define ICMP_NET_UNR_TOS        11
#define ICMP_TIME_EXCEEDED      11
#define ICMP_TIMXCEED   11
#define ICMP_UNREACH_TOSNET     11
#define ICMP_HOST_UNR_TOS       12
#define ICMP_MASKLEN    12
#define ICMP_PARAMETERPROB      12
#define ICMP_PARAMPROB  12
#define ICMP_UNREACH_TOSHOST    12
#define ICMP_PKT_FILTERED       13
#define ICMP_TIMESTAMP  13
#define ICMP_TSTAMP     13
#define ICMP_UNREACH_FILTER_PROHIB      13
#define ICMP_PREC_VIOLATION     14
#define ICMP_TIMESTAMPREPLY     14
#define ICMP_TSTAMPREPLY        14
#define ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_PRECEDENCE    14
#define ICMP_INFO_REQUEST       15
#define ICMP_IREQ       15
#define ICMP_PREC_CUTOFF        15
#define ICMP_UNREACH_PRECEDENCE_CUTOFF  15
#define NR_ICMP_UNREACH 15
#define ICMP_INFO_REPLY 16
#define ICMP_IREQREPLY  16
#define ICMP_ADDRESS    17
#define ICMP_MASKREQ    17
#define ICMP_ADDRESSREPLY       18
#define ICMP_MASKREPLY  18
#define ICMP_MAXTYPE    18
#define NR_ICMP_TYPES   18
#define ICMP_PROT_UNREACH       2
#define ICMP_REDIRECT_TOSNET    2
#define ICMP_REDIR_NETTOS       2
#define ICMP_UNREACH_PROTOCOL   2
#define ICMP_DEST_UNREACH       3
#define ICMP_PORT_UNREACH       3
#define ICMP_REDIRECT_TOSHOST   3
#define ICMP_REDIR_HOSTTOS      3
#define ICMP_UNREACH    3
#define ICMP_UNREACH_PORT       3
#define ICMP_FRAG_NEEDED        4
#define ICMP_SOURCEQUENCH       4
#define ICMP_SOURCE_QUENCH      4
#define ICMP_UNREACH_NEEDFRAG   4
#define ICMP_REDIRECT   5
#define ICMP_SR_FAILED  5
#define ICMP_UNREACH_SRCFAIL    5
#define ICMP_NET_UNKNOWN        6
#define ICMP_UNREACH_NET_UNKNOWN        6
#define ICMP_HOST_UNKNOWN       7
#define ICMP_UNREACH_HOST_UNKNOWN       7
#define ICMP_ECHO       8
#define ICMP_HOST_ISOLATED      8
#define ICMP_MINLEN     8
#define ICMP_UNREACH_ISOLATED   8
#define ICMP_NET_ANO    9
#define ICMP_ROUTERADVERT       9
#define ICMP_UNREACH_NET_PROHIB 9
#define icmp_data       icmp_dun.id_data
#define icmp_ip icmp_dun.id_ip.idi_ip
#define icmp_mask       icmp_dun.id_mask
#define icmp_radv       icmp_dun.id_radv
#define icmp_otime      icmp_dun.id_ts.its_otime
#define icmp_rtime      icmp_dun.id_ts.its_rtime
#define icmp_ttime      icmp_dun.id_ts.its_ttime
#define icmp_gwaddr     icmp_hun.ih_gwaddr
#define icmp_id icmp_hun.ih_idseq.icd_id
#define icmp_seq        icmp_hun.ih_idseq.icd_seq
#define icmp_nextmtu    icmp_hun.ih_pmtu.ipm_nextmtu
#define icmp_pmvoid     icmp_hun.ih_pmtu.ipm_void
#define icmp_pptr       icmp_hun.ih_pptr
#define icmp_lifetime   icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_lifetime
#define icmp_num_addrs  icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_num_addrs
#define icmp_wpa        icmp_hun.ih_rtradv.irt_wpa
#define icmp_void       icmp_hun.ih_void

struct icmphdr {
    u_int8_t type;
    u_int8_t code;
    u_int16_t checksum;
    union {
        struct {
            u_int16_t id;
            u_int16_t sequence;
        } echo;
        u_int32_t gateway;
        struct {
            u_int16_t __unused;
            u_int16_t mtu;
        } frag;
    } un;
};
struct icmp_ra_addr {
    u_int32_t ira_addr;
    u_int32_t ira_preference;
};
struct ih_idseq {
    u_int16_t icd_id;
    u_int16_t icd_seq;
};
struct ih_pmtu {
    u_int16_t ipm_void;
    u_int16_t ipm_nextmtu;
};
struct ih_rtradv {
    u_int8_t irt_num_addrs;
    u_int8_t irt_wpa;
    u_int16_t irt_lifetime;
};
struct icmp {
    u_int8_t icmp_type;
    u_int8_t icmp_code;
    u_int16_t icmp_cksum;
    union {
        u_int16_t ih_pptr;
        struct in_addr ih_gwaddr;
        struct ih_idseq ih_idseq;
        u_int32_t ih_void;
        struct ih_pmtu ih_pmtu;
        struct ih_rtradv ih_rtradv;
    } icmp_hun;
    union {
        struct {
            u_int32_t its_otime;
            u_int32_t its_rtime;
            u_int32_t its_ttime;
        } id_ts;
        struct {
            struct ip idi_ip;
        } id_ip;
        struct icmp_ra_addr id_radv;
        u_int32_t id_mask;
        u_int8_t id_data[1];
    } icmp_dun;
};
13.4.33 netinet/tcp.h

#define TCPOLEN_TSTAMP_APPA     (TCPOLEN_TIMESTAMP+2)
#define TCPOPT_TSTAMP_HDR       (TCPOPT_NOP<<24|TCPOPT_NOP<<16|TCPOPT_TIMESTAMP<<8|TCPOLEN_TIMESTAMP)
#define TCPOPT_EOL      0
#define TCPI_OPT_TIMESTAMPS     1
#define TCPOPT_NOP      1
#define TCP_NODELAY     1
#define TCPOLEN_TIMESTAMP       10
#define TCP_WINDOW_CLAMP        10
#define TCP_INFO        11
#define TCP_QUICKACK    12
#define TCP_CONGESTION  13
#define TCP_MAX_WINSHIFT        14
#define TCPI_OPT_SACK   2
#define TCPOLEN_SACK_PERMITTED  2
#define TCPOPT_MAXSEG   2
#define TCP_MAXSEG      2
#define TCPOLEN_WINDOW  3
#define TCPOPT_WINDOW   3
#define TCP_CORK        3
#define TCPI_OPT_WSCALE 4
#define TCPOLEN_MAXSEG  4
#define TCPOPT_SACK_PERMITTED   4
#define TCP_KEEPIDLE    4
#define TCPOPT_SACK     5
#define TCP_KEEPINTVL   5
#define TCP_MSS 512
#define SOL_TCP 6
#define TCP_KEEPCNT     6
#define TCP_MAXWIN      65535
#define TCP_SYNCNT      7
#define TCPI_OPT_ECN    8
#define TCPOPT_TIMESTAMP        8
#define TCP_LINGER2     8
#define TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT        9

enum tcp_ca_state {
    TCP_CA_Open,
    TCP_CA_Disorder,
    TCP_CA_CWR,
    TCP_CA_Recovery,
    TCP_CA_Loss
};
struct tcp_info {
    uint8_t tcpi_state;
    uint8_t tcpi_ca_state;
    uint8_t tcpi_retransmits;
    uint8_t tcpi_probes;
    uint8_t tcpi_backoff;
    uint8_t tcpi_options;
    uint8_t tcpi_snd_wscale:4;
    uint8_t tcpi_rcv_wscale:4;
    uint32_t tcpi_rto;
    uint32_t tcpi_ato;
    uint32_t tcpi_snd_mss;
    uint32_t tcpi_rcv_mss;
    uint32_t tcpi_unacked;
    uint32_t tcpi_sacked;
    uint32_t tcpi_lost;
    uint32_t tcpi_retrans;
    uint32_t tcpi_fackets;
    uint32_t tcpi_last_data_sent;
    uint32_t tcpi_last_ack_sent;
    uint32_t tcpi_last_data_recv;
    uint32_t tcpi_last_ack_recv;
    uint32_t tcpi_pmtu;
    uint32_t tcpi_rcv_ssthresh;
    uint32_t tcpi_rtt;
    uint32_t tcpi_rttvar;
    uint32_t tcpi_snd_ssthresh;
    uint32_t tcpi_snd_cwnd;
    uint32_t tcpi_advmss;
    uint32_t tcpi_reordering;
};
enum {
    TCP_ESTABLISHED = 1,
    TCP_SYN_SENT = 2,
    TCP_SYN_RECV = 3,
    TCP_FIN_WAIT1 = 4,
    TCP_FIN_WAIT2 = 5,
    TCP_TIME_WAIT = 6,
    TCP_CLOSE = 7,
    TCP_CLOSE_WAIT = 8,
    TCP_LAST_ACK = 9,
    TCP_LISTEN = 10,
    TCP_CLOSING = 11
};
13.4.34 netinet/udp.h

#define SOL_UDP 17

struct udphdr {
    u_int16_t source;
    u_int16_t dest;
    u_int16_t len;
    u_int16_t check;
};
13.4.35 nl_types.h

#define NL_CAT_LOCALE   1
#define NL_SETD 1

typedef void *nl_catd;

typedef int nl_item;
extern int catclose(nl_catd __catalog);
extern char *catgets(nl_catd __catalog, int __set, int __number,
                     const char *__string);
extern nl_catd catopen(const char *__cat_name, int __flag);
13.4.36 poll.h

extern int poll(struct pollfd *__fds, nfds_t __nfds, int __timeout);
13.4.37 pty.h

extern int forkpty(int *__amaster, char *__name, struct termios *__termp,
                   struct winsize *__winp);
extern int openpty(int *__amaster, int *__aslave, char *__name,
                   struct termios *__termp, struct winsize *__winp);
13.4.38 pwd.h

struct passwd {
    char *pw_name;
    char *pw_passwd;
    uid_t pw_uid;
    gid_t pw_gid;
    char *pw_gecos;
    char *pw_dir;
    char *pw_shell;
};
extern void endpwent(void);
extern struct passwd *getpwent(void);
extern int getpwent_r(struct passwd *__resultbuf, char *__buffer,
                      size_t __buflen, struct passwd **__result);
extern struct passwd *getpwnam(const char *__name);
extern int getpwnam_r(const char *__name, struct passwd *__resultbuf,
                      char *__buffer, size_t __buflen,
                      struct passwd **__result);
extern struct passwd *getpwuid(uid_t __uid);
extern int getpwuid_r(uid_t __uid, struct passwd *__resultbuf,
                      char *__buffer, size_t __buflen,
                      struct passwd **__result);
extern void setpwent(void);
13.4.39 regex.h

#define RE_DUP_MAX      (0x7fff)

typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;

typedef struct re_pattern_buffer {
    unsigned char *buffer;
    unsigned long int allocated;
    unsigned long int used;
    reg_syntax_t syntax;
    char *fastmap;
    char *translate;
    size_t re_nsub;
    unsigned int can_be_null:1;
    unsigned int regs_allocated:2;
    unsigned int fastmap_accurate:1;
    unsigned int no_sub:1;
    unsigned int not_bol:1;
    unsigned int not_eol:1;
    unsigned int newline_anchor:1;
} regex_t;
typedef int regoff_t;
typedef struct {
    regoff_t rm_so;
    regoff_t rm_eo;
} regmatch_t;

#define REG_ICASE       (REG_EXTENDED<<1)
#define REG_NEWLINE     (REG_ICASE<<1)
#define REG_NOSUB       (REG_NEWLINE<<1)
#define REG_EXTENDED    1

#define REG_NOTEOL      (1<<1)
#define REG_NOTBOL      1

typedef enum {
    REG_ENOSYS = -1,
    REG_NOERROR = 0,
    REG_NOMATCH = 1,
    REG_BADPAT = 2,
    REG_ECOLLATE = 3,
    REG_ECTYPE = 4,
    REG_EESCAPE = 5,
    REG_ESUBREG = 6,
    REG_EBRACK = 7,
    REG_EPAREN = 8,
    REG_EBRACE = 9,
    REG_BADBR = 10,
    REG_ERANGE = 11,
    REG_ESPACE = 12,
    REG_BADRPT = 13,
    REG_EEND = 14,
    REG_ESIZE = 15,
    REG_ERPAREN = 16
} reg_errcode_t;
extern int regcomp(regex_t * __preg, const char *__pattern, int __cflags);
extern size_t regerror(int __errcode, const regex_t * __preg,
                       char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size);
extern int regexec(const regex_t * __preg, const char *__string,
                   size_t __nmatch, regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags);
extern void regfree(regex_t * __preg);
13.4.40 rpc/auth.h

#define auth_destroy(auth)      ((*((auth)->ah_ops->ah_destroy))(auth))

enum auth_stat {
    AUTH_OK = 0,
    AUTH_BADCRED = 1,           /* bogus credentials (seal broken) */
    AUTH_REJECTEDCRED = 2,      /* client should begin new session */
    AUTH_BADVERF = 3,           /* bogus verifier (seal broken) */
    AUTH_REJECTEDVERF = 4,      /* verifier expired or was replayed */
    AUTH_TOOWEAK = 5,           /* Rpc calls return an enum clnt_stat. */
    AUTH_INVALIDRESP = 6,       /* bogus response verifier */
    AUTH_FAILED = 7             /* some unknown reason */
};

union des_block {
    struct {
        u_int32_t high;
        u_int32_t low;
    } key;
    char c[8];
};

struct opaque_auth {
    enum_t oa_flavor;           /* flavor of auth */
    caddr_t oa_base;            /* address of more auth stuff */
    u_int oa_length;            /* not to exceed MAX_AUTH_BYTES */
};

typedef struct AUTH {
    struct opaque_auth ah_cred;
    struct opaque_auth ah_verf;
    union des_block ah_key;
    struct auth_ops *ah_ops;
    caddr_t ah_private;
} AUTH;

struct auth_ops {
    void (*ah_nextverf) (struct AUTH *);
    int (*ah_marshal) (struct AUTH *, XDR *);   /* nextverf & serialize */
    int (*ah_validate) (struct AUTH *, struct opaque_auth *);   /* validate verifier */
    int (*ah_refresh) (struct AUTH *);  /* refresh credentials */
    void (*ah_destroy) (struct AUTH *); /* Rpc calls return an enum clnt_stat. */
};
extern struct AUTH *authnone_create(void);
extern int key_decryptsession(char *, union des_block *);
extern bool_t xdr_opaque_auth(XDR *, struct opaque_auth *);
13.4.41 rpc/clnt.h

#define clnt_control(cl,rq,in)  ((*(cl)->cl_ops->cl_control)(cl,rq,in))
#define clnt_abort(rh)  ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_abort)(rh))
#define clnt_destroy(rh)        ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_destroy)(rh))
#define clnt_freeres(rh,xres,resp)      ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_freeres)(rh,xres,resp))
#define clnt_geterr(rh,errp)    ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_geterr)(rh, errp))
#define NULLPROC        ((u_long)0)     /* By convention, procedure 0 takes null arguments and returns */
#define CLSET_TIMEOUT   1       /* set timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_XID       10      /* Get xid */
#define CLSET_XID       11      /* Set xid */
#define CLGET_VERS      12      /* Get version number */
#define CLSET_VERS      13      /* Set version number */
#define CLGET_PROG      14      /* Get program number */
#define CLSET_PROG      15      /* Set program number */
#define CLGET_TIMEOUT   2       /* get timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_SERVER_ADDR       3       /* get server's address (sockaddr) */
#define CLSET_RETRY_TIMEOUT     4       /* set retry timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_RETRY_TIMEOUT     5       /* get retry timeout (timeval) */
#define CLGET_FD        6       /* get connections file descriptor */
#define CLGET_SVC_ADDR  7       /* get server's address (netbuf) */
#define CLSET_FD_CLOSE  8       /* close fd while clnt_destroy */
#define CLSET_FD_NCLOSE 9       /* Do not close fd while clnt_destroy */
#define clnt_call(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs)     \
        ((*(rh)->cl_ops->cl_call)(rh, proc, xargs, argsp, xres, resp, secs))

enum clnt_stat {
    RPC_SUCCESS = 0,            /* call succeeded */
    RPC_CANTENCODEARGS = 1,     /* can't encode arguments */
    RPC_CANTDECODERES = 2,      /* can't decode results */
    RPC_CANTSEND = 3,           /* failure in sending call */
    RPC_CANTRECV = 4,           /* failure in receiving result */
    RPC_TIMEDOUT = 5,           /* call timed out */
    RPC_VERSMISMATCH = 6,       /* rpc versions not compatible */
    RPC_AUTHERROR = 7,          /* authentication error */
    RPC_PROGUNAVAIL = 8,        /* program not available */
    RPC_PROGVERSMISMATCH = 9,   /* program version mismatched */
    RPC_PROCUNAVAIL = 10,       /* procedure unavailable */
    RPC_CANTDECODEARGS = 11,    /* decode arguments error */
    RPC_SYSTEMERROR = 12,       /* generic "other problem" */
    RPC_NOBROADCAST = 21,       /* Broadcasting not supported */
    RPC_UNKNOWNHOST = 13,       /* unknown host name */
    RPC_UNKNOWNPROTO = 17,      /* unknown protocol */
    RPC_UNKNOWNADDR = 19,       /* Remote address unknown */
    RPC_RPCBFAILURE = 14,       /* portmapper failed in its call */
    RPC_PROGNOTREGISTERED = 15, /* remote program is not registered */
    RPC_N2AXLATEFAILURE = 22,   /* Name to addr translation failed */
    RPC_FAILED = 16,
    RPC_INTR = 18,
    RPC_TLIERROR = 20,
    RPC_UDERROR = 23,
    RPC_INPROGRESS = 24,
    RPC_STALERACHANDLE = 25
};
struct rpc_err {
    enum clnt_stat re_status;
    union {
        int RE_errno;
        enum auth_stat RE_why;
        struct {
            u_long low;
            u_long high;
        } RE_vers;
        struct {
            long int s1;
            long int s2;
        } RE_lb;
    } ru;
};

typedef struct CLIENT {
    struct AUTH *cl_auth;
    struct clnt_ops *cl_ops;
    caddr_t cl_private;
} CLIENT;

struct clnt_ops {
    enum clnt_stat (*cl_call) (struct CLIENT *, u_long, xdrproc_t, caddr_t,
                               xdrproc_t, caddr_t, struct timeval);
    void (*cl_abort) (void);
    void (*cl_geterr) (struct CLIENT *, struct rpc_err *);
     bool_t(*cl_freeres) (struct CLIENT *, xdrproc_t, caddr_t);
    void (*cl_destroy) (struct CLIENT *);
     bool_t(*cl_control) (struct CLIENT *, int, char *);
};
extern int callrpc(const char *__host, const u_long __prognum,
                   const u_long __versnum, const u_long __procnum,
                   const xdrproc_t __inproc, const char *__in,
                   const xdrproc_t __outproc, char *__out);
extern struct CLIENT *clnt_create(const char *__host, const u_long __prog,
                                  const u_long __vers, const char *__prot);
extern void clnt_pcreateerror(const char *__msg);
extern void clnt_perrno(enum clnt_stat __num);
extern void clnt_perror(struct CLIENT *__clnt, const char *__msg);
extern char *clnt_spcreateerror(const char *__msg);
extern char *clnt_sperrno(enum clnt_stat __num);
extern char *clnt_sperror(struct CLIENT *__clnt, const char *__msg);
extern struct CLIENT *clntraw_create(u_long __prog, u_long __vers);
extern struct CLIENT *clnttcp_create(struct sockaddr_in *__raddr,
                                     u_long __prog, u_long __version,
                                     int *__sockp, u_int __sendsz,
                                     u_int __recvsz);
extern struct CLIENT *clntudp_bufcreate(struct sockaddr_in *__raddr,
                                        u_long __program, u_long __version,
                                        struct timeval __wait_resend,
                                        int *__sockp, u_int __sendsz,
                                        u_int __recvsz);
extern struct CLIENT *clntudp_create(struct sockaddr_in *__raddr,
                                     u_long __program, u_long __version,
                                     struct timeval __wait_resend,
                                     int *__sockp);
13.4.42 rpc/pmap_clnt.h

extern u_short pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in *__address,
                            const u_long __program, const u_long __version,
                            u_int __protocol);
extern bool_t pmap_set(const u_long __program, const u_long __vers,
                       int __protocol, u_short __port);
extern bool_t pmap_unset(u_long __program, u_long __vers);
13.4.43 rpc/rpc_msg.h

enum msg_type {
    CALL = 0,
    REPLY = 1
};
enum reply_stat {
    MSG_ACCEPTED = 0,
    MSG_DENIED = 1
};
enum accept_stat {
    SUCCESS = 0,
    PROG_UNAVAIL = 1,
    PROG_MISMATCH = 2,
    PROC_UNAVAIL = 3,
    GARBAGE_ARGS = 4,
    SYSTEM_ERR = 5
};
enum reject_stat {
    RPC_MISMATCH = 0,
    AUTH_ERROR = 1
};

#define ar_results      ru.AR_results
#define ar_vers ru.AR_versions

struct accepted_reply {
    struct opaque_auth ar_verf;
    enum accept_stat ar_stat;
    union {
        struct {
            unsigned long int low;
            unsigned long int high;
        } AR_versions;
        struct {
            caddr_t where;
            xdrproc_t proc;
        } AR_results;
    } ru;
};

#define rj_vers ru.RJ_versions
#define rj_why  ru.RJ_why

struct rejected_reply {
    enum reject_stat rj_stat;
    union {
        struct {
            unsigned long int low;
            unsigned long int high;
        } RJ_versions;
        enum auth_stat RJ_why;  /* why authentication did not work */
    } ru;
};

#define rp_acpt ru.RP_ar
#define rp_rjct ru.RP_dr

struct reply_body {
    enum reply_stat rp_stat;
    union {
        struct accepted_reply RP_ar;
        struct rejected_reply RP_dr;
    } ru;
};

struct call_body {
    unsigned long int cb_rpcvers;       /* must be equal to two */
    unsigned long int cb_prog;
    unsigned long int cb_vers;
    unsigned long int cb_proc;
    struct opaque_auth cb_cred;
    struct opaque_auth cb_verf; /* protocol specific - provided by client */
};

#define rm_call ru.RM_cmb
#define rm_reply        ru.RM_rmb
#define acpted_rply     ru.RM_rmb.ru.RP_ar
#define rjcted_rply     ru.RM_rmb.ru.RP_dr

struct rpc_msg {
    unsigned long int rm_xid;
    enum msg_type rm_direction;
    union {
        struct call_body RM_cmb;
        struct reply_body RM_rmb;
    } ru;
};
extern bool_t xdr_accepted_reply(XDR *, struct accepted_reply *);
extern bool_t xdr_callhdr(XDR * __xdrs, struct rpc_msg *__cmsg);
extern bool_t xdr_callmsg(XDR * __xdrs, struct rpc_msg *__cmsg);
extern bool_t xdr_rejected_reply(XDR *, struct rejected_reply *);
extern bool_t xdr_replymsg(XDR * __xdrs, struct rpc_msg *__rmsg);
13.4.44 rpc/svc.h

#define svc_getcaller(x)        (&(x)->xp_raddr)
#define svc_destroy(xprt)       (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_destroy)(xprt)
#define svc_recv(xprt,msg)      (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_recv)((xprt), (msg))
#define svc_reply(xprt,msg)     (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_reply) ((xprt), (msg))
#define svc_stat(xprt)  (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_stat)(xprt)
#define RPC_ANYSOCK     -1
#define svc_freeargs(xprt,xargs, argsp) \
        (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_freeargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))
#define svc_getargs(xprt,xargs, argsp)  \
        (*(xprt)->xp_ops->xp_getargs)((xprt), (xargs), (argsp))

enum xprt_stat {
    XPRT_DIED,
    XPRT_MOREREQS,
    XPRT_IDLE
};

typedef struct SVCXPRT {
    int xp_sock;
    u_short xp_port;
    struct xp_ops *xp_ops;
    int xp_addrlen;
    struct sockaddr_in xp_raddr;
    struct opaque_auth xp_verf;
    caddr_t xp_p1;
    caddr_t xp_p2;
    char xp_pad[256];
} SVCXPRT;

struct svc_req {
    rpcprog_t rq_prog;
    rpcvers_t rq_vers;
    rpcproc_t rq_proc;
    struct opaque_auth rq_cred;
    caddr_t rq_clntcred;
    SVCXPRT *rq_xprt;
};

typedef void (*__dispatch_fn_t) (struct svc_req *, SVCXPRT *);

struct xp_ops {
    bool_t(*xp_recv) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, struct rpc_msg * __msg);
    enum xprt_stat (*xp_stat) (SVCXPRT * __xprt);
     bool_t(*xp_getargs) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_args,
                          caddr_t args_ptr);
     bool_t(*xp_reply) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, struct rpc_msg * __msg);
     bool_t(*xp_freeargs) (SVCXPRT * __xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_args,
                           caddr_t args_ptr);
    void (*xp_destroy) (SVCXPRT * __xprt);
};
extern void svc_getreqset(fd_set * __readfds);
extern bool_t svc_register(SVCXPRT * __xprt, rpcprog_t __prog,
                           rpcvers_t __vers, __dispatch_fn_t __dispatch,
                           rpcprot_t __protocol);
extern void svc_run(void);
extern bool_t svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT * xprt, xdrproc_t __xdr_results,
                            caddr_t __xdr_location);
extern void svcerr_auth(SVCXPRT * __xprt, enum auth_stat __why);
extern void svcerr_decode(SVCXPRT * __xprt);
extern void svcerr_noproc(SVCXPRT * __xprt);
extern void svcerr_noprog(SVCXPRT * __xprt);
extern void svcerr_progvers(SVCXPRT * __xprt, rpcvers_t __low_vers,
                            rpcvers_t __high_vers);
extern void svcerr_systemerr(SVCXPRT * __xprt);
extern void svcerr_weakauth(SVCXPRT * __xprt);
extern SVCXPRT *svcraw_create(void);
extern SVCXPRT *svctcp_create(int __sock, u_int __sendsize,
                              u_int __recvsize);
extern SVCXPRT *svcudp_create(int __sock);
13.4.45 rpc/types.h

typedef int bool_t;
typedef int enum_t;
typedef unsigned long int rpcprog_t;
typedef unsigned long int rpcvers_t;
typedef unsigned long int rpcproc_t;
typedef unsigned long int rpcprot_t;
13.4.46 rpc/xdr.h

#define XDR_DESTROY(xdrs)        \
   do { if ((xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy) (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy)(xdrs); \
      } while (0)
#define xdr_destroy(xdrs)        \
   do { if ((xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy) (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_destroy)(xdrs); \
      } while (0)
#define XDR_GETBYTES(xdrs,addr,len)     (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)
#define xdr_getbytes(xdrs,addr,len)     (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)
#define XDR_GETINT32(xdrs,int32p)       (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getint32)(xdrs, int32p)
#define xdr_getint32(xdrs,int32p)       (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getint32)(xdrs, int32p)
#define XDR_GETLONG(xdrs,longp) (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getlong)(xdrs, longp)
#define xdr_getlong(xdrs,longp) (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getlong)(xdrs, longp)
#define XDR_GETPOS(xdrs)        (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getpostn)(xdrs)
#define xdr_getpos(xdrs)        (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_getpostn)(xdrs)
#define XDR_INLINE(xdrs,len)    (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_inline)(xdrs, len)
#define xdr_inline(xdrs,len)    (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_inline)(xdrs, len)
#define XDR_PUTBYTES(xdrs,addr,len)     (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)
#define xdr_putbytes(xdrs,addr,len)     (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putbytes)(xdrs, addr, len)
#define XDR_PUTINT32(xdrs,int32p)       (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putint32)(xdrs, int32p)
#define xdr_putint32(xdrs,int32p)       (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putint32)(xdrs, int32p)
#define XDR_PUTLONG(xdrs,longp) (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putlong)(xdrs, longp)
#define xdr_putlong(xdrs,longp) (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_putlong)(xdrs, longp)
#define XDR_SETPOS(xdrs,pos)    (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_setpostn)(xdrs, pos)
#define xdr_setpos(xdrs,pos)    (*(xdrs)->x_ops->x_setpostn)(xdrs, pos)

enum xdr_op {
    XDR_ENCODE,
    XDR_DECODE,
    XDR_FREE
};
typedef struct XDR {
    enum xdr_op x_op;
    struct xdr_ops *x_ops;
    caddr_t x_public;
    caddr_t x_private;
    caddr_t x_base;
    int x_handy;
} XDR;

struct xdr_ops {
    bool_t(*x_getlong) (XDR * __xdrs, long int *__lp);
    bool_t(*x_putlong) (XDR * __xdrs, long int *__lp);
    bool_t(*x_getbytes) (XDR * __xdrs, caddr_t __addr, u_int __len);
    bool_t(*x_putbytes) (XDR * __xdrs, char *__addr, u_int __len);
    u_int(*x_getpostn) (XDR * __xdrs);
    bool_t(*x_setpostn) (XDR * __xdrs, u_int __pos);
    int32_t *(*x_inline) (XDR * __xdrs, int __len);
    void (*x_destroy) (XDR * __xdrs);
     bool_t(*x_getint32) (XDR * __xdrs, int32_t * __ip);
     bool_t(*x_putint32) (XDR * __xdrs, int32_t * __ip);
};

typedef bool_t(*xdrproc_t) (XDR *, void *, ...);

struct xdr_discrim {
    int value;
    xdrproc_t proc;
};
extern bool_t xdr_array(XDR * _xdrs, caddr_t * __addrp, u_int * __sizep,
                        u_int __maxsize, u_int __elsize,
                        xdrproc_t __elproc);
extern bool_t xdr_bool(XDR * __xdrs, bool_t * __bp);
extern bool_t xdr_bytes(XDR * __xdrs, char **__cpp, u_int * __sizep,
                        u_int __maxsize);
extern bool_t xdr_char(XDR * __xdrs, char *__cp);
extern bool_t xdr_double(XDR * __xdrs, double *__dp);
extern bool_t xdr_enum(XDR * __xdrs, enum_t * __ep);
extern bool_t xdr_float(XDR * __xdrs, float *__fp);
extern void xdr_free(xdrproc_t __proc, char *__objp);
extern bool_t xdr_int(XDR * __xdrs, int *__ip);
extern bool_t xdr_long(XDR * __xdrs, long int *__lp);
extern bool_t xdr_opaque(XDR * __xdrs, caddr_t __cp, u_int __cnt);
extern bool_t xdr_pointer(XDR * __xdrs, char **__objpp, u_int __obj_size,
                          xdrproc_t __xdr_obj);
extern bool_t xdr_reference(XDR * __xdrs, caddr_t * __xpp, u_int __size,
                            xdrproc_t __proc);
extern bool_t xdr_short(XDR * __xdrs, short *__sp);
extern bool_t xdr_string(XDR * __xdrs, char **__cpp, u_int __maxsize);
extern bool_t xdr_u_char(XDR * __xdrs, u_char * __cp);
extern bool_t xdr_u_int(XDR * __xdrs, u_int * __up);
extern bool_t xdr_u_long(XDR * __xdrs, u_long * __ulp);
extern bool_t xdr_u_short(XDR * __xdrs, u_short * __usp);
extern bool_t xdr_union(XDR * __xdrs, enum_t * __dscmp, char *__unp,
                        const struct xdr_discrim *__choices,
                        xdrproc_t dfault);
extern bool_t xdr_vector(XDR * __xdrs, char *__basep, u_int __nelem,
                         u_int __elemsize, xdrproc_t __xdr_elem);
extern bool_t xdr_void(void);
extern bool_t xdr_wrapstring(XDR * __xdrs, char **__cpp);
extern void xdrmem_create(XDR * __xdrs, caddr_t __addr, u_int __size,
                          enum xdr_op __xop);
extern void xdrrec_create(XDR * __xdrs, u_int __sendsize, u_int __recvsize,
                          caddr_t __tcp_handle, int (*__readit) (char *,
                                                                 char *,
                                                                 int),
                          int (*__writeit) (char *, char *, int));
extern bool_t xdrrec_endofrecord(XDR * __xdrs, bool_t __sendnow);
extern bool_t xdrrec_eof(XDR * __xdrs);
extern bool_t xdrrec_skiprecord(XDR * __xdrs);
extern void xdrstdio_create(XDR * __xdrs, FILE * __file,
                            enum xdr_op __xop);
13.4.47 sched.h

#define __CPUELT(cpu)   ((cpu) / __NCPUBITS)
#define __CPUMASK(cpu)  ((__cpu_mask) 1 << ((cpu) % __NCPUBITS))
#define __NCPUBITS      (8 * sizeof (__cpu_mask))
#define SCHED_OTHER     0
#define SCHED_FIFO      1
#define __CPU_SETSIZE   1024
#define SCHED_RR        2
#define CPU_ALLOC(count)        __CPU_ALLOC (count)
#define CPU_ALLOC_SIZE(count)   __CPU_ALLOC_SIZE (count)
#define CPU_COUNT(cpusetp)      __CPU_COUNT_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp)
#define CPU_FREE(cpuset)        __CPU_FREE (cpuset)
#define CPU_SETSIZE     __CPU_SETSIZE
#define CPU_ZERO(cpusetp)       __CPU_ZERO_S (sizeof (cpu_set_t), cpusetp)

struct sched_param {
    int sched_priority;
};
typedef unsigned long int __cpu_mask;
typedef struct {
    __cpu_mask __bits[__CPU_SETSIZE / __NCPUBITS];
} cpu_set_t;
extern int sched_get_priority_max(int __algorithm);
extern int sched_get_priority_min(int __algorithm);
extern int sched_getaffinity(pid_t __pid, size_t __cpusetsize,
                             cpu_set_t * __cpuset);
extern int sched_getparam(pid_t __pid, struct sched_param *__param);
extern int sched_getscheduler(pid_t __pid);
extern int sched_rr_get_interval(pid_t __pid, struct timespec *__t);
extern int sched_setaffinity(pid_t __pid, size_t __cpusetsize,
                             const cpu_set_t * __cpuset);
extern int sched_setparam(pid_t __pid, const struct sched_param *__param);
extern int sched_setscheduler(pid_t __pid, int __policy,
                              const struct sched_param *__param);
extern int sched_yield(void);
13.4.48 search.h

typedef struct entry {
    char *key;
    void *data;
} ENTRY;
typedef enum {
    FIND,
    ENTER
} ACTION;
struct _ENTRY;
typedef enum {
    preorder,
    postorder,
    endorder,
    leaf
} VISIT;
struct hsearch_data {
    struct _ENTRY *table;
    unsigned int size;
    unsigned int filled;
};

typedef void (*__action_fn_t) (const void *__nodep, VISIT __value,
                               int __level);
extern int hcreate(size_t __nel);
extern int hcreate_r(size_t __nel, struct hsearch_data *__htab);
extern void hdestroy(void);
extern void hdestroy_r(struct hsearch_data *__htab);
extern ENTRY *hsearch(ENTRY __item, ACTION __action);
extern int hsearch_r(ENTRY __item, ACTION __action, ENTRY * *__retval,
                     struct hsearch_data *__htab);
extern void insque(void *__elem, void *__prev);
extern void *lfind(const void *__key, const void *__base, size_t * __nmemb,
                   size_t __size, __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern void *lsearch(const void *__key, void *__base, size_t * __nmemb,
                     size_t __size, __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern void remque(void *__elem);
extern void *tdelete(const void *__key, void **__rootp,
                     __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern void *tfind(const void *__key, void *const *__rootp,
                   __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern void *tsearch(const void *__key, void **__rootp,
                     __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern void twalk(const void *__root, __action_fn_t __action);
13.4.49 setjmp.h

#define setjmp(env)     _setjmp(env)
#define sigsetjmp(a,b)  __sigsetjmp(a,b)

struct __jmp_buf_tag {
    __jmp_buf __jmpbuf;
    int __mask_was_saved;
    sigset_t __saved_mask;
};

typedef struct __jmp_buf_tag jmp_buf[1];
typedef jmp_buf sigjmp_buf;
extern int __sigsetjmp(jmp_buf __env, int __savemask);
extern void _longjmp(jmp_buf __env, int __val);
extern int _setjmp(jmp_buf __env);
extern void longjmp(jmp_buf __env, int __val);
extern void siglongjmp(sigjmp_buf __env, int __val);
13.4.50 signal.h

#define sigpause __xpg_sigpause

#define _SIGSET_NWORDS  (1024/(8*sizeof(unsigned long)))
#define SIGRTMAX        (__libc_current_sigrtmax ())
#define SIGRTMIN        (__libc_current_sigrtmin ())
#define NSIG    65
#define SIG_BLOCK       0       /* Block signals. */
#define SIG_UNBLOCK     1       /* Unblock signals. */
#define SIG_SETMASK     2       /* Set the set of blocked signals. */

typedef int sig_atomic_t;

typedef void (*sighandler_t) (int);

#define SIG_HOLD        ((sighandler_t) 2)      /* Request that signal be held. */
#define SIG_DFL ((sighandler_t)0)       /* Request for default signal handling. */
#define SIG_IGN ((sighandler_t)1)       /* Request that signal be ignored. */
#define SIG_ERR ((sighandler_t)-1)      /* Return value from signal() in case of error. */

#define SIGHUP  1               /* Hangup. */
#define SIGINT  2               /* Terminal interrupt signal. */
#define SIGQUIT 3               /* Terminal quit signal. */
#define SIGILL  4               /* Illegal instruction. */
#define SIGTRAP 5               /* Trace/breakpoint trap. */
#define SIGABRT 6               /* Process abort signal. */
#define SIGIOT  6               /* IOT trap */
#define SIGBUS  7               /* Access to an undefined portion of a memory object. */
#define SIGFPE  8               /* Erroneous arithmetic operation. */
#define SIGKILL 9               /* Kill (cannot be caught or ignored). */
#define SIGUSR1 10              /* User-defined signal 1. */
#define SIGSEGV 11              /* Invalid memory reference. */
#define SIGUSR2 12              /* User-defined signal 2. */
#define SIGPIPE 13              /* Write  on a pipe with no one to read it. */
#define SIGALRM 14              /* Alarm clock. */
#define SIGTERM 15              /* Termination signal. */
#define SIGSTKFLT       16      /* Stack fault. */
#define SIGCHLD 17              /* Child process terminated, stopped, or continued. */
#define SIGCLD  SIGCHLD         /* Same as SIGCHLD */
#define SIGCONT 18              /* Continue executing, if stopped. */
#define SIGSTOP 19              /* Stop executing (cannot be caught or ignored). */
#define SIGTSTP 20              /* Terminal stop signal. */
#define SIGTTIN 21              /* Background process attempting read. */
#define SIGTTOU 22              /* Background process attempting write. */
#define SIGURG  23              /* High bandwidth data is available at a socket. */
#define SIGXCPU 24              /* CPU time limit exceeded. */
#define SIGXFSZ 25              /* File size limit exceeded. */
#define SIGVTALRM       26      /* Virtual timer expired. */
#define SIGPROF 27              /* Profiling timer expired. */
#define SIGWINCH        28      /* Window size change. */
#define SIGIO   29              /* I/O now possible. */
#define SIGPOLL SIGIO           /* Pollable event. */
#define SIGPWR  30              /* Power failure restart */
#define SIGSYS  31              /* Bad system call. */
#define SIGUNUSED       31

#define SV_ONSTACK      (1<<0)  /* Take the signal on the signal stack. */
#define SV_INTERRUPT    (1<<1)  /* Do not restart system calls. */
#define SV_RESETHAND    (1<<2)  /* Reset handler to SIG_DFL on receipt. */

typedef union sigval {
    int sival_int;
    void *sival_ptr;
} sigval_t;

#define SIGEV_SIGNAL    0       /* Notify via signal. */
#define SIGEV_NONE      1       /* Other notification: meaningless. */
#define SIGEV_THREAD    2       /* Deliver via thread creation. */
#define SIGEV_MAX_SIZE  64

typedef struct sigevent {
    sigval_t sigev_value;
    int sigev_signo;
    int sigev_notify;
    union {
        int _pad[SIGEV_PAD_SIZE];
        struct {
            void (*_function) (sigval_t);
            void *_attribute;
        } _sigev_thread;
    } _sigev_un;
} sigevent_t;

#define SI_MAX_SIZE     128
#define si_pid  _sifields._kill._pid
#define si_uid  _sifields._kill._uid
#define si_value        _sifields._rt._sigval
#define si_int  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_int
#define si_ptr  _sifields._rt._sigval.sival_ptr
#define si_status       _sifields._sigchld._status
#define si_stime        _sifields._sigchld._stime
#define si_utime        _sifields._sigchld._utime
#define si_addr _sifields._sigfault._addr
#define si_band _sifields._sigpoll._band
#define si_fd   _sifields._sigpoll._fd
#define si_timer1       _sifields._timer._timer1
#define si_timer2       _sifields._timer._timer2

typedef struct siginfo {
    int si_signo;               /* Signal number. */
    int si_errno;
    int si_code;                /* Signal code. */
    union {
        int _pad[SI_PAD_SIZE];
        struct {
            pid_t _pid;
            uid_t _uid;
        } _kill;
        struct {
            unsigned int _timer1;
            unsigned int _timer2;
        } _timer;
        struct {
            pid_t _pid;
            uid_t _uid;
            sigval_t _sigval;
        } _rt;
        struct {
            pid_t _pid;
            uid_t _uid;
            int _status;
            clock_t _utime;
            clock_t _stime;
        } _sigchld;
        struct {
            void *_addr;
        } _sigfault;
        struct {
            int _band;
            int _fd;
        } _sigpoll;
    } _sifields;
} siginfo_t;

#define SI_QUEUE        -1      /* Sent by sigqueue. */
#define SI_TIMER        -2      /* Sent by timer expiration. */
#define SI_MESGQ        -3      /* Sent by real time mesq state change. */
#define SI_ASYNCIO      -4      /* Sent by AIO completion. */
#define SI_SIGIO        -5      /* Sent by queued SIGIO. */
#define SI_TKILL        -6      /* Sent by tkill. */
#define SI_ASYNCNL      -60     /* Sent by asynch name lookup completion. */
#define SI_USER 0               /* Sent by kill, sigsend, raise. */
#define SI_KERNEL       0x80    /* Sent by kernel. */

#define ILL_ILLOPC      1       /* Illegal opcode. */
#define ILL_ILLOPN      2       /* Illegal operand. */
#define ILL_ILLADR      3       /* Illegal addressing mode. */
#define ILL_ILLTRP      4       /* Illegal trap. */
#define ILL_PRVOPC      5       /* Privileged opcode. */
#define ILL_PRVREG      6       /* Privileged register. */
#define ILL_COPROC      7       /* Coprocessor error. */
#define ILL_BADSTK      8       /* Internal stack error. */

#define FPE_INTDIV      1       /* Integer divide by zero. */
#define FPE_INTOVF      2       /* Integer overflow. */
#define FPE_FLTDIV      3       /*  Floating-point divide by zero. */
#define FPE_FLTOVF      4       /* Floating-point overflow. */
#define FPE_FLTUND      5       /*  Floating-point underflow. */
#define FPE_FLTRES      6       /*  Floating-point inexact result. */
#define FPE_FLTINV      7       /* Invalid floating-point operation. */
#define FPE_FLTSUB      8       /* Subscript out of range. */

#define SEGV_MAPERR     1       /* Address not mapped to object. */
#define SEGV_ACCERR     2       /*  Invalid permissions for mapped object. */

#define BUS_ADRALN      1       /*  Invalid address alignment. */
#define BUS_ADRERR      2       /*  Nonexistent physical address. */
#define BUS_OBJERR      3       /*  Object-specific hardware error. */

#define TRAP_BRKPT      1       /*  Process breakpoint. */
#define TRAP_TRACE      2       /*  Process trace trap. */

#define CLD_EXITED      1       /* Child has exited. */
#define CLD_KILLED      2       /* Child has terminated abnormally and did not create a core fi */
#define CLD_DUMPED      3       /* Child has terminated abnormally and created a core file. */
#define CLD_TRAPPED     4       /*  Traced child has trapped. */
#define CLD_STOPPED     5       /* Child has stopped. */
#define CLD_CONTINUED   6       /* Stopped child has continued. */

#define POLL_IN 1               /*  Data input available. */
#define POLL_OUT        2       /*  Output buffers available. */
#define POLL_MSG        3       /*  Input message available. */
#define POLL_ERR        4       /*  I/O error. */
#define POLL_PRI        5       /* High priority input available. */
#define POLL_HUP        6       /*  Device disconnected. */

typedef struct {
    unsigned long int sig[_SIGSET_NWORDS];
} sigset_t;

#define SA_INTERRUPT    0x20000000
#define sa_handler      __sigaction_handler._sa_handler
#define sa_sigaction    __sigaction_handler._sa_sigaction
#define SA_ONSTACK      0x08000000      /* Use signal stack by using `sa_restorer`. */
#define SA_RESETHAND    0x80000000      /* Reset to SIG_DFL on entry to handler. */
#define SA_NOCLDSTOP    0x00000001      /* Don't send SIGCHLD when children stop. */
#define SA_SIGINFO      0x00000004      /* Invoke signal-catching function with three arguments instead of one. */
#define SA_NODEFER      0x40000000      /* Don't automatically block the signal when its handler is being executed. */
#define SA_RESTART      0x10000000      /* Restart syscall on signal return. */
#define SA_NOCLDWAIT    0x00000002      /* Don't create zombie on child death. */
#define SA_NOMASK       SA_NODEFER
#define SA_ONESHOT      SA_RESETHAND

typedef struct sigaltstack {
    void *ss_sp;
    int ss_flags;
    size_t ss_size;
} stack_t;

#define SS_ONSTACK      1
#define SS_DISABLE      2

extern int __libc_current_sigrtmax(void);
extern int __libc_current_sigrtmin(void);
extern sighandler_t __sysv_signal(int __sig, sighandler_t __handler);
extern int __xpg_sigpause(int);
extern char *const _sys_siglist[];
extern sighandler_t bsd_signal(int __sig, sighandler_t __handler);
extern int kill(pid_t __pid, int __sig);
extern int killpg(pid_t __pgrp, int __sig);
extern void psignal(int __sig, const char *__s);
extern int pthread_kill(pthread_t, int);
extern int pthread_sigmask(int, const sigset_t *, sigset_t *);
extern int raise(int __sig);
extern int sigaction(int __sig, const struct sigaction *__act,
                     struct sigaction *__oact);
extern int sigaddset(sigset_t * __set, int __signo);
extern int sigaltstack(const struct sigaltstack *__ss,
                       struct sigaltstack *__oss);
extern int sigandset(sigset_t * __set, const sigset_t * __left,
                     const sigset_t * __right);
extern int sigdelset(sigset_t * __set, int __signo);
extern int sigemptyset(sigset_t * __set);
extern int sigfillset(sigset_t * __set);
extern int sighold(int __sig);
extern int sigignore(int __sig);
extern int siginterrupt(int __sig, int __interrupt);
extern int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t * __set);
extern int sigismember(const sigset_t * __set, int __signo);
extern sighandler_t signal(int __sig, sighandler_t __handler);
extern int sigorset(sigset_t * __set, const sigset_t * __left,
                    const sigset_t * __right);
extern int sigpending(sigset_t * __set);
extern int sigprocmask(int __how, const sigset_t * __set,
                       sigset_t * __oset);
extern int sigqueue(pid_t __pid, int __sig, const union sigval __val);
extern int sigrelse(int __sig);
extern int sigreturn(struct sigcontext *__scp);
extern sighandler_t sigset(int __sig, sighandler_t __disp);
extern int sigsuspend(const sigset_t * __set);
extern int sigtimedwait(const sigset_t * __set, siginfo_t * __info,
                        const struct timespec *__timeout);
extern int sigwait(const sigset_t * __set, int *__sig);
extern int sigwaitinfo(const sigset_t * __set, siginfo_t * __info);
13.4.51 spawn.h

#define POSIX_SPAWN_RESETIDS    0x01
#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETPGROUP   0x02
#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGDEF   0x04
#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSIGMASK  0x08
#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDPARAM       0x10
#define POSIX_SPAWN_SETSCHEDULER        0x20

typedef struct {
    int __allocated;
    int __used;
    struct __spawn_action *__actions;
    int __pad[16];
} posix_spawn_file_actions_t;
typedef struct {
    short __flags;
    pid_t __pgrp;
    sigset_t __sd;
    sigset_t __ss;
    struct sched_param __sp;
    int __policy;
    int __pad[16];
} posix_spawnattr_t;
extern int posix_spawn(pid_t * __pid, const char *__path,
                       const posix_spawn_file_actions_t * __file_actions,
                       const posix_spawnattr_t * __attrp,
                       char *const argv[], char *const envp[]);
extern int posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose(posix_spawn_file_actions_t *
                                             __file_actions, int __fd);
extern int posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2(posix_spawn_file_actions_t *
                                            __file_actions, int __fd,
                                            int __newfd);
extern int posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen(posix_spawn_file_actions_t *
                                            __file_actions, int __fd,
                                            const char *__path,
                                            int __oflag, mode_t __mode);
extern int posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy(posix_spawn_file_actions_t *
                                            __file_actions);
extern int posix_spawn_file_actions_init(posix_spawn_file_actions_t *
                                         __file_actions);
extern int posix_spawnattr_destroy(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr);
extern int posix_spawnattr_getflags(const posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                    short int *__flags);
extern int posix_spawnattr_getpgroup(const posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                     pid_t * __pgroup);
extern int posix_spawnattr_getschedparam(const posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                         struct sched_param *__schedparam);
extern int posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy(const posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                          int *__schedpolicy);
extern int posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault(const posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                         sigset_t * __sigdefault);
extern int posix_spawnattr_getsigmask(const posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                      sigset_t * __sigmask);
extern int posix_spawnattr_init(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr);
extern int posix_spawnattr_setflags(posix_spawnattr_t * _attr,
                                    short int __flags);
extern int posix_spawnattr_setpgroup(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                     pid_t __pgroup);
extern int posix_spawnattr_setschedparam(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                         const struct sched_param
                                         *__schedparam);
extern int posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                          int __schedpolicy);
extern int posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                         const sigset_t * __sigdefault);
extern int posix_spawnattr_setsigmask(posix_spawnattr_t * __attr,
                                      const sigset_t * __sigmask);
extern int posix_spawnp(pid_t * __pid, const char *__file,
                        const posix_spawn_file_actions_t * __file_actions,
                        const posix_spawnattr_t * __attrp,
                        char *const argv[], char *const envp[]);
13.4.52 stddef.h

#define offsetof(TYPE,MEMBER)   ((size_t)&((TYPE*)0)->MEMBER)
#ifndef NULL
#  ifdef __cplusplus
#    define NULL        (0L)
#  else
#    define NULL        ((void*) 0)
#  endif
#endif
13.4.53 stdint.h

#define INT16_C(c)      c
#define INT32_C(c)      c
#define INT8_C(c)       c
#define UINT16_C(c)     c
#define UINT8_C(c)      c
#define UINT32_C(c)     c ## U

#define INT8_MIN        (-128)
#define INT_FAST8_MIN   (-128)
#define INT_LEAST8_MIN  (-128)
#define INT32_MIN       (-2147483647-1)
#define INT_LEAST32_MIN (-2147483647-1)
#define SIG_ATOMIC_MIN  (-2147483647-1)
#define INT16_MIN       (-32767-1)
#define INT_LEAST16_MIN (-32767-1)
#define INT64_MIN       (-__INT64_C(9223372036854775807)-1)
#define INTMAX_MIN      (-__INT64_C(9223372036854775807)-1)
#define INT_FAST64_MIN  (-__INT64_C(9223372036854775807)-1)
#define INT_LEAST64_MIN (-__INT64_C(9223372036854775807)-1)
#define WINT_MIN        (0u)
#define INT8_MAX        (127)
#define INT_FAST8_MAX   (127)
#define INT_LEAST8_MAX  (127)
#define INT32_MAX       (2147483647)
#define INT_LEAST32_MAX (2147483647)
#define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX  (2147483647)
#define UINT8_MAX       (255)
#define UINT_FAST8_MAX  (255)
#define UINT_LEAST8_MAX (255)
#define INT16_MAX       (32767)
#define INT_LEAST16_MAX (32767)
#define UINT32_MAX      (4294967295U)
#define UINT_LEAST32_MAX        (4294967295U)
#define WINT_MAX        (4294967295u)
#define UINT16_MAX      (65535)
#define UINT_LEAST16_MAX        (65535)
#define INT64_MAX       (__INT64_C(9223372036854775807))
#define INTMAX_MAX      (__INT64_C(9223372036854775807))
#define INT_FAST64_MAX  (__INT64_C(9223372036854775807))
#define INT_LEAST64_MAX (__INT64_C(9223372036854775807))
#define UINT64_MAX      (__UINT64_C(18446744073709551615))
#define UINTMAX_MAX     (__UINT64_C(18446744073709551615))
#define UINT_FAST64_MAX (__UINT64_C(18446744073709551615))
#define UINT_LEAST64_MAX        (__UINT64_C(18446744073709551615))

typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef short int16_t;
typedef int int32_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef signed char int_least8_t;
typedef short int int_least16_t;
typedef int int_least32_t;
typedef unsigned char uint_least8_t;
typedef unsigned short uint_least16_t;
typedef unsigned int uint_least32_t;
typedef signed char int_fast8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint_fast8_t;
13.4.54 stdio.h

#define EOF     (-1)
#define P_tmpdir        "/tmp"
#define FOPEN_MAX       16
#define L_tmpnam        20
#define FILENAME_MAX    4096
#define BUFSIZ  8192
#define L_ctermid       9
#define L_cuserid       9

typedef struct {
    off_t __pos;
    mbstate_t __state;
} fpos_t;
typedef struct {
    off64_t __pos;
    mbstate_t __state;
} fpos64_t;

typedef struct _IO_FILE FILE;

#define _IOFBF  0
#define _IOLBF  1
#define _IONBF  2

extern char *__fgets_chk(char *, size_t, int, FILE *);
extern char *__fgets_unlocked_chk(char *, size_t, int, FILE *);
extern size_t __fpending(FILE *);
extern int __printf_chk(int, const char *, ...);
extern int __snprintf_chk(char *, size_t, int, size_t, const char *, ...);
extern int __sprintf_chk(char *, int, size_t, const char *, ...);
extern int __vprintf_chk(int, const char *, va_list);
extern int __vsnprintf_chk(char *, size_t, int, size_t, const char *,
                           va_list);
extern int __vsprintf_chk(char *, int, size_t, const char *, va_list);
extern char *const _sys_errlist[];
extern int asprintf(char **__ptr, const char *__fmt, ...);
extern void clearerr(FILE * __stream);
extern void clearerr_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern int dprintf(int __fd, const char *__fmt, ...);
extern int fclose(FILE * __stream);
extern FILE *fdopen(int __fd, const char *__modes);
extern int feof(FILE * __stream);
extern int feof_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern int ferror(FILE * __stream);
extern int ferror_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern int fflush(FILE * __stream);
extern int fflush_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern int fgetc(FILE * __stream);
extern int fgetc_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern int fgetpos(FILE * __stream, fpos_t * __pos);
extern int fgetpos64(FILE * __stream, fpos64_t * __pos);
extern char *fgets(char *__s, int __n, FILE * __stream);
extern char *fgets_unlocked(char *__s, int __n, FILE * __stream);
extern int fileno(FILE * __stream);
extern int fileno_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern void flockfile(FILE * __stream);
extern FILE *fmemopen(void *__s, size_t __len, const char *__modes);
extern FILE *fopen(const char *__filename, const char *__modes);
extern FILE *fopen64(const char *__filename, const char *__modes);
extern int fprintf(FILE * __stream, const char *__format, ...);
extern int fputc(int __c, FILE * __stream);
extern int fputc_unlocked(int __c, FILE * __stream);
extern int fputs(const char *__s, FILE * __stream);
extern int fputs_unlocked(const char *__s, FILE * __stream);
extern size_t fread(void *__ptr, size_t __size, size_t __n,
                    FILE * __stream);
extern size_t fread_unlocked(void *__ptr, size_t __size, size_t __n,
                             FILE * __stream);
extern FILE *freopen(const char *__filename, const char *__modes,
                     FILE * __stream);
extern FILE *freopen64(const char *__filename, const char *__modes,
                       FILE * __stream);
extern int fscanf(FILE * __stream, const char *__format, ...);
extern int fseek(FILE * __stream, long int __off, int __whence);
extern int fseeko(FILE * __stream, off_t __off, int __whence);
extern int fseeko64(FILE * __stream, loff_t __off, int __whence);
extern int fsetpos(FILE * __stream, const fpos_t * __pos);
extern int fsetpos64(FILE * __stream, const fpos64_t * __pos);
extern long int ftell(FILE * __stream);
extern off_t ftello(FILE * __stream);
extern loff_t ftello64(FILE * __stream);
extern int ftrylockfile(FILE * __stream);
extern void funlockfile(FILE * __stream);
extern size_t fwrite(const void *__ptr, size_t __size, size_t __n,
                     FILE * __s);
extern size_t fwrite_unlocked(const void *__ptr, size_t __size, size_t __n,
                              FILE * __stream);
extern int getc(FILE * __stream);
extern int getc_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern int getchar(void);
extern int getchar_unlocked(void);
extern ssize_t getdelim(char **__lineptr, size_t * __n, int __delimiter,
                        FILE * __stream);
extern ssize_t getline(char **__lineptr, size_t * __n, FILE * __stream);
extern int getw(FILE * __stream);
extern FILE *open_memstream(char **__bufloc, size_t * __sizeloc);
extern int pclose(FILE * __stream);
extern void perror(const char *__s);
extern FILE *popen(const char *__command, const char *__modes);
extern int printf(const char *__format, ...);
extern int putc(int __c, FILE * __stream);
extern int putc_unlocked(int __c, FILE * __stream);
extern int putchar(int __c);
extern int putchar_unlocked(int __c);
extern int puts(const char *__s);
extern int putw(int __w, FILE * __stream);
extern int remove(const char *__filename);
extern int renameat(int __oldfd, const char *__old, int __newfd,
                    const char *__new);
extern void rewind(FILE * __stream);
extern int scanf(const char *__format, ...);
extern void setbuf(FILE * __stream, char *__buf);
extern void setbuffer(FILE * __stream, char *__buf, size_t __size);
extern int setvbuf(FILE * __stream, char *__buf, int __modes, size_t __n);
extern int snprintf(char *__s, size_t __maxlen, const char *__format, ...);
extern int sprintf(char *__s, const char *__format, ...);
extern int sscanf(const char *__s, const char *__format, ...);
extern FILE *stderr;
extern FILE *stdin;
extern FILE *stdout;
extern char *tempnam(const char *__dir, const char *__pfx);
extern FILE *tmpfile(void);
extern FILE *tmpfile64(void);
extern char *tmpnam(char *__s);
extern int ungetc(int __c, FILE * __stream);
extern int vasprintf(char **__ptr, const char *__f, va_list __arg);
extern int vdprintf(int __fd, const char *__fmt, va_list __arg);
extern int vfprintf(FILE * __s, const char *__format, va_list __arg);
extern int vfscanf(FILE * __s, const char *__format, va_list __arg);
extern int vprintf(const char *__format, va_list __arg);
extern int vscanf(const char *__format, va_list __arg);
extern int vsnprintf(char *__s, size_t __maxlen, const char *__format,
                     va_list __arg);
extern int vsprintf(char *__s, const char *__format, va_list __arg);
extern int vsscanf(const char *__s, const char *__format, va_list __arg);
13.4.55 stdlib.h

#define MB_CUR_MAX      (__ctype_get_mb_cur_max())
#define EXIT_SUCCESS    0
#define EXIT_FAILURE    1
#define RAND_MAX        2147483647

struct drand48_data {
    unsigned short __x[3];
    unsigned short __old_x[3];
    unsigned short __c;
    unsigned short __init;
    unsigned long long int __a;
};
typedef int (*__compar_fn_t) (const void *, const void *);
struct random_data {
    int32_t *fptr;              /* Front pointer. */
    int32_t *rptr;              /* Rear pointer. */
    int32_t *state;             /* Array of state values. */
    int rand_type;              /* Type of random number generator. */
    int rand_deg;               /* Degree of random number generator. */
    int rand_sep;               /* Distance between front and rear. */
    int32_t *end_ptr;           /* Pointer behind state table. */
};

typedef struct {
    int quot;
    int rem;
} div_t;

typedef struct {
    long int quot;
    long int rem;
} ldiv_t;

typedef struct {
    long long int quot;
    long long int rem;
} lldiv_t;
extern void _Exit(int __status);
extern size_t __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(void);
extern size_t __mbstowcs_chk(wchar_t *, const char *, size_t, size_t);
extern char *__realpath_chk(const char *, char *, size_t);
extern double __strtod_internal(const char *, char **, int);
extern float __strtof_internal(const char *, char **, int);
extern long int __strtol_internal(const char *, char **, int, int);
extern long double __strtold_internal(const char *, char **, int);
extern long long int __strtoll_internal(const char *, char **, int, int);
extern unsigned long int __strtoul_internal(const char *, char **, int,
                                            int);
extern unsigned long long int __strtoull_internal(const char *, char **,
                                                  int, int);
extern size_t __wcstombs_chk(char *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern int __wctomb_chk(char *, wchar_t, size_t);
extern long int a64l(const char *__s);
extern void abort(void);
extern int abs(int __x);
extern double atof(const char *__nptr);
extern int atoi(const char *__nptr);
extern long int atol(const char *__nptr);
extern long long int atoll(const char *__nptr);
extern void *bsearch(const void *__key, const void *__base, size_t __nmemb,
                     size_t __size, __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern void *calloc(size_t __nmemb, size_t __size);
extern div_t div(int __numer, int __denom);
extern double drand48(void);
extern int drand48_r(struct drand48_data *__buffer, double *__result);
extern char *ecvt(double __value, int __ndigit, int *__decpt, int *__sign);
extern char **environ;
extern double erand48(unsigned short __xsubi[3]);
extern int erand48_r(unsigned short __xsubi[3],
                     struct drand48_data *__buffer, double *__result);
extern void exit(int __status);
extern char *fcvt(double __value, int __ndigit, int *__decpt, int *__sign);
extern void free(void *__ptr);
extern char *gcvt(double __value, int __ndigit, char *__buf);
extern char *getenv(const char *__name);
extern int getloadavg(double __loadavg[], int __nelem);
extern int getsubopt(char **__optionp, char *const *__tokens,
                     char **__valuep);
extern int grantpt(int __fd);
extern char *initstate(unsigned int __seed, char *__statebuf,
                       size_t __statelen);
extern int initstate_r(unsigned int __seed, char *__statebuf,
                       size_t __statelen, struct random_data *__buf);
extern long int jrand48(unsigned short __xsubi[3]);
extern int jrand48_r(unsigned short __xsubi[3],
                     struct drand48_data *__buffer, long int *__result);
extern char *l64a(long int __n);
extern long int labs(long int __x);
extern void lcong48(unsigned short __param[7]);
extern int lcong48_r(unsigned short __param[7],
                     struct drand48_data *__buffer);
extern ldiv_t ldiv(long int __numer, long int __denom);
extern long long int llabs(long long int __x);
extern lldiv_t lldiv(long long int __numer, long long int __denom);
extern long int lrand48(void);
extern int lrand48_r(struct drand48_data *__buffer, long int *__result);
extern void *malloc(size_t __size);
extern int mblen(const char *__s, size_t __n);
extern size_t mbstowcs(wchar_t * __pwcs, const char *__s, size_t __n);
extern int mbtowc(wchar_t * __pwc, const char *__s, size_t __n);
extern char *mkdtemp(char *__template);
extern int mkstemp64(char *__template);
extern char *mktemp(char *__template);
extern long int mrand48(void);
extern int mrand48_r(struct drand48_data *__buffer, long int *__result);
extern long int nrand48(unsigned short __xsubi[3]);
extern int nrand48_r(unsigned short __xsubi[3],
                     struct drand48_data *__buffer, long int *__result);
extern int posix_memalign(void **__memptr, size_t __alignment,
                          size_t __size);
extern int posix_openpt(int __oflag);
extern char *ptsname(int __fd);
extern int putenv(char *__string);
extern void qsort(void *__base, size_t __nmemb, size_t __size,
                  const __compar_fn_t __compar);
extern int rand(void);
extern int rand_r(unsigned int *__seed);
extern long int random(void);
extern int random_r(struct random_data *__buf, int32_t * __result);
extern void *realloc(void *__ptr, size_t __size);
extern char *realpath(const char *__name, char *__resolved);
extern unsigned short *seed48(unsigned short __seed16v[3]);
extern int seed48_r(unsigned short __seed16v[3],
                    struct drand48_data *__buffer);
extern int setenv(const char *__name, const char *__value, int __replace);
extern char *setstate(char *__statebuf);
extern int setstate_r(char *__statebuf, struct random_data *__buf);
extern void srand(unsigned int __seed);
extern void srand48(long int __seedval);
extern int srand48_r(long int __seedval, struct drand48_data *__buffer);
extern void srandom(unsigned int __seed);
extern int srandom_r(unsigned int __seed, struct random_data *__buf);
extern double strtod(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
extern float strtof(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
extern long int strtol(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr, int __base);
extern long double strtold(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
extern long long int strtoll(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                             int __base);
extern long long int strtoq(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                            int __base);
extern unsigned long int strtoul(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                                 int __base);
extern unsigned long long int strtoull(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                                       int __base);
extern unsigned long long int strtouq(const char *__nptr, char **__endptr,
                                      int __base);
extern int system(const char *__command);
extern int unlockpt(int __fd);
extern int unsetenv(const char *__name);
extern size_t wcstombs(char *__s, const wchar_t * __pwcs, size_t __n);
extern int wctomb(char *__s, wchar_t __wchar);
13.4.56 string.h

#define strerror_r __xpg_strerror_r

extern void *__memcpy_chk(void *, const void *, size_t, size_t);
extern void *__memmove_chk(void *, const void *, size_t, size_t);
extern void *__mempcpy(void *__dest, const void *__src, size_t __n);
extern void *__mempcpy_chk(void *, const void *, size_t, size_t);
extern void *__memset_chk(void *, int, size_t, size_t);
extern char *__stpcpy(char *__dest, const char *__src);
extern char *__stpcpy_chk(char *, const char *, size_t);
extern char *__strcat_chk(char *, const char *, size_t);
extern char *__strcpy_chk(char *, const char *, size_t);
extern char *__strncat_chk(char *, const char *, size_t, size_t);
extern char *__strncpy_chk(char *, const char *, size_t, size_t);
extern char *__strtok_r(char *__s, const char *__delim, char **__save_ptr);
extern int __xpg_strerror_r(int, char *, size_t);
extern void *memccpy(void *__dest, const void *__src, int __c, size_t __n);
extern void *memchr(const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n);
extern int memcmp(const void *__s1, const void *__s2, size_t __n);
extern void *memcpy(void *__dest, const void *__src, size_t __n);
extern void *memmem(const void *__haystack, size_t __haystacklen,
                    const void *__needle, size_t __needlelen);
extern void *memmove(void *__dest, const void *__src, size_t __n);
extern void *memrchr(const void *__s, int __c, size_t __n);
extern void *memset(void *__s, int __c, size_t __n);
extern char *stpcpy(char *__dest, const char *__src);
extern char *stpncpy(char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n);
extern char *strcasestr(const char *__haystack, const char *__needle);
extern char *strcat(char *__dest, const char *__src);
extern char *strchr(const char *__s, int __c);
extern int strcmp(const char *__s1, const char *__s2);
extern int strcoll(const char *__s1, const char *__s2);
extern char *strcpy(char *__dest, const char *__src);
extern size_t strcspn(const char *__s, const char *__reject);
extern char *strdup(const char *__s);
extern char *strerror(int __errnum);
extern size_t strlen(const char *__s);
extern char *strncat(char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n);
extern int strncmp(const char *__s1, const char *__s2, size_t __n);
extern char *strncpy(char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n);
extern char *strndup(const char *__string, size_t __n);
extern size_t strnlen(const char *__string, size_t __maxlen);
extern char *strpbrk(const char *__s, const char *__accept);
extern char *strrchr(const char *__s, int __c);
extern char *strsep(char **__stringp, const char *__delim);
extern char *strsignal(int __sig);
extern size_t strspn(const char *__s, const char *__accept);
extern char *strstr(const char *__haystack, const char *__needle);
extern char *strtok(char *__s, const char *__delim);
extern char *strtok_r(char *__s, const char *__delim, char **__save_ptr);
extern size_t strxfrm(char *__dest, const char *__src, size_t __n);
13.4.57 strings.h

extern int bcmp(const void *__s1, const void *__s2, size_t __n);
extern void bcopy(const void *__src, void *__dest, size_t __n);
extern void bzero(void *__s, size_t __n);
extern int ffs(int __i);
extern char *index(const char *__s, int __c);
extern char *rindex(const char *__s, int __c);
extern int strcasecmp(const char *__s1, const char *__s2);
extern int strncasecmp(const char *__s1, const char *__s2, size_t __n);
13.4.58 sys/epoll.h

#define EPOLL_CTL_ADD   1       /* Add a file decriptor to the interface. */
#define EPOLL_CTL_DEL   2       /* Remove a file decriptor from the interface. */
#define EPOLL_CTL_MOD   3       /* Change file decriptor epoll_event structure. */
#define EPOLLIN 1
#define EPOLLPRI        2
#define EPOLLOUT        4
#define EPOLLERR        8
#define EPOLLHUP        16
#define EPOLLRDHUP      32
#define EPOLLONESHOT    (1 << 30)
#define EPOLLET (1 << 31)

typedef union epoll_data {
    void *ptr;
    int fd;
    uint32_t u32;
    uint64_t u64;
} epoll_data_t;

struct epoll_event {
    uint32_t events;
    epoll_data_t data;
};
extern int epoll_create(int __size);
extern int epoll_ctl(int __epfd, int __op, int __fd,
                     struct epoll_event *__event);
extern int epoll_wait(int __epfd, struct epoll_event *__events,
                      int __maxevents, int __timeout);
13.4.59 sys/file.h

#define LOCK_SH 1
#define LOCK_EX 2
#define LOCK_NB 4
#define LOCK_UN 8

extern int flock(int __fd, int __operation);
13.4.60 sys/inotify.h

#define IN_ACCESS       0x00000001
#define IN_MODIFY       0x00000002
#define IN_ATTRIB       0x00000004
#define IN_CLOSE_WRITE  0x00000008
#define IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE        0x00000010
#define IN_OPEN 0x00000020
#define IN_MOVED_FROM   0x00000040
#define IN_MOVED_TO     0x00000080
#define IN_CREATE       0x00000100
#define IN_DELETE       0x00000200
#define IN_DELETE_SELF  0x00000400
#define IN_MOVE_SELF    0x00000800
#define IN_UNMOUNT      0x00002000
#define IN_Q_OVERFLOW   0x00004000
#define IN_IGNORED      0x00008000
#define IN_ISDIR        0x40000000
#define IN_ONESHOT      0x80000000
#define IN_CLOSE        (IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE)
#define IN_MOVE (IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO)
#define IN_ALL_EVENTS    \
   (IN_ACCESS | IN_MODIFY | IN_ATTRIB | IN_CLOSE_WRITE | \
  IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE | IN_OPEN | IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO | IN_CREATE | \
 IN_DELETE | IN_DELETE_SELF | IN_MOVE_SELF)

struct inotify_event {
    int wd;
    uint32_t mask;
    uint32_t cookie;
    uint32_t len;
    char name[];
};
extern int inotify_add_watch(int __fd, const char *__name,
                             uint32_t __mask);
extern int inotify_init(void);
extern int inotify_rm_watch(int __fd, uint32_t __wd);
13.4.61 sys/ioctl.h

struct winsize {
    unsigned short ws_row;      /* Rows, in characters. */
    unsigned short ws_col;      /* Columns, in characters. */
    unsigned short ws_xpixel;   /* Horizontal pixels. */
    unsigned short ws_ypixel;   /* Vertical pixels. */
};
extern int ioctl(int __fd, unsigned long int __request, ...);
13.4.62 sys/ipc.h

#define IPC_PRIVATE     ((key_t)0)
#define IPC_RMID        0
#define IPC_CREAT       00001000
#define IPC_EXCL        00002000
#define IPC_NOWAIT      00004000
#define IPC_SET 1
#define IPC_STAT        2

extern key_t ftok(const char *__pathname, int __proj_id);
13.4.63 sys/mman.h

#define MAP_FAILED      ((void*)-1)
#define POSIX_MADV_NORMAL       0
#define PROT_NONE       0x0
#define MAP_SHARED      0x01
#define MAP_PRIVATE     0x02
#define PROT_READ       0x1
#define MAP_FIXED       0x10
#define PROT_WRITE      0x2
#define MAP_ANONYMOUS   0x20
#define PROT_EXEC       0x4
#define MREMAP_MAYMOVE  1
#define MS_ASYNC        1
#define POSIX_MADV_RANDOM       1
#define MREMAP_FIXED    2
#define MS_INVALIDATE   2
#define POSIX_MADV_SEQUENTIAL   2
#define POSIX_MADV_WILLNEED     3
#define MS_SYNC 4
#define POSIX_MADV_DONTNEED     4
#define MAP_ANON        MAP_ANONYMOUS

extern int mlock(const void *__addr, size_t __len);
extern int mlockall(int __flags);
extern void *mmap(void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot, int __flags,
                  int __fd, off_t __offset);
extern void *mmap64(void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot, int __flags,
                    int __fd, off64_t __offset);
extern int mprotect(void *__addr, size_t __len, int __prot);
extern void *mremap(void *__addr, size_t __old_len, size_t __new_len,
                    int __flags, ...);
extern int msync(void *__addr, size_t __len, int __flags);
extern int munlock(const void *__addr, size_t __len);
extern int munlockall(void);
extern int munmap(void *__addr, size_t __len);
extern int posix_madvise(void *__addr, size_t __len, int __advice);
extern int shm_open(const char *__name, int __oflag, mode_t __mode);
extern int shm_unlink(const char *__name);
13.4.64 sys/msg.h

#define MSG_NOERROR     010000

extern int msgctl(int __msqid, int __cmd, struct msqid_ds *__buf);
extern int msgget(key_t __key, int __msgflg);
extern ssize_t msgrcv(int __msqid, void *__msgp, size_t __msgsz,
                      long int __msgtyp, int __msgflg);
extern int msgsnd(int __msqid, const void *__msgp, size_t __msgsz,
                  int __msgflg);
13.4.65 sys/param.h

#define NOFILE  256
#define MAXPATHLEN      4096
13.4.66 sys/poll.h

#define POLLIN  0x0001          /* There is data to read */
#define POLLPRI 0x0002          /* There is urgent data to read */
#define POLLOUT 0x0004          /* Writing now will not block */
#define POLLERR 0x0008          /* Error condition */
#define POLLHUP 0x0010          /* Hung up */
#define POLLNVAL        0x0020  /* Invalid request: fd not open */
#define POLLRDNORM      0x0040  /* Normal data may be read */
#define POLLRDBAND      0x0080  /* Priority data may be read */
#define POLLWRNORM      0x0100  /* Writing now will not block */
#define POLLWRBAND      0x0200  /* Priority data may be written */

struct pollfd {
    int fd;                     /* File descriptor to poll. */
    short events;               /* Types of events poller cares about. */
    short revents;              /* Types of events that actually occurred. */
};
typedef unsigned long int nfds_t;
13.4.67 sys/resource.h

#define RUSAGE_CHILDREN (-1)
#define RLIM_INFINITY   (~0UL)
#define RLIM_SAVED_CUR  -1
#define RLIM_SAVED_MAX  -1
#define RLIMIT_CPU      0
#define RUSAGE_SELF     0
#define RLIMIT_FSIZE    1
#define RLIMIT_LOCKS    10
#define RLIM_NLIMITS    11
#define RLIMIT_DATA     2
#define RLIMIT_STACK    3
#define RLIMIT_CORE     4
#define RLIMIT_RSS      5
#define RLIMIT_NPROC    6
#define RLIMIT_NOFILE   7
#define RLIMIT_MEMLOCK  8
#define RLIMIT_AS       9

typedef unsigned long int rlim_t;
typedef unsigned long long int rlim64_t;
typedef int __rlimit_resource_t;

struct rlimit {
    rlim_t rlim_cur;            /* The current (soft) limit. */
    rlim_t rlim_max;            /* The hard limit. */
};
struct rlimit64 {
    rlim64_t rlim_cur;          /* The current (soft) limit. */
    rlim64_t rlim_max;          /* The hard limit. */
};

struct rusage {
    struct timeval ru_utime;    /* Total amount of user time used. */
    struct timeval ru_stime;    /* Total amount of system time used. */
    long int ru_maxrss;         /* Maximum resident set size (in kilobytes). */
    long int ru_ixrss;          /* Amount of sharing of text segment memory        with other p */
    long int ru_idrss;          /* Amount of data segment memory used (kilobyte-seconds). */
    long int ru_isrss;          /* Amount of stack memory used (kilobyte-seconds). */
    long int ru_minflt;         /* Number of soft page faults (i.e. those serviced by reclaimin */
    long int ru_majflt;         /* Number of hard page faults (i.e. those that required I/O). */
    long int ru_nswap;          /* Number of times a process was swapped out of physical memory */
    long int ru_inblock;        /* Number of input operations via the file system.  Note: This */
    long int ru_oublock;        /* Number of output operations via the file system. */
    long int ru_msgsnd;         /* Number of IPC messages sent. */
    long int ru_msgrcv;         /* Number of IPC messages received. */
    long int ru_nsignals;       /* Number of signals delivered. */
    long int ru_nvcsw;          /* Number of voluntary context switches, i.e. because the proce */
    long int ru_nivcsw;         /* Number of involuntary context switches, i.e. a higher priori */
};

enum __priority_which {
    PRIO_PROCESS = 0,           /* WHO is a process ID. */
    PRIO_PGRP = 1,              /* WHO is a process group ID. */
    PRIO_USER = 2               /* WHO is a user ID. */
};

#define PRIO_PGRP       PRIO_PGRP
#define PRIO_PROCESS    PRIO_PROCESS
#define PRIO_USER       PRIO_USER

typedef enum __priority_which __priority_which_t;
extern int getpriority(__priority_which_t __which, id_t __who);
extern int getrlimit(__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
                     struct rlimit *__rlimits);
extern int getrlimit64(id_t __resource, struct rlimit64 *__rlimits);
extern int getrusage(int __who, struct rusage *__usage);
extern int setpriority(__priority_which_t __which, id_t __who, int __prio);
extern int setrlimit(__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
                     const struct rlimit *__rlimits);
extern int setrlimit64(__rlimit_resource_t __resource,
                       const struct rlimit64 *__rlimits);
13.4.68 sys/select.h

#define NFDBITS (8 * sizeof (long))

extern int pselect(int __nfds, fd_set * __readfds, fd_set * __writefds,
                   fd_set * __exceptfds, const struct timespec *__timeout,
                   const sigset_t * __sigmask);
13.4.69 sys/sem.h

#define SEM_UNDO        0x1000
#define GETPID  11
#define GETVAL  12
#define GETALL  13
#define GETNCNT 14
#define GETZCNT 15
#define SETVAL  16
#define SETALL  17

struct sembuf {
    short sem_num;
    short sem_op;
    short sem_flg;
};
extern int semctl(int __semid, int __semnum, int __cmd, ...);
extern int semget(key_t __key, int __nsems, int __semflg);
extern int semop(int __semid, struct sembuf *__sops, size_t __nsops);
13.4.70 sys/sendfile.h

extern ssize_t sendfile(int __out_fd, int __in_fd, off_t * __offset,
                        size_t __count);
extern ssize_t sendfile64(int __out_fd, int __in_fd, off64_t * __offset,
                          size_t __count);
13.4.71 sys/shm.h

#define SHM_RDONLY      010000
#define SHM_W   0200
#define SHM_RND 020000
#define SHM_R   0400
#define SHM_REMAP       040000
#define SHM_LOCK        11
#define SHM_UNLOCK      12

extern int __getpagesize(void);
extern void *shmat(int __shmid, const void *__shmaddr, int __shmflg);
extern int shmctl(int __shmid, int __cmd, struct shmid_ds *__buf);
extern int shmdt(const void *__shmaddr);
extern int shmget(key_t __key, size_t __size, int __shmflg);
13.4.72 sys/socket.h

#define CMSG_LEN(len)   (CMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr))+(len))
#define SCM_RIGHTS      0x01
#define SOL_SOCKET      1
#define SOMAXCONN       128
#define SOL_RAW 255
#define CMSG_ALIGN(len) \
        (((len)+sizeof(size_t)-1)&(size_t)~(sizeof(size_t)-1))
#define CMSG_DATA(cmsg) \
        ((unsigned char *) (cmsg) + CMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)))
#define CMSG_SPACE(len) \
        (CMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr))+CMSG_ALIGN(len))
#define CMSG_FIRSTHDR(msg)      \
           ((msg)->msg_controllen >= sizeof(struct cmsghdr) ? \
            (struct cmsghdr *)(msg)->msg_control : \
            (struct cmsghdr *)NULL)
#define CMSG_NXTHDR(mhdr,cmsg)  \
        (((cmsg) == NULL) ? CMSG_FIRSTHDR(mhdr) : \
         (((u_char *)(cmsg) + CMSG_ALIGN((cmsg)->cmsg_len) \
                            + CMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct cmsghdr)) > \
           (u_char *)((mhdr)->msg_control) + (mhdr)->msg_controllen) ? \
          (struct cmsghdr *)NULL : \
          (struct cmsghdr *)((u_char *)(cmsg) + CMSG_ALIGN((cmsg)->cmsg_len))))

struct linger {
    int l_onoff;
    int l_linger;
};
struct cmsghdr {
    size_t cmsg_len;
    int cmsg_level;
    int cmsg_type;
};
struct iovec {
    void *iov_base;
    size_t iov_len;
};

typedef unsigned short sa_family_t;
typedef unsigned int socklen_t;

struct sockaddr {
    sa_family_t sa_family;
    char sa_data[14];
};
struct sockaddr_storage {
    sa_family_t ss_family;
    __ss_aligntype __ss_align;
    char __ss_padding[(128 - (2 * sizeof(__ss_aligntype)))];
};

struct msghdr {
    void *msg_name;
    int msg_namelen;
    struct iovec *msg_iov;
    size_t msg_iovlen;
    void *msg_control;
    size_t msg_controllen;
    unsigned int msg_flags;
};

#define AF_UNSPEC       0
#define AF_UNIX 1
#define AF_INET6        10
#define AF_INET 2

#define PF_INET AF_INET
#define PF_INET6        AF_INET6
#define PF_UNIX AF_UNIX
#define PF_UNSPEC       AF_UNSPEC

#define SOCK_STREAM     1
#define SOCK_PACKET     10
#define SOCK_DGRAM      2
#define SOCK_RAW        3
#define SOCK_RDM        4
#define SOCK_SEQPACKET  5

#define SO_DEBUG        1
#define SO_OOBINLINE    10
#define SO_NO_CHECK     11
#define SO_PRIORITY     12
#define SO_LINGER       13
#define SO_BSDCOMPAT    14
#define SO_REUSEADDR    2
#define SO_TYPE 3
#define SO_ACCEPTCONN   30
#define SO_ERROR        4
#define SO_DONTROUTE    5
#define SO_BROADCAST    6
#define SO_SNDBUF       7
#define SO_RCVBUF       8
#define SO_KEEPALIVE    9

#define SIOCGIFNAME     0x8910
#define SIOCGIFCONF     0x8912
#define SIOCGIFFLAGS    0x8913
#define SIOCGIFADDR     0x8915
#define SIOCGIFDSTADDR  0x8917
#define SIOCGIFBRDADDR  0x8919
#define SIOCGIFNETMASK  0x891b
#define SIOCGIFMTU      0x8921
#define SIOCGIFHWADDR   0x8927

#define SHUT_RD 0
#define SHUT_WR 1
#define SHUT_RDWR       2

#define MSG_WAITALL     0x100
#define MSG_TRUNC       0x20
#define MSG_NOSIGNAL    0x4000
#define MSG_EOR 0x80
#define MSG_OOB 1
#define MSG_PEEK        2
#define MSG_DONTROUTE   4
#define MSG_CTRUNC      8

extern ssize_t __recv_chk(int, void *, size_t, size_t, int);
extern ssize_t __recvfrom_chk(int, void *, size_t, size_t, int,
                              struct sockaddr *, socklen_t *);
extern int accept(int __fd, struct sockaddr *__addr,
                  socklen_t * __addr_len);
extern int bind(int __fd, const struct sockaddr *__addr, socklen_t __len);
extern int connect(int __fd, const struct sockaddr *__addr,
                   socklen_t __len);
extern int getnameinfo(const struct sockaddr *__sa, socklen_t __salen,
                       char *__host, socklen_t __hostlen, char *__serv,
                       socklen_t __servlen, unsigned int __flags);
extern int getpeername(int __fd, struct sockaddr *__addr,
                       socklen_t * __len);
extern int getsockname(int __fd, struct sockaddr *__addr,
                       socklen_t * __len);
extern int getsockopt(int __fd, int __level, int __optname, void *__optval,
                      socklen_t * __optlen);
extern int listen(int __fd, int __n);
extern ssize_t recv(int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags);
extern ssize_t recvfrom(int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags,
                        struct sockaddr *__addr, socklen_t * __addr_len);
extern ssize_t recvmsg(int __fd, struct msghdr *__message, int __flags);
extern ssize_t send(int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags);
extern ssize_t sendmsg(int __fd, const struct msghdr *__message,
                       int __flags);
extern ssize_t sendto(int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n, int __flags,
                      const struct sockaddr *__addr, socklen_t __addr_len);
extern int setsockopt(int __fd, int __level, int __optname,
                      const void *__optval, socklen_t __optlen);
extern int shutdown(int __fd, int __how);
extern int sockatmark(int __fd);
extern int socket(int __domain, int __type, int __protocol);
extern int socketpair(int __domain, int __type, int __protocol,
                      int __fds[2]);
13.4.73 sys/stat.h

#define S_ISBLK(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISCHR(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISDIR(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISFIFO(m)     (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISLNK(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISREG(m)      (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFREG)
#define S_ISSOCK(m)     (((m)&S_IFMT)==S_IFSOCK)
#define S_TYPEISMQ(buf) ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSEM(buf)        ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_TYPEISSHM(buf)        ((buf)->st_mode - (buf)->st_mode)
#define S_IRWXU (S_IREAD|S_IWRITE|S_IEXEC)
#define S_IROTH (S_IRGRP>>3)
#define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR>>3)
#define S_IRWXO (S_IRWXG>>3)
#define S_IRWXG (S_IRWXU>>3)
#define S_IWOTH (S_IWGRP>>3)
#define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR>>3)
#define S_IXOTH (S_IXGRP>>3)
#define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR>>3)
#define S_ISVTX 01000
#define S_IXUSR 0x0040
#define S_IWUSR 0x0080
#define S_IRUSR 0x0100
#define S_ISGID 0x0400
#define S_ISUID 0x0800
#define S_IFIFO 0x1000
#define S_IFCHR 0x2000
#define S_IFDIR 0x4000
#define S_IFBLK 0x6000
#define S_IFREG 0x8000
#define S_IFLNK 0xa000
#define S_IFSOCK        0xc000
#define S_IFMT  0xf000
#define st_atime        st_atim.tv_sec
#define st_ctime        st_ctim.tv_sec
#define st_mtime        st_mtim.tv_sec
#define S_IREAD S_IRUSR
#define S_IWRITE        S_IWUSR
#define S_IEXEC S_IXUSR

extern int __fxstat(int __ver, int __fildes, struct stat *__stat_buf);
extern int __fxstat64(int __ver, int __fildes, struct stat64 *__stat_buf);
extern int __fxstatat(int __ver, int __fildes, const char *__filename,
                      struct stat *__stat_buf, int __flag);
extern int __fxstatat64(int __ver, int __fildes, const char *__filename,
                        struct stat64 *__stat_buf, int __flag);
extern int __lxstat(int __ver, const char *__filename,
                    struct stat *__stat_buf);
extern int __lxstat64(int __ver, const char *__filename,
                      struct stat64 *__stat_buf);
extern int __xmknod(int __ver, const char *__path, mode_t __mode,
                    dev_t * __dev);
extern int __xmknodat(int __ver, int __fd, const char *__path,
                      mode_t __mode, dev_t * __dev);
extern int __xstat(int __ver, const char *__filename,
                   struct stat *__stat_buf);
extern int __xstat64(int __ver, const char *__filename,
                     struct stat64 *__stat_buf);
extern int chmod(const char *__file, mode_t __mode);
extern int fchmod(int __fd, mode_t __mode);
extern int fchmodat(int __fd, const char *__file, mode_t mode, int __flag);
extern int mkdirat(int __fd, const char *__path, mode_t __mode);
extern int mkfifo(const char *__path, mode_t __mode);
extern int mkfifoat(int __fd, const char *__path, mode_t __mode);
extern mode_t umask(mode_t __mask);
13.4.74 sys/statfs.h

#define NFS_SUPER_MAGIC 0x6969

extern int fstatfs(int __fildes, struct statfs *__buf);
extern int fstatfs64(int __fildes, struct statfs64 *__buf);
extern int statfs(const char *__file, struct statfs *__buf);
extern int statfs64(const char *__file, struct statfs64 *__buf);
13.4.75 sys/statvfs.h

extern int fstatvfs(int __fildes, struct statvfs *__buf);
extern int fstatvfs64(int __fildes, struct statvfs64 *__buf);
extern int statvfs(const char *__file, struct statvfs *__buf);
extern int statvfs64(const char *__file, struct statvfs64 *__buf);
13.4.76 sys/time.h

#define ITIMER_REAL     0
#define ITIMER_VIRTUAL  1
#define ITIMER_PROF     2

struct timezone {
    int tz_minuteswest;
    int tz_dsttime;
};

typedef int __itimer_which_t;

struct timespec {
    time_t tv_sec;
    long int tv_nsec;
};

struct timeval {
    time_t tv_sec;
    suseconds_t tv_usec;
};

struct itimerval {
    struct timeval it_interval;
    struct timeval it_value;
};
extern int adjtime(const struct timeval *__delta,
                   struct timeval *__olddelta);
extern int getitimer(__itimer_which_t __which, struct itimerval *__value);
extern int gettimeofday(struct timeval *__tv, struct timezone *__tz);
extern int setitimer(__itimer_which_t __which,
                     const struct itimerval *__new,
                     struct itimerval *__old);
extern int utimes(const char *__file, const struct timeval *__tvp);
13.4.77 sys/timeb.h

struct timeb {
    time_t time;                /* Seconds since epoch, as from time. */
    unsigned short millitm;     /* Additional milliseconds. */
    short timezone;             /* Minutes west of GMT. */
    short dstflag;              /* Nonzero if Daylight Savings Time used. */
};
extern int ftime(struct timeb *__timebuf);
13.4.78 sys/times.h

struct tms {
    clock_t tms_utime;
    clock_t tms_stime;
    clock_t tms_cutime;
    clock_t tms_cstime;
};
extern clock_t times(struct tms *__buffer);
13.4.79 sys/types.h

#ifndef FALSE
#define FALSE   0
#endif
#ifndef TRUE
#define TRUE    1
#endif
#define FD_SETSIZE      1024
#define FD_ZERO(fdsetp) bzero(fdsetp, sizeof(*(fdsetp)))
#define FD_ISSET(d,set) \
        ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]&(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long)))))
#define FD_CLR(d,set)   \
        ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]&=~(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long)))))
#define FD_SET(d,set)   \
        ((set)->fds_bits[((d)/(8*sizeof(long)))]|=(1<<((d)%(8*sizeof(long)))))

typedef unsigned char u_int8_t;
typedef unsigned short u_int16_t;
typedef unsigned int u_int32_t;
typedef unsigned long long int u_int64_t;
typedef unsigned int uid_t;
typedef int pid_t;
typedef long int off_t;
typedef int key_t;
typedef long int suseconds_t;
typedef unsigned int u_int;
typedef struct {
    int __val[2];
} fsid_t;
typedef unsigned int useconds_t;
typedef long int blksize_t;
typedef long int fd_mask;
typedef void *timer_t;
typedef int clockid_t;

typedef unsigned int id_t;

typedef unsigned long long int ino64_t;
typedef long long int loff_t;
typedef long int blkcnt_t;
typedef unsigned long int fsblkcnt_t;
typedef unsigned long int fsfilcnt_t;
typedef long long int blkcnt64_t;
typedef unsigned long long int fsblkcnt64_t;
typedef unsigned long long int fsfilcnt64_t;
typedef unsigned char u_char;
typedef unsigned short u_short;
typedef unsigned long int u_long;

typedef unsigned long int ino_t;
typedef unsigned int gid_t;
typedef unsigned long long int dev_t;
typedef unsigned int mode_t;
typedef unsigned long int nlink_t;
typedef char *caddr_t;

typedef struct {
    unsigned long int fds_bits[__FDSET_LONGS];
} fd_set;

typedef long int clock_t;
typedef long int time_t;
13.4.80 sys/uio.h

extern ssize_t readv(int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count);
extern ssize_t writev(int __fd, const struct iovec *__iovec, int __count);
13.4.81 sys/un.h

#define UNIX_PATH_MAX   108

struct sockaddr_un {
    sa_family_t sun_family;     /* AF_UNIX */
    char sun_path[UNIX_PATH_MAX];
};
13.4.82 sys/utsname.h

#define SYS_NMLN        65

struct utsname {
    char sysname[65];
    char nodename[65];
    char release[65];
    char version[65];
    char machine[65];
    char domainname[65];
};
extern int uname(struct utsname *__name);
13.4.83 sys/wait.h

#define WIFSIGNALED(status)     (!WIFSTOPPED(status) && !WIFEXITED(status))
#define WIFSTOPPED(status)      (((status) & 0xff) == 0x7f)
#define WEXITSTATUS(status)     (((status) & 0xff00) >> 8)
#define WTERMSIG(status)        ((status) & 0x7f)
#define WCOREDUMP(status)       ((status) & 0x80)
#define WIFEXITED(status)       (WTERMSIG(status) == 0)
#define WNOHANG 0x00000001
#define WUNTRACED       0x00000002
#define WCOREFLAG       0x80
#define WSTOPSIG(status)        WEXITSTATUS(status)

typedef enum {
    P_ALL,
    P_PID,
    P_PGID
} idtype_t;
extern pid_t wait(int *__stat_loc);
extern pid_t wait4(pid_t __pid, int *__stat_loc, int __options,
                   struct rusage *__usage);
extern int waitid(idtype_t __idtype, id_t __id, siginfo_t * __infop,
                  int __options);
extern pid_t waitpid(pid_t __pid, int *__stat_loc, int __options);
13.4.84 syslog.h

#define LOG_MAKEPRI(fac, pri)   (((fac) << 3) | (pri))
#define LOG_PRI(p)      ((p) & LOG_PRIMASK)     /* extract priority */
#define LOG_EMERG       0       /* system is unusable */
#define LOG_PRIMASK     0x07    /* mask to extract priority part */
#define LOG_ALERT       1       /* action must be taken immediately */
#define LOG_CRIT        2       /* critical conditions */
#define LOG_ERR 3               /* error conditions */
#define LOG_WARNING     4       /* warning conditions */
#define LOG_NOTICE      5       /* normal but significant condition */
#define LOG_INFO        6       /* informational */
#define LOG_DEBUG       7       /* debug-level messages */

#define LOG_FAC(p)      (((p) & LOG_FACMASK) >> 3)      /* facility of pri */
#define LOG_KERN        (0<<3)  /* kernel messages */
#define LOG_AUTHPRIV    (10<<3) /* security/authorization messages (private) */
#define LOG_FTP (11<<3)         /* ftp daemon */
#define LOG_USER        (1<<3)  /* random user-level messages */
#define LOG_MAIL        (2<<3)  /* mail system */
#define LOG_DAEMON      (3<<3)  /* system daemons */
#define LOG_AUTH        (4<<3)  /* security/authorization messages */
#define LOG_SYSLOG      (5<<3)  /* messages generated internally by syslogd */
#define LOG_LPR (6<<3)          /* line printer subsystem */
#define LOG_NEWS        (7<<3)  /* network news subsystem */
#define LOG_UUCP        (8<<3)  /* UUCP subsystem */
#define LOG_CRON        (9<<3)  /* clock daemon */
#define LOG_FACMASK     0x03f8  /* mask to extract facility part */

#define LOG_LOCAL0      (16<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL1      (17<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL2      (18<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL3      (19<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL4      (20<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL5      (21<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL6      (22<<3) /* reserved for local use */
#define LOG_LOCAL7      (23<<3) /* reserved for local use */

#define LOG_UPTO(pri)   ((1 << ((pri)+1)) - 1)  /* all priorities through pri */
#define LOG_MASK(pri)   (1 << (pri))    /* mask for one priority */

#define LOG_PID 0x01            /* log the pid with each message */
#define LOG_CONS        0x02    /* log on the console if errors in sending */
#define LOG_ODELAY      0x04    /* delay open until first syslog() (default) */
#define LOG_NDELAY      0x08    /* don't delay open */
#define LOG_NOWAIT      0x10    /* don't wait for console forks: DEPRECATED */
#define LOG_PERROR      0x20    /* log to stderr as well */

extern void __syslog_chk(int, int, const char *, ...);
extern void __vsyslog_chk(int, int, const char *, va_list);
extern void closelog(void);
extern void openlog(const char *__ident, int __option, int __facility);
extern int setlogmask(int __mask);
extern void syslog(int __pri, const char *__fmt, ...);
extern void vsyslog(int __pri, const char *__fmt, va_list __ap);
13.4.85 tar.h

#define REGTYPE '0'
#define LNKTYPE '1'
#define SYMTYPE '2'
#define CHRTYPE '3'
#define BLKTYPE '4'
#define DIRTYPE '5'
#define FIFOTYPE        '6'
#define CONTTYPE        '7'
#define AREGTYPE        '\0'
#define TVERSION        "00"
#define TOEXEC  00001
#define TOWRITE 00002
#define TOREAD  00004
#define TGEXEC  00010
#define TGWRITE 00020
#define TGREAD  00040
#define TUEXEC  00100
#define TUWRITE 00200
#define TUREAD  00400
#define TSVTX   01000
#define TSGID   02000
#define TSUID   04000
#define TVERSLEN        2
#define TMAGLEN 6
#define TMAGIC  "ustar"
13.4.86 termios.h

#define TCIFLUSH        0
#define TCOOFF  0
#define TCSANOW 0
#define BS0     0000000
#define CR0     0000000
#define FF0     0000000
#define NL0     0000000
#define TAB0    0000000
#define VT0     0000000
#define OPOST   0000001
#define OCRNL   0000010
#define ONOCR   0000020
#define ONLRET  0000040
#define OFILL   0000100
#define OFDEL   0000200
#define NL1     0000400
#define TCOFLUSH        1
#define TCOON   1
#define TCSADRAIN       1
#define TCIOFF  2
#define TCIOFLUSH       2
#define TCSAFLUSH       2
#define TCION   3

typedef unsigned int speed_t;
typedef unsigned char cc_t;
typedef unsigned int tcflag_t;

#define NCCS    32

struct termios {
    tcflag_t c_iflag;           /* input mode flags */
    tcflag_t c_oflag;           /* output mode flags */
    tcflag_t c_cflag;           /* control mode flags */
    tcflag_t c_lflag;           /* local mode flags */
    cc_t c_line;                /* line discipline */
    cc_t c_cc[NCCS];            /* control characters */
    speed_t c_ispeed;           /* input speed */
    speed_t c_ospeed;           /* output speed */
};

#define VINTR   0
#define VQUIT   1
#define VLNEXT  15
#define VERASE  2
#define VKILL   3
#define VEOF    4

#define IGNBRK  0000001
#define BRKINT  0000002
#define IGNPAR  0000004
#define PARMRK  0000010
#define INPCK   0000020
#define ISTRIP  0000040
#define INLCR   0000100
#define IGNCR   0000200
#define ICRNL   0000400
#define IXANY   0004000
#define IMAXBEL 0020000

#define CS5     0000000

#define ECHO    0000010

#define B0      0000000
#define B50     0000001
#define B75     0000002
#define B110    0000003
#define B134    0000004
#define B150    0000005
#define B200    0000006
#define B300    0000007
#define B600    0000010
#define B1200   0000011
#define B1800   0000012
#define B2400   0000013
#define B4800   0000014
#define B9600   0000015
#define B19200  0000016
#define B38400  0000017

extern speed_t cfgetispeed(const struct termios *__termios_p);
extern speed_t cfgetospeed(const struct termios *__termios_p);
extern void cfmakeraw(struct termios *__termios_p);
extern int cfsetispeed(struct termios *__termios_p, speed_t __speed);
extern int cfsetospeed(struct termios *__termios_p, speed_t __speed);
extern int cfsetspeed(struct termios *__termios_p, speed_t __speed);
extern int tcdrain(int __fd);
extern int tcflow(int __fd, int __action);
extern int tcflush(int __fd, int __queue_selector);
extern int tcgetattr(int __fd, struct termios *__termios_p);
extern pid_t tcgetsid(int __fd);
extern int tcsendbreak(int __fd, int __duration);
extern int tcsetattr(int __fd, int __optional_actions,
                     const struct termios *__termios_p);
13.4.87 time.h

#define CLK_TCK ((clock_t)sysconf(2))
#define CLOCK_REALTIME  0
#define TIMER_ABSTIME   1
#define CLOCKS_PER_SEC  1000000l

struct tm {
    int tm_sec;
    int tm_min;
    int tm_hour;
    int tm_mday;
    int tm_mon;
    int tm_year;
    int tm_wday;
    int tm_yday;
    int tm_isdst;
    long int tm_gmtoff;
    char *tm_zone;
};
struct itimerspec {
    struct timespec it_interval;
    struct timespec it_value;
};

extern int __daylight;
extern long int __timezone;
extern char *__tzname[];
extern char *asctime(const struct tm *__tp);
extern char *asctime_r(const struct tm *__tp, char *__buf);
extern clock_t clock(void);
extern int clock_getcpuclockid(pid_t __pid, clockid_t * __clock_id);
extern int clock_getres(clockid_t __clock_id, struct timespec *__res);
extern int clock_gettime(clockid_t __clock_id, struct timespec *__tp);
extern int clock_nanosleep(clockid_t __clock_id, int __flags,
                           const struct timespec *__req,
                           struct timespec *__rem);
extern int clock_settime(clockid_t __clock_id,
                         const struct timespec *__tp);
extern char *ctime(const time_t * __timer);
extern char *ctime_r(const time_t * __timer, char *__buf);
extern int daylight;
extern double difftime(time_t __time1, time_t __time0);
extern struct tm *getdate(const char *__string);
extern int getdate_err;
extern struct tm *gmtime(const time_t * __timer);
extern struct tm *gmtime_r(const time_t * __timer, struct tm *__tp);
extern struct tm *localtime(const time_t * __timer);
extern struct tm *localtime_r(const time_t * __timer, struct tm *__tp);
extern time_t mktime(struct tm *__tp);
extern int nanosleep(const struct timespec *__requested_time,
                     struct timespec *__remaining);
extern int stime(const time_t * __when);
extern size_t strftime(char *__s, size_t __maxsize, const char *__format,
                       const struct tm *__tp);
extern char *strptime(const char *__s, const char *__fmt, struct tm *__tp);
extern time_t time(time_t * __timer);
extern int timer_create(clockid_t __clock_id, struct sigevent *__evp,
                        timer_t * __timerid);
extern int timer_delete(timer_t __timerid);
extern int timer_getoverrun(timer_t __timerid);
extern int timer_gettime(timer_t __timerid, struct itimerspec *__value);
extern int timer_settime(timer_t __timerid, int __flags,
                         const struct itimerspec *__value,
                         struct itimerspec *__ovalue);
extern long int timezone;
extern char *tzname[];
extern void tzset(void);
13.4.88 ucontext.h

extern int getcontext(ucontext_t * __ucp);
extern void makecontext(ucontext_t * __ucp, void (*__func) (void),
                        int __argc, ...);
extern int setcontext(const struct ucontext *__ucp);
extern int swapcontext(ucontext_t * __oucp, const struct ucontext *__ucp);
13.4.89 ulimit.h

#define UL_GETFSIZE     1
#define UL_SETFSIZE     2

extern long int ulimit(int __cmd, ...);
13.4.90 unistd.h

#define SEEK_SET        0
#define STDIN_FILENO    0
#define SEEK_CUR        1
#define STDOUT_FILENO   1
#define SEEK_END        2
#define STDERR_FILENO   2

typedef long long int off64_t;

#define F_OK    0
#define X_OK    1
#define W_OK    2
#define R_OK    4

#define _POSIX_VDISABLE '\0'
#define _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED 1
#define _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL      1
#define _POSIX_NO_TRUNC 1
#define _POSIX_SHELL    1
#define _POSIX_FSYNC    200112
#define _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES     200112
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK  200112
#define _POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE    200112
#define _POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION        200112
#define _POSIX_SEMAPHORES       200112
#define _POSIX_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS    200112
#define _POSIX_TIMERS   200112
#define _POSIX2_C_BIND  200112L
#define _POSIX2_VERSION 200112L
#define _POSIX_THREADS  200112L
#define _POSIX_VERSION  200112L

#define _PC_LINK_MAX    0
#define _PC_MAX_CANON   1
#define _PC_ASYNC_IO    10
#define _PC_PRIO_IO     11
#define _PC_FILESIZEBITS        13
#define _PC_REC_INCR_XFER_SIZE  14
#define _PC_REC_MIN_XFER_SIZE   16
#define _PC_REC_XFER_ALIGN      17
#define _PC_ALLOC_SIZE_MIN      18
#define _PC_MAX_INPUT   2
#define _PC_2_SYMLINKS  20
#define _PC_NAME_MAX    3
#define _PC_PATH_MAX    4
#define _PC_PIPE_BUF    5
#define _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED    6
#define _PC_NO_TRUNC    7
#define _PC_VDISABLE    8
#define _PC_SYNC_IO     9

#define _SC_ARG_MAX     0
#define _SC_CHILD_MAX   1
#define _SC_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING 10
#define _SC_XOPEN_XPG4  100
#define _SC_CHAR_BIT    101
#define _SC_CHAR_MAX    102
#define _SC_CHAR_MIN    103
#define _SC_INT_MAX     104
#define _SC_INT_MIN     105
#define _SC_LONG_BIT    106
#define _SC_WORD_BIT    107
#define _SC_MB_LEN_MAX  108
#define _SC_NZERO       109
#define _SC_TIMERS      11
#define _SC_SSIZE_MAX   110
#define _SC_SCHAR_MAX   111
#define _SC_SCHAR_MIN   112
#define _SC_SHRT_MAX    113
#define _SC_SHRT_MIN    114
#define _SC_UCHAR_MAX   115
#define _SC_UINT_MAX    116
#define _SC_ULONG_MAX   117
#define _SC_USHRT_MAX   118
#define _SC_NL_ARGMAX   119
#define _SC_ASYNCHRONOUS_IO     12
#define _SC_NL_LANGMAX  120
#define _SC_NL_MSGMAX   121
#define _SC_NL_NMAX     122
#define _SC_NL_SETMAX   123
#define _SC_NL_TEXTMAX  124
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32    125
#define _SC_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG   126
#define _SC_XBS5_LP64_OFF64     127
#define _SC_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG   128
#define _SC_XOPEN_LEGACY        129
#define _SC_PRIORITIZED_IO      13
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME      130
#define _SC_XOPEN_REALTIME_THREADS      131
#define _SC_ADVISORY_INFO       132
#define _SC_BARRIERS    133
#define _SC_BASE        134
#define _SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT      135
#define _SC_C_LANG_SUPPORT_R    136
#define _SC_CLOCK_SELECTION     137
#define _SC_CPUTIME     138
#define _SC_THREAD_CPUTIME      139
#define _SC_SYNCHRONIZED_IO     14
#define _SC_DEVICE_IO   140
#define _SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC     141
#define _SC_DEVICE_SPECIFIC_R   142
#define _SC_FD_MGMT     143
#define _SC_FIFO        144
#define _SC_PIPE        145
#define _SC_FILE_ATTRIBUTES     146
#define _SC_FILE_LOCKING        147
#define _SC_FILE_SYSTEM 148
#define _SC_MONOTONIC_CLOCK     149
#define _SC_FSYNC       15
#define _SC_MULTI_PROCESS       150
#define _SC_SINGLE_PROCESS      151
#define _SC_NETWORKING  152
#define _SC_READER_WRITER_LOCKS 153
#define _SC_SPIN_LOCKS  154
#define _SC_REGEXP      155
#define _SC_REGEX_VERSION       156
#define _SC_SHELL       157
#define _SC_SIGNALS     158
#define _SC_SPAWN       159
#define _SC_MAPPED_FILES        16
#define _SC_SPORADIC_SERVER     160
#define _SC_THREAD_SPORADIC_SERVER      161
#define _SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE     162
#define _SC_SYSTEM_DATABASE_R   163
#define _SC_TIMEOUTS    164
#define _SC_TYPED_MEMORY_OBJECTS        165
#define _SC_USER_GROUPS 166
#define _SC_USER_GROUPS_R       167
#define _SC_2_PBS       168
#define _SC_2_PBS_ACCOUNTING    169
#define _SC_MEMLOCK     17
#define _SC_2_PBS_LOCATE        170
#define _SC_2_PBS_MESSAGE       171
#define _SC_2_PBS_TRACK 172
#define _SC_SYMLOOP_MAX 173
#define _SC_STREAMS     174
#define _SC_2_PBS_CHECKPOINT    175
#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFF32      176
#define _SC_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG     177
#define _SC_V6_LP64_OFF64       178
#define _SC_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG     179
#define _SC_MEMLOCK_RANGE       18
#define _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX       180
#define _SC_TRACE       181
#define _SC_TRACE_EVENT_FILTER  182
#define _SC_TRACE_INHERIT       183
#define _SC_TRACE_LOG   184
#define _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_SIZE  185
#define _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_ASSOC 186
#define _SC_LEVEL1_ICACHE_LINESIZE      187
#define _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_SIZE  188
#define _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_ASSOC 189
#define _SC_MEMORY_PROTECTION   19
#define _SC_LEVEL1_DCACHE_LINESIZE      190
#define _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_SIZE   191
#define _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_ASSOC  192
#define _SC_LEVEL2_CACHE_LINESIZE       193
#define _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_SIZE   194
#define _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_ASSOC  195
#define _SC_LEVEL3_CACHE_LINESIZE       196
#define _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_SIZE   197
#define _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_ASSOC  198
#define _SC_LEVEL4_CACHE_LINESIZE       199
#define _SC_CLK_TCK     2
#define _SC_MESSAGE_PASSING     20
#define _SC_SEMAPHORES  21
#define _SC_SHARED_MEMORY_OBJECTS       22
#define _SC_AIO_LISTIO_MAX      23
#define _SC_IPV6        235
#define _SC_RAW_SOCKETS 236
#define _SC_AIO_MAX     24
#define _SC_AIO_PRIO_DELTA_MAX  25
#define _SC_DELAYTIMER_MAX      26
#define _SC_MQ_OPEN_MAX 27
#define _SC_MQ_PRIO_MAX 28
#define _SC_VERSION     29
#define _SC_NGROUPS_MAX 3
#define _SC_PAGESIZE    30
#define _SC_PAGE_SIZE   30
#define _SC_RTSIG_MAX   31
#define _SC_SEM_NSEMS_MAX       32
#define _SC_SEM_VALUE_MAX       33
#define _SC_SIGQUEUE_MAX        34
#define _SC_TIMER_MAX   35
#define _SC_BC_BASE_MAX 36
#define _SC_BC_DIM_MAX  37
#define _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX        38
#define _SC_BC_STRING_MAX       39
#define _SC_OPEN_MAX    4
#define _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX    40
#define _SC_EQUIV_CLASS_MAX     41
#define _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX       42
#define _SC_LINE_MAX    43
#define _SC_RE_DUP_MAX  44
#define _SC_CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX  45
#define _SC_2_VERSION   46
#define _SC_2_C_BIND    47
#define _SC_2_C_DEV     48
#define _SC_2_FORT_DEV  49
#define _SC_STREAM_MAX  5
#define _SC_2_FORT_RUN  50
#define _SC_2_SW_DEV    51
#define _SC_2_LOCALEDEF 52
#define _SC_PII 53
#define _SC_PII_XTI     54
#define _SC_PII_SOCKET  55
#define _SC_PII_INTERNET        56
#define _SC_PII_OSI     57
#define _SC_POLL        58
#define _SC_SELECT      59
#define _SC_TZNAME_MAX  6
#define _SC_IOV_MAX     60
#define _SC_UIO_MAXIOV  60
#define _SC_PII_INTERNET_STREAM 61
#define _SC_PII_INTERNET_DGRAM  62
#define _SC_PII_OSI_COTS        63
#define _SC_PII_OSI_CLTS        64
#define _SC_PII_OSI_M   65
#define _SC_T_IOV_MAX   66
#define _SC_THREADS     67
#define _SC_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS       68
#define _SC_GETGR_R_SIZE_MAX    69
#define _SC_JOB_CONTROL 7
#define _SC_GETPW_R_SIZE_MAX    70
#define _SC_LOGIN_NAME_MAX      71
#define _SC_TTY_NAME_MAX        72
#define _SC_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS        73
#define _SC_THREAD_KEYS_MAX     74
#define _SC_THREAD_STACK_MIN    75
#define _SC_THREAD_THREADS_MAX  76
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR       77
#define _SC_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE       78
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING  79
#define _SC_SAVED_IDS   8
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_INHERIT 80
#define _SC_THREAD_PRIO_PROTECT 81
#define _SC_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED       82
#define _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF    83
#define _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN    84
#define _SC_PHYS_PAGES  85
#define _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES        86
#define _SC_ATEXIT_MAX  87
#define _SC_PASS_MAX    88
#define _SC_XOPEN_VERSION       89
#define _SC_REALTIME_SIGNALS    9
#define _SC_XOPEN_XCU_VERSION   90
#define _SC_XOPEN_UNIX  91
#define _SC_XOPEN_CRYPT 92
#define _SC_XOPEN_ENH_I18N      93
#define _SC_XOPEN_SHM   94
#define _SC_2_CHAR_TERM 95
#define _SC_2_C_VERSION 96
#define _SC_2_UPE       97
#define _SC_XOPEN_XPG2  98
#define _SC_XOPEN_XPG3  99

#define _CS_PATH        0
#define _POSIX_REGEXP   1
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_CFLAGS     1100
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LDFLAGS    1101
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LIBS       1102
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFF32_LINTFLAGS  1103
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1104
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1105
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LIBS      1106
#define _CS_XBS5_ILP32_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1107
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_CFLAGS      1108
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LDFLAGS     1109
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LIBS        1110
#define _CS_XBS5_LP64_OFF64_LINTFLAGS   1111
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_CFLAGS    1112
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LDFLAGS   1113
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LIBS      1114
#define _CS_XBS5_LPBIG_OFFBIG_LINTFLAGS 1115

#define _XOPEN_XPG4     1
#define _XOPEN_VERSION  500

#define F_ULOCK 0
#define F_LOCK  1
#define F_TLOCK 2
#define F_TEST  3

extern size_t __confstr_chk(int, char *, size_t, size_t);
extern char **__environ;
extern char *__getcwd_chk(char *, size_t, size_t);
extern int __getgroups_chk(int, gid_t *, size_t);
extern int __gethostname_chk(char *, size_t, size_t);
extern int __getlogin_r_chk(char *, size_t, size_t);
extern pid_t __getpgid(pid_t __pid);
extern ssize_t __pread64_chk(int, void *, size_t, off64_t, size_t);
extern ssize_t __pread_chk(int, void *, size_t, off_t, size_t);
extern ssize_t __read_chk(int, void *, size_t, size_t);
extern ssize_t __readlink_chk(const char *, char *, size_t, size_t);
extern int __ttyname_r_chk(int, char *, size_t, size_t);
extern char **_environ;
extern void _exit(int __status);
extern int access(const char *__name, int __type);
extern int acct(const char *__name);
extern unsigned int alarm(unsigned int __seconds);
extern int brk(void *__addr);
extern int chdir(const char *__path);
extern int chown(const char *__file, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group);
extern int chroot(const char *__path);
extern int close(int __fd);
extern size_t confstr(int __name, char *__buf, size_t __len);
extern char *crypt(const char *__key, const char *__salt);
extern char *ctermid(char *__s);
extern char *cuserid(char *__s);
extern int daemon(int __nochdir, int __noclose);
extern int dup(int __fd);
extern int dup2(int __fd, int __fd2);
extern void encrypt(char *__block, int __edflag);
extern int execl(const char *__path, const char *__arg, ...);
extern int execle(const char *__path, const char *__arg, ...);
extern int execlp(const char *__file, const char *__arg, ...);
extern int execv(const char *__path, char *const __argv[]);
extern int execve(const char *__path, char *const __argv[],
                  char *const __envp[]);
extern int execvp(const char *__file, char *const __argv[]);
extern int faccessat(int __fd, const char *__file, int __type, int __flag);
extern int fchdir(int __fd);
extern int fchown(int __fd, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group);
extern int fchownat(int __fd, const char *__file, uid_t __owner,
                    gid_t __group, int __flag);
extern int fdatasync(int __fildes);
extern int fexecve(int __fd, char *const __argv[], char *const __envp[]);
extern pid_t fork(void);
extern long int fpathconf(int __fd, int __name);
extern int fsync(int __fd);
extern int ftruncate(int __fd, off_t __length);
extern int ftruncate64(int __fd, off64_t __length);
extern char *getcwd(char *__buf, size_t __size);
extern int getdomainname(char *__name, size_t __len);
extern int getdtablesize(void);
extern gid_t getegid(void);
extern uid_t geteuid(void);
extern gid_t getgid(void);
extern int getgroups(int __size, gid_t __list[]);
extern long int gethostid(void);
extern int gethostname(char *__name, size_t __len);
extern char *getlogin(void);
extern int getlogin_r(char *__name, size_t __name_len);
extern int getopt(int ___argc, char *const ___argv[],
                  const char *__shortopts);
extern int getpagesize(void);
extern pid_t getpgid(pid_t __pid);
extern pid_t getpgrp(void);
extern pid_t getpid(void);
extern pid_t getppid(void);
extern pid_t getsid(pid_t __pid);
extern uid_t getuid(void);
extern char *getwd(char *__buf);
extern int isatty(int __fd);
extern int lchown(const char *__file, uid_t __owner, gid_t __group);
extern int link(const char *__from, const char *__to);
extern int linkat(int __fromfd, const char *__from, int __tofd,
                  const char *__to, int __flags);
extern int lockf(int __fd, int __cmd, off_t __len);
extern int lockf64(int __fd, int __cmd, off64_t __len);
extern off_t lseek(int __fd, off_t __offset, int __whence);
extern loff_t lseek64(int __fd, loff_t __offset, int __whence);
extern int mkdir(const char *__path, mode_t __mode);
extern int mkstemp(char *__template);
extern int nice(int __inc);
extern char *optarg;
extern int opterr;
extern int optind;
extern int optopt;
extern long int pathconf(const char *__path, int __name);
extern int pause(void);
extern int pipe(int __pipedes[2]);
extern ssize_t pread(int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
                     off_t __offset);
extern ssize_t pread64(int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes,
                       off64_t __offset);
extern ssize_t pwrite(int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n,
                      off_t __offset);
extern ssize_t pwrite64(int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n,
                        off64_t __offset);
extern ssize_t read(int __fd, void *__buf, size_t __nbytes);
extern ssize_t readlink(const char *__path, char *__buf, size_t __len);
extern ssize_t readlinkat(int __fd, const char *__path, char *__buf,
                          size_t __len);
extern int rename(const char *__old, const char *__new);
extern int rmdir(const char *__path);
extern void *sbrk(intptr_t __delta);
extern int select(int __nfds, fd_set * __readfds, fd_set * __writefds,
                  fd_set * __exceptfds, struct timeval *__timeout);
extern int setegid(gid_t __gid);
extern int seteuid(uid_t __uid);
extern int setgid(gid_t __gid);
extern int sethostname(const char *__name, size_t __len);
extern void setkey(const char *__key);
extern int setpgid(pid_t __pid, pid_t __pgid);
extern int setpgrp(void);
extern int setregid(gid_t __rgid, gid_t __egid);
extern int setreuid(uid_t __ruid, uid_t __euid);
extern pid_t setsid(void);
extern int setuid(uid_t __uid);
extern unsigned int sleep(unsigned int __seconds);
extern void swab(const void *__from, void *__to, ssize_t __n);
extern int symlink(const char *__from, const char *__to);
extern int symlinkat(const char *__from, int __tofd, const char *__to);
extern void sync(void);
extern long int sysconf(int __name);
extern pid_t tcgetpgrp(int __fd);
extern int tcsetpgrp(int __fd, pid_t __pgrp_id);
extern int truncate(const char *__file, off_t __length);
extern int truncate64(const char *__file, off64_t __length);
extern char *ttyname(int __fd);
extern int ttyname_r(int __fd, char *__buf, size_t __buflen);
extern unsigned int ualarm(useconds_t __value, useconds_t __interval);
extern int unlink(const char *__name);
extern int unlinkat(int __fd, const char *__name, int __flag);
extern int usleep(useconds_t __useconds);
extern pid_t vfork(void);
extern ssize_t write(int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n);
13.4.91 utime.h

struct utimbuf {
    time_t actime;
    time_t modtime;
};
extern int utime(const char *__file, const struct utimbuf *__file_times);
13.4.92 utmp.h

#define UT_HOSTSIZE     256
#define UT_LINESIZE     32
#define UT_NAMESIZE     32
#define ut_addr ut_addr_v6[0]
#define ut_time ut_tv.tv_sec
#define ut_name ut_user         /* Backwards compatability */

struct exit_status {
    short e_termination;        /* Process termination status. */
    short e_exit;               /* Process exit status. */
};

#define EMPTY   0               /* No valid user accounting information. */
#define RUN_LVL 1               /* The system's runlevel. */
#define BOOT_TIME       2       /* Time of system boot. */
#define NEW_TIME        3       /* Time after system clock changed. */
#define OLD_TIME        4       /* Time when system clock changed. */
#define INIT_PROCESS    5       /* Process spawned by the init process. */
#define LOGIN_PROCESS   6       /* Session leader of a logged in user. */
#define USER_PROCESS    7       /* Normal process. */
#define DEAD_PROCESS    8       /* Terminated process. */
#define ACCOUNTING      9

extern void endutent(void);
extern struct utmp *getutent(void);
extern int getutent_r(struct utmp *__buffer, struct utmp **__result);
extern void login(const struct utmp *__entry);
extern int login_tty(int __fd);
extern int logout(const char *__ut_line);
extern void logwtmp(const char *__ut_line, const char *__ut_name,
                    const char *__ut_host);
extern void setutent(void);
extern int utmpname(const char *__file);
13.4.93 utmpx.h

extern void endutxent(void);
extern struct utmpx *getutxent(void);
extern struct utmpx *getutxid(const struct utmpx *__id);
extern struct utmpx *getutxline(const struct utmpx *__line);
extern struct utmpx *pututxline(const struct utmpx *__utmpx);
extern void setutxent(void);
13.4.94 wchar.h

#define WEOF    (0xffffffffu)
#define WCHAR_MAX       0x7FFFFFFF
#define WCHAR_MIN       0x80000000

extern wchar_t *__fgetws_chk(wchar_t *, size_t, int, FILE *);
extern wchar_t *__fgetws_unlocked_chk(wchar_t *, size_t, int, FILE *);
extern int __fwprintf_chk(FILE *, int, const wchar_t *, ...);
extern size_t __mbsnrtowcs_chk(wchar_t *, const char **, size_t, size_t,
                               mbstate_t *, size_t);
extern size_t __mbsrtowcs_chk(wchar_t *, const char **, size_t,
                              mbstate_t *, size_t);
extern int __swprintf_chk(wchar_t *, size_t, int, size_t, const wchar_t *,
                          ...);
extern int __vfwprintf_chk(FILE *, int, const wchar_t *, va_list);
extern int __vswprintf_chk(wchar_t *, size_t, int, size_t, const wchar_t *,
                           va_list);
extern int __vwprintf_chk(int, const wchar_t *, va_list);
extern wchar_t *__wcpcpy_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wcpncpy_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern size_t __wcrtomb_chk(char *, wchar_t, mbstate_t *, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wcscat_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wcscpy_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wcsncat_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wcsncpy_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern size_t __wcsnrtombs_chk(char *, const wchar_t * *, size_t, size_t,
                               mbstate_t *, size_t);
extern size_t __wcsrtombs_chk(char *, const wchar_t * *, size_t,
                              mbstate_t *, size_t);
extern double __wcstod_internal(const wchar_t *, wchar_t * *, int);
extern float __wcstof_internal(const wchar_t *, wchar_t * *, int);
extern long int __wcstol_internal(const wchar_t *, wchar_t * *, int, int);
extern long double __wcstold_internal(const wchar_t *, wchar_t * *, int);
extern unsigned long int __wcstoul_internal(const wchar_t *, wchar_t * *,
                                            int, int);
extern wchar_t *__wmemcpy_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wmemmove_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wmempcpy_chk(wchar_t *, const wchar_t *, size_t, size_t);
extern wchar_t *__wmemset_chk(wchar_t *, wchar_t, size_t, size_t);
extern int __wprintf_chk(int, const wchar_t *, ...);
extern wint_t btowc(int __c);
extern wint_t fgetwc(FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t fgetwc_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern wchar_t *fgetws(wchar_t * __ws, int __n, FILE * __stream);
extern wchar_t *fgetws_unlocked(wchar_t * __ws, int __n, FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t fputwc(wchar_t __wc, FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t fputwc_unlocked(wchar_t __wc, FILE * __stream);
extern int fputws(const wchar_t * __ws, FILE * __stream);
extern int fputws_unlocked(const wchar_t * __ws, FILE * __stream);
extern int fwide(FILE * __fp, int __mode);
extern int fwprintf(FILE * __stream, const wchar_t * __format, ...);
extern int fwscanf(FILE * __stream, const wchar_t * __format, ...);
extern wint_t getwc(FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t getwc_unlocked(FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t getwchar(void);
extern wint_t getwchar_unlocked(void);
extern size_t mbrlen(const char *__s, size_t __n, mbstate_t * __ps);
extern size_t mbrtowc(wchar_t * __pwc, const char *__s, size_t __n,
                      mbstate_t * __p);
extern int mbsinit(const mbstate_t * __ps);
extern size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t * __dst, const char **__src, size_t __nmc,
                         size_t __len, mbstate_t * __ps);
extern size_t mbsrtowcs(wchar_t * __dst, const char **__src, size_t __len,
                        mbstate_t * __ps);
extern FILE *open_wmemstream(wchar_t * *__bufloc, size_t * __sizeloc);
extern wint_t putwc(wchar_t __wc, FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t putwc_unlocked(wchar_t __wc, FILE * __stream);
extern wint_t putwchar(wchar_t __wc);
extern wint_t putwchar_unlocked(wchar_t __wc);
extern int swprintf(wchar_t * __s, size_t __n, const wchar_t * __format,
                    ...);
extern int swscanf(const wchar_t * __s, const wchar_t * __format, ...);
extern wint_t ungetwc(wint_t __wc, FILE * __stream);
extern int vfwprintf(FILE * __s, const wchar_t * __format, va_list __arg);
extern int vfwscanf(FILE * __s, const wchar_t * __format, va_list __arg);
extern int vswprintf(wchar_t * __s, size_t __n, const wchar_t * __format,
                     va_list __arg);
extern int vswscanf(const wchar_t * __s, const wchar_t * __format,
                    va_list __arg);
extern int vwprintf(const wchar_t * __format, va_list __arg);
extern int vwscanf(const wchar_t * __format, va_list __arg);
extern wchar_t *wcpcpy(wchar_t * __dest, const wchar_t * __src);
extern wchar_t *wcpncpy(wchar_t * __dest, const wchar_t * __src,
                        size_t __n);
extern size_t wcrtomb(char *__s, wchar_t __wc, mbstate_t * __ps);
extern int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2);
extern wchar_t *wcscat(wchar_t * __dest, const wchar_t * __src);
extern wchar_t *wcschr(const wchar_t * __wcs, wchar_t __wc);
extern int wcscmp(const wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2);
extern int wcscoll(const wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2);
extern wchar_t *wcscpy(wchar_t * __dest, const wchar_t * __src);
extern size_t wcscspn(const wchar_t * __wcs, const wchar_t * __reject);
extern wchar_t *wcsdup(const wchar_t * __s);
extern size_t wcsftime(wchar_t * __s, size_t __maxsize,
                       const wchar_t * __format, const struct tm *__tp);
extern size_t wcslen(const wchar_t * __s);
extern int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2,
                       size_t __n);
extern wchar_t *wcsncat(wchar_t * __dest, const wchar_t * __src,
                        size_t __n);
extern int wcsncmp(const wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2, size_t __n);
extern wchar_t *wcsncpy(wchar_t * __dest, const wchar_t * __src,
                        size_t __n);
extern size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t * __s, size_t __maxlen);
extern size_t wcsnrtombs(char *__dst, const wchar_t * *__src, size_t __nwc,
                         size_t __len, mbstate_t * __ps);
extern wchar_t *wcspbrk(const wchar_t * __wcs, const wchar_t * __accept);
extern wchar_t *wcsrchr(const wchar_t * __wcs, wchar_t __wc);
extern size_t wcsrtombs(char *__dst, const wchar_t * *__src, size_t __len,
                        mbstate_t * __ps);
extern size_t wcsspn(const wchar_t * __wcs, const wchar_t * __accept);
extern wchar_t *wcsstr(const wchar_t * __haystack,
                       const wchar_t * __needle);
extern double wcstod(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr);
extern float wcstof(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr);
extern wchar_t *wcstok(wchar_t * __s, const wchar_t * __delim,
                       wchar_t * *__ptr);
extern long int wcstol(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr,
                       int __base);
extern long double wcstold(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr);
extern long long int wcstoll(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr,
                             int __base);
extern long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t * __nptr, wchar_t * *__endptr,
                            int __base);
extern unsigned long int wcstoul(const wchar_t * __nptr,
                                 wchar_t * *__endptr, int __base);
extern unsigned long long int wcstoull(const wchar_t * __nptr,
                                       wchar_t * *__endptr, int __base);
extern unsigned long long int wcstouq(const wchar_t * __nptr,
                                      wchar_t * *__endptr, int __base);
extern wchar_t *wcswcs(const wchar_t * __haystack,
                       const wchar_t * __needle);
extern int wcswidth(const wchar_t * __s, size_t __n);
extern size_t wcsxfrm(wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2, size_t __n);
extern int wctob(wint_t __c);
extern int wcwidth(wchar_t __c);
extern wchar_t *wmemchr(const wchar_t * __s, wchar_t __c, size_t __n);
extern int wmemcmp(const wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2, size_t __n);
extern wchar_t *wmemcpy(wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2, size_t __n);
extern wchar_t *wmemmove(wchar_t * __s1, const wchar_t * __s2, size_t __n);
extern wchar_t *wmemset(wchar_t * __s, wchar_t __c, size_t __n);
extern int wprintf(const wchar_t * __format, ...);
extern int wscanf(const wchar_t * __format, ...);
13.4.95 wctype.h

typedef unsigned long int wctype_t;
typedef unsigned int wint_t;
typedef const int32_t *wctrans_t;
typedef struct {
    int count;
    wint_t value;
} __mbstate_t;

typedef __mbstate_t mbstate_t;
extern int iswalnum(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswalpha(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswblank(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswcntrl(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswctype(wint_t __wc, wctype_t __desc);
extern int iswdigit(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswgraph(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswlower(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswprint(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswpunct(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswspace(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswupper(wint_t __wc);
extern int iswxdigit(wint_t __wc);
extern wint_t towctrans(wint_t __wc, wctrans_t __desc);
extern wint_t towlower(wint_t __wc);
extern wint_t towupper(wint_t __wc);
extern wctrans_t wctrans(const char *__property);
extern wctype_t wctype(const char *__property);
13.4.96 wordexp.h

enum {
    WRDE_DOOFFS = 1,
    WRDE_APPEND = 2,
    WRDE_NOCMD = 4,
    WRDE_REUSE = 8,
    WRDE_SHOWERR = 16,
    WRDE_UNDEF = 32
};

typedef struct {
    size_t we_wordc;
    char **we_wordv;
    size_t we_offs;
} wordexp_t;

enum {
    WRDE_NOSYS = -1,
    WRDE_NOSPACE = 1,
    WRDE_BADCHAR = 2,
    WRDE_BADVAL = 3,
    WRDE_CMDSUB = 4,
    WRDE_SYNTAX = 5
};
extern int wordexp(const char *__words, wordexp_t * __pwordexp,
                   int __flags);
extern void wordfree(wordexp_t * __wordexp);
13.5 Interface Definitions for libc
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libc and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 13.3 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
_IO_feof
Name
_IO_feof — alias for feof
Synopsis
int _IO_feof(_IO_FILE * __fp);
Description
_IO_feof() tests the end-of-file indicator for the stream pointed to by __fp, returning a non-zero value if it is set.
_IO_feof() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_getc
Name
_IO_getc — alias for getc
Synopsis
int _IO_getc(_IO_FILE * __fp);
Description
_IO_getc() reads the next character from __fp and returns it as an unsigned char cast to an int, or EOF on end-of-file or error.
_IO_getc() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_putc
Name
_IO_putc — alias for putc
Synopsis
int _IO_putc(int __c, _IO_FILE * __fp);
Description
_IO_putc() writes the character __c, cast to an unsigned char, to __fp.
_IO_putc() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_IO_puts
Name
_IO_puts — alias for puts
Synopsis
int _IO_puts(const char * __c);
Description
_IO_puts() writes the string __s and a trailing newline to stdout.
_IO_puts() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__assert_fail
Name
__assert_fail — abort the program after false assertion
Synopsis
void __assert_fail(const char * assertion, const char * file, unsigned int line, const char * function);
Description
The __assert_fail() function is used to implement the assert() interface of ISO POSIX (2003). The __assert_fail() function shall print the given file filename, line line number, function function name and a message on the standard error stream in an unspecified format, and abort program execution via the abort() function. For example: 
a.c:10: foobar: Assertion a == b failed.
If function is NULL, __assert_fail() shall omit information about the function.
assertion, file, and line shall be non-NULL.
The __assert_fail() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. The assert() interface is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard. The assert() may be implemented as a macro.
__chk_fail
Name
__chk_fail — terminate a function in case of buffer overflow
Synopsis
#include <libc.h>
void __chk_fail(void);
Description
The interface __chk_fail() shall abort the function that called it with a message that a buffer overflow has been detected. The program that called the function shall then exit.
Application Usage (informative)
The interface __chk_fail() does not check for a buffer overflow itself. It merely reports one when invoked.
__confstr_chk
Name
__confstr_chk — get configuration dependent string variables, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
size_t __confstr_chk(int name, char * buf, size_t len, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __confstr_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface confstr(), except that __confstr_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If len exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __confstr_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_b_loc
Name
__ctype_b_loc — accessor function for __ctype_b array for ctype functions
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
const unsigned short * * __ctype_b_loc (void);
Description
The __ctype_b_loc() function shall return a pointer into an array of characters in the current locale that contains characteristics for each character in the current character set. The array shall contain a total of 384 characters, and can be indexed with any signed or unsigned char (i.e. with an index value between -128 and 255). If the application is multithreaded, the array shall be local to the current thread.
This interface is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
The __ctype_b_loc() function shall return a pointer to the array of characters to be used for the ctype() family of functions (see <ctype.h>).
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max
Name
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max — maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale
Synopsis
size_t __ctype_get_mb_cur_max(void);
Description
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max() returns the maximum length of a multibyte character in the current locale.
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__ctype_tolower_loc
Name
__ctype_tolower_loc — accessor function for __ctype_b_tolower array for ctype tolower() function
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int32_t * * __ctype_tolower_loc(void);
Description
The __ctype_tolower_loc() function shall return a pointer into an array of characters in the current locale that contains lower case equivalents for each character in the current character set. The array shall contain a total of 384 characters, and can be indexed with any signed or unsigned char (i.e. with an index value between -128 and 255). If the application is multithreaded, the array shall be local to the current thread.
This interface is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
The __ctype_tolower_loc() function shall return a pointer to the array of characters to be used for the ctype() family of functions (see <ctype.h>).
__ctype_toupper_loc
Name
__ctype_toupper_loc — accessor function for __ctype_b_toupper() array for ctype toupper() function
Synopsis
#include <ctype.h>
int32_t * * __ctype_toupper_loc(void);
Description
The __ctype_toupper_loc() function shall return a pointer into an array of characters in the current locale that contains upper case equivalents for each character in the current character set. The array shall contain a total of 384 characters, and can be indexed with any signed or unsigned char (i.e. with an index value between -128 and 255). If the application is multithreaded, the array shall be local to the current thread.
This interface is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
The __ctype_toupper_loc() function shall return a pointer to the array of characters to be used for the ctype() family of functions (see <ctype.h>).
__cxa_atexit
Name
__cxa_atexit — register a function to be called by exit or when a shared library is unloaded
Synopsis
int __cxa_atexit(void (*func) (void *), void * arg, void * dso_handle);
Description
As described in the Itanium™ C++ ABI, __cxa_atexit() registers a destructor function to be called by exit() or when a shared library is unloaded. When a shared library is unloaded, any destructor function associated with that shared library, identified by dso_handle, shall be called with the single argument arg, and then that function shall be removed, or marked as complete, from the list of functions to run at exit(). On a call to exit(), any remaining functions registered shall be called with the single argument arg. Destructor functions shall always be called in the reverse order to their registration (i.e. the most recently registered function shall be called first),
The __cxa_atexit() function is used to implement atexit(), as described in ISO POSIX (2003). Calling atexit(func) from the statically linked part of an application shall be equivalent to __cxa_atexit(func, NULL, NULL).
__cxa_atexit() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. 
Note: atexit() is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard.
__cxa_finalize
Name
__cxa_finalize — call destructors of global (or local static) C++ objects and exit functions registered with atexit
Synopsis
void __cxa_finalize(void * d);
Description
As described in the Itanium® C++ ABI, the C runtime library shall maintain a list of termination function entries containing the following information:
•	A pointer to a termination function.
•	An operand to be passed to the function.
•	A handle identifying the home shared library of the entry.
The list is populated by entries of two kinds:
•	Destructors of global (or local static) C++ objects that require destruction on exit.
•	Functions registered by the user with atexit().
In the former case an entry consists of a pointer to the destructor, a pointer to the corresponding object and a handle for the home shared library of the object. In the latter case the pointer to the function is the pointer passed to atexit(), while the other pointers are NULL.
When __cxa_finalize(d) is called, it shall walk the termination function list, calling each in turn if d matches the handle of the termination function entry. If d is NULL, it shall call all the termination funtions. Multiple calls to __cxa_finalize shall not result in calling termination function entries multiple times; the implementation may either remove entries or mark them finished. The termination functions shall always be called in the reverse order of their registration (i.e. the most recently registered function shall be called first).
An application shall not call __cxa_finalize() directly. The implementation shall arrange for__cxa_finalize() to be called during early shared library unload (e.g. dlclose()) with a handle to the shared library. When the main program calls exit, the implementation shall cause any remaining __cxa_atexit-registered functions to be called, either by calling __cxa_finalize(NULL), or by walking the registration list itself.
__cxa_finalize() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__daylight
Name
__daylight — external daylight savings time flag
Synopsis
int __daylight;
Description
The external variable __daylight shall implement the daylight savings time flag daylight as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). __daylight has the same specification as daylight.
__environ
Name
__environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char **__environ;
Description
The external variable __environ shall implement the environment variable environ as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). __environ has the same specification as environ.
__errno_location
Name
__errno_location — address of errno variable
Synopsis
int * __errno_location(void);
Description
The __errno_location() function shall return the address of the errno variable for the current thread.
__errno_location() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fgets_chk
Name
__fgets_chk — string input, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
char * __fgets_chk(char * s, size_t size, int strsize, FILE * stream);
Description
The interface __fgets_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface fgets(), except that __fgets_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter strsize specifies the size of the object pointed to by stream.
The __fgets_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fgets_unlocked_chk
Name
__fgets_unlocked_chk — non-locking string input, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
char * __fgets_unlocked_chk(char * s, size_t size, int strsize, FILE * stream);
Description
The interface __fgets_unlocked_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface fgets_unlocked(), except that __fgets_unlocked_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter strsize specifies the size of the object pointed to by stream.
The __fgets_unlocked_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fgetws_chk
Name
__fgetws_chk — read a wide-character string from a FILE stream, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __fgetws_chk(wchar_t * ws, size_t size, int strsize, FILE * stream);
Description
The interface __fgetws_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface fgetws(), except that __fgetws_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter strsize specifies the size of the object pointed to by stream.
The __fgetws_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fgetws_unlocked_chk
Name
__fgetws_unlocked_chk — read a wide-character string from a FILE stream in a non-locking manner, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __fgetws_unlocked_chk(wchar_t * ws, size_t strsize, int n, FILE * stream);
Description
The interface __fgetws_unlocked_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface fgetws_unlocked(), except that __fgetws_unlocked_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter strsize specifies the size of the object pointed to by stream.
The __fgetws_unlocked_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fpending
Name
__fpending — returns in bytes the amount of output pending on a stream
Synopsis
size_t __fpending(FILE * stream);
Description
__fpending() returns the amount of output in bytes pending on a stream.
__fpending() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fprintf_chk
Name
__fprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <libc.h>
int __fprintf_chk(FILE * stream, int flag, const char * format);
Description
The interface __fprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface fprintf(), except that __fprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __fprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fwprintf_chk
Name
__fwprintf_chk — convert formatted wide-character output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int __fwprintf_chk(FILE * stream, int flag, const wchar_t * format);
Description
The interface __fwprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface fwprintf(), except that __fwprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __fwprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fxstatat
Name
__fxstatat — get file status relative to directory file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
int __fxstatat(int ver, int dirfd, const char * path, struct stat * stat_buf, int flags);
Description
The __fxstatat() function shall implement the fstatat() function. The behavior of __fxstatat() for values of ver other than _STAT_VER is undefined. See Data Definitions in the architecture specific part of this specification for the correct value of _STAT_VER.
__fxstatat(_STAT_VER, dirfd, stat_buf, flags) shall behave as fstatat(dirfd, stat_buf, flags) as specified by POSIX 1003.1 2008.
__fxstatat() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. 
Note: The fstatat() function is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard.
__fxstatat64
Name
__fxstatat64 — get file status relative to directory file descriptor
Synopsis
#define __LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
int __fxstatat64(int ver, int dirfd, const char * path, struct stat64 * stat_buf, int flags);
Description
The __fxstatat64() function shall implement the fstatat64() function. The behavior of __fxstatat64() for values of ver other than _STAT_VER is undefined. See Data Definitions in the architecture specific part of this specification for the correct value of _STAT_VER.
__fxstatat64(_STAT_VER, dirfd, stat_buf, flags) shall behave as fstatat64(dirfd, stat_buf, flags) as specified by this specification.
__fxstatat64() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. 
Note: The fstatat64() function is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard.
__getcwd_chk
Name
__getcwd_chk — get current working directory, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
char * __getcwd_chk(char * buf, size_t len, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __getcwd_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface getcwd(), except that __getcwd_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If len exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __getcwd_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getgroups_chk
Name
__getgroups_chk — get list of supplementary group IDs, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int __getgroups_chk(int size, gid_t * list, size_t listlen);
Description
The interface __getgroups_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface getgroups(), except that __getgroups_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter listlen specifies the size in bytes of the object list.
The __getgroups_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__gethostname_chk
Name
__gethostname_chk — get host name, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int __gethostname_chk(char * buf, size_t buflen, size_t maxlen);
Description
The interface __gethostname_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface gethostname(), except that __gethostname_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If buflen exceeds maxlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __gethostname_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getlogin_r_chk
Name
__getlogin_r_chk — get user name, with buffer overflow checking (reentrant)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int __getlogin_r_chk(char * buf, size_t buflen, size_t maxlen);
Description
The interface __getlogin_r_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface getlogin_r(), except that __getlogin_r_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If buflen exceeds maxlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __getlogin_r_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getpagesize
Name
__getpagesize — alias for getpagesize - get current page size 
Synopsis
int __getpagesize(void);
Description
__getpagesize() is an alias for getpagesize() - get current page size.
__getpagesize() has the same specification as getpagesize().
__getpagesize() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__getpgid
Name
__getpgid — get the process group id
Synopsis
pid_t __getpgid(pid_t pid);
Description
__getpgid() has the same specification as getpgid().
__getpgid() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__h_errno_location
Name
__h_errno_location — address of h_errno variable
Synopsis
int * __h_errno_location(void);
Description
__h_errno_location() returns the address of the h_errno variable, where h_errno is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003).
__h_errno_location() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Note that h_errno itself is only in the source standard; it is not in the binary standard.
__isinf
Name
__isinf — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isinf(double arg);
Description
__isinf() has the same specification as isinf() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __isinf() is known to be double.
__isinf() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isinff
Name
__isinff — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isinff(float arg);
Description
__isinff() has the same specification as isinf() in ISO POSIX (2003) except that the argument type for __isinff() is known to be float.
__isinff() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isinfl
Name
__isinfl — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isinfl(long double arg);
Description
__isinfl() has the same specification as isinf() in the ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __isinfl() is known to be long double.
__isinfl() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isnan
Name
__isnan — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isnan(double arg);
Description
__isnan() has the same specification as isnan() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __isnan() is known to be double.
__isnan() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isnanf
Name
__isnanf — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isnanf(float arg);
Description
__isnanf() has the same specification as isnan() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __isnanf() is known to be float.
__isnanf() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__isnanl
Name
__isnanl — test for infinity
Synopsis
int __isnanl(long double arg);
Description
__isnanl() has the same specification as isnan() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __isnanl() is known to be long double.
__isnanl() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_current_sigrtmax
Name
__libc_current_sigrtmax — return number of available real-time signal with lowest priority
Synopsis
int __libc_current_sigrtmax(void);
Description
__libc_current_sigrtmax() returns the number of an available real-time signal with the lowest priority.
__libc_current_sigrtmax() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_current_sigrtmin
Name
__libc_current_sigrtmin — return number of available real-time signal with highest priority
Synopsis
int __libc_current_sigrtmin(void);
Description
__libc_current_sigrtmin() returns the number of an available real-time signal with the highest priority.
__libc_current_sigrtmin() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__libc_start_main
Name
__libc_start_main — initialization routine
Synopsis
int __libc_start_main(int (*main) (int, char **, char **), int argc, char ** ubp_av, void (*init) (void), void (*fini) (void), void (*rtld_fini) (void), void (*stack_end));
Description
The __libc_start_main() function shall perform any necessary initialization of the execution environment, call the main function with appropriate arguments, and handle the return from main(). If the main() function returns, the return value shall be passed to the exit() function. 
Note: While this specification is intended to be implementation independent, process and library initialization may include: 
•	performing any necessary security checks if the effective user ID is not the same as the real user ID.
•	initialize the threading subsystem.
•	registering the rtld_fini to release resources when this dynamic shared object exits (or is unloaded).
•	registering the fini handler to run at program exit.
•	calling the initializer function (*init)().
•	calling main() with appropriate arguments.
•	calling exit() with the return value from main().
This list is an example only.
__libc_start_main() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
See Also
The section on Process Initialization in each of the architecture specific parts of ISO/IEC 23360.
__mbsnrtowcs_chk
Name
__mbsnrtowcs_chk — convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t __mbsnrtowcs_chk(wchar_t * dest, const char * * src, size_t nmc, size_t len, mbstate_t * ps, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __mbsnrtowcs_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface mbsnrtowcs(), except that __mbsnrtowcs_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __mbsnrtowcs_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__mbsrtowcs_chk
Name
__mbsrtowcs_chk — convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t __mbsrtowcs_chk(wchar_t * dest, const char * * src, size_t len, mbstate_t * ps, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __mbsrtowcs_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface mbsrtowcs(), except that __mbsrtowcs_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __mbsrtowcs_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__mbstowcs_chk
Name
__mbstowcs_chk — convert a multibyte string to a wide-character string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
size_t __mbstowcs_chk(wchar_t * dest, const char * src, size_t len, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __mbstowcs_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface mbstowcs(), except that __mbstowcs_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __mbstowcs_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__memcpy_chk
Name
__memcpy_chk — copy memory area, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * __memcpy_chk(void * dest, const void * src, size_t len, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __memcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface memcpy(), except that __memcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __memcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__memmove_chk
Name
__memmove_chk — copy memory area, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * __memmove_chk(void * dest, const void * src, size_t len, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __memmove_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface memmove(), except that __memmove_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __memmove_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__mempcpy
Name
__mempcpy — copy given number of bytes of source to destination
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * __mempcpy(void * restrict dest, const void * restrict src, size_t n);
Description
__mempcpy() copies n bytes of src to dest, returning a pointer to the byte after the last written byte.
If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is undefined.
If either dest or src is a null pointer, the behavior is undefined.
If n is 0 and the other parameters are valid, the return value is dest.
__mempcpy() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__mempcpy_chk
Name
__mempcpy_chk — copy memory area, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * __mempcpy_chk(void * dest, const void * src, size_t len, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __mempcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface mempcpy(), except that __mempcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __mempcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__memset_chk
Name
__memset_chk — fill memory with a constant byte, using buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * __memset_chk(void * dest, int c, size_t len, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __memset_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface memset(), except that __memset_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __memset_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__pread64_chk
Name
__pread64_chk — read from a file descriptor at a given offset, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t __pread64_chk(int fd, void * buf, size_t nbytes, off64_t offset, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __pread64_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface pread64(), except that __pread64_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If nbytes exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __pread64_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__pread_chk
Name
__pread_chk — read from a file descriptor at a given offset, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t __pread_chk(int fd, void * buf, size_t nbytes, off_t offset, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __pread_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface pread(), except that __pread_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If nbytes exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __pread_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__printf_chk
Name
__printf_chk — format and print data, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int __printf_chk(int flag, const char * format);
Description
The interface __printf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface printf(), except that __printf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __printf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__rawmemchr
Name
__rawmemchr — scan memory
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * __rawmemchr(const void * s, int c);
Description
The __rawmemchr() function shall locate the first occurrence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in the object pointed to by s. If the byte does not occur in the object, then the behavior is undefined.
__rawmemchr() is a weak alias for rawmemchr(). It is similar to memchr(), but it has no length limit.
__rawmemchr() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
The __rawmemchr() function shall return a pointer to the located byte.
__read_chk
Name
__read_chk — read from a file descriptor, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t __read_chk(int fd, void * buf, size_t nbytes, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __read_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface read(), except that __read_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If nbytes exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __read_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__readlink_chk
Name
__readlink_chk — display value of a symbolic link, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t __readlink_chk(const char * path, char * buf, size_t len, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __readlink_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface readlink(), except that __readlink_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If len exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __readlink_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__realpath_chk
Name
__realpath_chk — return the canonicalized absolute pathname, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
char * __realpath_chk(const char * path, char * resolved_path, size_t resolved_len);
Description
The interface __realpath_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface realpath(), except that __realpath_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter resolved_len specifies the size of the string resolved_path. If resolved_len is less than PATH_MAX, then the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __realpath_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__recv_chk
Name
__recv_chk — receive a message from a socket, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
ssize_t __recv_chk(int fd, void * buf, size_t len, size_t buflen, int flag);
Description
The interface __recv_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface recv(), except that __recv_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the buffer, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If len exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __recv_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__recvfrom_chk
Name
__recvfrom_chk — receive a message from a socket, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
ssize_t __recvfrom_chk(int fd, void * buf, size_t len, size_t buflen, int flag, struct sockaddr * from, socklen_t * fromlen);
Description
The interface __recvfrom_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface recvfrom(), except that __recvfrom_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the buffer, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the buffer buf. If len exceeds buflen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __recvfrom_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__register_atfork
Name
__register_atfork — alias for register_atfork
Synopsis
int __register_atfork(void (*prepare) (void), void (*parent) (void), void (*child) (void), void *__dso_handle);
Description
__register_atfork() implements pthread_atfork() as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). The additional parameter __dso_handle allows a shared object to pass in it's handle so that functions registered by __register_atfork() can be unregistered by the runtime when the shared object is unloaded.
__sigsetjmp
Name
__sigsetjmp — save stack context for non-local goto
Synopsis
int __sigsetjmp(jmp_buf env, int savemask);
Description
__sigsetjmp() has the same behavior as sigsetjmp() as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__sigsetjmp() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__snprintf_chk
Name
__snprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int __snprintf_chk(char * str, size_t maxlen, int flag, size_t strlen, const char * format);
Description
The interface __snprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface snprintf(), except that __snprintf_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the buffer, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter strlen specifies the size of the buffer str. If strlen is less than maxlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __snprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sprintf_chk
Name
__sprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int __sprintf_chk(char * str, int flag, size_t strlen, const char * format);
Description
The interface __sprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface sprintf(), except that __sprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter strlen specifies the size of the string str. If strlen is zero, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __sprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__stack_chk_fail
Name
__stack_chk_fail — terminate a function in case of stack overflow
Synopsis
#include <libc.h>
void __stack_chk_fail(void);
Description
The interface __stack_chk_fail() shall abort the function that called it with a message that a stack overflow has been detected. The program that called the function shall then exit.
Application Usage (informative)
The interface __stack_chk_fail() does not check for a stack overflow itself. It merely reports one when invoked.
__stpcpy
Name
__stpcpy — alias for stpcpy
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * __stpcpy(char * dest, const char * src);
Description
The __stpcpy() function has the same specification as the stpcpy().
__stpcpy() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__stpcpy_chk
Name
__stpcpy_chk — copy a string returning a pointer to its end, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * __stpcpy_chk(char * dest, const char * src, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __stpcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface stpcpy(), except that __stpcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest.
The __stpcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__stpncpy_chk
Name
__stpncpy_chk — copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <libc.h>
char * __stpncpy_chk(char * dest, const char * src, size_t n, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __stpncpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface stpncpy(), except that __stpncpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest. If n exceeds destlen, the function shall abort, and the program calling it shall exit.
The __stpncpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strcat_chk
Name
__strcat_chk — concatenate two strings, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * __strcat_chk(char * dest, const char * src, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __strcat_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface strcat(), except that __strcat_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest.
The __strcat_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strcpy_chk
Name
__strcpy_chk — copy a string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * __strcpy_chk(char * dest, const char * src, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __strcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface strcpy(), except that __strcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest.
The __strcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strdup
Name
__strdup — alias for strdup
Synopsis
char * __strdup(const char * string);
Description
__strdup() has the same specification as strdup().
__strdup() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strncat_chk
Name
__strncat_chk — concatenate two strings, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * __strncat_chk(char * s1, const char * s2, size_t n, size_t s1len);
Description
The interface __strncat_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface strncat(), except that __strncat_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter s1len specifies the size of the object pointed to by s1.
The __strncat_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strncpy_chk
Name
__strncpy_chk — copy a string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * __strncpy_chk(char * s1, const char * s2, size_t n, size_t s1len);
Description
The interface __strncpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface strncpy(), except that __strncpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter s1len specifies the size of the object pointed to by s1.
The __strncpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtod_internal
Name
__strtod_internal — underlying function for strtod
Synopsis
double __strtod_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtod_internal() is undefined.
__strtod_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0)() has the same specification as strtod(__nptr, __endptr)().
__strtod_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtof_internal
Name
__strtof_internal — underlying function for strtof
Synopsis
float __strtof_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtof_internal() is undefined.
__strtof_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0)() has the same specification as strtof(__nptr, __endptr)().
__strtof_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtok_r
Name
__strtok_r — alias for strtok_r
Synopsis
char * __strtok_r(char * restrict s, const char * restrict delim, char * * restrict save_ptr);
Description
__strtok_r() has the same specification as strtok_r().
__strtok_r() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtol_internal
Name
__strtol_internal — alias for strtol
Synopsis
long int __strtol_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtol_internal() is undefined.
__strtol_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtol(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtol_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtold_internal
Name
__strtold_internal — underlying function for strtold
Synopsis
long double __strtold_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtold_internal() is undefined.
__strtold_internal(__nptr, __endptr, 0) has the same specification as strtold(__nptr, __endptr).
__strtold_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtoll_internal
Name
__strtoll_internal — underlying function for strtoll
Synopsis
long long __strtoll_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoll_internal() is undefined.
__strtoll_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoll(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtoll_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtoul_internal
Name
__strtoul_internal — underlying function for strtoul
Synopsis
unsigned long int __strtoul_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoul_internal() is undefined.
__strtoul_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoul(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtoul_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__strtoull_internal
Name
__strtoull_internal — underlying function for strtoull
Synopsis
unsigned long long __strtoull_internal(const char * __nptr, char * * __endptr, int __base, int __group);
Description
__group shall be 0 or the behavior of __strtoull_internal() is undefined.
__strtoull_internal(__nptr, __endptr, __base, 0) has the same specification as strtoull(__nptr, __endptr, __base).
__strtoull_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__swprintf_chk
Name
__swprintf_chk — convert formatted wide-character output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int __swprintf_chk(wchar_t * s, size_t n, int flag, size_t slen, const wchar_t * format);
Description
The interface __swprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface swprintf(), except that __swprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter slen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If slen is less than maxlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __swprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sysconf
Name
__sysconf — get configuration information at runtime
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
long __sysconf(int name);
Description
__sysconf() gets configuration information at runtime.
__sysconf() is weak alias to sysconf().
__sysconf() has the same specification as sysconf().
__sysconf() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__syslog_chk
Name
__syslog_chk — send messages to the system logger, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <syslog.h>
void __syslog_chk(int priority, int flag, const char * format);
Description
The interface __syslog_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface syslog(), except that __syslog_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __syslog_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__sysv_signal
Name
__sysv_signal — signal handling
Synopsis
__sighandler_t __sysv_signal(int sig, __sighandler_t handler);
Description
__sysv_signal() has the same behavior as signal() as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__sysv_signal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__timezone
Name
 — external variable containing timezone
Synopsis
long int __timezone;
Description
The external variable __timezone shall implement the timezone variable timezone as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). __timezone has the same specification as timezone.
__ttyname_r_chk
Name
__ttyname_r_chk — return name of a terminal, with buffer overflow checking (reentrant)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int __ttyname_r_chk(int fd, char * buf, size_t buflen, size_t nreal);
Description
The interface __ttyname_r_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface ttyname_r(), except that __ttyname_r_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the object pointed to by buf. If buflen exceeds nreal, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __ttyname_r_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__tzname
Name
 — external variable containing the timezone names
Synopsis
char * __tzname[2];
Description
The external variable __tzname shall implement the timezone name variable tzname as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) function tzset(). __tzname has the same specification as tzname.
__vfprintf_chk
Name
__vfprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <libc.h>
int __vfprintf_chk(FILE * fp, int flag, const char * format, va_list ap);
Description
The interface __vfprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vfprintf(), except that __vfprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __vfprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vfwprintf_chk
Name
__vfwprintf_chk — convert formatted wide-character output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int __vfwprintf_chk(FILE * fp, int flag, const wchar_t * format, va_list ap);
Description
The interface __vfwprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vfwprintf(), except that __vfwprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __vfwprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vprintf_chk
Name
__vprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int __vprintf_chk(int flag, const char * format, va_list ap);
Description
The interface __vprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vprintf(), except that __vprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __vprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vsnprintf_chk
Name
__vsnprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int __vsnprintf_chk(char * s, size_t maxlen, int flag, size_t slen, const char * format, va_list args);
Description
The interface __vsnprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vsnprintf(), except that __vsnprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter slen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If slen is less than maxlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __vsnprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vsprintf_chk
Name
__vsprintf_chk — convert formatted output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int __vsprintf_chk(char * s, int flag, size_t slen, const char * format, va_list args);
Description
The interface __vsprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vsprintf(), except that __vsprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter slen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If its value is zero, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __vsprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vswprintf_chk
Name
__vswprintf_chk — convert formatted wide-character output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int __vswprintf_chk(wchar_t * s, size_t maxlen, int flag, size_t slen, const wchar_t * format, va_list args);
Description
The interface __vswprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vswprintf(), except that __vswprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The parameter slen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If slen is less than maxlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __vswprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vsyslog_chk
Name
__vsyslog_chk — send messages to the system logger, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <syslog.h>
void __vsyslog_chk(int priority, int flag, const char * format, va_list ap);
Description
The interface __vsyslog_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vsyslog(), except that __vsyslog_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __vsyslog_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__vwprintf_chk
Name
__vwprintf_chk — convert formatted wide-character output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int __vwprintf_chk(int flag, const wchar_t * format, va_list ap);
Description
The interface __vwprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface vwprintf(), except that __vwprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __vwprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcpcpy_chk
Name
__wcpcpy_chk — copy a wide-character string, returning a pointer to its end, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wcpcpy_chk(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcpcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcpcpy(), except that __wcpcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest.
The __wcpcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcpncpy_chk
Name
__wcpncpy_chk — copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wcpncpy_chk(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t n, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcpncpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcpncpy(), except that __wcpncpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest. If n exceeds destlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcpncpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcrtomb_chk
Name
__wcrtomb_chk — convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t __wcrtomb_chk(char * s, wchar_t wchar, mbstate_t * ps, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __wcrtomb_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcrtomb(), except that __wcrtomb_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If it is less than MB_CUR_MAX, then the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcrtomb_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcscat_chk
Name
__wcscat_chk — concatenate two wide-character strings, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wcscat_chk(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcscat_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcscat(), except that __wcscat_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest.
The __wcscat_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcscpy_chk
Name
__wcscpy_chk — copy a wide-character string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wcscpy_chk(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t n);
Description
The interface __wcscpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcscpy(), except that __wcscpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcscpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcsncat_chk
Name
__wcsncat_chk — concatenate two wide-character strings, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wcsncat_chk(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t n, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcsncat_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcsncat(), except that __wcsncat_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest.
The __wcsncat_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcsncpy_chk
Name
__wcsncpy_chk — copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wcsncpy_chk(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t n, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcsncpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcsncpy(), except that __wcsncpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcsncpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcsnrtombs_chk
Name
__wcsnrtombs_chk — convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t __wcsnrtombs_chk(char * dest, const wchar_t * * src, size_t nwc, size_t len, mbstate_t * ps, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcsnrtombs_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcsnrtombs(), except that __wcsnrtombs_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcsnrtombs_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcsrtombs_chk
Name
__wcsrtombs_chk — convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t __wcsrtombs_chk(char * dest, const wchar_t * * src, size_t len, mbstate_t * ps, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcsrtombs_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcsrtombs(), except that __wcsrtombs_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcsrtombs_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstod_internal
Name
__wcstod_internal — underlying function for wcstod
Synopsis
double __wcstod_internal(const wchar_t * nptr, wchar_t * * endptr, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstod_internal() is undefined.
__wcstod_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) shall behave as wcstod(nptr, endptr) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__wcstod_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstof_internal
Name
__wcstof_internal — underlying function for wcstof
Synopsis
float __wcstof_internal(const wchar_t * nptr, wchar_t * * endptr, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstof_internal() is undefined.
__wcstof_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) shall behave as wcstof(nptr, endptr) as specified in ISO POSIX (2003).
__wcstof_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstol_internal
Name
__wcstol_internal — underlying function for wcstol
Synopsis
long __wcstol_internal(const wchar_t * nptr, wchar_t * * endptr, int base, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstol_internal() is undefined.
__wcstol_internal(nptr, endptr, base, 0) shall behave as wcstol(nptr, endptr, base) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__wcstol_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstold_internal
Name
__wcstold_internal — underlying function for wcstold
Synopsis
long double __wcstold_internal(const wchar_t * nptr, wchar_t * * endptr, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstold_internal() is undefined.
__wcstold_internal(nptr, endptr, 0) shall behave as wcstold(nptr, endptr) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__wcstold_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstombs_chk
Name
__wcstombs_chk — convert a wide-character string to a multibyte string, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
size_t __wcstombs_chk(char * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t len, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wcstombs_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wcstombs(), except that __wcstombs_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by dest. If len exceeds destlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wcstombs_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wcstoul_internal
Name
__wcstoul_internal — underlying function for wcstoul
Synopsis
unsigned long __wcstoul_internal(const wchar_t * restrict nptr, wchar_t * * restrict endptr, int base, int group);
Description
group shall be 0 or the behavior of __wcstoul_internal() is undefined.
__wcstoul_internal(nptr, endptr, base, 0)() shall behave as wcstoul(nptr, endptr, base)() as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__wcstoul_internal() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wctomb_chk
Name
__wctomb_chk — convert a wide character to a multibyte sequence, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int __wctomb_chk(char * s, wchar_t wchar, size_t buflen);
Description
The interface __wctomb_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wctomb(), except that __wctomb_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If it is less than MB_CUR_MAX, then the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wctomb_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wmemcpy_chk
Name
__wmemcpy_chk — copy an array of wide-characters, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wmemcpy_chk(wchar_t * s1, const wchar_t * s2, size_t n, size_t ns1);
Description
The interface __wmemcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wmemcpy(), except that __wmemcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter ns1 specifies the size of the object pointed to by s1. If n exceeds ns1, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wmemcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wmemmove_chk
Name
__wmemmove_chk — copy an array of wide-characters, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wmemmove_chk(wchar_t * s1, const wchar_t * s2, size_t n, size_t ns1);
Description
The interface __wmemmove_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wmemmove(), except that __wmemmove_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter ns1 specifies the size of the object pointed to by s1. If n exceeds ns1, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wmemmove_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wmempcpy_chk
Name
__wmempcpy_chk — copy memory area, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wmempcpy_chk(wchar_t * s1, const wchar_t * s2, size_t n, size_t ns1);
Description
The interface __wmempcpy_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wmempcpy(), except that __wmempcpy_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter ns1 specifies the size of the object pointed to by s1. If n exceeds ns1, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wmempcpy_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wmemset_chk
Name
__wmemset_chk — fill an array of wide-characters with a constant wide character, with buffer overflow checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * __wmemset_chk(wchar_t * s, wchar_t c, size_t n, size_t destlen);
Description
The interface __wmemset_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wmemset(), except that __wmemset_chk() shall check for buffer overflow before computing a result. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The parameter destlen specifies the size of the object pointed to by s. If n exceeds destlen, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
The __wmemset_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__wprintf_chk
Name
__wprintf_chk — convert formatted wide-character output, with stack checking
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int __wprintf_chk(int flag, const wchar_t * format);
Description
The interface __wprintf_chk() shall function in the same way as the interface wprintf(), except that __wprintf_chk() shall check for stack overflow before computing a result, depending on the value of the flag parameter. If an overflow is anticipated, the function shall abort and the program calling it shall exit.
In general, the higher the value of flag, the more security measures this interface shall take in the form of checking the stack, parameter values, and so on.
The __wprintf_chk() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__xmknod
Name
__xmknod — make a special file
Synopsis
#include <sys/stat.h>
int __xmknod(int ver, const char * path, mode_t mode, dev_t * dev);
Description
The __xmknod() function shall implement the mknod() interface. The behavior of __xmknod() for values of ver other than _MKNOD_VER is undefined. See Data Definitions in the architecture specific part of this specification for the correct value of _MKNOD_VER.
__xmknod(_MKNOD_VER, path, mode, dev) shall behave as mknod(path, mode, dev) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
The __xmknod() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. 
Note: The mknod() function is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard.
__xmknodat
Name
__xmknodat — make a special file relative to a directory file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <sys/stat.h>
int __xmknodat(int ver, int dirfd, const char * path, mode_t path, dev_t * dev);
Description
The __xmknodat() function shall implement the mknodat() function. The behavior of __xmknodat() for values of ver other than _MKNOD_VER is undefined. See Data Definitions in the architecture specific part of this specification for the correct value of _MKNOD_VER.
__xmknodat(_MKNOD_VER, dirfd, path, mode, dev) shall behave as mknodat(dirfd, path, mode, dev) as specified by POSIX 1003.1 2008.
The __xmknodat() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. 
Note: The mknodat() function is not in the binary standard; it is only in the source standard.
__xpg_basename
Name
__xpg_basename — return the last component of a file name
Synopsis
#include <libgen.h>
char * __xpg_basename(const char * path);
Description
The __xpg_basename() function shall return a pointer to the final component of the pathname named by path, as described in ISO POSIX (2003) basename().
This function is not in the source standard, it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
See ISO POSIX (2003).
__xpg_sigpause
Name
__xpg_sigpause — remove a signal from the signal mask and suspend the thread
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int __xpg_sigpause(int sig);
Description
The __xpg_sigpause() function shall implement the sigpause() described in ISO POSIX (2003).
This function is not in the source standard, it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
See ISO POSIX (2003).
__xpg_strerror_r
Name
__xpg_strerror_r — return string describing error number
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
int __xpg_strerror_r(int errnum, char * buf, size_t buflen);
Description
The __xpg_strerror_r() function shall map the error number in errnum to a locale-dependent error message string and shall return the string in the buffer pointed to by strerrbuf, with length buflen, as described in ISO POSIX (2003) strerror_r().
This function is not in the source standard, it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
See ISO POSIX (2003).
__xstat
Name
__xstat — get File Status
Synopsis
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int __xstat(int ver, const char * path, struct stat * stat_buf);
int __lxstat(int ver, const char * path, struct stat * stat_buf);
int __fxstat(int ver, int fildes, struct stat * stat_buf);
Description
The functions __xstat(), __lxstat(), and __fxstat() shall implement the functions stat(), lstat(), and fstat() respectively.
The behavior of these functions for values of ver other than _STAT_VER is undefined. See Data Definitions in the architecture specific part of this specification for the correct value of _STAT_VER.
__xstat(_STAT_VER, path, stat_buf) shall implement stat(path, stat_buf) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__lxstat(_STAT_VER, path, stat_buf) shall implement lstat(path, stat_buf) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__fxstat(_STAT_VER, fildes, stat_buf) shall implement fstat(fildes, stat_buf) as specified by ISO POSIX (2003).
__xstat(), __lxstat(), and __fxstat() are not in the source standard; they are only in the binary standard.
stat(), lstat(), and fstat() are not in the binary standard; they are only in the source standard.
__xstat64
Name
__xstat64 — get File Status
Synopsis
#define _LARGEFILE_SOURCE 1
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <unistd.h>
int __xstat64(int ver, const char * path, struct stat64 * stat_buf);
int __lxstat64(int ver, const char * path, struct stat64 * stat_buf);
int __fxstat64(int ver, int fildes, struct stat64 * stat_buf);
Description
The functions __xstat64(), __lxstat64(), and __fxstat64() shall implement the functions stat64(), lstat64(), and fstat64() respectively.
The behavior of these functions for values of ver other than _STAT_VER is undefined. See Data Definitions in the architecture specific part of this specification for the correct value of _STAT_VER.
__xstat64(_STAT_VER, path, stat_buf) shall behave as stat64(path, stat_buf) as specified by Large File Support.
__lxstat64(_STAT_VER, path, stat_buf) shall behave as lstat64(path, stat_buf) as specified by Large File Support.
__fxstat64(_STAT_VER, fildes, stat_buf) shall behave as fstat64(fildes, stat_buf) as specified by Large File Support.
__xstat64(), __lxstat64(), and __fxstat64() are not in the source standard; they are only in the binary standard.
stat64(), lstat64(), and fstat64() are not in the binary standard; they are only in the source standard.
_environ
Name
_environ — alias for environ - user environment 
Synopsis
extern char * *_environ;
Description
_environ is an alias for environ - user environment.
_nl_msg_cat_cntr
Name
_nl_msg_cat_cntr — new catalog load counter
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>

extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
Description
The global variable _nl_msg_cat_cntr is incremented each time a new catalog is loaded. This variable is only in the binary standard; it is not in the source standard.
_sys_errlist
Name
_sys_errlist — array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror()
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>

extern const char *const _sys_errlist[];
Description
_sys_errlist is an array containing the "C" locale strings used by strerror(). This normally should not be used directly. strerror() provides all of the needed functionality.
_sys_siglist
Name
_sys_siglist — array containing the names of the signal names
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>

extern const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG];
Description
_sys_siglist is an array containing the names of the signal names.
The _sys_siglist array is only in the binary standard; it is not in the source standard. Applications wishing to access the names of signals should use the strsignal() function.
acct
Name
acct — switch process accounting on or off
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>
int acct(const char * filename);
Description
When filename is the name of an existing file, acct() turns accounting on and appends a record to filename for each terminating process. When filename is NULL, acct() turns accounting off.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOSYS 
 	BSD process accounting has not been enabled when the operating system kernel was compiled. The kernel configuration parameter controlling this feature is CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT.
ENOMEM 
 	Out of memory.
EPERM 
 	The calling process has no permission to enable process accounting.
EACCES 
 	filename is not a regular file.
EIO 
 	Error writing to the filename.
EUSERS 
 	There are no more free file structures or we run out of memory.
adjtime
Name
adjtime — correct the time to allow synchronization of the system clock
Synopsis
#include <time.h>
int adjtime(const struct timeval * delta, struct timeval * olddelta);
Description
adjtime() makes small adjustments to the system time as returned by gettimeofday()(2), advancing or retarding it by the time specified by the timeval delta. If delta is negative, the clock is slowed down by incrementing it more slowly than normal until the correction is complete. If delta is positive, a larger increment than normal is used. The skew used to perform the correction is generally a fraction of one percent. Thus, the time is always a monotonically increasing function. A time correction from an earlier call to adjtime() may not be finished when adjtime() is called again. If olddelta is non-NULL, the structure pointed to will contain, upon return, the number of microseconds still to be corrected from the earlier call.
adjtime() may be used by time servers that synchronize the clocks of computers in a local area network. Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
Appropriate privilege is required to adjust the system time.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EFAULT
 	An argument points outside the process's allocated address space.
EPERM
 	The process does not have appropriate privilege.
alphasort64
Name
alphasort64 — Comparison function for directory scanning (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>
int alphasort64(const struct dirent64 ** d1, const struct dirent64 ** d2);
Description
alpahsort64() is a large-file version of the alphasort() function as defined in POSIX 1003.1 2008. If differs only in that the d1 and d2 parameters are of type dirent64 instead of type dirent.
asprintf
Name
asprintf — write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int asprintf(char ** restrict ptr, const char * restrict format, ...);
Description
The asprintf() function shall behave as sprintf(), except that the output string shall be dynamically allocated space of sufficient length to hold the resulting string. The address of this dynamically allocated string shall be stored in the location referenced by ptr.
Return Value
Refer to fprintf().
Errors
Refer to fprintf().
basename
Name
basename — return the last component of a file name
Synopsis
#include <libgen.h>
char * basename(const char * path);
Description
In the source standard, basename() is implemented as a macro causing it to behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), and is equivalent to the function __xpg_basename(). If the macro is undefined, basename() from the binary standard is used, with differences as described here:
The string identified by path shall not be modified.
If path is "/", or ends with a trailing '/' character, the basename() function shall return a pointer to an empty string.
Return Value
On success, the basename() function shall return a pointer to the final component of path. Otherwise, it shall return a null pointer.
See Also
__xpg_basename()
bind_textdomain_codeset
Name
bind_textdomain_codeset — specify encoding for message retrieval
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * bind_textdomain_codeset (const char * domainname , const char * codeset );
Description
The bind_textdomain_codeset() function can be used to specify the output codeset for message catalogs for domain domainname. The codeset argument shall be a valid codeset name which can be used tor the iconv_open function, or a null pointer. If the codeset argument is the null pointer, then function returns the currently selected codeset for the domain with the name domainname. It shall return a null pointer if no codeset has yet been selected.
Each successive call to bind_textdomain_codeset() function overrrides the settings made by the preceding call with the same domainname.
The bind_textdomain_codeset() function shall return a pointer to a string containing the name of the selected codeset. The string shall be allocated internally in the function and shall not be changed or freed by the user.
Parameters
domainname
 	The domainname argument is applied to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. It is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the domainname argument to textdomain, except that the selection of the domain is valid only for the duration of the call.
codeset
 	The name of the output codeset for the selected domain, or NULL to select the current codeset.
If domainname is the null pointer, or is an empty string, bind_textdomain_codeset() shall fail, but need not set errno.
Return Value
Returns the currently selected codeset name. It returns a null pointer if no codeset has yet been selected.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory available to allocate return value.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain
bindresvport
Name
bindresvport — bind socket to privileged IP port
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <rpc/rpc.h>
int bindresvport(int sd, struct sockaddr_in * sin);
Description
If the process has appropriate privilege, the bindresvport() function shall bind a socket to an anonymous privileged IP port, that is, arbitrarily selected from the range 512 through 1023.
If the bind is successful and sin is not NULL, and the port number bound to is returned in the sin_port member of sin. Any caller-supplied value of sin_port is ignored.
If sin is NULL, the address family is taken to be AF_INET and an available privileged port is bound to. Since there is no sockaddr_in structure, the port number chosen cannot be returned. The getsockname() may be used to query for this information.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and errno is set to indicate the error.
Errors
bindresvport() may fail in the same way as bind() in ISO POSIX (2003). The following additional or differing failures may occur:
EADDRINUSE
 	All privileged ports are in use.
EAFNOSUPPORT
 	The specified address is not a valid address for the address family of the specified socket, or the address family is not supported.
EPFNOSUPPORT
 	The same meaning as EAFNOSUPPORT. Some older implementations may return this error instead.
Note: At this time, only AF_INET is supported. Applications should be prepared for either the EAFNOSUPPORT or EPFNOSUPPORT error to be indicated.
bindtextdomain
Name
bindtextdomain — specify the location of a message catalog
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * bindtextdomain(const char * domainname, const char * dirname);
Description
The bindtextdomain() shall set the the base directory of the hierarchy containing message catalogs for a given message domain.
The bindtextdomain() function specifies that the domainname message catalog can be found in the dirname directory hierarchy, rather than in the system default locale data base.
If dirname is not NULL, the base directory for message catalogs belonging to domain domainname shall be set to dirname. If dirname is NULL, the base directory for message catalogs shall not be altered.
The function shall make copies of the argument strings as needed.
dirname can be an absolute or relative pathname. 
Note: Applications that wish to use chdir() should always use absolute pathnames to avoid misadvertently selecting the wrong or non-existant directory.
If domainname is the null pointer, or is an empty string, bindtextdomain() shall fail, but need not set errno.
The bindtextdomain() function shall return a pointer to a string containing the name of the selected directory. The string shall be allocated internally in the function and shall not be changed or freed by the user.
Return Value
On success, bindtextdomain() shall return a pointer to a string containing the directory pathname currently bound to the domain. On failure, a NULL pointer is returned, and the global variable errno may be set to indicate the error.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory was available.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
cfmakeraw
Name
cfmakeraw — get and set terminal attributes
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>
void cfmakeraw(struct termios * termios_p);
Description
The cfmakeraw() function shall set the attributes of the termios structure referenced by termios_p as follows: 
  termios_p->c_iflag &= ~(IGNBRK|BRKINT|PARMRK|ISTRIP
                          |INLCR|IGNCR|ICRNL|IXON);

  termios_p->c_oflag &= ~OPOST;

  termios_p->c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ECHONL|ICANON|ISIG|IEXTEN);

  termios_p->c_cflag &= ~(CSIZE|PARENB);

  termios_p->c_cflag |= CS8;
termios_p shall point to a termios structure that contains the following members: 
  tcflag_t c_iflag;      /* input modes */
  tcflag_t c_oflag;      /* output modes */
  tcflag_t c_cflag;      /* control modes */
  tcflag_t c_lflag;      /* local modes */
  cc_t c_cc[NCCS];       /* control chars */
cfsetspeed
Name
cfsetspeed — set terminal input and output data rate
Synopsis
#include <termios.h>
int cfsetspeed(struct termios *t, speed_t speed);
Description
The cfsetspeed() function shall set the input and output speeds in t to the value specified by speed. The effects of the function on the terminal as described below do not become effective, nor are all errors detected, until the tcsetattr() function is called. Certain values for baud rates set in termios and passed to tcsetattr() have special meanings.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EINVAL
 	Invalid speed argument
clearerr_unlocked
Name
clearerr_unlocked — non-thread-safe clearerr
Description
clearerr_unlocked() is the same as clearerr(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
daemon
Name
daemon — run in the background
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int daemon(int nochdir, int noclose);
Description
The daemon() function shall create a new process, detached from the controlling terminal. If successful, the calling process shall exit and the new process shall continue to execute the application in the background. If nochdir evaluates to true, the current directory shall not be changed. Otherwise, daemon() shall change the current working directory to the root (`/'). If noclose evaluates to true the standard input, standard output, and standard error file descriptors shall not be altered. Otherwise, daemon() shall close the standard input, standard output and standard error file descriptors and reopen them attached to /dev/null.
Return Value
On error, -1 is returned, and the global variable errno is set to any of the errors specified for the library functions fork() and setsid().
dcgettext
Name
dcgettext — perform domain and category specific lookup in message catalog
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
#include <locale.h>
char * dcgettext(const char * domainname, const char * msgid, int category);
Description
The dcgettext() function is a domain specified version of gettext().
The dcgettext() function shall lookup the translation in the current locale of the message identified by msgid in the domain specified by domainname and in the locale category specified by category. If domainname is NULL, the current default domain shall be used. The msgid argument shall be a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue. category shall specify the locale category to be used for retrieving message strings. The category parameter shall be one of LC_CTYPE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_MONETARY, LC_NUMERIC, or LC_TIME. The default domain shall not be changed by a call to dcgettext().
Return Value
If a translation was found in one of the specified catalogs, it shall be converted to the current locale's codeset and returned. The resulting NULL-terminated string shall be allocated by the dcgettext function, and must not be modified or freed. If no translation was found, or category was invalid, msgid shall be returned.
Errors
dcgettext() shall not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
dcngettext
Name
dcngettext — perform domain and category specific lookup in message catalog with plural
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
#include <locale.h>
char * dcngettext(const char * domainname, const char * msgid1, const char * msgid2, unsigned long int n, int category);
Description
The dcngettext() function is a domain specific version of gettext, capable of returning either a singular or plural form of the message. The dcngettext() function shall lookup the translation in the current locale of the message identified by msgid1 in the domain specified by domainname and in the locale category specified by category. If domainname is NULL, the current default domain shall be used. The msgid1 argument shall be a NULL-terminated string to be matched in the catalogue. category shall specify the locale category to be used for retrieving message strings. The category parameter shall be one of LC_CTYPE, LC_COLLATE, LC_MESSAGES, LC_MONETARY, LC_NUMERIC, or LC_TIME. The default domain shall not be changed by a call to dcngettext(). If n is 1 then the singular version of the message is returned, otherwise one of the plural forms is returned, depending on the value of n and the current locale settings.
Return Value
If a translation corresponding to the value of n was found in one of the specified catalogs for msgid1, it shall be converted to the current locale's codeset and returned. The resulting NULL-terminated string shall be allocated by the dcngettext() function, and must not be modified or freed. If no translation was found, or category was invalid, msgid1 shall be returned if n has the value 1, otherwise msgid2 shall be returned.
Errors
dcngettext() shall not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
dgettext
Name
dgettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current LC_MESSAGES locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * dgettext(const char * domainname, const char * msgid);
Description
dgettext() is a domain specified version of gettext().
The dgettext() function shall search the currently selected message catalogs in the domain domainname for a string identified by the string msgid. If a string is located, that string shall be returned. The domain specified by domainname applies to the currently active LC_MESSAGE locale. The default domain shall not be changed by a call to dgettext(). 
Note: The usage of domainanme is equivalent in syntax and meaning to the textdomain() function's application of domainname, except that the selection of the domain in dgettext() is valid only for the duration of the call.
The dgettext() function is equivalent to dcgettext(domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES).
Return Value
On success of a msgid query, the translated NULL-terminated string is returned. On error, the original msgid is returned. The length of the string returned is undetermined until dgettext() is called.
Errors
dgettext() shall not modify the errno global variable.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
dngettext
Name
dngettext — perform lookup in message catalog for the current locale
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * dngettext(const char * domainname, const char * msgid1, const char * msgid2, unsigned long int n);
Description
dngettext() shall be equivalent to a call to 
dcngettext(domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)
See dcngettext() for more information.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
drand48_r
Name
drand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int drand48_r(struct drand48_data * buffer, double * result);
Description
The interface drand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface drand48(), except that drand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
duplocale
Name
duplocale — provide new handle for selection of locale
Synopsis
#include <locale.h>
locale_t duplocale(locale_t locale);
Description
The duplocale() function shall provide a new locale object based on the locale object provided in locale, suitable for use in the newlocale() or uselocale() functions. The new object may be released by calling freelocale().
Return Value
On success, the duplocale() function shall return a locale object. Otherwise, it shall return NULL, and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
The duplocale() function shall fail if: 
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory.
See Also
setlocale(), freelocale(), newlocale(), uselocale()
endutent
Name
endutent — access utmp file entries
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
void endutent(void);
Description
endutent() closes the utmp file. It should be called when the user code is done accessing the file with the other functions.
epoll_create
Name
epoll_create — open an epoll file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <sys/epoll.h>
int epoll_create(int size);
Description
The epoll API, which consists of the interfaces epoll_create(), epoll_ctl(), and epoll_wait(), shall support all file descriptors compatible with poll(). These interfaces shall be usable in either level-triggered or edge-triggered mode. In level-triggered mode, epoll has similar semantics to poll(), and can be used as a faster replacement for it. In edge-triggered mode, epoll shall only report events for a file descriptor when changes occur on it.
The epoll_create() interface shall open an epoll file descriptor by allocating an event backing store of approximately size size. The size parameter is a hint to the kernel about how large the event storage should be, not a rigidly-defined maximum size.
Return Value
On success, epoll_create() shall return the file descriptor, a non-negative integer that shall be used for subsequent epoll calls. It should be closed with the close() function.
On failure, epoll_create() shall return -1 and set errno as follows.
Errors
EINVAL
 	The size parameter is not positive.
ENFILE
 	The maximum number of open files has been reached by the system.
ENOMEM
 	Not enough memory to create the kernel object.
See Also
close(), epoll_ctl(), epoll_wait(), poll().
epoll_ctl
Name
epoll_ctl — control an epoll file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <sys/epoll.h>
int epoll_ctl(int epfd, int op, int fd, struct epoll_event * event);
Description
The interface epoll_ctl() shall control an epoll file descriptor.
The parameter epfd shall specify the epoll file descriptor to control.
The parameter op shall specify the operation to perform on the specified target file descriptor.
The parameter fd shall specify the target file descriptor on which to perform the specified operation.
The parameter event shall specify the object associated with the target file descriptor. The events member of the event parameter is a bit set composed of the event types listed below.
Event types
EPOLLERR
 	An error condition occurred on the target file descriptor. It shall not be necessary to set this event in events; this interface shall always wait for it.
EPOLLET
 	This event shall set edge-triggered behavior for the target file descriptor. The default epoll behavior shall be level-triggered.
EPOLLHUP
 	A hang up occurred on the target file descriptor. It shall not be necessary to set this event in events; this interface shall always wait for it.
EPOLLIN
 	The file is accessible to read() operations.
EPOLLONESHOT
 	This event shall set one-shot behavior for the target file descriptor. After epoll_wait() retrieves an event, the file descriptor shall be disabled and epoll shall not report any other events. To reenable the file descriptor with a new event mask, the user should invoke epoll_ctl() with EPOLL_CTL_MOD in the op parameter.
EPOLLOUT
 	The file is accessible to write() operations.
EPOLLPRI
 	Urgent data exists for read() operations.
EPOLLRDHUP
 	A stream socket peer closed the connection, or else the peer shut down the writing half of the connection.
Values of the op parameter
EPOLL_CTL_ADD
 	Associate event with the file described by fd, and add fd to the epoll descriptor epfd.
EPOLL_CTL_DEL
 	Remove fd from epfd, and ignore event, which can be NULL.
EPOLL_CTL_MOD
 	Change the event event associated with fd.
Return Value
On success, epoll_ctl() shall return 0.
On failure, epoll_ctl() shall return -1 and set errno as follows.
Errors
EBADF
 	The parameter epfd or the parameter fd is an invalid file descriptor.
EEXIST
 	The parameter op was EPOLL_CTL_ADD, but the file descriptor fd is already in epfd.
EINVAL
 	The parameter epfd is invalid, or it is the same as fd, or the operation specified by the parameter op is unsupported.
ENOENT
 	The parameter op was EPOLL_CTL_MOD or EPOLL_CTL_DEL, but the file descriptor fd is not in epfd.
ENOMEM
 	Not enough memory for the operation specified by the parameter op.
EPERM
 	The file specified by fd does not support epoll.
See Also
close(), epoll_create(), epoll_wait(), poll().
epoll_wait
Name
epoll_wait — wait for I/O events on an epoll file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <sys/epoll.h>
int epoll_wait(int epfd, struct epoll_event * events, int maxevents, int timeout);
Description
The interface epoll_wait() shall wait for events on the epoll file descriptor specified by the parameter epfd.
Upon success, the output parameter events shall refer to an area of memory containing epoll_event structures available to the caller. The data members of these structures shall contain the data set by the user with the interface epoll_ctl(). The events members shall contain the event bit field that was returned.
The parameter maxevents shall specify the maximum number of events that epoll_wait() may return in the output parameter events. The value of this parameter should be greater than 0.
The parameter timeout shall specify the maximum number of milliseconds that epoll_wait() shall wait for events. If the value of this parameter is 0, then epoll_wait() shall return immediately, even if no events are available, in which case the return code shall be 0. If the value of timeout is -1, then epoll_wait() shall block until either a requested event occurs or the call is interrupted.
Return Value
On success, epoll_wait() shall return the number of file descriptors that are ready for the I/O that was requested, or else 0 if no descriptors became ready during timeout.
On failure, epoll_wait() shall return -1 and set errno as follows.
Errors
EBADF
 	The parameter epfd is not a valid file descriptor.
EFAULT
 	The area of memory referenced by the parameter events cannot be accessed with write permissions.
EINTR
 	The call was interrupted by a signal handler before the timeout expired or any requested event took place.
EINVAL
 	The parameter epfd is not a valid epoll file descriptor, or else the parameter maxevents is less than or equal to 0.
See Also
close(), epoll_ctl(), epoll_create(), poll().
erand48_r
Name
erand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int erand48_r(unsigned short[3] xsubi, struct drand48_data * buffer, double * result);
Description
The interface erand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface erand48(), except that erand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
err
Name
err — display formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void err(int eval, const char * fmt, ...);
Description
The err() function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. First, err() shall write the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space character. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as a format string for the printf() family of functions, and err() shall write the formatted message, a colon character, and a space. Finally, the error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno shall be written, followed by a newline character.
The err() function shall not return, the program shall terminate with the exit value of eval.
See Also
error(), errx()
Return Value
None.
Errors
None.
error
Name
error — print error message
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void error(int exitstatus, int errnum, const char * format, ...);
Description
error() shall print a message to standard error.
error() shall build the message from the following elements in their specified order: 
	1.	the program name. If the application has provided a function named error_print_progname(), error() shall call this to supply the program name; otherwise, error() uses the content of the global variable program_name.
	2.	the colon and space characters, then the result of using the printf-style format and the optional arguments.
	3.	if errnum is nonzero, error() shall add the colon and space characters, then the result of strerror(errnum).
	4.	a newline.
If exitstatus is nonzero, error() shall call exit(exitstatus).
See Also
err(), errx()
errx
Name
errx — display formatted error message and exit
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void errx(int eval, const char * fmt, ...);
Description
The errx() function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space shall be output. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as the format string for the printf() family of functions, and the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space shall be output. The output shall be followed by a newline character.
errx() does not return, but shall exit with the value of eval.
Return Value
None.
Errors
None.
See Also
error(), err()
fcntl
Name
fcntl — file control
Description
fcntl() is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Implementation may set O_LARGEFILE
According to ISO POSIX (2003), only an application sets fcntl() flags, for example O_LARGEFILE. However, this specification also allows an implementation to set the O_LARGEFILE flag in the case where the programming environment is one of _POSIX_V6_ILP32_OFFBIG, _POSIX_V6_LP64_OFF64, _POSIX_V6_LPBIG_OFFBIG. See getconf and c99 in ISO POSIX (2003) for a description of these environments. Thus, calling fcntl() with the F_GETFL command may return O_LARGEFILE as well as flags explicitly set by the application in the case that both the implementation and the application support an off_t of at least 64 bits.
Additional flags
In addition to the available values for cmd, as documented in ISO POSIX (2003), this specification permits the following constants.
F_GETSIG shall get the number of the signal to be sent when input or output can occur. If the value is 0, then SIGIO shall be sent. Otherwise, the value retrieved shall be the signal sent, and the signal handler can discover more information when installed with the SA_SIGINFO flag.
F_SETSIG shall set the number of the signal to be sent when input or output can occur. If the value is 0, then SIGIO shall be sent. Otherwise, the value set shall be the signal to be sent, and the signal handler can discover more information when installed with the SA_SIGINFO flag.
F_GETLK64 is analogous to the F_GETLK constant in ISO POSIX (2003), but shall provide a 64-bit interface on non-64-bit architectures. It is identical to F_GETLK on a 64-bit machine, but is provided in 64-bit environments for source code consistency among architectures.
F_SETLK64 is analogous to the F_SETLK constant in ISO POSIX (2003), but shall provide a 64-bit interface on non-64-bit architectures. It is identical to F_SETLK on a 64-bit machine, but is provided in 64-bit environments for source code consistency among architectures.
F_SETLKW64 is analogous to the F_SETLKW constant in ISO POSIX (2003), but provides a 64-bit interface on non-64-bit architectures. It is identical to F_SETLKW on a 64-bit machine, but is provided in 64-bit environments for source code consistency among architectures.
feof_unlocked
Name
feof_unlocked — non-thread-safe feof
Description
feof_unlocked() is the same as feof(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
ferror_unlocked
Name
ferror_unlocked — non-thread-safe ferror
Description
ferror_unlocked() is the same as ferror(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fflush_unlocked
Name
fflush_unlocked — non thread safe fflush
Description
fflush_unlocked() is the same as fflush() except that it need not be thread safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fgetc_unlocked
Name
fgetc_unlocked — non-thread-safe fgetc
Description
fgetc_unlocked() is the same as fgetc(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fgets_unlocked
Name
fgets_unlocked — non-thread-safe fgets
Description
fgets_unlocked() is the same as fgets(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fgetwc_unlocked
Name
fgetwc_unlocked — non thread safe fgetwc
Description
fgetwc_unlocked() is the same as fgetwc() except that it need not be thread safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fgetws_unlocked
Name
fgetws_unlocked — non-thread-safe fgetws
Description
fgetws_unlocked() is the same as fgetws(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fileno_unlocked
Name
fileno_unlocked — non-thread-safe fileno
Description
fileno_unlocked() is the same as fileno(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
flock
Name
flock — apply or remove an advisory lock on an open file
Synopsis
int flock(int fd, int operation);
Description
flock() applies or removes an advisory lock on the open file fd. Valid operation types are:
LOCK_SH
 	Shared lock. More than one process may hold a shared lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_EX
 	Exclusive lock. Only one process may hold an exclusive lock for a given file at a given time.
LOCK_UN
 	Unlock.
LOCK_NB
 	Don't block when locking. May be specified (by oring) along with one of the other operations.
A single file may not simultaneously have both shared and exclusive locks.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EWOULDBLOCK
 	The file is locked and the LOCK_NB flag was selected.
EBADF
 	fd is not a not an open file descriptor.
EINTR
 	While waiting to acquire a lock, the call was interrupted by delivery of a signal caught by a handler.
EINVAL
 	The operation is invalid.
ENOLCK
 	The implementation ran out of memory for allocating lock records.
fputc_unlocked
Name
fputc_unlocked — non-thread-safe fputc
Description
fputc_unlocked() is the same as fputc(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fputs_unlocked
Name
fputs_unlocked — non-thread-safe fputs
Description
fputs_unlocked() is the same as fputs(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fputwc_unlocked
Name
fputwc_unlocked — non-thread-safe fputwc
Description
fputwc_unlocked() is the same as fputwc(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fputws_unlocked
Name
fputws_unlocked — non-thread-safe fputws
Description
fputws_unlocked() is the same as fputws(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fread_unlocked
Name
fread_unlocked — non-thread-safe fread
Description
fread_unlocked() is the same as fread(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
freelocale
Name
freelocale — free a locale object
Synopsis
#include <locale.h>
void freelocale(locale_t locale);
Description
The freelocale() function shall free the locale object locale, and release any resources associated with it.
Return Value
None.
Errors
None defined.
See Also
setlocale(), newlocale(), duplocale(), uselocale()
fscanf
Name
fscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
fstatfs
Name
fstatfs — (deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <sys/statfs.h>
int fstatfs(int fd, struct statfs * buf);
Description
The fstatfs() function returns information about a mounted file system. The file system is identified by fd, a file descriptor of an open file within the mounted filesystem. The results are placed in the structure pointed to by buf.
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system shall be set to 0.
Note: Application developers should use the fstatvfs() function to obtain general file system information. Applications should only use the fstatfs() function if they must determine the file system type, which need not be provided by fstatvfs().
Return Value
On success, the fstatfs() function shall return 0 and set the fields of the structure idenfitied by buf accordingly. On error, the fstatfs() function shall return -1 and set errno accordingly.
Errors
EBADF
 	fd is not a valid open file descriptor.
EFAULT
 	buf points to an invalid address.
EIO
 	An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
ENOSYS
 	The filesystem fd is open on does not support statfs().
fstatfs64
Name
fstatfs64 — (deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <sys/statfs.h>
int fstatfs64(int fd, struct statfs64 * buf);
Description
The fstatfs64() function returns information about a mounted file system. The file system is identified by fd, a file descriptor of an open file within the mounted filesystem. The results are placed in the structure pointed to by buf.
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system shall be set to 0.
fstatfs64() is a large-file version of the fstatfs() function.
Note: Application developers should use the fstatvfs64() function to obtain general file system information. Applications should only use the fstatfs64() function if they must determine the file system type, which need not be provided by fstatvfs64().
Return Value
On success, the fstatfs64() function shall return 0 and set the fields of the structure idenfitied by buf accordingly. On error, the fstatfs64() function shall return -1 and set errno accordingly.
Errors
See fstatfs().
fwrite_unlocked
Name
fwrite_unlocked — non-thread-safe fwrite
Description
fwrite_unlocked() is the same as fwrite(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
fwscanf
Name
fwscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
getdomainname
Name
getdomainname — get NIS domain name (DEPRECATED).
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int getdomainname (char * name , size_t namelen );
Description
If the Network Information System (NIS) is in use, getdomainname() shall copy the NIS domain name to the supplied buffer identified by name, with maximum length namelen. If the NIS domain name is not currently set, getdomainname() shall copy the string "(none)" to the name. If namelen is less than the length of the string to be copied, getdomainname() shall either truncate the string to namelen characters and place it in name (without a terminating null character), or shall fail with EINVAL.
Note: The NIS domain name is not the same as the domain portion of a fully qualified domain name (for example, in DNS).
The LSB does not include other NIS functions, nor does it specify how NIS may affect other database functions. No conforming application can make use of this information beyond noting whether or not the domain name has been set. If the name is set to a value other than the string "(none)", the application should not imply that NIS is in use. Similarly, if it is set to "(none)", the application should not assume that NIS is not in use, although NIS functionality may be restricted in this case.
Return Value
On success, getdomainname() shall return 0. Otherwise, it shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
EINVAL
 	name is a null pointer.
EINVAL
 	The buffer identified by name and namelen is of insufficient size to store the NIS domain name string, and the implementation considers this an error.
Future Directions
The LSB does not include other NIS interfaces, and a future version of this specification may remove this interface. Application developers should avoid using this interface where possible.
getdtablesize
Name
getdtablesize — get file descriptor table size (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int getdtablesize (void );
Description
The function getdtablesize() returns the number of files a process can have open.
Note: The getdtablesize() function is deprecated. Portable applications should call sysconf() with the _SC_OPEN_MAX option instead.
Return Value
The getdtablesize() function returns the current soft limit as if obtained by a call to sysconf() with the _SC_OPEN_MAX option.
Errors
No errors are defined.
getgrent_r
Name
getgrent_r — reentrantly get entry in group file
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
int getgrent_r(struct group * gbuf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct group * * gbufp);
Description
The reentrant interface getgrent_r() shall function in the same way as the interface getgrent(), except that getgrent_r() shall return the group name, group password, and group members in buffers provided by the caller, rather than as a pointer to static storage.
The parameter gbuf contains the struct group that was read from the stream, if any.
The parameter buf contains additional strings, if any.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of buf.
The parameter *gbufp returns a pointer to the struct group in *gbuf.
Return Value
On success, getgrent_r() shall return 0, and *gbufp shall contain a pointer to the result.
On failure, *gbufp shall contain NULL, and getgrent_r() shall return an error as follows.
Errors
ENOENT
 	No more group entries.
ERANGE
 	Not enough buffer space. Specify a larger buffer and try again.
getgrouplist
Name
getgrouplist — get groups a user belongs to
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
int getgrouplist(const char * user, gid_t group, gid_t * groups, int * ngroups);
Description
The getgrouplist() function shall fill in the array groups with the supplementary groups for the user specified by user. On entry, ngroups shall refer to an integer containing the maximum number of elements in the groups array. The group group shall also be included in the values returned in groups. It is expected that group would be specified as the user's primary group from the password file (obtainable via getpwnam() or a similar function).
Return Value
If on entry the value referenced by ngroups was greater than or equal to the number of supplementary group identifiers to be copied to the array identified by groups, getgrouplist() shall return the number of group identifiers actually copied, and shall set the value referenced by ngroups to this value.
If on entry the value referenced by ngroups was less than the number of supplementary group identifiers, getgrouplist() shall return -1. The initial ngroups entries in groups shall be overwritten.
If the number of groups exceeds the input ngroups value, then as well as returning -1, ngroups shall be set to the number of groups that would have been placed in groups if it had been large enough. 
Note: In such a case, the caller can use the information returned to make a further getgrouplist() call with a correctly sized groups array.
If user does not refer to a valid user on the system, then the behavior of this function is undefined.
Errors
None defined.
See Also
getgroups()
gethostbyaddr_r
Name
gethostbyaddr_r — find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int gethostbyaddr_r(const void * restrict addr, socklen_t len, int type, struct hostent * restrict result_buf, char * restrict buf, size_t buflen, struct hostent * * restrict result, int * h_errnop);
Description
Note: The gethostbyaddr_r() function is deprecated; applications should use getaddrinfo() instead.
gethostbyaddr_r() is a reentrant version of gethostbyaddr() that searches the network host database for a host address match.
The gethostbyaddr_r() function shall search the network host database for an entry of address family type with the host with address addr. The len argument contains the length of the address referenced by addr.
If type is AF_INET, the addr argument shall be an in_addr structure. If type is AF_INET6, the addr argument shall be an in6_addr structure. If type is any other value, the behavior is unspecified.
The application must provide a buffer for the gethostbyaddr_r() to use during the lookup process. The buffer is referenced by buf, and is of size buflen. If the buffer is not of sufficient size, gethostbyaddr_r() may fail and return ERANGE. If a matching entry is found in the database, gethostbyaddr_r() shall copy the relevant information to the application supplied hostent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer. Additional error information shall be set in the variable referenced by h_errnop.
Return Value
On success, the gethostbyaddr_r() function shall return zero. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small. If the gethostbyaddr_r() function returns returns any other value, then the variable referenced by h_errnop shall be set to indicate the cause as for gethostbyaddr().
gethostbyname2
Name
gethostbyname2 — find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
int gethostbyname2(const char * restrict name, int af);
Description
Note: The gethostbyname2() function is deprecated; applications should use getaddrinfo() instead.
The gethostbyname2() function shall search the network host database for an entry with name name. This function is similar to the gethostbyname() function but additionally allows the search to be restricted to a particular address family specified by af.
Return Value
On success, the gethostbyname2() function shall return a pointer to a hostent structure if the requested entry was found, and a null pointer otherwise.
On unsuccessful completion, gethostbyname2() shall set h_errno as for gethostbyname() in ISO POSIX (2003).
Errors
The gethostbyname2() shall set h_errno as for gethostbyname() in ISO POSIX (2003).
gethostbyname2_r
Name
gethostbyname2_r — find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
int gethostbyname2_r(const char * restrict name, int af, struct hostent * restrict result_buf, char * restrict buf, size_t buflen, struct hostent ** restrict result, int * restrict h_errnop);
Description
Note: The gethostbyname2_r() function is deprecated; applications should use getaddrinfo() instead.
The gethostbyname2_r() function shall search the network host database for an entry with name name. gethostbyname2_r() is a reentrant version of gethostbyname2(). These functions are similar to the gethostbyname() and gethostbyname_r() functions but additionally allow the search to be restricted to a particular address family specified by af.
The application must provide a buffer for the gethostbyname2_r() function to use during the lookup process. The buffer is referenced by buf, and is of size buflen. If the buffer is not of sufficient size, gethostbyname_r() may fail and return ERANGE. If a matching entry is found in the database, gethostbyname_r() shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied hostent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer. Additional error information shall be set in the variable referenced by h_errnop.
Return Value
On success, the gethostbyname2_r() function shall return zero. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small. If the gethostbyname2_r() function returns returns any other value, then the variable referenced by h_errnop shall be set to indicate the cause as for gethostbyname_r().
gethostbyname_r
Name
gethostbyname_r — find network host database entry matching host name (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
int gethostbyname_r(const char * restrict name, struct hostent * restrict result_buf, char * restrict buf, size_t buflen, struct hostent ** restrict result, int * restrict h_errnop);
Description
Note: The gethostbyname_r() function is deprecated; applications should use getaddrinfo() instead.
gethostbyname_r() is a reentrant version of gethostbyname() that searches the network host database for a host name match.
The gethostbyname_r() function shall search the network host database for an entry with name name.
The application must provide a buffer for the gethostbyname_r() to use during the lookup process. The buffer is referenced by buf, and is of size buflen. If the buffer is not of sufficient size, gethostbyname_r() may fail and return ERANGE. If a matching entry is found in the database, gethostbyname_r() shall copy the relevant information to the application supplied hostent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer. Additional error information shall be set in the variable referenced by h_errnop.
Return Value
On success, the gethostbyname_r() function shall return zero. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small. If the gethostbyname_r() function returns returns any other value, then the variable referenced by h_errnop shall be set to indicate the cause as for gethostbyname().
getloadavg
Name
getloadavg — get system load averages
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int getloadavg(double loadavg[], int nelem);
Description
getloadavg() returns the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over various periods of time. Up to nelem samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of loadavg[]. The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
Return Value
If the load average could not be obtained, -1 is returned. Otherwise, the number of samples actually retrieved is returned.
getopt
Name
getopt — parse command line options
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int getopt(int argc, char * const argv[], const char * optstring);
extern char *optarg;
extern int optind, opterr, optopt;
Description
The getopt() function shall parse command line arguments as described in ISO POSIX (2003), with the following exceptions, where LSB and POSIX specifications vary. LSB systems shall implement the modified behaviors described below.
Argument Ordering
The getopt() function can process command line arguments referenced by argv in one of three ways: 
PERMUTE
 	the order of arguments in argv is altered so that all options (and their arguments) are moved in front of all of the operands. This is the default behavior. 
Note: This behavior has undefined results if argv is not modifiable. This is to support historic behavior predating the use of const and ISO C (1999). The function prototype was aligned with ISO POSIX (2003) despite the fact that it modifies argv, and the library maintainers are unwilling to change this.
REQUIRE_ORDER
 	The arguments in argv are processed in exactly the order given, and option processing stops when the first non-option argument is reached, or when the element of argv is "--". This ordering can be enforced either by setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or by setting the first character of optstring to '+'.
RETURN_IN_ORDER
 	The order of arguments is not altered, and all arguments are processed. Non-option arguments (operands) are handled as if they were the argument to an option with the value 1 ('\001'). This ordering is selected by setting the first character of optstring to '-';
Option Characteristics
LSB specifies that: 
•	an element of argv that starts with "-" (and is not exactly "-" or "--") is an option element.
•	characters of an option element, aside from the initial "-", are option characters.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	applications using getopt() shall obey the following syntax guidelines: 
•	option name is a single alphanumeric character from the portable character set
•	option is preceded by the '-' delimiter character
•	options without option-arguments should be accepted when grouped behind one '-' delimiter
•	each option and option-argument is a separate argument
•	option-arguments are not optional
•	all options should precede operands on the command line
•	the argument "--" is accepted as a delimiter indicating the end of options and the consideration of subsequent arguments, if any, as operands
•	historical implementations of getopt() support other characters as options as an allowed extension, but applications that use extensions are not maximally portable.
•	support for multi-byte option characters is only possible when such characters can be represented as type int.
•	applications that call any utility with a first operand starting with '-' should usually specify "--" to mark the end of the options. Standard utilities that do not support this guideline indicate that fact in the OPTIONS section of the utility description.
Extensions
LSB specifies that: 
•	if a character is followed by two colons, the option takes an optional argument; if there is text in the current argv element, it is returned in optarg, otherwise optarg is set to 0.
•	if optstring contains W followed by a semi-colon (;), then -W foo is treated as the long option --foo. 
Note: See getopt_long() for a description of long options.
•	The first character of optstring shall modify the behavior of getopt() as follows: 
•	if the first character is '+', then REQUIRE_ORDER processing shall be in effect (see above)
•	if the first character is '-', then RETURN_IN_ORDER processing shall be in effect (see above)
•	if the first character is ':', then getopt() shall return ':' instead of '?' to indicate a missing option argument, and shall not print any diagnostic message to stderr.
POSIX specifies that: 
•	the -W option is reserved for implementation extensions.
Return Values
LSB specifies the following additional getopt() return values: 
•	'\001' is returned if RETURN_IN_ORDER argument ordering is in effect, and the next argument is an operand, not an option. The argument is available in optarg.
Any other return value has the same meaning as for POSIX.
POSIX specifies the following getopt() return values: 
•	the next option character is returned, if found successfully.
•	':' is returned if a parameter is missing for one of the options and the first character of optstring is ':'.
•	'?' is returned if an unknown option character not in optstring is encountered, or if getopt() detects a missing argument and the first character of optstring is not ':'.
•	-1 is returned for the end of the option list.
Environment Variables
LSB specifies that: 
•	if the variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, option processing stops as soon as a non-option argument is encountered.
•	the variable _[PID]_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_ (where [PID] is the process ID for the current process), contains a space separated list of arguments that should not be treated as arguments even though they appear to be so. 
Rationale: This was used by bash 2.0 to communicate to GNU libc which arguments resulted from wildcard expansion and so should not be considered as options. This behavior was removed in bash version 2.01, but the support remains in GNU libc.
This behavior is DEPRECATED in this version of the LSB; future revisions of this specification may not include this requirement.
getopt_long
Name
getopt_long — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>
int getopt_long(int argc, char * const argv[], const char * opstring, const struct option * longopts, int * longindex);
Description
getopt_long() works like getopt() except that it also accepts long options, started out by two dashes. Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique or is an exact match for some defined option. A long option may take a parameter, of the form --arg=param or --arg param.
longopts is a pointer to the first element of an array of struct option declared in getopt.h as: 
  struct option {
             const char *name;
             int has_arg;
             int *flag;
             int val;
  };
The fields in this structure have the following meaning: 
name
 	The name of the long option.
has_arg
 	One of: 
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,	
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, or	
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.	

flag
 	specifies how results are returned for a long option. If flag is NULL, then getopt_long() shall return val. (For example, the calling program may set val to the equivalent short option character.) Otherwise, getopt_long() returns 0, and flag shall point to a variable which shall be set to val if the option is found, but left unchanged if the option is not found.
val
 	The value to return, or to load into the variable pointed to by flag.
If longindex is not NULL, it points to a variable which is set to the index of the long option relative to longopts.
Return Value
getopt_long() returns the option character if a short option was found successfully, or ":" if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, or "?" for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
For a long option, getopt_long() returns val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus "?" for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
getopt_long_only
Name
getopt_long_only — parse command line options
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <getopt.h>
int getopt_long_only(int argc, char * const argv[], const char * optstring, const struct option * longopts, int * longindex);
Description
getopt_long_only() is like getopt_long(), but "-" as well as "--" can indicate a long option. If an option that starts with "-" (not "--") doesn't match a long option, but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option instead.
Note: The getopt_long_only() function is intended only for supporting certain programs whose command line syntax was designed before the Utility Syntax Guidelines of ISO POSIX (2003) were developed. New programs should generally call getopt_long() instead, which provides the --option syntax for long options, which is preferred by GNU and consistent with ISO POSIX (2003).
Return Value
getopt_long_only() returns the option character if the option was found successfully, or ":" if there was a missing parameter for one of the options, or "?" for an unknown option character, or -1 for the end of the option list.
getopt_long_only() also returns the option character when a short option is recognized. For a long option, they return val if flag is NULL, and 0 otherwise. Error and -1 returns are the same as for getopt(), plus "?" for an ambiguous match or an extraneous parameter.
getpagesize
Name
getpagesize — get memory page size (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int getpagesize (void );
Description
The function getpagesize() returns the number of bytes in a meory page.
Note: The getpagesize() function is deprecated. Portable applications should use sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE) instead.
Return Value
The getpagesize() function returns the current page size.
Errors
No errors are defined.
getprotobyname_r
Name
getprotobyname_r — retrieve information from the network protocol database by protocol name, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int getprotobyname_r(const char * name, struct protoent * result_buf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct protoent * * result);
Description
The getprotobyname_r() function is a reentrant version of the getprotobyname() function.
The getprotobyname_r() function shall search the network protocol database for an entry with the name name.
If a matching entry is found in the database, this function shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied protoent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer.
The array buf shall contain the string fields referenced by the protoent structure that was returned. The parameter buflen shall specify the array's size. 1024 bytes should be enough for most uses.
Return Value
On success, the getprotobyname_r() function shall return 0. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small.
getprotobynumber_r
Name
getprotobynumber_r — retrieve information from the network protocol database by protocol number, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int getprotobynumber_r(int proto, struct protoent * result_buf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct protoent * * result);
Description
The getprotobynumber_r() function is a reentrant version of the getprotobynumber() function.
The getprotobynumber_r() function shall search the network protocol database for an entry with protocol number proto.
If a matching entry is found in the database, this function shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied protoent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer.
The array buf shall contain the string fields referenced by the protoent structure that was returned. The parameter buflen shall specify the array's size. 1024 bytes should be enough for most uses.
Return Value
On success, the getprotobynumber_r() function shall return 0. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small.
getprotoent_r
Name
getprotoent_r — read the next entry of the protocol database, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int getprotoent_r(struct protoent * result_buf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct protoent * * result);
Description
The getprotoent_r() function is a reentrant version of the getprotoent() function.
The getprotoent_r() function shall search the network protocol database for the next entry.
If the next entry is found in the database, this function shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied protoent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no next entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer.
The array buf shall contain the string fields referenced by the protoent structure that was returned. The parameter buflen shall specify the array's size. 1024 bytes should be enough for most uses.
Return Value
On success, the getprotoent_r() function shall return zero.
If the return value was ENOENT, there were no more entries in the database.
If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small.
getpwent_r
Name
getpwent_r — reentrantly get entry in passwd file
Synopsis
#include <pwd.h>
int getpwent_r(struct passwd * pwbuf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct passwd * * pwbufp);
Description
The reentrant interface getpwent_r() shall function in the same way as the interface getpwent(), except that getpwent_r() shall return the user name, user password, GECOS field, home directory, and shell program in buffers provided by the caller, rather than as a pointer to static storage.
The parameter pwbuf contains the struct passwd that was read from the stream, if any.
The parameter buf contains additional strings, if any.
The parameter buflen specifies the size of buf.
The parameter *pwbufp returns a pointer to the struct passwd in *pwbuf.
Return Value
On success, getpwent_r() shall return 0, and *pwbufp shall contain a pointer to the result.
On failure, *pwbufp shall contain NULL, and getpwent_r() shall return an error as follows.
Errors
ENOENT
 	No more password entries.
ERANGE
 	Not enough buffer space. Specify a larger buffer and try again.
getservbyname_r
Name
getservbyname_r — retrieve information from the network services database by service name, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int getservbyname_r(const char * name, const char * proto, struct servent * result_buf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct servent * * result);
Description
The getservbyname_r() function is a reentrant version of the getservbyname() function.
The getservbyname_r() function shall search the network services database for an entry with the name name. The proto parameter shall restrict the search to entries with the specified protocol. If proto is NULL, getservbyname_r() may return entries with any protocol.
If a matching entry is found in the database, this function shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied servent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer.
The array buf shall contain the string fields referenced by the servent structure that was returned. The parameter buflen shall specify the array's size. 1024 bytes should be enough for most uses.
Return Value
On success, the getservbyname_r() function shall return zero. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small.
getservbyport_r
Name
getservbyport_r — retrieve information from the network services database by service port, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int getservbyport_r(int port, const char * proto, struct servent * result_buf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct servent * * result);
Description
The getservbyport_r() function is a reentrant version of the getservbyport() function.
The getservbyport_r() function shall search the network services database for an entry with the port port. The proto parameter shall restrict the search to entries with the specified protocol. If proto is NULL, getservbyport_r() may return entries with any protocol.
If a matching entry is found in the database, this function shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied servent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no matching entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer.
The array buf shall contain the string fields referenced by the servent structure that was returned. The parameter buflen shall specify the array's size. 1024 bytes should be enough for most uses.
Return Value
On success, the getservbyport_r() function shall return zero. If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small.
getservent_r
Name
getservent_r — read the next entry of the network services database, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <netdb.h>
int getservent_r(struct servent * result_buf, char * buf, size_t buflen, struct servent * * result);
Description
The getservent_r() function is a reentrant version of the getservent() function.
The getservent_r() function shall search the network services database for the next entry.
If the next entry is found in the database, this function shall copy the relevant information to the application-supplied servent structure referenced by result_buf, and return a pointer to this structure in *result. If no next entry is found, *result shall be set to a null pointer.
The array buf shall contain the string fields referenced by the servent structure that was returned. The parameter buflen shall specify the array's size. 1024 bytes should be enough for most uses.
Return Value
On success, the getservent_r() function shall return 0.
If the return value was ENOENT, there were no more entries in the database.
If the return value was ERANGE, the size of the buffer buf, indicated by buflen, was too small.
getsockopt
Name
getsockopt — get socket options
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/ip.h>
int getsockopt(int socket, int level, int option_name, void * restrict option_value, socklen_t * restrict option_len);
Description
The getsockopt() function shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), with the following extensions.
IP Protocol Level Options
If the level parameter is IPPROTO_IP, the following values shall be supported for option_name (see RFC 791:Internet Protocol for further details): 
IP_OPTIONS
 	Get the Internet Protocol options sent with every packet from this socket. The option_value shall point to a memory buffer in which the options shall be placed; on entry option_len shall point to an integer value indicating the maximum size of the memory buffer, in bytes. On successful return, the value referenced by option_len shall be updated to the size of data copied to the buffer. For IPv4, the maximum length of options is 40 bytes.
IP_TTL
 	Get the current unicast Internet Protocol Time To Live value used when sending packets with this socket. The option_value shall point to a buffer large enough to hold the time to live value (at least 1 byte), and option_len shall point to an integer value holding the maximum size of that buffer. On successful return, the value referenced by option_len shall be updated to contain the number of bytes copied into the buffer, which shall be no larger than the initial value, and option_value shall point to an integer containing the time to live value.
IP_TOS
 	Get the Internet Protocol type of service indicator used when sending packets with this socket. The option_value shall point to a buffer large enough to hold the type of service indicator (at least 1 byte), and option_len shall point to an integer value holding the maximum size of that buffer. On successful return, the value referenced by option_len shall be updated to contain the number of bytes copied into the buffer, which shall be no larger than the initial value, and option_value shall point to an integer containing the time to live value.
gettext
Name
gettext — search message catalogs for a string
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * gettext(const char * msgid);
Description
The gettext() function shall search the currently selected message catalogs for a string identified by the string msgid. If a string is located, that string shall be returned.
The gettext() function is equivalent to dcgettext(NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES).
Return Value
If a string is found in the currently selected message catalogs for msgid, then a pointer to that string shall be returned. Otherwise, a pointer to msgid shall be returned.
Applications shall not modify the string returned by gettext().
Errors
None.
The gettext() function shall not modify errno.
See Also
dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
getutent
Name
getutent — access user accounting database entries 
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
struct utmp *getutent(void);
Description
The getutent() function shall read the next entry from the user accounting database.
Return Value
Upon successful completion, getutent() shall return a pointer to a utmp structure containing a copy of the requested entry in the user accounting database. Otherwise, a null pointer shall be returned. The return value may point to a static area which is overwritten by a subsequent call to getutent().
Errors
None defined.
getutent_r
Name
getutent_r — access user accounting database entries
Synopsis
int getutent_r(struct utmp * buffer, struct utmp ** result);
Description
The getutent_r() function is a reentrant version of the getutent() function. On entry, buffer should point to a user supplied buffer to which the next entry in the database will be copied, and result should point to a location where the result will be stored.
Return Value
On success, getutent_r() shall return 0 and set the location referenced by result to a pointer to buffer. Otherwise, getutent_r() shall return -1 and set the location referenced by result to NULL.
getwc_unlocked
Name
getwc_unlocked — non-thread-safe getwc
Description
getwc_unlocked() is the same as getwc(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
getwchar_unlocked
Name
getwchar_unlocked — non-thread-safe getwchar
Description
getwchar_unlocked() is the same as getwchar(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
glob64
Name
glob64 — find pathnames matching a pattern (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <glob.h>
int glob64(const char * pattern, int flags, int (*errfunc) (const char *, int), glob64_t * pglob);
Description
glob64() is a large-file version of the glob() function defined in ISO POSIX (2003). It shall search for pathnames matching pattern according to the rules used by the shell, /bin/sh. No tilde expansion or parameter substitution is done; see wordexp().
The results of a glob64() call are stored in the structure pointed to by pglob, which is a glob64_t declared in glob.h with the following members: 
typedef struct
{
  size_t gl_pathc;
  char **gl_pathv;
  size_t gl_offs;
  int gl_flags;
  void (*gl_closedir) (void *);
  struct dirent64 *(*gl_readdir64) (void *);
  void *(*gl_opendir) (const char *);
  int (*gl_lstat) (const char *, struct stat *);
  int (*gl_stat) (const char *, struct stat *);
}
glob64_t;
Structure members with the same name as corresponding members of a glob_t as defined in ISO POSIX (2003) shall have the same purpose.
Other members are defined as follows: 
gl_flags
 	reserved for internal use
gl_closedir
 	pointer to a function capable of closing a directory opened by gl_opendir
gl_readdir64
 	pointer to a function capable of reading entries in a large directory
gl_opendir
 	pointer to a function capable of opening a large directory
gl_stat
 	pointer to a function capable of returning file status for a large file
gl_lstat
 	pointer to a function capable of returning file status information for a large file or symbolic link
A large file or large directory is one with a size which cannot be represented by a variable of type off_t.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. Other possible returns are:
GLOB_NOSPACE
 	out of memory
GLOB_ABORTED
 	read error
GLOB_NOMATCH
 	no match found
globfree64
Name
globfree64 — free memory from glob64() (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <glob.h>
void globfree64(glob64_t * pglob);
Description
globfree64() frees the dynamically allocated storage from an earlier call to glob64().
globfree64() is a large-file version of the globfree() function defined in ISO POSIX (2003).
hcreate_r
Name
hcreate_r — allocate space for a hash search table, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <search.h>
int hcreate_r(size_t nel, struct hsearch_data * htab);
Description
The hcreate_r() function is a reentrant version of the hcreate() function.
hcreate_r() shall initialize the object referenced by htab with a hash table containing at least nel elements. Unlike its non-reentrant equivalent, hcreate(), the hcreate_r() function may work with more than one hash table.
The memory for the htab object may be dynamically allocated. It must be initialized with 0 before hcreate_r() is called.
Return Value
On success, hcreate_r() shall return a non-zero value.
On failure, hcreate_r() shall return 0. This usually happens because not enough memory was available.
hdestroy_r
Name
hdestroy_r — dispose of a hash search table, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <search.h>
void hdestroy_r(struct hsearch_data * htab);
Description
The hdestroy_r() function is a reentrant version of the hdestroy() function.
hdestroy_r() frees the resources allocated by hcreate_r() for the object htab.
hsearch_r
Name
hsearch_r — search a hash table, reentrantly
Synopsis
#include <search.h>
int hsearch_r(ENTRY item, ACTION action, ENTRY * * retval, struct hsearch_data * htab);
Description
The hsearch_r() is a reentrant version of the hsearch() function, but instead of operating on a single global hash table, hsearch_r() operates on the table described by the object that htab references. This object can be initialized with the function hcreate_r().
Unlike the hsearch() function, hsearch_r() returns a pointer to the found entry in the variable referred to by retval, rather than directly.
Return Value
On success, hsearch_r() shall return a non-zero value.
On failure, hsearch_r() shall return 0 and set errno to an appropriate value.
Errors
ENOMEM 
 	action was set to ENTER, but the table was full.
ESRCH 
 	action was set to FIND, but no matching element was found in the table.
inet_aton
Name
inet_aton — Internet address manipulation routine
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
#include <arpa/inet.h>
int anet_iton(const char * cp, struct in_addr * inp);
Description
inet_aton() converts the Internet host address cp from the standard IPv4 numbers-and-dots notation into binary data and stores it in the structure that inp points to.
inet_aton() returns a nonzero value if the address is valid, 0 if not.
Note: Note that on some LSB architectures, the host byte order is Least Significant Byte first, whereas the network byte order, as used on the Internet, is Most Significant Byte first.
initgroups
Name
initgroups — initialize the supplementary group access list
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
int initgroups(const char * user, gid_t group);
Description
If the process has appropriate privilege, the initgroups() function shall initialize the Supplementary Group IDs for the current process by reading the group database and using all groups of which user is a member. The additional group group is also added to the list.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EPERM 
 	The calling process does not have sufficient privileges.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient memory to allocate group information structure.
See Also
setgroups()
initstate_r
Name
initstate_r — reentrantly initialize a state array for random number generator functions
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int initstate_r(unsigned int seed, char * statebuf, size_t statelen, struct random_data * buffer);
Description
The interface initstate_r() shall function in the same way as the interface initstate(), except that initstate_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
inotify_add_watch
Name
inotify_add_watch — add a watch to a watch list
Synopsis
#include <sys/inotify.h>
int inotify_add_watch(int fd, const char * path, uint32_t mask);
Description
inotify_add_watch() shall add a watch to, or modify an existing watch on, the watch list of the inotify instance specified by the file descriptor fd, for the file specified by path, to monitor the events specified by the bitmask mask. The caller must have read access to the file.
Return Value
On success, inotify_add_watch() shall return the unique, non-negative watch descriptor associated with the file path and the inotify instance specified by the file descriptor fd.
If path was already on the watch list, then inotify_add_watch() shall return the existing watch descriptor.
If path was not already on the watch list, then inotify_add_watch() shall allocate a new watch descriptor.
inotify_add_watch() shall not work recursively. Monitoring subdirectories of path shall require adding watches to them.
On failure, inotify_add_watch() shall return -1 and set errno to an appropriate value.
Errors
EACCESS 
 	The caller does not have read access to path.
EBADF 
 	The file descriptor fd is invalid.
EFAULT 
 	path is outside of the address space accessible by the process.
EINVAL
 	mask contains no legal events, or fd is not a valid inotify file descriptor.
ENOMEM 
 	There is not enough kernel memory available.
ENOSPC 
 	The maximum number of watches has been created for this user, or the kernel cannot allocate a resource.
Application Usage
Reading
The function read() can be used to determine which inotify events have occurred. A blocking file descriptor will make read() block until at least one event has occurred.
If successful, read() will return at least one of the following inotify_event structures in a buffer:
struct inotify_event {
    int      wd;
    uint32_t mask;
    uint32_t cookie;
    uint32_t len;
    char     path[];
};
  
wd is a watch descriptor that specifies the watch associated with the event. It is obtained from a previous invocation of inotify_add_watch().
mask is a bit mask describing inotify events. See the section on masks below.
cookie is an integer associating related inotify events. The integer value is unique, and currently only enables the application to associate IN_MOVE_FROM and IN_MOVE_TO rename events.
len is a count of the bytes in path, including null bytes. This means that the total length of an inotify_event structure is 
sizeof(inotify_event)+len
  
path is only returned when an event occurs for a file within a watched directory. This string is null-terminated, and it may contain more null bytes so that future reads will be aligned properly on an address boundary.
In kernels before 2.6.21, read() returns 0 when the buffer given to it is too small to return data about the next event. In subsequent kernels, it fails with the error EINVAL.
For a given file descriptor, the inotify events are returned in an ordered queue. Events on a file descriptor will always be returned in the correct order of occurrence. If two or more inotify events for a given file descriptor have identical values for all fields, then only one inotify_event will be returned to represent all of them.
The number of bytes that can be read from an inotify file descriptor can be determined by making a FIONREAD ioctl() call.
Masks
The mask argument of inotify_add_watch() and the mask field of the inotify_event structure are bit masks that specify inotify events. The bits in the list below can be set in the mask argument of inotify_add_watch() and returned in the mask field of inotify_event.
IN_ACCESS
 	File was read.
IN_ALL_EVENTS
 	Bit mask of all events in this list.
IN_ATTRIB
 	File's metadata changed (including timestamps and permissions).
IN_CLOSE
 	Same as 
IN_CLOSE_WRITE | IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE
  
IN_CLOSE_WRITE
 	File that was opened for writing was closed.
IN_CLOSE_NOWRITE
 	File that was not opened for writing was closed.
IN_CREATE
 	File or directory was created in a watched directory.
IN_DELETE
 	File or directory was deleted in a watched directory.
IN_DELETE_SELF
 	Watched file or directory was deleted.
IN_MODIFY
 	File was changed.
IN_MOVE
 	Same as 
IN_MOVED_FROM | IN_MOVED_TO
  
IN_MOVE_SELF
 	Watched file or directory was moved
IN_MOVED_FROM
 	File was moved out of watched directory.
IN_MOVED_TO
 	File was moved into watched directory.
IN_OPEN
 	File was opened.
All of the events above, except for IN_DELETE_SELF and IN_MOVE_SELF, cause the name field of the inotify_event structure to contain the name of the file or directory being monitored.
The following bit is valid for inotify_add_watch() only.
IN_ONESHOT
 	Monitor path for an event, and then remove it from the watch list.
The following bits are valid for the inotify_event structure only.
IN_IGNORED
 	Watch was removed, either explicitly (via inotify_rm_watch()) or implicitly (file deletion or file system unmounting).
IN_ISDIR
 	Object being watched is a directory.
IN_Q_OVERFLOW
 	The event queue overflowed (wd is set to -1).
IN_UNMOUNT
 	File system of object being watched was unmounted.
Notes
It is possible to monitor file descriptors with the functions epoll(), poll(), and select().
When all of the file descriptors that point to an inotify instance have been closed, the instance and its associated resources and watches are freed by the kernel.
See Also
inotify_init(), inotify_rm_watch()
inotify_init
Name
inotify_init — instantiate inotify
Synopsis
#include <sys/inotify.h>
int inotify_init(void);
Description
inotify_init() shall create one instance of inotify.
Return Value
On success, inotify_init() shall return a file descriptor pointing to the new inotify instance.
On failure, inotify_init() shall return -1 and set errno to an appropriate value.
Errors
EMFILE 
 	The maximum number of inotify instances has been created for this user.
ENFILE 
 	The maximum number of file descriptors has been created on the system.
ENOMEM 
 	There is not enough kernel memory available.
See Also
inotify_add_watch(), inotify_rm_watch()
inotify_rm_watch
Name
inotify_rm_watch — remove a watch from an inotify watch list
Synopsis
#include <sys/inotify.h>
int inotify_rm_watch(int fd, uint32_t wd);
Description
inotify_rm_watch() shall remove the watch associated with the watch descriptor wd from the watch list of the inotify instance associated with the file descriptor fd.
If a watch is removed, its watch descriptor shall generate the IN_IGNORED event.
Return Value
On success, inotify_rm_watch() shall return 0.
On failure, inotify_rm_watch() shall return -1 and set errno to an appropriate value.
Errors
EBADF 
 	The file descriptor fd is invalid.
EINVAL
 	wd is invalid, or fd is not a valid inotify file descriptor.
See Also
inotify_add_watch(), inotify_init()
ioctl
Name
ioctl — control device
Synopsis
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
int ioctl (int fildes , int request , ...);
Description
The ioctl() function shall manipulate the underlying device parameters of special files. fildes shall be an open file descriptor referring to a special file. The ioctl() function shall take three parameters; the type and value of the third parameter is dependent on the device and request.
Conforming LSB applications shall not call ioctl() except in situations explicitly stated in this specification.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. An ioctl() may use the return value as an output parameter and return a non-negative value on success. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF
 	fildes is not a valid descriptor.
EFAULT
 	The third parameter references an inaccessible memory area.
ENOTTY
 	fildes is not associated with a character special device.
ENOTTY 
 	The specified request does not apply to the kind of object that fildes references.
EINVAL 
 	request or the third parameter is not valid.
Relationship to POSIX (Informative)
It should be noted that ISO POSIX (2003) contains an interface named ioctl(). The LSB only defines behavior when fildes refers to a socket (see sockio) or terminal device (see ttyio), while ISO POSIX (2003) only defines behavior when fildes refers to a STREAMS device. An implementation may support both behaviors; the LSB does not require any STREAMS support.
sockio
Name
sockio — socket ioctl commands
Synopsis
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <net/if.h>
#include <netinet/in.h>
int ioctl(int sockfd, int request, void * argp);
Description
Socket ioctl() commands are a subset of the ioctl() calls, which can perform a variety of functions on sockets. sockfd shall be an open file descriptor referring to a socket (see the socket() or accept() functions).
Socket ioctl() commands apply to the underlying network interfaces, and affect the entire system, not just the file descriptor used to issue the ioctl().
The following values for request are accepted:
SIOCGIFCONF (Deprecated)
 	Get the interface configuration list for the system. 
Note: The SIOCGIFCONF interface is superceded by the if_nameindex() family of functions (see ISO POSIX (2003)). A future version of this specification may withdraw this value for request.
argp shall point to a ifconf structure, as described in <net/if.h>. Before calling, the caller shall set the ifc_ifcu.ifcu_req field to point to an array of ifreq structures, and set ifc_len to the size in bytes of this allocated array. Upon return, ifc_len will contain the size in bytes of the array which was actually used. If it is the same as the length upon calling, the caller should assume that the array was too small and try again with a larger array.
On success, SIOCGIFCONF shall return a nonnegative value. 
Rationale: Historical UNIX systems disagree on the meaning of the return value.
SIOCGIFFLAGS
 	Get the interface flags for the indicated interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_flags field is set with the interface flags.
SIOCGIFADDR
 	Get the interface address for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_addr field is set with the interface address.
SIOCGIFBRDADDR
 	Get the interface broadcast address for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_broadcast field is set with the interface broadcast address.
SIOCGIFDSTADDR
 	Get the point-to-point address for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_dstaddr field is set with the point-to-point address.
SIOCGIFNAME
 	Get the name of an interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_ifindex field with the number (index) of the interface, and upon return, the ifr_name field is set with the interface name.
SIOCGIFNETMASK
 	Get the network mask for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_netmask field is set with the network mask.
SIOCGIFMTU
 	Get the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for the given interface. argp shall point to a ifreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the ifr_name field with the interface name, and upon return, the ifr_ifru.ifru_mtu field is set with the MTU. Note: The range of valid values for MTU varies for an interface depending on the interface type.
FIONREAD
 	Get the amount of queued unread data in the receive buffer. argp shall point to an integer where the result is to be placed. 
Note: Some implementations may also support the use of FIONREAD on other types of file descriptor. However, the LSB only specifies its behavior for a socket related file descriptor.
Return Value
On success, if request is SIOCGIFCONF, a non-negative integer shall be returned. If request is not SIOCGIFCONF, on success 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF 
 	sockfd is not a valid descriptor.
EFAULT 
 	argp references an inaccessible memory area.
ENOTTY 
 	The specified request does not apply to the kind of object that the descriptor sockfd references.
EINVAL 
 	Either request or argp is invalid.
ENOTCONN 
 	The operation is only defined on a connected socket, but the socket wasn't connected.
ttyio
Name
ttyio — tty ioctl commands
Synopsis
#include <sys/ioctl.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
int ioctl(int fd, unsigned long request, int * argp);
Description
Tty ioctl commands are a subset of the ioctl() calls, which can perform a variety of functions on tty devices. fd shall be an open file descriptor referring to a terminal device.
The following ioctl()s are provided:
TIOCGWINSZ
 	Get the size attributes of the terminal or pseudo-terminal identified by fd. On entry, argp shall reference a winsize structure. On return, the structure will have ws_row set to the number of rows of text (i.e. lines of text) that can be viewed on the device, and ws_col set to the number of columns (i.e. text width). 
Note: The number of columns stored in ws_col assumes that the terminal device is using a mono-spaced font.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EBADF 
 	fd is not a valid descriptor.
EFAULT 
 	argp references an inaccessible memory area.
EINVAL 
 	request and argp are not valid.
jrand48_r
Name
jrand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int jrand48_r(unsigned short[3] xsubi, struct drand48_data * buffer, long int * result);
Description
The interface jrand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface jrand48(), except that jrand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
kill
Name
kill — send a signal
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int kill(pid_t pid, int sig);
Description
kill() is as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Process ID -1 doesn't affect calling process
If pid is specified as -1, sig shall not be sent to the calling process. Other than this, the rules in the ISO POSIX (2003) apply. 
Rationale: This was a deliberate Linus decision after an unpopular experiment in including the calling process in the 2.5.1 kernel. See "What does it mean to signal everybody?", Linux Weekly News, 20 December 2001, http://lwn.net/2001/1220/kernel.php3
lcong48_r
Name
lcong48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <libc.h>
int lcong48_r(unsigned short[7] param, struct drand48_data * buffer);
Description
The interface lcong48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface lcong48(), except that lcong48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
link
Name
link — create a link to a file
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
int link(const char * path1, const char * path2);
Description
The link() function shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), except with differences as listed below.
Need Not Follow Symlinks
ISO POSIX (2003) specifies that pathname resolution shall follow symbolic links during pathname resolution unless the function is required to act on the symbolic link itself, or certain arguments direct that the function act on the symbolic link itself. The link() function in ISO POSIX (2003) contains no such requirement to operate on a symbolic link. However, a conforming LSB implementation need not follow a symbolic link for the path1 argument.
lrand48_r
Name
lrand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int lrand48_r(struct drand48_data * buffer, long int * result);
Description
The interface lrand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface lrand48(), except that lrand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
mbsnrtowcs
Name
mbsnrtowcs — convert a multibyte string to a wide character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t mbsnrtowcs(wchar_t * dest, const char * * src, size_t nms, size_t len, mbstate_t * ps);
Description
mbsnrtowcs() is like mbsrtowcs(), except that the number of bytes to be converted, starting at src, is limited to nms.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, mbsnrtowcs() converts at most nms bytes from the multibyte string src to a wide-character string starting at dest. At most, len wide characters are written to dest. The shift state ps is updated.
The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling: 
 
mbrtowc(dest, *src, n, ps)
where n is some positive number, as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by one and src by the number of bytes consumed.
The conversion can stop for three reasons:
•	An invalid multibyte sequence has been encountered. In this case src is left pointing to the invalid multibyte sequence, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
•	The nms limit forces a stop, or len non-L'\0' wide characters have been stored at dest. In this case, src is left pointing to the next multibyte sequence to be converted, and the number of wide characters written to dest is returned.
•	The multibyte string has been completely converted, including the terminating '\0' (which has the side effect of bringing back ps to the initial state). In this case, src is set to NULL, and the number of wide characters written to dest, excluding the terminating L'\0' character, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted wide characters are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to mbsnrtowcs() is used instead.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least len wide characters at dest.
Return Value
mbsnrtowcs() returns the number of wide characters that make up the converted part of the wide character string, not including the terminating null wide character. If an invalid multibyte sequence was encountered, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and the global variable errno is set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of mbsnrtowcs() depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
memmem
Name
memmem — locate bytes
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>
void * memmem(const void * haystack, size_t haystacklen, const void * needle, size_t needlelen);
Description
memmem() finds the start of the first occurrence of the byte array referenced by needle of length needlelen in the memory area haystack of length haystacklen.
Return Value
If needle is found, memmem() returns a pointer to it. If needlelen is 0, memmem returns haystack. If needle is not found in haystack, memmem() returns NULL.
Notes
Earlier versions of the C library (prior to glibc 2.1) contained a memmem() with various problems, and application developers should treat this function with care.
memrchr
Name
memrchr — scan memory for a character
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
void * memrchr(const void * s, int c, size_t n);
Description
The memrchr() function shall locate the last occurence of c (converted to an unsigned char) in the initial n bytes (each interpreted as an unsigned char) of the object pointed to by s.
Return Value
The memrchr() shall return a pointer to the located byte, or a null pointer if the byte does not occur in the object.
Errors
No errors are defined.
See Also
memchr()
mkstemp64
Name
mkstemp64 — create a unique temporary file (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
int mkstemp64(char * template);
Description
mkstemp64() shall generates a unique temporary file name from template. The last six characters of template shall be XXXXXX and these are replaced with a string that makes the file name unique; the file is then created and an open file descriptor returned as described for mkstemp().
mkstemp64() is a large-file version of the mkstemp() function as defined in ISO POSIX (2003). The only difference is that the temporary file is opened with open64() instead of with open().
Return Value
On success, mkstemp64() returns the file descriptor of the temporary file. Otherwise mkstemp64() shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
See mkstemp() for possible error values.
mrand48_r
Name
mrand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int mrand48_r(struct drand48_data * buffer, long int * result);
Description
The interface mrand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface mrand48(), except that mrand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
mremap
Name
mremap — remap a virtual memory address
Synopsis
#include <sys/mman.h>
void * mremap(void * old_address, size_t old_size, size_t new_size, int flags);
Description
The mremap() function expands (or shrinks) an existing memory mapping, potentially moving it at the same time, depending on the flags argument and the available virtual address space.
old_address is the old address of the virtual memory block to be resized. Note that old_address must be page aligned. old_size is the old size of the virtual memory block. new_size is the requested size of the virtual memory block after the resize.
In Linux the memory is divided into pages. A user process has (one or) several linear virtual memory segments. Each virtual memory segment has one or more mappings to real memory pages (in the page table). Each virtual memory segment has its own protection (access rights), which may cause a segmentation violation if the memory is accessed incorrectly (e.g., writing to a read-only segment). Accessing virtual memory outside of the segments will also cause a segmentation violation.
mremap() uses the Linux page table scheme. mremap() changes the mapping between virtual addresses and memory pages. This can be used to implement a very efficient form of realloc().
The flags bit-mask argument may be 0, or include the following flag:
MREMAP_MAYMOVE
 	By default, if there is not sufficient space to expand a mapping at its current location, then mremap() fails. If this flag is specified, then the kernel is permitted to relocate the mapping to a new virtual address, if necessary. If the mapping is relocated, then absolute pointers into the old mapping location become invalid (offsets relative to the starting address of the mapping should be employed).
MREMAP_FIXED
 	This flag serves a similar purpose to the MAP_FIXED flag of mmap(). If this flag is specified, then mremap()accepts a fifth argument, void *new_address, which specifies a pagealigned address to which the mapping must be moved. Any previous mapping at the address range specified by new_address and new_size is unmapped. If MREMAP_FIXED is specified, then MREMAP_MAYMOVE must also be specified.
If the memory segment specified by old_address and old_size is locked (using mlock() or similar), then this lock is maintained when the segment is resized and/or relocated. As a consequence, the amount of memory locked by the process may change.
Return Value
The mremap() function returns a pointer to the new virtual memory area on success. On error, the value MAP_FAILED is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EAGAIN
 	The caller tried to expand a memory segment that is locked, but this was not possible without exceeding the RLIMIT_MEMLOCK resource limit.
EFAULT
 	"Segmentation fault." Some address in the range old_address to old_address+old_size is an invalid virtual memory address for this process. You can also get EFAULT even if there exist mappings that cover the whole address space requested, but those mappings are of different types.
EINVAL
 	An invalid argument was given. Possible causes are: old_address was not page aligned; a value other than MREMAP_MAYMOVE or MREMAP_FIXED was specified in flags; new_size was zero; new_size or new_address was invalid; or the new address range specified by new_address and new_size overlapped the old address range specified by old_address and old_size; or MREMAP_FIXED was specified without also specifying MREMAP_MAYMOVE.
ENOMEM
 	The memory area cannot be expanded at the current virtual address, and the MREMAP_MAYMOVE flag is not set in flags, or, there is not enough (virtual) memory available.
newlocale
Name
newlocale — allocate a locale object
Synopsis
#include <locale.h>
locale_t newlocale(int category_mask, const char * locale, locale_t base);
Description
The newlocale() function shall initialize a locale object. If base is NULL, then newlocale() shall first allocate the object; otherwise it shall use the locale object referenced by base.
The object shall be initialized for the locale named by locale, and for the categories selected in category_mask. The category_mask value is a bitwise inclusive OR of the required LC_name_MASK values, or the value LC_ALL_MASK.
Return Value
On success, the newlocale() function shall return the initialized locale object. Otherwise, it shall return NULL, and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
The newlocale() function shall fail if: 
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory.
EINVAL
 	An invalid category_mask was provided, or the locale was NULL.
ENOENT
 	For any of the categories in category_mask, the locale data is not available.
Application Usage (Informative)
The only portable way to allocate a locale object is to call newlocale() with a NULL base. The allocated object may be reinitialized to a new locale by passing it back to newlocale(). The new object may be released by calling freelocale().
See Also
setlocale(), freelocale(), duplocale(), uselocale()
ngettext
Name
ngettext — search message catalogs for plural string
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * ngettext(const char * msgid1, const char * msgid2, unsigned long int n);
Description
The ngettext() function shall search the currently selected message catalogs for a string matching the singular string msgid1. If a string is located, and if n is 1, that string shall be returned. If n is not 1, a pluralized version (dependent on n) of the string shall be returned.
The ngettext() function is equivalent to dcngettext(NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES)().
Return Value
If a string is found in the currently selected message catalogs for msgid1, then if n is 1 a pointer to the located string shall be returned. If n is not 1, a pointer to an appropriately pluralized version of the string shall be returned. If no message could be found in the currently selected mesage catalogs, then if n is 1, a pointer to msgid1 shall be returned, otherwise a pointer to msgid2 shall be returned.
Applications shall not modify the string returned by ngettext().
Errors
None.
The ngettext() function shall not modify errno.
See Also
gettext, dgettext, ngettext, dngettext, dcgettext, dcngettext, textdomain, bindtextdomain, bind_textdomain_codeset
nrand48_r
Name
nrand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int nrand48_r(unsigned short[3] xsubi, struct drand48_data * buffer, long int * result);
Description
The interface nrand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface nrand48(), except that nrand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
openat64
Name
openat64 — open a file relative to a directory file descriptor (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <fcntl.h>
int openat64(int fd, const char * path, int oflag, ...);
Description
openat64() shall establish a connection between a file and a file descriptor. It shall be identical open64() except in the case where path specifies a relative path. In this case, the file to be opened shall be determined relative to the directory associated with the file descriptor fd instead of the current working directory.
openat64() is a large-file version of the openat() function as defined in POSIX 1003.1 2008. It differs from openat() in the same way that open64() differs from open(), that the open is done in large-file mode.
Return Value
On success, openat64() returns a new file descriptor. Otherwise openat64() shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
See openat() for possible error values.
pmap_getport
Name
pmap_getport — find the port number assigned to a service registered with a portmapper.
Synopsis
#include <rpc/pmap_clnt.h>
u_short * pmap_getport(struct sockaddr_in * address, const u_long program, const u_long * version, u_int protocol);
Description
The pmap_getport() function shall return the port number assigned to a service registered with a RPC Binding service running on a given target system, using the protocol described in RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for ONC RPC Version 2. The pmap_getport() function shall be called given the RPC program number program, the program version version, and transport protocol protocol. Conforming implementations shall support both IPPROTO_UDP and IPPROTO_TCP protocols. On entry, address shall specify the address of the system on which the portmapper to be contacted resides. The value of address->sin_port shall be ignored, and the standard value for the portmapper port shall always be used.
Note: Security and network restrictions may prevent a conforming application from contacting a remote RPC Binding Service.
Return Value
On success, the pmap_getport() function shall return the port number in host byte order of the RPC application registered with the remote portmapper. On failure, if either the program was not registered or the remote portmapper service could not be reached, the pmap_getport() function shall return 0. If the remote portmap service could not be reached, the status is left in the global variable rpc_createerr.
pmap_set
Name
pmap_set — establishes mapping to machine's RPC Bind service.
Synopsis
#include <rpc/pmap_clnt.h>
bool_t pmap_set(const u_long program, const u_long version, int protocol, u_short port);
Description
pmap_set() establishes a mapping between the triple [program,version,protocol] and port on the machine's RPC Bind service. The value of protocol is most likely IPPROTO_UDP or IPPROTO_TCP. Automatically done by svc_register().
Return Value
pmap_set() returns non-zero if it suceeds, 0 otherwise.
pmap_unset
Name
pmap_unset — destroys RPC Binding 
Synopsis

#include <rpc/pmap_clnt.h>

bool_t pmap_unset(u_long prognum, u_long versnum);
Description
As a user interface to the RPC Bind service, pmap_unset() destroys all mapping between the triple [prognum,versnum, *] and ports on the machine's RPC Bind service.
Return Value
pmap_unset() returns non-zero if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
posix_fadvise64
Name
posix_fadvise64 — File advisory information (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <fcntl.h>
int posix_fadvise64(int fd, off64_t offset, off64_t len, int advice);
Description
The posix_fadvise64() function is a large-file version of the posix_fadvise() function defined in ISO POSIX (2003). It shall advise the implementation on the expected behavior of the application with respect to the data in the file associated with the open file descriptor, fd, starting at offset and continuing for len bytes. The specified range need not currently exist in the file. If len is zero, all data following offset is specified. The implementation may use this information to optimize handling of the specified data. The posix_fadvise() function shall have no effect on the semantics of other operations on the specified data, although it may affect the performance of other operations.
The advice to be applied to the data is specified by the advice parameter, as specified in posix_fadvise().
Return Value
On success, posix_fadvise64() shall return 0. Otherwise an error number shall be returned to indicate the error. See posix_fadvise() for possible error values.
posix_fallocate64
Name
posix_fallocate64 — file space control (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <fcntl.h>
int posix_fallocate64(int fd, off64_t offset, off64_t len);
Description
The posix_fallocate64() function is a large file version of posix_fallocate(). It shall behave as posix_fallocate() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the offset and len arguments are off64_t objects rather than off_t.
Return Value
See posix_fallocate().
Errors
See posix_fallocate().
psignal
Name
psignal — print signal message
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
void psignal(int sig, const char * s);
extern const char *const sys_siglist[]
Description
The psignal() function shall display a message on the stderr stream. If s is not the null pointer, and does not point to an empty string (e.g. "\0"), the message shall consist of the string s, a colon, a space, and a string describing the signal number sig; otherwise psignal() shall display only a message describing the signal number sig. If sig is invalid, the message displayed shall indicate an unknown signal.
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number.
Return Value
psignal() returns no value.
putwc_unlocked
Name
putwc_unlocked — non-thread-safe putwc
Description
putwc_unlocked() is the same as putwc(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
putwchar_unlocked
Name
putwchar_unlocked — non-thread-safe putwchar
Description
putwchar_unlocked() is the same as putwchar(), except that it need not be thread-safe. That is, it may only be invoked in the ways which are legal for getc_unlocked().
random_r
Name
random_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int random_r(struct random_data * buffer, int32_t * result);
Description
The interface random_r() shall function in the same way as the interface random(), except that random_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
Before it is used, buffer must be initialized, for example, by calling lcong48_r(), seed48_r(), or srand48_r(), or by filling it with zeroes.
readdir64_r
Name
readdir64_r — read a directory (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>
int readdir64_r(DIR * dirp, struct dirent64 * entry, struct dirent64 * * result);
Description
The readdir64_r() function is a large file version of readdir_r(). It shall behave as readdir_r() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the entry and result arguments are dirent64 structures rather than dirent.
Return Value
See readdir_r().
Errors
See readdir_r().
regexec
Name
regexec — regular expression matching
Description
The regexec() function shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), except with differences as listed below.
Differences
Certain aspects of regular expression matching are optional; see Regular Expressions.
scandir64
Name
scandir64 — scan a directory (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <dirent.h>
int scandir64(const char * dir, const struct dirent64 ** namelist, int (*sel) (const struct dirent64 *), int (*compar) (const struct dirent64 **, const struct dirent64 **));
Description
scandir64() is a large-file version of the scandir() function as defined in POSIX 1003.1 2008. If differs only in that the namelist and the paramters to the selection function sel and comparison function compar are of type dirent64 instead of type dirent.
scanf
Name
scanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
sched_getaffinity
Name
sched_getaffinity — retrieve the affinity mask of a process
Synopsis
#include <sched.h>
int sched_getaffinity(pid_t pid, unsigned int cpusetsize, cpu_set_t * mask);
Description
sched_getaffinity() shall retrieve the affinity mask of a process.
The parameter pid specifies the ID for the process. If pid is 0, then the calling process is specified instead.
The parameter cpusetsize specifies the length of the data pointed to by mask, in bytes. Normally, this parameter is specified as sizeof(cpu_set_t).
Return Value
On success, sched_getaffinity() shall return 0, and the structure pointed to by mask shall contain the affinity mask of the specified process.
On failure, sched_getaffinity() shall return -1 and set errno as follows.
Errors
EFAULT
 	Bad address.
EINVAL
 	mask does not specify any processors that exist in the system, or cpusetsize is smaller than the kernel's affinity mask.
ESRCH
 	The specified process could not be found.
See Also
sched_setscheduler(), sched_setaffinity().
sched_setaffinity
Name
sched_setaffinity — set the CPU affinity mask for a process
Synopsis
#include <sched.h>
int sched_setaffinity(pid_t pid, unsigned int cpusetsize, cpu_set_t * mask);
Description
sched_setaffinity() shall set the CPU affinity mask for a process.
The parameter pid specifies the ID for the process. If pid is 0, then the calling process is specified instead.
The parameter cpusetsize specifies the length of the data pointed to by mask, in bytes. Normally, this parameter is specified as sizeof(cpu_set_t).
The parameter mask specifies the new value for the CPU affinity mask. The structure pointed to by mask represents the set of CPUs on which the process may run. If mask does not specify one of the CPUs on which the specified process is currently running, then sched_setaffinity() shall migrate the process to one of those CPUs.
Setting the mask on a multiprocessor system can improve performance. For example, setting the mask for one process to specify a particular CPU, and then setting the mask of all other processes to exclude the CPU, dedicates the CPU to the process so that the process runs as fast as possible. This technique also prevents loss of performance in case the process terminates on one CPU and starts again on another, invalidating cache.
Return Value
On success, sched_setaffinity() shall return 0.
On failure, sched_setaffinity() shall return -1 and set errno as follows.
Errors
EFAULT
 	Bad address.
EINVAL
 	mask does not specify any processors that exist in the system, or cpusetsize is smaller than the kernel's affinity mask.
EPERM
 	Insufficient privileges. The effective user ID of the process calling sched_setaffinity() is not equal to the user ID or effective user ID of the specified process, and the calling process does not have appropriate privileges.
ESRCH
 	The specified process could not be found.
See Also
sched_setscheduler(), sched_getaffinity().
sched_setscheduler
Name
sched_setscheduler — set scheduling policy and parameters
Synopsis
#include <sched.h>
int sched_setscheduler(pid_t pid, int policy, const struct sched_param * param);
Description
The sched_setscheduler() shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned instead of the former scheduling policy.
seed48_r
Name
seed48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int seed48_r(unsigned short[3] seed16v, struct drand48_data * buffer);
Description
The interface seed48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface seed48(), except that seed48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
sendfile
Name
sendfile — transfer data between two file descriptors
Synopsis
#include <sys/sendfile.h>
ssize_t sendfile(int out_fd, int in_fd, off_t * offset, size_t count);
Description
The sendfile() function shall copy data between the file descriptor in_fd, which must not be a socket, and the file descriptor out_fd, which must be a socket. in_fd should be opened for reading, and out_fd should be opened for writing.
The offset parameter points to a variable set to the file offset at which sendfile() shall start reading from in_fd, unless it is NULL. On exit, this variable shall contain the offset of the byte immediately after the last byte read. sendfile() shall not change the current file offset of in_fd, unless it is NULL. In that case, sendfile() shall adjust the current file offset to show how many bytes were read.
The count parameter specifies how many bytes to copy.
Return Value
On success, sendfile() shall return the number of bytes written to out_fd.
On failure, sendfile() shall return -1 and set errno appropriately, as follows.
Errors
EAGAIN
 	Non-blocking I/O with O_NONBLOCK has been chosen, but the write would block.
EBADF
 	The input file is not open for reading, or the output file is not open for writing.
EFAULT
 	Bad address.
EINVAL
 	An mmap()-like operation is unavailable for in_fd, or file descriptor is locked or invalid.
EIO
 	There was an unspecified error while reading.
ENOMEM
 	There is not enough memory to read from in_fd.
Notes
sendfile() is usually faster than combining read() and write() calls, because it is part of the kernel. However, if it fails with EINVAL, falling back to read() and write() may be advisable.
It is advisable for performance reasons to use the TCP_CORK option of the tcp() function when sending header data with file contents to a TCP socket. This minimizes the number of packets.
See Also
mmap(), open(), socket(), splice().
sendfile64
Name
sendfile64 — transfer data between two file descriptors (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <sys/sendfile.h>
ssize_t sendfile64(int out_fd, int in_fd, off64_t * offset, size_t count);
Description
The sendfile64() function is a large-file version of the sendfile() function.
setbuffer
Name
setbuffer — stream buffering operation
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
void setbuffer(FILE * stream, char * buf, size_t size);
Description
setbuffer() is an alias for the call to setvbuf(). It works the same, except that the size of the buffer in setbuffer() is up to the caller, rather than being determined by the default BUFSIZ.
setgroups
Name
setgroups — set list of supplementary group IDs
Synopsis
#include <grp.h>
int setgroups(size_t size, const gid_t * list);
Description
If the process has appropriate privilege, the setgroups() function shall set the supplementary group IDs for the current process. list shall reference an array of size group IDs. A process may have at most NGROUPS_MAX supplementary group IDs.
Return Value
On successful completion, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the errno is set to indicate the error.
Errors
EFAULT
 	list has an invalid address.
EPERM
 	The process does not have appropriate privileges.
EINVAL
 	size is greater than NGROUPS_MAX.
sethostname
Name
sethostname — set host name
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
#include <sys/param.h.h>
#include <sys/utsname.h>
int sethostname(const char * name, size_t len);
Description
If the process has appropriate privileges, the sethostname() function shall change the host name for the current machine. The name shall point to a null-terminated string of at most len bytes that holds the new hostname.
If the symbol HOST_NAME_MAX is defined, or if sysconf(_SC_HOST_NAME_MAX)() returns a value greater than 0, this value shall represent the maximum length of the new hostname. Otherwise, if the symbol MAXHOSTLEN is defined, this value shall represent the maximum length for the new hostname. If none of these values are defined, the maximum length shall be the size of the nodename field of the utsname structure.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
EINVAL 
 	len is negative or larger than the maximum allowed size.
EPERM 
 	the process did not have appropriate privilege.
EFAULT 
 	name is an invalid address.
Rationale
ISO POSIX (2003) guarantees that: 
Maximum length of a host name (not including the terminating null) as returned from the gethostname() function shall be at least 255 bytes.
The glibc C library does not currently define HOST_NAME_MAX, and although it provides the name _SC_HOST_NAME_MAX a call to sysconf() returns -1 and does not alter errno in this case (indicating that there is no restriction on the hostname length). However, the glibc manual idicates that some implementations may have MAXHOSTNAMELEN as a means of detecting the maximum length, while the Linux kernel at release 2.4 and 2.6 stores this hostname in the utsname structure. While the glibc manual suggests simply shortening the name until sethostname() succeeds, the LSB requires that one of the first four mechanisms works. Future versions of glibc may provide a more reasonable result from sysconf(_SC_HOST_NAME_MAX).
setsockopt
Name
setsockopt — set socket options
Synopsis
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <netinet/ip.h>
int setsockopt(int socket, int level, int option_name, const void * option_value, socklen_t option_len);
Description
The setsockopt() function shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), with the following extensions.
IP Protocol Level Options
If the level parameter is IPPROTO_IP, the following values shall be supported for option_name (see RFC 791:Internet Protocol for further details): 
IP_OPTIONS
 	Set the Internet Protocol options sent with every packet from this socket. The option_value shall point to a memory buffer containing the options and option_len shall contain the size in bytes of that buffer. For IPv4, the maximum length of options is 40 bytes.
IP_TOS
 	Set the Type of Service flags to use when sending packets with this socket. The option_value shall point to a value containing the type of service value. The least significant two bits of the value shall contain the new Type of Service indicator. Use of other bits in the value is unspecified. The option_len parameter shall hold the size, in bytes, of the buffer referred to by option_value.
IP_TTL
 	Set the current unicast Internet Protocol Time To Live value used when sending packets with this socket. The option_value shall point to a value containing the time to live value, which shall be between 1 and 255. The option_len parameter shall hold the size, in bytes, of the buffer referred to by option_value.
IP_MULTICAST_TTL
 	Sets the Time To Live value of outgoing multicast packets for this socket. optval shall point to an integer which contains the new TTL value. If the new TTL value is -1, the implementation should use an unspecified default TTL value. If the new TTL value is out of the range of acceptable values (0-255), setsockopt() shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error.
IP_MULTICAST_LOOP
 	Sets a boolean flag indicating whether multicast packets originating locally should be looped back to the local sockets. optval shall point to an integer which contains the new flag value.
IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP
 	Join a multicast group. optval shall point to a ip_mreq structure. Before calling, the caller should fill in the imr_multiaddr field with the multicast group address and the imr_address field with the address of the local interface. If imr_address is set to INADDR_ANY, then an appropriate interface is chosen by the system.
IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP
 	Leave a multicast group. optval shall point to a ip_mreq structure containing the same values as were used with IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP.
IP_MULTICAST_IF
 	Set the local device for a multicast socket. optval shall point to a ip_mreq structure initialized in the same manner as with IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP.
The ip_mreq structure contains two struct in_addr fields: imr_multiaddr and imr_address.
Return Value
On success, 0 is returned. On error, -1 is returned and the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
As defined in ISO POSIX (2003).
setstate_r
Name
setstate_r — reentrantly change the state array used by random number generator functions
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int setstate_r(char * statebuf, struct random_data * buf);
Description
The interface setstate_r() shall function in the same way as the interface setstate(), except that setstate_r() shall use the data in statebuf instead of the global random number generator state.
setutent
Name
setutent — access user accounting database entries
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
void setutent(void);
Description
The setutent() function shall reset the user accounting database such that the next call to getutent() shall return the first record in the database. It is recommended to call it before any of the other functions that operate on the user accounting databases (e.g. getutent())
Return Value
None.
sigandset
Name
sigandset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical AND
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int sigandset(sigset_t * set, const sigset_t * left, const sigset_t * right);
Description
The sigandset() function shall combine the two signal sets referenced by left and right, using a logical AND operation, and shall place the result in the location referenced by set, The resulting signal set shall contain only signals that are in both the set referenced by left and the set referenced by right.
Applications shall call sigemptyset() or sigfillset() at least once for each object of type sigset_t to initialize it. If an uninitialized or NULL object is passed to sigandset(), the results are undefined.
Return Value
sigandset() returns 0. There are no defined error returns.
See Also
sigorset()
sigisemptyset
Name
sigisemptyset — check for empty signal set
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int sigisemptyset(const sigset_t * set);
Description
The sigisemptyset() function shall check for empty signal set referenced by set.
Applications shall call sigemptyset() or sigfillset() at least once for each object of type sigset_t to initialize it. If an uninitialized or NULL object is passed to sigisemptyset(), the results are undefined.
Return Value
The sigisemptyset() function shall return a positive non-zero value if the signal set referenced by set is empty, or zero if this set is empty. There are no defined error returns.
sigorset
Name
sigorset — build a new signal set by combining the two input sets using logical OR
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int sigorset(sigset_t * set, const sigset_t * left, const sigset_t * right);
Description
The sigorset() function shall combine the two signal sets referenced by left and right, using a logical OR operation, and shall place the result in the location referenced by set, The resulting signal set shall contain only signals that are in either the set referenced by left or the set referenced by right.
Applications shall call sigemptyset() or sigfillset() at least once for each object of type sigset_t to initialize it. If an uninitialized or NULL object is passed to sigorset(), the results are undefined.
Return Value
sigorset() returns 0. There are no defined error returns.
See Also
sigandset()
sigpause
Name
sigpause — remove a signal from the signal mask and suspend the thread (deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <signal.h>
int sigpause(int sig);
Description
The sigpause() function is deprecated from the LSB and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB. Conforming applications should use sigsuspend() instead.
In the source standard, sigpause() is implemented as a macro causing it to behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), and is equivalent to the function __xpg_sigpause(). If the macro is undefined, sigpause() from the binary standard is used, with differences as described here:
The sigpause() function shall block those signals indicated by sig and suspend execution of the thread until a signal is delivered. When a signal is delivered, the original signal mask shall be restored.
See Also
__xpg_sigpause()
sigreturn
Name
sigreturn — return from signal handler and cleanup stack frame
Synopsis
int sigreturn(struct sigcontext * scp);
Description
The sigreturn() function is used by the system to cleanup after a signal handler has returned. This function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
Return Value
sigreturn() never returns.
srand48_r
Name
srand48_r — reentrantly generate pseudorandom numbers in a uniform distribution
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int srand48_r(long int seedval, struct drand48_data * buffer);
Description
The interface srand48_r() shall function in the same way as the interface srand48(), except that srand48_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
srandom_r
Name
srandom_r — reentrantly set the seed for a new sequence of pseudorandom numbers
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int srandom_r(unsigned int seed, struct random_data * buffer);
Description
The interface srandom_r() shall function in the same way as the interface srandom(), except that srandom_r() shall use the data in buffer instead of the global random number generator state.
sscanf
Name
sscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
statfs
Name
statfs — (deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <sys/statfs.h>
int statfs(const char *path, struct statfs *buf);
Description
The statfs() function returns information about a mounted file system. The file system is identified by path, a path name of a file within the mounted filesystem. The results are placed in the structure pointed to by
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system shall be set to 0.
Note: Application developers should use the statvfs() function to obtain general file system information. Applications should only use the statfs() function if they must determine the file system type, which need not be provided by statvfs().
Return Value
On success, the statfs() function shall return 0 and set the fields of the structure idenfitied by buf accordingly. On error, the statfs() function shall return -1 and set errno accordingly.
Errors
ENOTDIR
 	A component of the path prefix of path is not a directory.
ENAMETOOLONG
 	path is too long.
ENOENT 
 	The file referred to by path does not exist.
EACCES 
 	Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix of path.
ELOOP
 	Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating path.
EFAULT 
 	buf or path points to an invalid address.
EIO 
 	An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
ENOMEM 
 	Insufficient kernel memory was available.
ENOSYS 
 	The filesystem path is on does not support statfs().
statfs64
Name
statfs64 — (deprecated)
Synopsis
#include <sys/statfs.h>
int statfs64(const char * path, struct statfs64 *buf);
Description
The statfs64() function returns information about a mounted file system. The file system is identified by path, a path name of a file within the mounted filesystem. The results are placed in the structure pointed to by buf.
statfs64() is a large-file version of the statfs() function.
Fields that are undefined for a particular file system shall be set to 0.
Note: Application developers should use the statvfs64() function to obtain general file system information. Applications should only use the statfs64() function if they must determine the file system type, which need not be provided by statvfs64().
Return Value
On success, the statfs64() function shall return 0 and set the fields of the structure idenfitied by buf accordingly. On error, the statfs64() function shall return -1 and set errno accordingly.
Errors
See fstatfs().
stime
Name
stime — set time
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE
#include <time.h>
int stime(const time_t * t);
Description
If the process has appropriate privilege, the stime() function shall set the system's idea of the time and date. Time, referenced by t, is measured in seconds from the epoch (defined in ISO POSIX (2003) as 00:00:00 UTC January 1, 1970).
Return Value
On success, stime() shall return 0. Otherwise, stime() shall return -1 and errno shall be set to indicate the error.
Errors
EPERM
 	The process does not have appropriate privilege.
EINVAL
 	t is a null pointer.
stpcpy
Name
stpcpy — copy a string returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * stpcpy(char * restrict dest, const char * restrict src);
Description
The stpcpy() function shall copy the string pointed to by src (including the terminating null character) to the array pointed to by dest. The strings may not overlap, and the destination string dest shall be large enough to receive the copy.
Return Value
stpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the string dest (that is, the address of the terminating null character) rather than the beginning.
Example
This program uses stpcpy() to concatenate foo and bar to produce foobar, which it then prints. 
  #include <string.h>

  int
  main (void)
  {
    char buffer[256];
    char *to = buffer;
    to = stpcpy (to, "foo");
    to = stpcpy (to, "bar");
    printf ("%s\n", buffer);
  }
stpncpy
Name
stpncpy — copy a fixed-size string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * stpncpy(char * restrict dest, const char * restrict src, size_t n);
Description
The stpncpy() function shall copy at most n characters from the string pointed to by src, including the terminating null character, to the array pointed to by dest. Exactly n characters are written at dest. If the length strlen()(src) is smaller than n, the remaining characters in dest are filled with '\0' characters. If the length strlen(src) is greater than or equal to n, dest will not be null terminated.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least n characters at dest.
Return Value
The stpncpy() function shall return a pointer to the terminating NULL in dest, or, if dest is not NULL-terminated, dest + n.
strcasestr
Name
strcasestr — locate a substring ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * strcasestr(const char * s1, const char * s2);
Description
The strcasestr() shall behave as strstr(), except that it shall ignore the case of both strings. The strcasestr() function shall be locale aware; that is strcasestr() shall behave as if both strings had been converted to lower case in the current locale before the comparison is performed.
Return Value
Upon successful completion, strcasestr() shall return a pointer to the located string or a null pointer if the string is not found. If s2 points to a string with zero length, the function shall return s1.
strerror_r
Name
strerror_r — return string describing error number
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * strerror_r(int errnum, char * buf, size_t buflen);
Description
In the source standard, strerror_r() is implemented as a macro causing it to behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), and is equivalent to the function __xpg_strerror_r(). If the macro is undefined, strerror_r() from the binary standard is used, with differences as described here.
The strerror_r() function shall return a pointer to the string corresponding to the error number errnum. The returned pointer may point within the buffer buf (at most buflen bytes).
Return Value
On success, strerror_r() shall return a pointer to the generated message string (determined by the setting of the LC_MESSAGES category in the current locale). Otherwise, strerror_r() shall return the string corresponding to "Unknown error".
See Also
__xpg_strerror_r()
strndup
Name
strndup — return a malloc'd copy of at most the specified number of bytes of a string 
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * strndup(const char * string, size_t n);
Description
The strndup() function shall return a malloc()'d copy of at most n bytes of string. The resultant string shall be terminated even if no NULL terminator appears before string+n.
Return Value
On success, strndup() shall return a pointer to a newly allocated block of memory containing a copy of at most n bytes of string. Otherwise, strndup() shall return NULL and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory available.
strnlen
Name
strnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
size_t strnlen(const char * s, size_t maxlen);
Description
The strnlen() function shall compute the number of bytes in the array to which s points, stopping at maxlen bytes. A null byte and any bytes following it are not counted.
Return Value
The strnlen() function shall return the length of s if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no null byte in the first maxlen bytes.
Errors
No errors are defined.
strptime
Name
strptime — parse a time string
Description
The strptime() shall behave as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003) with differences as listed below.
Number of leading zeroes may be limited
The ISO POSIX (2003) specifies fields for which "leading zeros are permitted but not required"; however, applications shall not expect to be able to supply more leading zeroes for these fields than would be implied by the range of the field. Implementations may choose to either match an input with excess leading zeroes, or treat this as a non-matching input. For example, %j has a range of 001 to 366, so 0, 00, 000, 001, and 045 are acceptable inputs, but inputs such as 0000, 0366 and the like are not.
Rationale
glibc developers consider it appropriate behavior to forbid excess leading zeroes. When trying to parse a given input against several format strings, forbidding excess leading zeroes could be helpful. For example, if one matches 0011-12-26 against %m-%d-%Y and then against %Y-%m-%d, it seems useful for the first match to fail, as it would be perverse to parse that date as November 12, year 26. The second pattern parses it as December 26, year 11.
The ISO POSIX (2003) is not explicit that an unlimited number of leading zeroes are required, although it may imply this. The LSB explicitly allows implementations to have either behavior. Future versions of this standard may require implementations to forbid excess leading zeroes.
An Interpretation Request is currently pending against ISO POSIX (2003) for this matter.
strsep
Name
strsep — extract token from string
Synopsis
#include <string.h>
char * strsep(char * * stringp, const char * delim);
Description
The strsep() function shall find the first token in the string referenced by the pointer stringp, using the characters in delim as delimiters.
If stringp is NULL, strsep() shall return NULL and do nothing else.
If stringp is non-NULL, strsep() shall find the first token in the string referenced by stringp, where tokens are delimited by characters in the string delim. This token shall be terminated with a \0 character by overwriting the delimiter, and stringp shall be updated to point past the token. In case no delimiter was found, the token is taken to be the entire string referenced by stringp, and the location referenced by stringp is made NULL.
Return Value
strsep() shall return a pointer to the beginning of the token.
Notes
The strsep() function was introduced as a replacement for strtok(), since the latter cannot handle empty fields. However, strtok() conforms to ISO C (1999) and to ISO POSIX (2003) and hence is more portable.
See Also
strtok(), strtok_r().
strsignal
Name
strsignal — return string describing signal
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <string.h>
char * strsignal(int sig);
extern const char * const sys_siglist[];
Description
The strsignal() function shall return a pointer to a string describing the signal number sig. The string can only be used until the next call to strsignal().
The array sys_siglist holds the signal description strings indexed by signal number. This array should not be accessed directly by applications.
Return Value
If sig is a valid signal number, strsignal() shall return a pointer to the appropriate description string. Otherwise, strsignal() shall return either a pointer to the string "unknown signal", or a null pointer.
Although the function is not declared as returning a pointer to a constant character string, applications shall not modify the returned string.
strtoq
Name
strtoq — convert string value to a long or quad_t integer
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>
long long strtoq(const char * nptr, char * * endptr, int base);
Description
strtoq() converts the string nptr to a quadt value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which shall be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
nptr may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace()), followed by a single optional + or - sign character. If base is 0 or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a 0 base is taken as 10 (decimal), unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to a long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the first character which is not a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
strtoq() returns the result of the conversion, unless the value would underflow or overflow. If an underflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MIN. If an overflow occurs, strtoq() returns QUAD_MAX. In both cases, the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
strtouq
Name
strtouq — convert a string to an unsigned long long
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <limits.h>
unsigned long long strtouq(const char * nptr, char * * endptr, int base);
Description
strtouq() converts the string nptr to an unsigned long long value. The conversion is done according to the given base, which shall be between 2 and 36 inclusive, or be the special value 0.
nptr may begin with an arbitrary amount of white space (as determined by isspace()), followed by a single optional + or - sign character. If base is 0 or 16, the string may then include a 0x prefix, and the number will be read in base 16; otherwise, a 0 base is taken as 10 (decimal), unless the next character is 0, in which case it is taken as 8 (octal).
The remainder of the string is converted to an unsigned long value in the obvious manner, stopping at the end of the string or at the first character that does not produce a valid digit in the given base. (In bases above 10, the letter A in either upper or lower case represents 10, B represents 11, and so forth, with Z representing 35.)
Return Value
On success, strtouq() returns either the result of the conversion or, if there was a leading minus sign, the negation of the result of the conversion, unless the original (non-negated) value would overflow. In the case of an overflow the function returns UQUAD_MAX and the global variable errno is set to ERANGE.
Errors
ERANGE
 	The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped.
svc_register
Name
svc_register — register Remote Procedure Call interface
Synopsis
#include <rpc/rpc.h>
bool_t svc_register(SVCXPRT * xprt, rpcprog_t prognum, rpcvers_t versnum, __dispatch_fn_t dispatch, rpcprot_t protocol);
Description
The svc_register() function shall associate the program identified by prognum at version versnum with the service dispatch procedure, dispatch. If protocol is zero, the service is not registered with the portmap service. If protocol is non-zero, then a mapping of the triple [prognum, versnum, protocol] to xprt->xp_port is established with the local portmap service. The procedure dispatch has the following form:
int dispatch(struct svc_req * request, SVCXPRT * xprt);
Return Value
svc_register() returns 1 if it succeeds, and zero otherwise.
svc_run
Name
svc_run — waits for RPC requests to arrive and calls service procedure
Synopsis
#include <rpc/svc.h>
void svc_run(void);
Description
The svc_run() function shall wait for RPC requests to arrive, read and unpack each request, and dispatch it to the appropriate registered handler. Under normal conditions, svc_run() shall not return; it shall only return if serious errors occur that prevent further processing.
svc_sendreply
Name
svc_sendreply — called by RPC service's dispatch routine
Synopsis
bool_t svc_sendreply(SVCXPRT *xprt, xdrproc_t outproc, caddr_t out);
Description
Called by an RPC service's dispatch routine to send the results of a remote procedure call. The parameter xprt is the request's associated transport handle; outproc is the XDR routine which is used to encode the results; and out is the address of the results. This routine returns one if it succeeds, zero otherwise.
svctcp_create
Name
svctcp_create — create a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport
Synopsis
#include <rpc/rpc.h>
SVCXPRT * svctcp_create(int sock, u_int send_buf_size, u_int recv_buf_size);
Description
svctcp_create() creates a TCP/IP-based RPC service transport, to which it returns a pointer. The transport is associated with the socket sock, which may be RPC_ANYSOCK, in which case a new socket is created. If the socket is not bound to a local TCP port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port. Upon completion, xprt->xp_sock is the transport's socket descriptor, and xprt->xp_port is the transport's port number. Since TCP-based RPC uses buffered I/O, users may specify the size of buffers; values of zero choose suitable defaults.
Return Value
svctcp_create() returns NULL if it fails, or a pointer to the RPC service transport otherwise.
svcudp_create
Name
svcudp_create — create a UDP-based RPC service transport 
Synopsis
SVCXPRT *
svcudp_create(int sock);
Description
The svcudp_create() function shall create a UDP/IP-based RPC service transport, and return a pointer to its descriptor. The transport is associated with the socket sock, which may be RPC_ANYSOCK, in which case a new socket shall be created. If the socket is not bound to a local UDP port, then svcudp_create() shall bind it to an arbitrary port.
If svcudp_create() returns successfully, then the xp_sock field in the result shall be the transport's socket descriptor, and the xp_port field shall be the transport's port number.
Return Value
Upon successful completion, svcudp_create() shall return a pointer to a RPC service transport; otherwise, a null pointer shall be returned.
swscanf
Name
swscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
sysconf
Name
sysconf — Get configuration information at runtime
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
long sysconf(int name);
DESCRIPTION
sysconf() is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Extra Variables
These additional values extend the list in ISO POSIX (2003).
 - _SC_PHYS_PAGES
 	The number of pages of physical memory.
 - _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES
 	The number of currently available pages of physical memory.
 - _SC_NPROCESSORS_CONF
 	The number of processors configured.
 - _SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN
 	The number of processors currently online (available).
system
Name
system — execute a shell command
Synopsis
#include <stdlib.h>
int system(const char * string);
Description
The system() function shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003).
Notes
The fact that system() ignores interrupts is often not what a program wants. ISO POSIX (2003) describes some of the consequences; an additional consequence is that a program calling system() from a loop cannot be reliably interrupted. Many programs will want to use the exec() family of functions instead.
Do not use system() from a program with suid or sgid privileges, because unexpected values for some environment variables might be used to subvert system integrity. Use the exec() family of functions instead, but not execlp() or execvp(). system() will not, in fact, work properly from programs with suid or sgid privileges on systems on which /bin/sh is bash version 2, since bash 2 drops privileges on startup. (Debian uses a modified bash which does not do this when invoked as sh.)
The check for the availability of /bin/sh is not actually performed; it is always assumed to be available. ISO C (1999) specifies the check, but ISO POSIX (2003) specifies that the return shall always be nonzero, since a system without the shell is not conforming, and it is this that is implemented.
It is possible for the shell command to return 127, so that code is not a sure indication that the execve() call failed; check the global variable errno to make sure.
textdomain
Name
textdomain — set the current default message domain
Synopsis
#include <libintl.h>
char * textdomain(const char * domainname);
Description
The textdomain() function shall set the current default message domain to domainname. Subsequent calls to gettext() and ngettext() use the default message domain.
If domainname is NULL, the default message domain shall not be altered.
If domainname is "", textdomain() shall reset the default domain to the system default of "messages".
Return
On success, textdomain() shall return the currently selected domain. Otherwise, a null pointer shall be returned, and errno is set to indicate the error.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficent memory available.
unlink
Name
unlink — remove a directory entry
Synopsis
int unlink(const char * path);
Description
unlink() is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
See also Section 18.1, Additional behaviors: unlink/link on directory.
May return EISDIR on directories
If path specifies a directory, the implementation may return EISDIR instead of EPERM as specified by ISO POSIX (2003). 
Rationale: The Linux kernel has deliberately chosen EISDIR for this case and does not expect to change.
uselocale
Name
uselocale — set locale for thread
Synopsis
#include <locale.h>
locale_t uselocale(locale_t newloc);
Description
The uselocale() function shall set the locale for the calling thread to the locale specified by newloc.
If newloc is the value LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE, the thread's locale shall be set to the process current global locale, as set by setlocale(). If newloc is NULL, the thread's locale is not altered.
Return Value
The uselocale() function shall return the previous locale, or LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE if the thread local locale has not been previously set.
Errors
None defined.
See Also
setlocale(), freelocale(), duplocale(), newlocale()
utmpname
Name
utmpname — set user accounting database
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
int utmpname(const char * dbname);
Description
The utmpname() function shall cause the user accounting database used by the getutent(), getutent_r(), getutxent(), getutxid(), getutxline(), and pututxline() functions to be that named by dbname, instead of the system default database. See Section 16.3 for further information. 
Note: The LSB does not specify the format of the user accounting database, nor the names of the file or files that may contain it.
Return Value
None.
Errors
None defined.
vasprintf
Name
vasprintf — write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string
Synopsis
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int vasprintf(char * * restrict ptr, const char * restrict format, va_list arg);
Description
The vasprintf() function shall write formatted output to a dynamically allocated string, and store the address of that string in the location referenced by ptr. It shall behave as asprintf(), except that instead of being called with a variable number of arguments, it is called with an argument list as defined by <stdarg.h>.
Return Value
Refer to fprintf().
Errors
Refer to fprintf().
vdprintf
Name
vdprintf — write formatted output to a file descriptor
Synopsis
#include <stdio.h>
int vdprintf(int fd, const char * restrict format, va_list arg);
Description
The vdprintf() function shall behave as vfprintf(), except that vdprintf() shall write output to the file associated with the file descriptor specified by the fd argument, rather than place output on a stream (as defined by ISO POSIX (2003)).
Return Value
Refer to fprintf().
Errors
Refer to fprintf().
verrx
Name
verrx — display formatted error message and exit
Synopsis
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <err.h>
void verrx(int eval, const char * fmt, va_list args);
Description
The verrx() shall behave as errx() except that instead of being called with a variable number of arguments, it is called with an argument list as defined by <stdarg.h>.
verrx() does not return, but exits with the value of eval.
Return Value
None.
Errors
None.
vfscanf
Name
vfscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
vfwscanf
Name
vfwscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
vscanf
Name
vscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
vsscanf
Name
vsscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
vswscanf
Name
vswscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
vsyslog
Name
vsyslog — log to system log
Synopsis
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <syslog.h>
void vsyslog(int priority, char * message, va_list arglist);
Description
The vsyslog() function is identical to syslog() as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), except that arglist (as defined by stdarg.h) replaces the variable number of arguments.
vwscanf
Name
vwscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
wait4
Name
wait4 — wait for process termination, BSD style
Synopsis
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/resource.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
pid_t wait4(pid_t pid, int * status, int options, struct rusage * rusage);
Description
wait4() suspends execution of the current process until a child (as specified by pid) has exited, or until a signal is delivered whose action is to terminate the current process or to call a signal handling function. If a child (as requested by pid) has already exited by the time of the call (a so-called "zombie" process), the function returns immediately. Any system resources used by the child are freed.
The value of pid can be one of:
< -1 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to the absolute value of pid.
-1 
 	wait for any child process; this is equivalent to calling wait3().
0 
 	wait for any child process whose process group ID is equal to that of the calling process.
> 0 
 	wait for the child whose process ID is equal to the value of pid.
The value of options is a bitwise or of zero or more of the following constants:
WNOHANG
 	return immediately if no child is there to be waited for.
WUNTRACED
 	return for children that are stopped, and whose status has not been reported.
If status is not NULL, wait4() stores status information in the location status. This status can be evaluated with the following macros: 
Note: These macros take the status value (an int) as an argument -- not a pointer to the value!
WIFEXITED(status)
 	is nonzero if the child exited normally.
WEXITSTATUS(status)
 	evaluates to the least significant eight bits of the return code of the child that terminated, which may have been set as the argument to a call to exit() or as the argument for a return statement in the main program. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFEXITED() returned nonzero.
WIFSIGNALED(status)
 	returns true if the child process exited because of a signal that was not caught.
WTERMSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal that caused the child process to terminate. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSIGNALED() returned nonzero.
WIFSTOPPED(status)
 	returns true if the child process that caused the return is currently stopped; this is only possible if the call was done using WUNTRACED().
WSTOPSIG(status)
 	returns the number of the signal that caused the child to stop. This macro can only be evaluated if WIFSTOPPED() returned nonzero.
If rusage is not NULL, the struct rusage (as defined in sys/resource.h) that it points to will be filled with accounting information. See getrusage() for details.
Return Value
On success, the process ID of the child that exited is returned. On error, -1 is returned (in particular, when no unwaited-for child processes of the specified kind exist), or 0 if WNOHANG() was used and no child was available yet. In the latter two cases, the global variable errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ECHILD 
 	No unwaited-for child process as specified does exist.
ERESTARTSYS
 	A WNOHANG() was not set and an unblocked signal or a SIGCHILD was caught. This error is returned by the system call. The library interface is not allowed to return ERESTARTSYS, but will return EINTR.
warn
Name
warn — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void warn(const char * fmt, ...);
Description
The warn() function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. The output shall consist of the last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space character. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as a format string for the printf() family of functions, and the formatted message, a colon character, and a space are written to stderr. Finally, the error message string affiliated with the current value of the global variable errno shall be written to stderr, followed by a newline character.
Return Value
None.
Errors
None.
warnx
Name
warnx — formatted error messages
Synopsis
#include <err.h>
void warnx(const char * fmt, ...);
Description
The warnx() function shall display a formatted error message on the standard error stream. The last component of the program name, a colon character, and a space shall be output. If fmt is non-NULL, it shall be used as the format string for the printf() family of functions, and the formatted error message, a colon character, and a space shall be output. The output shall be followed by a newline character.
Return Value
None.
Errors
None.
wcpcpy
Name
wcpcpy — copy a wide character string, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * wcpcpy(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src);
Description
wcpcpy() is the wide-character equivalent of stpcpy(). It copies the wide character string src, including the terminating null wide character code, to the array dest.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least wcslen()(src)+1 wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpcpy() returns a pointer to the end of the wide-character string dest, that is, a pointer to the terminating null wide character code.
wcpncpy
Name
wcpncpy — copy a fixed-size string of wide characters, returning a pointer to its end
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * wcpncpy(wchar_t * dest, const wchar_t * src, size_t n);
Description
wcpncpy() is the wide-character equivalent of stpncpy(). It copies at most n wide characters from the wide-character string src, including the terminating null wide character code, to the array dest. Exactly n wide characters are written at dest. If the length wcslen()(src) is smaller than n, the remaining wide characters in the array dest are filled with null wide character codes. If the length wcslen()(src) is greater than or equal to n, the string dest will not be terminated with a null wide character code.
The strings may not overlap.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least n wide characters at dest.
Return Value
wcpncpy() returns a pointer to the wide character one past the last non-null wide character written.
wcscasecmp
Name
wcscasecmp — compare two wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int wcscasecmp(const wchar_t * s1, const wchar_t * s2);
Description
wcscasecmp() is the wide-character equivalent of strcasecmp(). It compares the wide-character string s1 and the wide-character string s2, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
The wcscasecmp() function shall return 0 if the wide-character strings s1 and s2 are equal except for case distinctions. It shall return a positive integer if s1 is greater than s2, ignoring case. It shall return a negative integer if s1 is less than s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcscasecmp() depends upon the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsdup
Name
wcsdup — duplicate a wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
wchar_t * wcsdup(const wchar_t * s);
Description
The wcsdup() function is the wide-character equivalent of strdup(). The wcsdup() function shall return a pointer to a new wide character string, which is a duplicate of the wide character string pointed to by s. The returned pointer can be passed to free(). A null pointer is returned if the new string cannot be created.
Return Value
The wcsdup() function returns a pointer to a new wide-character string on success. Otherwise, it shall return NULL and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory available.
wcsncasecmp
Name
wcsncasecmp — compare two fixed-size wide-character strings, ignoring case
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
int wcsncasecmp(const wchar_t * s1, const wchar_t * s2, size_t n);
Description
wcsncasecmp() is the wide-character equivalent of strncasecmp(). It compares the wide-character string s1 and the wide-character string s2, but at most n wide characters from each string, ignoring case differences (towupper, towlower).
Return Value
wcscasecmp() returns 0 if the wide-character strings s1 and s2, truncated to at most length n, are equal except for case distinctions. It returns a positive integer if truncated s1 is greater than truncated s2, ignoring case. It returns a negative integer if truncated s1 is smaller than truncated s2, ignoring case.
Notes
The behavior of wcsncasecmp() depends upon the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
wcsnlen
Name
wcsnlen — determine the length of a fixed-size wide-character string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t wcsnlen(const wchar_t * s, size_t maxlen);
Description
wcsnlen() is the wide-character equivalent of strnlen(). It returns the number of wide-characters in the string s, not including the terminating null wide character code, but at most maxlen. In doing this, wcsnlen() looks only at the first maxlen wide-characters at s and never beyond s + maxlen.
Return Value
wcsnlen() returns wcslen()(s) if that is less than maxlen, or maxlen if there is no null wide character code among the first maxlen wide characters pointed to by s.
wcsnrtombs
Name
wcsnrtombs — convert a wide character string to a multi-byte string
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
size_t wcsnrtombs(char * dest, const wchar_t * * src, size_t nwc, size_t len, mbstate_t * ps);
Description
wcsnrtombs() is like wcsrtombs(), except that the number of wide characters to be converted, starting at src, is limited to nwc.
If dest is not a NULL pointer, wcsnrtombs() converts at most nwc wide characters from the wide-character string src to a multibyte string starting at dest. At most len bytes are written to dest. The shift state ps is updated.
The conversion is effectively performed by repeatedly calling: 
wcrtomb(dest, *src, ps)
as long as this call succeeds, and then incrementing dest by the number of bytes written and src by 1.
The conversion can stop for three reasons:
•	A wide character has been encountered that cannot be represented as a multibyte sequence (according to the current locale). In this case src is left pointing to the invalid wide character, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and errno is set to EILSEQ.
•	nws wide characters have been converted without encountering a null wide character code, or the length limit forces a stop. In this case, src is left pointing to the next wide character to be converted, and the number bytes written to dest is returned.
•	The wide-character string has been completely converted, including the terminating null wide character code (which has the side effect of bringing back ps to the initial state). In this case, src is set to NULL, and the number of bytes written to dest, excluding the terminating null wide character code, is returned.
If dest is NULL, len is ignored, and the conversion proceeds as above, except that the converted bytes are not written out to memory, and that no destination length limit exists.
In both of the above cases, if ps is a NULL pointer, a static anonymous state only known to wcsnrtombs() is used instead.
The programmer shall ensure that there is room for at least len bytes at dest.
Return Value
wcsnrtombs() returns the number of bytes that make up the converted part of multibyte sequence, not including the terminating null wide character code. If a wide character was encountered which could not be converted, (size_t)(-1) is returned, and the global variable errno set to EILSEQ.
Notes
The behavior of wcsnrtombs() depends on the LC_CTYPE category of the current locale.
Passing NULL as ps is not multi-thread safe.
wcstoq
Name
wcstoq — convert wide string to long long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
long long int wcstoq(const wchar_t * restrict nptr, wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);
Description
The wcstoq() function shall convert the initial portion of the wide string nptr to long long int representation. It is identical to wcstoll().
Return Value
Refer to wcstoll().
Errors
Refer to wcstoll().
wcstouq
Name
wcstouq — convert wide string to unsigned long long int representation
Synopsis
#include <wchar.h>
unsigned long long wcstouq(const wchar_t * restrict nptr, wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);
Description
The wcstouq() function shall convert the initial portion of the wide string nptr to unsigned long long int representation. It is identical to wcstoull().
Return Value
Refer to wcstoull().
Errors
Refer to wcstoull().
wscanf
Name
wscanf — convert formatted input
Description
The scanf() family of functions shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), except as noted below.
Differences
The %s, %S and %[ conversion specifiers shall accept an option length modifier a, which shall cause a memory buffer to be allocated to hold the string converted. In such a case, the argument corresponding to the conversion specifier should be a reference to a pointer value that will receive a pointer to the allocated buffer. If there is insufficient memory to allocate a buffer, the function may set errno to ENOMEM and a conversion error results. 
Note: This directly conflicts with the ISO C (1999) usage of %a as a conversion specifier for hexadecimal float values. While this conversion specifier should be supported, a format specifier such as "%aseconds" will have a different meaning on an LSB conforming system.
xdr_u_int
Name
xdr_u_int — library routines for external data representation
Synopsis
int xdr_u_int(XDR * xdrs, unsigned int * up);
Description
xdr_u_int() is a filter primitive that translates between C unsigned integers and their external representations.
Return Value
On success, 1 is returned. On error, 0 is returned.
xdrstdio_create
Name
xdrstdio_create — library routines for external data representation
Synopsis
#include <rpc/xdr.h>
void xdrstdio_create(XDR * xdrs, FILE * file, enum xdr_op op);
Description
The xdrstdio_create() function shall initialize the XDR stream object referred to by xdrs. The XDR stream data shall be written to, or read from, the standard I/O stream associated with file. If the operation op is XDR_ENCODE, encoded data shall be written to file. If op is XDR_DECODE, encoded data shall be read from file. If op is XDR_FREE, the XDR stream object may be used to deallocate storage allocated by a previous XDR_DECODE.
The associated destroy function shall flush the file I/O stream, but not close it.
Return Value
None.
13.6 Interfaces for libm
Table 13-37 defines the library name and shared object name for the libm library
Table 13-37 libm Definition
Library:	libm	
SONAME:	See archLSB.	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LSB] This Specification	
[SUSv3] ISO POSIX (2003)	
[SVID.3] SVID Issue 3	

13.6.1 Math
13.6.1.1 Interfaces for Math
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Math specified in Table 13-38, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-38 libm - Math Function Interfaces
__finite [LSB]	__finitef [LSB]	__finitel [LSB]	__fpclassify [LSB]	
__fpclassifyf [LSB]	__signbit [LSB]	__signbitf [LSB]	acos [SUSv3]	
acosf [SUSv3]	acosh [SUSv3]	acoshf [SUSv3]	acoshl [SUSv3]	
acosl [SUSv3]	asin [SUSv3]	asinf [SUSv3]	asinh [SUSv3]	
asinhf [SUSv3]	asinhl [SUSv3]	asinl [SUSv3]	atan [SUSv3]	
atan2 [SUSv3]	atan2f [SUSv3]	atan2l [SUSv3]	atanf [SUSv3]	
atanh [SUSv3]	atanhf [SUSv3]	atanhl [SUSv3]	atanl [SUSv3]	
cabs [SUSv3]	cabsf [SUSv3]	cabsl [SUSv3]	cacos [SUSv3]	
cacosf [SUSv3]	cacosh [SUSv3]	cacoshf [SUSv3]	cacoshl [SUSv3]	
cacosl [SUSv3]	carg [SUSv3]	cargf [SUSv3]	cargl [SUSv3]	
casin [SUSv3]	casinf [SUSv3]	casinh [SUSv3]	casinhf [SUSv3]	
casinhl [SUSv3]	casinl [SUSv3]	catan [SUSv3]	catanf [SUSv3]	
catanh [SUSv3]	catanhf [SUSv3]	catanhl [SUSv3]	catanl [SUSv3]	
cbrt [SUSv3]	cbrtf [SUSv3]	cbrtl [SUSv3]	ccos [SUSv3]	
ccosf [SUSv3]	ccosh [SUSv3]	ccoshf [SUSv3]	ccoshl [SUSv3]	
ccosl [SUSv3]	ceil [SUSv3]	ceilf [SUSv3]	ceill [SUSv3]	
cexp [SUSv3]	cexpf [SUSv3]	cexpl [SUSv3]	cimag [SUSv3]	
cimagf [SUSv3]	cimagl [SUSv3]	clog [SUSv3]	clog10 [LSB]	
clog10f [LSB]	clog10l [LSB]	clogf [SUSv3]	clogl [SUSv3]	
conj [SUSv3]	conjf [SUSv3]	conjl [SUSv3]	copysign [SUSv3]	
copysignf [SUSv3]	copysignl [SUSv3]	cos [SUSv3]	cosf [SUSv3]	
cosh [SUSv3]	coshf [SUSv3]	coshl [SUSv3]	cosl [SUSv3]	
cpow [SUSv3]	cpowf [SUSv3]	cpowl [SUSv3]	cproj [SUSv3]	
cprojf [SUSv3]	cprojl [SUSv3]	creal [SUSv3]	crealf [SUSv3]	
creall [SUSv3]	csin [SUSv3]	csinf [SUSv3]	csinh [SUSv3]	
csinhf [SUSv3]	csinhl [SUSv3]	csinl [SUSv3]	csqrt [SUSv3]	
csqrtf [SUSv3]	csqrtl [SUSv3]	ctan [SUSv3]	ctanf [SUSv3]	
ctanh [SUSv3]	ctanhf [SUSv3]	ctanhl [SUSv3]	ctanl [SUSv3]	
drem [LSB]	dremf [LSB]	dreml [LSB]	erf [SUSv3]	
erfc [SUSv3]	erfcf [SUSv3]	erfcl [SUSv3]	erff [SUSv3]	
erfl [SUSv3]	exp [SUSv3]	exp10 [LSB]	exp10f [LSB]	
exp10l [LSB]	exp2 [SUSv3]	exp2f [SUSv3]	expf [SUSv3]	
expl [SUSv3]	expm1 [SUSv3]	expm1f [SUSv3]	expm1l [SUSv3]	
fabs [SUSv3]	fabsf [SUSv3]	fabsl [SUSv3]	fdim [SUSv3]	
fdimf [SUSv3]	fdiml [SUSv3]	feclearexcept [SUSv3]	fedisableexcept [LSB]	
feenableexcept [LSB]	fegetenv [SUSv3]	fegetexcept [LSB]	fegetexceptflag [SUSv3]	
fegetround [SUSv3]	feholdexcept [SUSv3]	feraiseexcept [SUSv3]	fesetenv [SUSv3]	
fesetexceptflag [SUSv3]	fesetround [SUSv3]	fetestexcept [SUSv3]	feupdateenv [SUSv3]	
finite [LSB]	finitef [LSB]	finitel [LSB]	floor [SUSv3]	
floorf [SUSv3]	floorl [SUSv3]	fma [SUSv3]	fmaf [SUSv3]	
fmal [SUSv3]	fmax [SUSv3]	fmaxf [SUSv3]	fmaxl [SUSv3]	
fmin [SUSv3]	fminf [SUSv3]	fminl [SUSv3]	fmod [SUSv3]	
fmodf [SUSv3]	fmodl [SUSv3]	frexp [SUSv3]	frexpf [SUSv3]	
frexpl [SUSv3]	gamma [LSB]	gammaf [LSB]	gammal [LSB]	
hypot [SUSv3]	hypotf [SUSv3]	hypotl [SUSv3]	ilogb [SUSv3]	
ilogbf [SUSv3]	ilogbl [SUSv3]	j0 [SUSv3]	j0f [LSB]	
j0l [LSB]	j1 [SUSv3]	j1f [LSB]	j1l [LSB]	
jn [SUSv3]	jnf [LSB]	jnl [LSB]	ldexp [SUSv3]	
ldexpf [SUSv3]	ldexpl [SUSv3]	lgamma [SUSv3]	lgamma_r [LSB]	
lgammaf [SUSv3]	lgammaf_r [LSB]	lgammal [SUSv3]	lgammal_r [LSB]	
llrint [SUSv3]	llrintf [SUSv3]	llrintl [SUSv3]	llround [SUSv3]	
llroundf [SUSv3]	llroundl [SUSv3]	log [SUSv3]	log10 [SUSv3]	
log10f [SUSv3]	log10l [SUSv3]	log1p [SUSv3]	log1pf [SUSv3]	
log1pl [SUSv3]	log2 [SUSv3]	log2f [SUSv3]	log2l [SUSv3]	
logb [SUSv3]	logbf [SUSv3]	logbl [SUSv3]	logf [SUSv3]	
logl [SUSv3]	lrint [SUSv3]	lrintf [SUSv3]	lrintl [SUSv3]	
lround [SUSv3]	lroundf [SUSv3]	lroundl [SUSv3]	matherr [SVID.3]	
modf [SUSv3]	modff [SUSv3]	modfl [SUSv3]	nan [SUSv3]	
nanf [SUSv3]	nanl [SUSv3]	nearbyint [SUSv3]	nearbyintf [SUSv3]	
nearbyintl [SUSv3]	nextafter [SUSv3]	nextafterf [SUSv3]	nextafterl [SUSv3]	
nexttoward [SUSv3]	nexttowardf [SUSv3]	nexttowardl [SUSv3]	pow [SUSv3]	
pow10 [LSB]	pow10f [LSB]	pow10l [LSB]	powf [SUSv3]	
powl [SUSv3]	remainder [SUSv3]	remainderf [SUSv3]	remainderl [SUSv3]	
remquo [SUSv3]	remquof [SUSv3]	remquol [SUSv3]	rint [SUSv3]	
rintf [SUSv3]	rintl [SUSv3]	round [SUSv3]	roundf [SUSv3]	
roundl [SUSv3]	scalb [SUSv3]	scalbf [LSB]	scalbl [LSB]	
scalbln [SUSv3]	scalblnf [SUSv3]	scalblnl [SUSv3]	scalbn [SUSv3]	
scalbnf [SUSv3]	scalbnl [SUSv3]	significand [LSB]	significandf [LSB]	
significandl [LSB]	sin [SUSv3]	sincos [LSB]	sincosf [LSB]	
sincosl [LSB]	sinf [SUSv3]	sinh [SUSv3]	sinhf [SUSv3]	
sinhl [SUSv3]	sinl [SUSv3]	sqrt [SUSv3]	sqrtf [SUSv3]	
sqrtl [SUSv3]	tan [SUSv3]	tanf [SUSv3]	tanh [SUSv3]	
tanhf [SUSv3]	tanhl [SUSv3]	tanl [SUSv3]	tgamma [SUSv3]	
tgammaf [SUSv3]	tgammal [SUSv3]	trunc [SUSv3]	truncf [SUSv3]	
truncl [SUSv3]	y0 [SUSv3]	y0f [LSB]	y0l [LSB]	
y1 [SUSv3]	y1f [LSB]	y1l [LSB]	yn [SUSv3]	
ynf [LSB]	ynl [LSB]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Math specified in Table 13-39, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-39 libm - Math Deprecated Function Interfaces
drem [LSB]	dremf [LSB]	dreml [LSB]	finite [LSB]	
finitef [LSB]	finitel [LSB]	gamma [LSB]	gammaf [LSB]	
gammal [LSB]	matherr [SVID.3]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Math specified in Table 13-40, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-40 libm - Math Data Interfaces
signgam [SUSv3]	

	

13.7 Data Definitions for libm
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libm. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.7.1 complex.h

#define complex _Complex

extern double cabs(double complex);
extern float cabsf(float complex);
extern long double cabsl(long double complex);
extern double complex cacos(double complex);
extern float complex cacosf(float complex);
extern double complex cacosh(double complex);
extern float complex cacoshf(float complex);
extern long double complex cacoshl(long double complex);
extern long double complex cacosl(long double complex);
extern double carg(double complex);
extern float cargf(float complex);
extern long double cargl(long double complex);
extern double complex casin(double complex);
extern float complex casinf(float complex);
extern double complex casinh(double complex);
extern float complex casinhf(float complex);
extern long double complex casinhl(long double complex);
extern long double complex casinl(long double complex);
extern double complex catan(double complex);
extern float complex catanf(float complex);
extern double complex catanh(double complex);
extern float complex catanhf(float complex);
extern long double complex catanhl(long double complex);
extern long double complex catanl(long double complex);
extern double complex ccos(double complex);
extern float complex ccosf(float complex);
extern double complex ccosh(double complex);
extern float complex ccoshf(float complex);
extern long double complex ccoshl(long double complex);
extern long double complex ccosl(long double complex);
extern double complex cexp(double complex);
extern float complex cexpf(float complex);
extern long double complex cexpl(long double complex);
extern double cimag(double complex);
extern float cimagf(float complex);
extern long double cimagl(long double complex);
extern double complex clog(double complex);
extern double complex clog10(double complex);
extern float complex clog10f(float complex);
extern long double complex clog10l(long double complex);
extern float complex clogf(float complex);
extern long double complex clogl(long double complex);
extern double complex conj(double complex);
extern float complex conjf(float complex);
extern long double complex conjl(long double complex);
extern double complex cpow(double complex, double complex);
extern float complex cpowf(float complex, float complex);
extern long double complex cpowl(long double complex, long double complex);
extern double complex cproj(double complex);
extern float complex cprojf(float complex);
extern long double complex cprojl(long double complex);
extern double creal(double complex);
extern float crealf(float complex);
extern long double creall(long double complex);
extern double complex csin(double complex);
extern float complex csinf(float complex);
extern double complex csinh(double complex);
extern float complex csinhf(float complex);
extern long double complex csinhl(long double complex);
extern long double complex csinl(long double complex);
extern double complex csqrt(double complex);
extern float complex csqrtf(float complex);
extern long double complex csqrtl(long double complex);
extern double complex ctan(double complex);
extern float complex ctanf(float complex);
extern double complex ctanh(double complex);
extern float complex ctanhf(float complex);
extern long double complex ctanhl(long double complex);
extern long double complex ctanl(long double complex);
13.7.2 fenv.h

extern int feclearexcept(int __excepts);
extern int fedisableexcept(int __excepts);
extern int feenableexcept(int __excepts);
extern int fegetenv(fenv_t * __envp);
extern int fegetexcept(void);
extern int fegetexceptflag(fexcept_t * __flagp, int __excepts);
extern int fegetround(void);
extern int feholdexcept(fenv_t * __envp);
extern int feraiseexcept(int __excepts);
extern int fesetenv(const fenv_t * __envp);
extern int fesetexceptflag(const fexcept_t * __flagp, int __excepts);
extern int fesetround(int __rounding_direction);
extern int fetestexcept(int __excepts);
extern int feupdateenv(const fenv_t * __envp);
13.7.3 math.h

#define DOMAIN  1
#define SING    2

#define FP_NAN  0
#define FP_INFINITE     1
#define FP_ZERO 2
#define FP_SUBNORMAL    3
#define FP_NORMAL       4

#define isnormal(x)     (fpclassify (x) == FP_NORMAL)   /* Return nonzero value if X is neither zero, subnormal, Inf, n */

#define HUGE_VAL        0x1.0p2047
#define HUGE_VALF       0x1.0p255f

#define NAN     ((float)0x7fc00000UL)
#define M_1_PI  0.31830988618379067154
#define M_LOG10E        0.43429448190325182765
#define M_2_PI  0.63661977236758134308
#define M_LN2   0.69314718055994530942
#define M_SQRT1_2       0.70710678118654752440
#define M_PI_4  0.78539816339744830962
#define M_2_SQRTPI      1.12837916709551257390
#define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880
#define M_LOG2E 1.4426950408889634074
#define M_PI_2  1.57079632679489661923
#define M_LN10  2.30258509299404568402
#define M_E     2.7182818284590452354
#define M_PI    3.14159265358979323846
#define INFINITY        HUGE_VALF

#define MATH_ERRNO      1       /* errno set by math functions. */
#define MATH_ERREXCEPT  2       /* Exceptions raised by math functions. */

#define isunordered(u, v)       \
        (__extension__({ __typeof__(u) __u = (u); __typeof__(v) __v = (v);fpclassify (__u) == FP_NAN || fpclassify (__v) == FP_NAN; })) /* Return nonzero value if arguments are unordered. */
#define islessgreater(x, y)     \
        (__extension__({ __typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y);!isunordered (__x, __y) && (__x < __y || __y < __x); }))      /* Return nonzero value if either X is less than Y or Y is less */
#define isless(x,y)     \
        (__extension__({ __typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y);!isunordered (__x, __y) && __x < __y; }))     /* Return nonzero value if X is less than Y. */
#define islessequal(x, y)       \
        (__extension__({ __typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y);!isunordered (__x, __y) && __x <= __y; }))    /* Return nonzero value if X is less than or equal to Y. */
#define isgreater(x,y)  \
        (__extension__({ __typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y);!isunordered (__x, __y) && __x > __y; }))     /* Return nonzero value if X is greater than Y. */
#define isgreaterequal(x,y)     \
        (__extension__({ __typeof__(x) __x = (x); __typeof__(y) __y = (y);!isunordered (__x, __y) && __x >= __y; }))    /* Return nonzero value if X is greater than or equal to Y. */

extern int __finite(double);
extern int __finitef(float);
extern int __finitel(long double);
extern int __fpclassify(double);
extern int __fpclassifyf(float);
extern int __isinf(double);
extern int __isinff(float);
extern int __isinfl(long double);
extern int __isnan(double);
extern int __isnanf(float);
extern int __isnanl(long double);
extern int __signbit(double);
extern int __signbitf(float);
extern double acos(double);
extern float acosf(float);
extern double acosh(double);
extern float acoshf(float);
extern long double acoshl(long double);
extern long double acosl(long double);
extern double asin(double);
extern float asinf(float);
extern double asinh(double);
extern float asinhf(float);
extern long double asinhl(long double);
extern long double asinl(long double);
extern double atan(double);
extern double atan2(double, double);
extern float atan2f(float, float);
extern long double atan2l(long double, long double);
extern float atanf(float);
extern double atanh(double);
extern float atanhf(float);
extern long double atanhl(long double);
extern long double atanl(long double);
extern double cbrt(double);
extern float cbrtf(float);
extern long double cbrtl(long double);
extern double ceil(double);
extern float ceilf(float);
extern long double ceill(long double);
extern double copysign(double, double);
extern float copysignf(float, float);
extern long double copysignl(long double, long double);
extern double cos(double);
extern float cosf(float);
extern double cosh(double);
extern float coshf(float);
extern long double coshl(long double);
extern long double cosl(long double);
extern double drem(double, double);
extern float dremf(float, float);
extern long double dreml(long double, long double);
extern double erf(double);
extern double erfc(double);
extern float erfcf(float);
extern long double erfcl(long double);
extern float erff(float);
extern long double erfl(long double);
extern double exp(double);
extern double exp10(double);
extern float exp10f(float);
extern long double exp10l(long double);
extern double exp2(double);
extern float exp2f(float);
extern float expf(float);
extern long double expl(long double);
extern double expm1(double);
extern float expm1f(float);
extern long double expm1l(long double);
extern double fabs(double);
extern float fabsf(float);
extern long double fabsl(long double);
extern double fdim(double, double);
extern float fdimf(float, float);
extern long double fdiml(long double, long double);
extern int finite(double);
extern int finitef(float);
extern int finitel(long double);
extern double floor(double);
extern float floorf(float);
extern long double floorl(long double);
extern double fma(double, double, double);
extern float fmaf(float, float, float);
extern long double fmal(long double, long double, long double);
extern double fmax(double, double);
extern float fmaxf(float, float);
extern long double fmaxl(long double, long double);
extern double fmin(double, double);
extern float fminf(float, float);
extern long double fminl(long double, long double);
extern double fmod(double, double);
extern float fmodf(float, float);
extern long double fmodl(long double, long double);
extern double frexp(double, int *);
extern float frexpf(float, int *);
extern long double frexpl(long double, int *);
extern double gamma(double);
extern float gammaf(float);
extern long double gammal(long double);
extern double hypot(double, double);
extern float hypotf(float, float);
extern long double hypotl(long double, long double);
extern int ilogb(double);
extern int ilogbf(float);
extern int ilogbl(long double);
extern double j0(double);
extern float j0f(float);
extern long double j0l(long double);
extern double j1(double);
extern float j1f(float);
extern long double j1l(long double);
extern double jn(int, double);
extern float jnf(int, float);
extern long double jnl(int, long double);
extern double ldexp(double, int);
extern float ldexpf(float, int);
extern long double ldexpl(long double, int);
extern double lgamma(double);
extern double lgamma_r(double, int *);
extern float lgammaf(float);
extern float lgammaf_r(float, int *);
extern long double lgammal(long double);
extern long double lgammal_r(long double, int *);
extern long long int llrint(double);
extern long long int llrintf(float);
extern long long int llrintl(long double);
extern long long int llround(double);
extern long long int llroundf(float);
extern long long int llroundl(long double);
extern double log(double);
extern double log10(double);
extern float log10f(float);
extern long double log10l(long double);
extern double log1p(double);
extern float log1pf(float);
extern long double log1pl(long double);
extern double log2(double);
extern float log2f(float);
extern long double log2l(long double);
extern double logb(double);
extern float logbf(float);
extern long double logbl(long double);
extern float logf(float);
extern long double logl(long double);
extern long int lrint(double);
extern long int lrintf(float);
extern long int lrintl(long double);
extern long int lround(double);
extern long int lroundf(float);
extern long int lroundl(long double);
extern double modf(double, double *);
extern float modff(float, float *);
extern long double modfl(long double, long double *);
extern double nan(const char *);
extern float nanf(const char *);
extern long double nanl(const char *);
extern double nearbyint(double);
extern float nearbyintf(float);
extern long double nearbyintl(long double);
extern double nextafter(double, double);
extern float nextafterf(float, float);
extern long double nextafterl(long double, long double);
extern double nexttoward(double, long double);
extern float nexttowardf(float, long double);
extern long double nexttowardl(long double, long double);
extern double pow(double, double);
extern double pow10(double);
extern float pow10f(float);
extern long double pow10l(long double);
extern float powf(float, float);
extern long double powl(long double, long double);
extern double remainder(double, double);
extern float remainderf(float, float);
extern long double remainderl(long double, long double);
extern double remquo(double, double, int *);
extern float remquof(float, float, int *);
extern long double remquol(long double, long double, int *);
extern double rint(double);
extern float rintf(float);
extern long double rintl(long double);
extern double round(double);
extern float roundf(float);
extern long double roundl(long double);
extern double scalb(double, double);
extern float scalbf(float, float);
extern long double scalbl(long double, long double);
extern double scalbln(double, long int);
extern float scalblnf(float, long int);
extern long double scalblnl(long double, long int);
extern double scalbn(double, int);
extern float scalbnf(float, int);
extern long double scalbnl(long double, int);
extern int signgam;
extern double significand(double);
extern float significandf(float);
extern long double significandl(long double);
extern double sin(double);
extern void sincos(double, double *, double *);
extern void sincosf(float, float *, float *);
extern void sincosl(long double, long double *, long double *);
extern float sinf(float);
extern double sinh(double);
extern float sinhf(float);
extern long double sinhl(long double);
extern long double sinl(long double);
extern double sqrt(double);
extern float sqrtf(float);
extern long double sqrtl(long double);
extern double tan(double);
extern float tanf(float);
extern double tanh(double);
extern float tanhf(float);
extern long double tanhl(long double);
extern long double tanl(long double);
extern double tgamma(double);
extern float tgammaf(float);
extern long double tgammal(long double);
extern double trunc(double);
extern float truncf(float);
extern long double truncl(long double);
extern double y0(double);
extern float y0f(float);
extern long double y0l(long double);
extern double y1(double);
extern float y1f(float);
extern long double y1l(long double);
extern double yn(int, double);
extern float ynf(int, float);
extern long double ynl(int, long double);
13.8 Interface Definitions for libm
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libm and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 13.6 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
__finite
Name
__finite — test for infinity
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int __finite(double arg);
Description
__finite() has the same specification as isfinite() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __finite() is known to be double.
__finite() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__finitef
Name
__finitef — test for infinity
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int __finitef(float arg);
Description
__finitef() has the same specification as isfinite() in ISO POSIX (2003) except that the argument type for __finitef() is known to be float.
__finitef() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__finitel
Name
__finitel — test for infinity
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int __finitel(long double arg);
Description
__finitel() has the same specification as isfinite() in the ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __finitel() is known to be long double.
__finitel() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fpclassify
Name
__fpclassify — Classify real floating type
Synopsis
int __fpclassify(double arg);
Description
__fpclassify() has the same specification as fpclassify() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __fpclassify() is known to be double.
__fpclassify() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__fpclassifyf
Name
__fpclassifyf — Classify real floating type
Synopsis
int __fpclassifyf(float arg);
Description
__fpclassifyf() has the same specification as fpclassify() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __fpclassifyf() is known to be float.
__fpclassifyf() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__signbit
Name
__signbit — test sign of floating point value
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int __signbit(double arg);
Description
__signbit() has the same specification as signbit() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __signbit() is known to be double.
__signbit() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
__signbitf
Name
__signbitf — test sign of floating point value
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
int __signbitf(float arg);
Description
__signbitf() has the same specification as signbit() in ISO POSIX (2003), except that the argument type for __signbitf() is known to be float.
__signbitf() is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
clog10
Name
clog10 — Logarithm of a Complex Number
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
double complex clog10(double complex z);
Description
The clog10() function shall compute the base 10 logarithm of the complex number z.
Return Value
The clog10() function shall return the base 10 logarithm.
clog10f
Name
clog10f — Logarithm of a Complex Number
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
float complex clog10f(float complex z);
Description
The clog10f() function shall compute the base 10 logarithm of the complex number z.
Return Value
The clog10f() function shall return the base 10 logarithm.
clog10l
Name
clog10l — Logarithm of a Complex Number
Synopsis
#include <complex.h>
long double complex clog10l(long double complex z);
Description
The clog10l() function shall compute the base 10 logarithm of the complex number z.
Return Value
The clog10l() function shall return the base 10 logarithm.
drem
Name
drem — Floating Point Remainder (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double drem(double x, double y);
Description
The drem() function shall return the floating point remainder, x REM y as required by IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point in the same way as remainder(). 
Note: This function is included only for backwards compatibility; applications should use remainder() instead.
Returns
See remainder().
See Also
remainder(), dremf(), dreml()
dremf
Name
dremf — Floating Point Remainder (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double dremf(double x, double y);
Description
The dremf() function shall return the floating point remainder, x REM y as required by IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point in the same way as remainderf(). 
Note: This function is included only for backwards compatibility; applications should use remainderf() instead.
Returns
See remainderf().
See Also
remainderf(), drem(), dreml()
dreml
Name
dreml — Floating Point Remainder (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double dreml(double x, double y);
Description
The dreml() function shall return the floating point remainder, x REM y as required by IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point in the same way as remainderl(). 
Note: This function is included only for backwards compatibility; applications should use remainderl() instead.
Returns
See remainderl().
See Also
remainderl(), drem(), dremf()
exp10
Name
exp10 — Base-10 power function
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double exp10(double x);
Description
The exp10() function shall return 10x. 
Note: This function is identical to pow10().
Returns
Upon successful completion, exp10() shall return 10 rised to the power of x.
If the correct value would cause overflow, a range error shall occur and exp10() shall return ±HUGE_VAL, with the same sign as the correct value of the function.
See Also
pow10(), exp10f(), exp10l()
exp10f
Name
exp10f — Base-10 power function
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float exp10f(float x);
Description
The exp10f() function shall return 10x. 
Note: This function is identical to pow10f().
Returns
Upon successful completion, exp10f() shall return 10 rised to the power of x.
If the correct value would cause overflow, a range error shall occur and exp10f() shall return ±HUGE_VALF, with the same sign as the correct value of the function.
See Also
pow10f(), exp10(), exp10l()
exp10l
Name
exp10l — Base-10 power function
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double exp10l(long double x);
Description
The exp10l() function shall return 10x. 
Note: This function is identical to pow10l().
Returns
Upon successful completion, exp10l() shall return 10 rised to the power of x.
If the correct value would cause overflow, a range error shall occur and exp10l() shall return ±HUGE_VALL, with the same sign as the correct value of the function.
See Also
pow10l(), exp10(), exp10f()
fedisableexcept
Name
fedisableexcept — disable floating point exceptions
Synopsis
#include <fenv.h>
int fedisableexcept(int excepts);
Description
The fedisableexcept() function disables traps for each of the exceptions represented by the mask excepts.
Return Value
The fedisableexcept() function returns the previous set of enabled exceptions on success. On error, -1 is returned.
Errors
No errors are defined, but the function will fail if not supported on the architecture.
feenableexcept
Name
feenableexcept — enable floating point exceptions
Synopsis
#include <fenv.h>
int feenableexcept(int excepts);
Description
The feenableexcept() function enables traps for each of the exceptions represented by the mask excepts.
Return Value
The feenableexcept() function returns the previous set of enabled exceptions on success. On error, -1 is returned.
Errors
No errors are defined, but the function will fail if not supported on the architecture.
fegetexcept
Name
fegetexcept — query floating point exception handling state
Synopsis
#include <fenv.h>
int fegetexcept
Description
The fegetexcept() function returns the set of all currently enabled exceptions.
Return Value
The fegetexcept() function returns the set of all currently enabled exceptions.
Errors
No errors are defined, but the function will fail if not supported on the architecture.
finite
Name
finite — test for infinity (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE
#include <math.h>
int finite(double arg);
Description
The finite() function shall test whether its argument is neither INFINITY nor not a number (NaN).
Returns
On success, finite() shall return 1. Otherwise the function shall return 0. 
Note: The ISO C (1999) standard defines the function isfinite(), which is more general purpose. The finite() function is deprecated, and applications should use isfinite() instead. A future revision of this standard may remove this function.
See Also
isfinite(), finitef(), finitel()
finitef
Name
finitef — test for infinity (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE
#include <math.h>
int finitef(float arg);
Description
The finitef() function shall test whether its argument is neither INFINITY nor not a number (NaN).
Returns
On success, finitef() shall return 1. Otherwise the function shall return 0. 
Note: The ISO C (1999) standard defines the function isfinite(), which is more general purpose. The finitef() function is deprecated, and applications should use isfinite() instead. A future revision of this standard may remove this function.
See Also
isfinite(), finite(), finitel()
finitel
Name
finitel — test for infinity (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#define _SVID_SOURCE
#include <math.h>
int finitel(long double arg);
Description
The finitel() function shall test whether its argument is neither INFINITY nor not a number (NaN).
Returns
On success, finitel() shall return 1. Otherwise the function shall return 0. 
Note: The ISO C (1999) standard defines the function isfinite(), which is more general purpose. The finitel() function is deprecated, and applications should use isfinite() instead. A future revision of this standard may remove this function.
See Also
isfinite(), finite(), finitef()
gamma
Name
gamma — log gamma function (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double gammaf(double x);
Description
The gamma() function is identical to lgamma() in ISO POSIX (2003). 
Note: The name gamma() for this function is deprecated and should not be used.
Returns
See lgamma().
See Also
lgamma(), lgammaf(), lgammal(), gammaf(), gammal()
gammaf
Name
gammaf — log gamma function (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float gammaf(float x);
Description
The gammaf() function is identical to lgammaf() in ISO POSIX (2003). 
Note: The name gammaf() for this function is deprecated and should not be used.
Returns
See lgammaf().
See Also
lgamma(), lgammaf(), lgammal(), gamma(), gammal()
gammal
Name
gammal — log gamma function (DEPRECATED)
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double gammal(long double x);
Description
The gammal() function is identical to lgammal() in ISO POSIX (2003). 
Note: The name gammal() for this function is deprecated and should not be used.
Returns
See lgammal().
See Also
lgamma(), lgammaf(), lgammal(), gamma(), gammaf()
j0f
Name
j0f — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float j0f(float x);
Description
The j0f() function is identical to j0(), except that the argument x and the return value is a float.
Returns
See j0().
See Also
j0(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
j0l
Name
j0l — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double j0l(long double x);
Description
The j0l() function is identical to j0(), except that the argument x and the return value is a long double.
Returns
See j0().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
j1f
Name
j1f — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float j1f(float x);
Description
The j1f() function is identical to j1(), except that the argument x and the return value is a float.
Returns
See j1().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
j1l
Name
j1l — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double j1l(long double x);
Description
The j1l() function is identical to j1(), except that the argument x and the return value is a long double.
Returns
See j0().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
jnf
Name
jnf — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float jnf(float x);
Description
The jnf() function is identical to jn(), except that the argument x and the return value is a float.
Returns
See jn().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
jnl
Name
jnl — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double jnl(long double x);
Description
The jnl() function is identical to jn(), except that the argument x and the return value is a long double.
Returns
See jn().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
lgamma_r
Name
lgamma_r — log gamma functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double lgamma_r(double x, int * signp);
Description
The lgamma_r() function shall compute the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the Gamma function, as lgamma(). However, instead of setting the external integer signgam to the sign of the Gamma function, lgamma_r() shall set the integer referenced by signp to the sign.
Returns
See lgamma() and signgam.
See Also
lgamma(), lgammaf_r(), lgammal_r(), signgam
lgammaf_r
Name
lgammaf_r — log gamma functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float lgammaf_r(float x, int * signp);
Description
The lgammaf_r() function shall compute the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the Gamma function, as lgammaf(). However, instead of setting the external integer signgam to the sign of the Gamma function, lgammaf_r() shall set the integer referenced by signp to the sign.
Returns
See lgammaf() and signgam.
See Also
lgamma(), lgamma_r(), lgammal_r(), signgam
lgammal_r
Name
lgammal_r — log gamma functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double lgammal_r(double x, int * signp);
Description
The lgammal_r() function shall compute the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the Gamma function, as lgammal(). However, instead of setting the external integer signgam to the sign of the Gamma function, lgammal_r() shall set the integer referenced by signp to the sign.
Returns
See lgammal() and signgam.
See Also
lgamma(), lgamma_r(), lgammaf_r(), signgam
pow10
Name
pow10 — Base-10 power function
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double pow10(double x);
Description
The pow10() function shall return 10x. 
Note: This function is identical to exp10().
Returns
Upon successful completion, pow10() shall return 10 rised to the power of x.
If the correct value would cause overflow, a range error shall occur and pow10() shall return ±HUGE_VAL, with the same sign as the correct value of the function.
See Also
exp10(), pow10f(), pow10l()
pow10f
Name
pow10f — Base-10 power function
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float pow10f(float x);
Description
The pow10f() function shall return 10x. 
Note: This function is identical to exp10f().
Returns
Upon successful completion, pow10f() shall return 10 rised to the power of x.
If the correct value would cause overflow, a range error shall occur and pow10f() shall return ±HUGE_VALF, with the same sign as the correct value of the function.
See Also
exp10f(), pow10(), pow10l()
pow10l
Name
pow10l — Base-10 power function
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double pow10l(long double x);
Description
The pow10l() function shall return 10x. 
Note: This function is identical to exp10l().
Returns
Upon successful completion, pow10l() shall return 10 rised to the power of x.
If the correct value would cause overflow, a range error shall occur and pow10l() shall return ±HUGE_VALL, with the same sign as the correct value of the function.
See Also
exp10l(), pow10(), pow10f()
scalbf
Name
scalbf — load exponent of radix-independent floating point number
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float scalbf(float x, double exp);
Description
The scalbf() function is identical to scalb(), except that the argument x and the return value is of type float.
Returns
See scalb().
scalbl
Name
scalbl — load exponent of radix-independent floating point number
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double scalbl(long double x, double exp);
Description
The scalbl() function is identical to scalb(), except that the argument x and the return value is of type long double.
Returns
See scalb().
significand
Name
significand — floating point mantissa
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
double significand(double x);
Description
The significand() function shall return the mantissa of x, sig such that x º sig × 2n scaled such that 1 £ sig < 2. 
Note: This function is intended for testing conformance to IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point, and its use is not otherwise recommended.
This function is equivalent to scalb(x, (double)-ilogb(x)).
Returns
Upon successful completion, significand() shall return the mantissa of x in the range 1 £ sig < 2.
If x is 0, ±HUGE_VAL, or NaN, the result is undefined.
See Also
significandf(), significandl()
significandf
Name
significandf — floating point mantissa
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float significandf(float x);
Description
The significandf() function shall return the mantissa of x, sig such that x º sig × 2n scaled such that 1 £ sig < 2. 
Note: This function is intended for testing conformance to IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point, and its use is not otherwise recommended.
This function is equivalent to scalb(x, (double)-ilogb(x)).
Returns
Upon successful completion, significandf() shall return the mantissa of x in the range 1 £ sig < 2.
If x is 0, ±HUGE_VALF, or NaN, the result is undefined.
See Also
significand(), significandl()
significandl
Name
significandl — floating point mantissa
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double significandl(long double x);
Description
The significandl() function shall return the mantissa of x, sig such that x º sig × 2n scaled such that 1 £ sig < 2. 
Note: This function is intended for testing conformance to IEC 60559/IEEE 754 Floating Point, and its use is not otherwise recommended.
This function is equivalent to scalb(x, (double)-ilogb(x)).
Returns
Upon successful completion, significandl() shall return the mantissa of x in the range 1 £ sig < 2.
If x is 0, ±HUGE_VALL, or NaN, the result is undefined.
See Also
significand(), significandf()
sincos
Name
sincos — trigonometric functions
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <math.h>
void sincos(double x, double * sin, double * cos);
Description
The sincos() function shall calculate both the sine and cosine of x. The sine shall be stored in the location referenced by sin, and the cosine in the location referenced by cosine.
Returns
None. See sin() and cos() for possible error conditions.
See Also
cos(), sin(), sincosf(), sincosl()
sincosf
Name
sincosf — trigonometric functions
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <math.h>
void sincosf(float x, float * sin, float * cos);
Description
The sincosf() function shall calculate both the sine and cosine of x. The sine shall be stored in the location referenced by sin, and the cosine in the location referenced by cosine.
Returns
None. See sin() and cos() for possible error conditions.
See Also
cos(), sin(), sincos(), sincosl()
sincosl
Name
sincosl — trigonometric functions
Synopsis
#define _GNU_SOURCE
#include <math.h>
void sincosl(long double x, long double * sin, long double * cos);
Description
The sincosl() function shall calculate both the sine and cosine of x. The sine shall be stored in the location referenced by sin, and the cosine in the location referenced by cosine.
Returns
None. See sin() and cos() for possible error conditions.
See Also
cos(), sin(), sincos(), sincosl()
y0f
Name
y0f — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float y0f(float x);
Description
The y0f() function is identical to y0(), except that the argument x and the return value is a float.
Returns
See y0().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
y0l
Name
y0l — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double y0l(long double x);
Description
The y0l() function is identical to y0(), except that the argument x and the return value is a long double.
Returns
See y0().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
y1f
Name
y1f — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float y1f(float x);
Description
The y1f() function is identical to y1(), except that the argument x and the return value is a float.
Returns
See y1().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1l(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
y1l
Name
y1l — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double y1l(long double x);
Description
The y1l() function is identical to y1(), except that the argument x and the return value is a long double.
Returns
See j0().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), yn(), ynf(), ynl()
ynf
Name
ynf — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
float ynf(float x);
Description
The ynf() function is identical to yn(), except that the argument x and the return value is a float.
Returns
See yn().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynl()
ynl
Name
ynl — Bessel functions
Synopsis
#include <math.h>
long double ynl(long double x);
Description
The ynl() function is identical to yn(), except that the argument x and the return value is a long double.
Returns
See yn().
See Also
j0(), j0f(), j0l(), j1(), j1f(), j1l(), jn(), jnf(), jnl(), y0(), y0f(), y0l(), y1(), y1f(), y1l(), yn(), ynf()
13.9 Interfaces for libpthread
Table 13-41 defines the library name and shared object name for the libpthread library
Table 13-41 libpthread Definition
Library:	libpthread	
SONAME:	libpthread.so.0	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LFS] Large File Support	
[LSB] This Specification	
[SUSv3] ISO POSIX (2003)	
[SUSv4] POSIX 1003.1 2008	

13.9.1 Realtime Threads
13.9.1.1 Interfaces for Realtime Threads
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Realtime Threads specified in Table 13-42, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-42 libpthread - Realtime Threads Function Interfaces
pthread_attr_getinheritsched [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_getschedpolicy [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_getscope [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setinheritsched [SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setscope [SUSv3]	pthread_getschedparam [SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_getprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	
pthread_mutex_setprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	
pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol(GLIBC_2.4) [SUSv4]	pthread_setschedparam [SUSv3]	pthread_setschedprio(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	

13.9.2 Advanced Realtime Threads
13.9.2.1 Interfaces for Advanced Realtime Threads
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Advanced Realtime Threads specified in Table 13-43, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-43 libpthread - Advanced Realtime Threads Function Interfaces
pthread_barrier_destroy [SUSv3]	pthread_barrier_init [SUSv3]	pthread_barrier_wait [SUSv3]	pthread_barrierattr_destroy [SUSv3]	
pthread_barrierattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.3.3) [SUSv3]	pthread_barrierattr_init [SUSv3]	pthread_barrierattr_setpshared [SUSv3]	pthread_getcpuclockid [SUSv3]	
pthread_spin_destroy [SUSv3]	pthread_spin_init [SUSv3]	pthread_spin_lock [SUSv3]	pthread_spin_trylock [SUSv3]	
pthread_spin_unlock [SUSv3]	

	

13.9.3 Posix Threads
13.9.3.1 Interfaces for Posix Threads
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Posix Threads specified in Table 13-44, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-44 libpthread - Posix Threads Function Interfaces
_pthread_cleanup_pop [LSB]	_pthread_cleanup_push [LSB]	pthread_attr_destroy [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_getdetachstate [SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getguardsize [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_getschedparam [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_getstack [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_getstackaddr [SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getstacksize [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_init [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setdetachstate [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setguardsize [SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setschedparam [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setstack [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setstackaddr [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setstacksize [SUSv3]	
pthread_cancel [SUSv3]	pthread_cond_broadcast [SUSv3]	pthread_cond_destroy [SUSv3]	pthread_cond_init [SUSv3]	
pthread_cond_signal [SUSv3]	pthread_cond_timedwait [SUSv3]	pthread_cond_wait [SUSv3]	pthread_condattr_destroy [SUSv3]	
pthread_condattr_getpshared [SUSv3]	pthread_condattr_init [SUSv3]	pthread_condattr_setpshared [SUSv3]	pthread_create [SUSv3]	
pthread_detach [SUSv3]	pthread_equal [SUSv3]	pthread_exit [SUSv3]	pthread_getconcurrency [SUSv3]	
pthread_getspecific [SUSv3]	pthread_join [SUSv3]	pthread_key_create [SUSv3]	pthread_key_delete [SUSv3]	
pthread_kill [SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_destroy [SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_init [SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_lock [SUSv3]	
pthread_mutex_timedlock [SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_trylock [SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_unlock [SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_destroy [SUSv3]	
pthread_mutexattr_getpshared [SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_gettype [SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_init [SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_setpshared [SUSv3]	
pthread_mutexattr_settype [SUSv3]	pthread_once [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_destroy [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_init [SUSv3]	
pthread_rwlock_rdlock [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock [SUSv3]	
pthread_rwlock_trywrlock [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_unlock [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_wrlock [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy [SUSv3]	
pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_init [SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared [SUSv3]	pthread_self [SUSv3]	
pthread_setcancelstate [SUSv3]	pthread_setcanceltype [SUSv3]	pthread_setconcurrency [SUSv3]	pthread_setspecific [SUSv3]	
pthread_sigmask [SUSv3]	pthread_testcancel [SUSv3]	sem_close [SUSv3]	sem_destroy [SUSv3]	
sem_getvalue [SUSv3]	sem_init [SUSv3]	sem_open [SUSv3]	sem_post [SUSv3]	
sem_timedwait [SUSv3]	sem_trywait [SUSv3]	sem_unlink [SUSv3]	sem_wait [SUSv3]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Posix Threads specified in Table 13-45, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 13-45 libpthread - Posix Threads Deprecated Function Interfaces
pthread_attr_getstackaddr [SUSv3]	pthread_attr_setstackaddr [SUSv3]	

13.9.4 Thread aware versions of libc interfaces
13.9.4.1 Interfaces for Thread aware versions of libc interfaces
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Thread aware versions of libc interfaces specified in Table 13-46, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-46 libpthread - Thread aware versions of libc interfaces Function Interfaces
lseek64 [LFS]	open64 [LFS]	pread [SUSv3]	pread64 [LSB]	
pwrite [SUSv3]	pwrite64 [LSB]	

13.10 Data Definitions for libpthread
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libpthread. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.10.1 pthread.h

#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_DEFAULT   0
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_NORMAL    0
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_SYSTEM    0
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1
#define PTHREAD_SCOPE_PROCESS   1
#define PTHREAD_MUTEX_ERRORCHECK        2
#define PTHREAD_RWLOCK_DEFAULT_NP       2
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIERATTR_T  4
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_T     4
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T    4
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_COND_T 48
#define __SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_T   8
#define pthread_cleanup_push(routine,arg)       \
        {struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer _buffer;\
        _pthread_cleanup_push(&_buffer,(routine),(arg));
#define pthread_cleanup_pop(execute)    _pthread_cleanup_pop(&_buffer,(execute));}
#define PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER        { { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, (void *) 0, 0, 0 } }

struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer {
    void (*__routine) (void *);
    void *__arg;
    int __canceltype;
    struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *__prev;
};
typedef unsigned int pthread_key_t;
typedef int pthread_once_t;
typedef volatile int pthread_spinlock_t;
typedef union {
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_BARRIERATTR_T];
    int __align;
} pthread_barrierattr_t;

typedef unsigned long int pthread_t;

typedef union {
    struct __pthread_mutex_s __data;
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEX_T];
    long int __align;
} pthread_mutex_t;
typedef union {
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR_T];
    int __align;
} pthread_mutexattr_t;

typedef union {
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_ATTR_T];
    long int __align;
} pthread_attr_t;

typedef union {
    struct {
        int __lock;
        unsigned int __futex;
        unsigned long long int __total_seq;
        unsigned long long int __wakeup_seq;
        unsigned long long int __woken_seq;
        void *__mutex;
        unsigned int __nwaiters;
        unsigned int __broadcast_seq;
    } __data;
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_COND_T];
    long long int __align;
} pthread_cond_t;
typedef union {
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_T];
    int __align;
} pthread_condattr_t;

typedef union {
    char __size[__SIZEOF_PTHREAD_RWLOCKATTR_T];
    long int __align;
} pthread_rwlockattr_t;

#define PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE 0
#define PTHREAD_INHERIT_SCHED   0
#define PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT       0
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_PRIVATE 0
#define PTHREAD_CREATE_DETACHED 1
#define PTHREAD_EXPLICIT_SCHED  1
#define PTHREAD_PROCESS_SHARED  1

#define PTHREAD_CANCELED        ((void*)-1)
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DEFERRED 0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE   0
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS     1
#define PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE  1

extern int __register_atfork(void (*)(void), void (*)(void),
                             void (*)(void), void *);
extern void _pthread_cleanup_pop(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, int);
extern void _pthread_cleanup_push(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *,
                                  void (*)(void *), void *);
extern int pthread_attr_destroy(pthread_attr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_attr_getdetachstate(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                       int *__detachstate);
extern int pthread_attr_getguardsize(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                     size_t * __guardsize);
extern int pthread_attr_getinheritsched(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                        int *__inherit);
extern int pthread_attr_getschedparam(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                      struct sched_param *__param);
extern int pthread_attr_getschedpolicy(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                       int *__policy);
extern int pthread_attr_getscope(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                 int *__scope);
extern int pthread_attr_getstack(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                 void **__stackaddr, size_t * __stacksize);
extern int pthread_attr_getstackaddr(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                     void **__stackaddr);
extern int pthread_attr_getstacksize(const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                     size_t * __stacksize);
extern int pthread_attr_init(pthread_attr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_attr_setdetachstate(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                       int __detachstate);
extern int pthread_attr_setguardsize(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                     size_t __guardsize);
extern int pthread_attr_setinheritsched(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                        int __inherit);
extern int pthread_attr_setschedparam(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                      const struct sched_param *__param);
extern int pthread_attr_setschedpolicy(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                       int __policy);
extern int pthread_attr_setscope(pthread_attr_t * __attr, int __scope);
extern int pthread_attr_setstack(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                 void *__stackaddr, size_t __stacksize);
extern int pthread_attr_setstackaddr(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                     void *__stackaddr);
extern int pthread_attr_setstacksize(pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                                     size_t __stacksize);
extern int pthread_barrier_destroy(pthread_barrier_t * __barrier);
extern int pthread_barrier_init(pthread_barrier_t * __barrier,
                                const pthread_barrierattr_t * __attr,
                                unsigned int __count);
extern int pthread_barrier_wait(pthread_barrier_t * __barrier);
extern int pthread_barrierattr_destroy(pthread_barrierattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_barrierattr_getpshared(const pthread_barrierattr_t *
                                          __attr, int *__pshared);
extern int pthread_barrierattr_init(pthread_barrierattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_barrierattr_setpshared(pthread_barrierattr_t * __attr,
                                          int __pshared);
extern int pthread_cancel(pthread_t __th);
extern int pthread_cond_broadcast(pthread_cond_t * __cond);
extern int pthread_cond_destroy(pthread_cond_t * __cond);
extern int pthread_cond_init(pthread_cond_t * __cond,
                             const pthread_condattr_t * __cond_attr);
extern int pthread_cond_signal(pthread_cond_t * __cond);
extern int pthread_cond_timedwait(pthread_cond_t * __cond,
                                  pthread_mutex_t * __mutex,
                                  const struct timespec *__abstime);
extern int pthread_cond_wait(pthread_cond_t * __cond,
                             pthread_mutex_t * __mutex);
extern int pthread_condattr_destroy(pthread_condattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_condattr_getpshared(const pthread_condattr_t * __attr,
                                       int *__pshared);
extern int pthread_condattr_init(pthread_condattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_condattr_setpshared(pthread_condattr_t * __attr,
                                       int __pshared);
extern int pthread_create(pthread_t * __newthread,
                          const pthread_attr_t * __attr,
                          void *(*__start_routine) (void *), void *__arg);
extern int pthread_detach(pthread_t __th);
extern int pthread_equal(pthread_t __thread1, pthread_t __thread2);
extern void pthread_exit(void *__retval);
extern int pthread_getconcurrency(void);
extern int pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_t __thread_id,
                                 clockid_t * __clock_id);
extern int pthread_getschedparam(pthread_t __target_thread, int *__policy,
                                 struct sched_param *__param);
extern void *pthread_getspecific(pthread_key_t __key);
extern int pthread_join(pthread_t __th, void **__thread_return);
extern int pthread_key_create(pthread_key_t * __key,
                              void (*__destr_function) (void *));
extern int pthread_key_delete(pthread_key_t __key);
extern int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex);
extern int pthread_mutex_getprioceiling(const pthread_mutex_t * __mutex,
                                        int *__prioceiling);
extern int pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex,
                              const pthread_mutexattr_t * __mutexattr);
extern int pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex);
extern int pthread_mutex_setprioceiling(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex,
                                        int __prioceiling,
                                        int *__old_ceiling);
extern int pthread_mutex_timedlock(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex,
                                   const struct timespec *__abstime);
extern int pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex);
extern int pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t * __mutex);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_destroy(pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling(const pthread_mutexattr_t *
                                            __attr, int *__prioceiling);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol(const pthread_mutexattr_t *
                                         __attr, int *__protocol);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_getpshared(const pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr,
                                        int *__pshared);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_gettype(const pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr,
                                     int *__kind);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_init(pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling(pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr,
                                            int __prioceiling);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol(pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr,
                                         int __protocol);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_setpshared(pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr,
                                        int __pshared);
extern int pthread_mutexattr_settype(pthread_mutexattr_t * __attr,
                                     int __kind);
extern int pthread_once(pthread_once_t * __once_control,
                        void (*__init_routine) (void));
extern int pthread_rwlock_destroy(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock);
extern int pthread_rwlock_init(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock,
                               const pthread_rwlockattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_rwlock_rdlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock);
extern int pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock,
                                      const struct timespec *__abstime);
extern int pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock,
                                      const struct timespec *__abstime);
extern int pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock);
extern int pthread_rwlock_trywrlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock);
extern int pthread_rwlock_unlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock);
extern int pthread_rwlock_wrlock(pthread_rwlock_t * __rwlock);
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_destroy(pthread_rwlockattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared(const pthread_rwlockattr_t *
                                         __attr, int *__pshared);
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_init(pthread_rwlockattr_t * __attr);
extern int pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared(pthread_rwlockattr_t * __attr,
                                         int __pshared);
extern pthread_t pthread_self(void);
extern int pthread_setcancelstate(int __state, int *__oldstate);
extern int pthread_setcanceltype(int __type, int *__oldtype);
extern int pthread_setconcurrency(int __level);
extern int pthread_setschedparam(pthread_t __target_thread, int __policy,
                                 const struct sched_param *__param);
extern int pthread_setschedprio(pthread_t __target_thread, int __prio);
extern int pthread_setspecific(pthread_key_t __key, const void *__pointer);
extern int pthread_spin_destroy(pthread_spinlock_t * __lock);
extern int pthread_spin_init(pthread_spinlock_t * __lock, int __pshared);
extern int pthread_spin_lock(pthread_spinlock_t * __lock);
extern int pthread_spin_trylock(pthread_spinlock_t * __lock);
extern int pthread_spin_unlock(pthread_spinlock_t * __lock);
extern void pthread_testcancel(void);
13.10.2 semaphore.h

typedef union {
    char __size[__SIZEOF_SEM_T];
    long int __align;
} sem_t;

#define SEM_FAILED      ((sem_t*)0)

#define SEM_VALUE_MAX   ((int)((~0u)>>1))

extern int sem_close(sem_t * __sem);
extern int sem_destroy(sem_t * __sem);
extern int sem_getvalue(sem_t * __sem, int *__sval);
extern int sem_init(sem_t * __sem, int __pshared, unsigned int __value);
extern sem_t *sem_open(const char *__name, int __oflag, ...);
extern int sem_post(sem_t * __sem);
extern int sem_timedwait(sem_t * __sem, const struct timespec *__abstime);
extern int sem_trywait(sem_t * __sem);
extern int sem_unlink(const char *__name);
extern int sem_wait(sem_t * __sem);
13.11 Interface Definitions for libpthread
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libpthread and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 13.9 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
_pthread_cleanup_pop
Name
_pthread_cleanup_pop — establish cancellation handlers
Synopsis
#include <pthread.h>
void _pthread_cleanup_pop(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, int);
Description
The _pthread_cleanup_pop() function provides an implementation of the pthread_cleanup_pop() macro described in ISO POSIX (2003).
The _pthread_cleanup_pop() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
_pthread_cleanup_push
Name
_pthread_cleanup_push — establish cancellation handlers
Synopsis
#include <pthread.h>
void _pthread_cleanup_push(struct _pthread_cleanup_buffer *, void (*) (void *), void *);
Description
The _pthread_cleanup_push() function provides an implementation of the pthread_cleanup_push() macro described in ISO POSIX (2003).
The _pthread_cleanup_push() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard.
pread64
Name
pread64 — read from a file (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t pread64(int fd, void * buf, size_t count, off64_t offset);
Description
pread64() shall read count bytes into buf from the file associated with the open file descriptor fd, at the position specified by offset, without changing the file position.
pread64() is a large-file version of the pread() function as defined in ISO POSIX (2003). It differs from pread() in that the offset parameter is an off64_t instead of an off_t
Return Value
On success, pread64() shall return the number of bytes actually read. Otherwise pread64() shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
See pread() for possible error values.
pwrite64
Name
pwrite64 — write on a file (Large File Support)
Synopsis
#include <unistd.h>
ssize_t pwrite64(int fd, const void * buf, size_t count, off64_t offset);
Description
pwrite64() shall write count bytes from buf to the file associated with the open file descriptor fd, at the position specified by offset, without changing the file position.
pwrite64() is a large-file version of the pwrite() function as defined in ISO POSIX (2003). It differs from pwrite() in that the offset parameter is an off64_t instead of an off_t
Return Value
On success, pwrite64() shall return the number of bytes actually written. Otherwise pwrite() shall return -1 and set errno to indicate the error.
Errors
See pwrite() for possible error values.
13.12 Interfaces for libgcc_s
Table 13-47 defines the library name and shared object name for the libgcc_s library
Table 13-47 libgcc_s Definition
Library:	libgcc_s	
SONAME:	libgcc_s.so.1	

13.12.1 Unwind Library
13.12.1.1 Interfaces for Unwind Library
No external functions are defined for libgcc_s - Unwind Library in this part of the specification. See also the relevant architecture specific part of this specification.
13.13 Data Definitions for libgcc_s
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libgcc_s. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.13.1 unwind.h

typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Ptr __attribute__ ((__mode__(__pointer__)));
typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Word __attribute__ ((__mode__(__word__)));
typedef unsigned int _Unwind_Exception_Class
    __attribute__ ((__mode__(__DI__)));

typedef enum {
    _URC_NO_REASON = 0,
    _URC_FOREIGN_EXCEPTION_CAUGHT = 1,
    _URC_FATAL_PHASE2_ERROR = 2,
    _URC_FATAL_PHASE1_ERROR = 3,
    _URC_NORMAL_STOP = 4,
    _URC_END_OF_STACK = 5,
    _URC_HANDLER_FOUND = 6,
    _URC_INSTALL_CONTEXT = 7,
    _URC_CONTINUE_UNWIND = 8
} _Unwind_Reason_Code;

typedef void (*_Unwind_Exception_Cleanup_Fn) (_Unwind_Reason_Code,
                                              struct _Unwind_Exception *);

struct _Unwind_Exception {
    _Unwind_Exception_Class exception_class;
    _Unwind_Exception_Cleanup_Fn exception_cleanup;
    _Unwind_Word private_1;
    _Unwind_Word private_2;
} __attribute__ ((__aligned__));

#define _UA_SEARCH_PHASE        1
#define _UA_END_OF_STACK        16
#define _UA_CLEANUP_PHASE       2
#define _UA_HANDLER_FRAME       4
#define _UA_FORCE_UNWIND        8

typedef int _Unwind_Action;
13.14 Interfaces for libdl
Table 13-48 defines the library name and shared object name for the libdl library
Table 13-48 libdl Definition
Library:	libdl	
SONAME:	libdl.so.2	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LSB] This Specification	
[SUSv3] ISO POSIX (2003)	

13.14.1 Dynamic Loader
13.14.1.1 Interfaces for Dynamic Loader
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Dynamic Loader specified in Table 13-49, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-49 libdl - Dynamic Loader Function Interfaces
dladdr [LSB]	dlclose [SUSv3]	dlerror [SUSv3]	dlopen [LSB]	
dlsym [LSB]	

	

13.15 Data Definitions for libdl
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libdl. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.15.1 dlfcn.h

#define RTLD_NEXT       ((void *) -1l)
#define RTLD_DEFAULT    ((void *) 0)
#define RTLD_LOCAL      0
#define RTLD_LAZY       0x00001
#define RTLD_NOW        0x00002
#define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x00100

typedef struct {
    char *dli_fname;
    void *dli_fbase;
    char *dli_sname;
    void *dli_saddr;
} Dl_info;
extern int dladdr(const void *__address, Dl_info * __info);
extern int dlclose(void *__handle);
extern char *dlerror(void);
extern void *dlopen(const char *__file, int __mode);
extern void *dlsym(void *__handle, const char *__name);
13.16 Interface Definitions for libdl
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libdl and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 13.14 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
dladdr
Name
dladdr — find the shared object containing a given address
Synopsis
#include <dlfcn.h>

typedef struct {
             const char  *dli_fname;
             void        *dli_fbase;
             const char  *dli_sname;
             void        *dli_saddr;
} Dl_info;
int dladdr(const void * addr, Dl_info * dlip);
Description
The dladdr() function shall query the dynamic linker for information about the shared object containing the address addr. The information shall be returned in the user supplied data structure referenced by dlip.
The structure shall contain at least the following members: 
dli_fname
 	The pathname of the shared object containing the address
dli_fbase
 	The base address at which the shared object is mapped into the address space of the calling process.
dli_sname
 	The name of the nearest runtime symbol with value less than or equal to addr. Where possible, the symbol name shall be returned as it would appear in C source code.
If no symbol with a suitable value is found, both this field and dli_saddr shall be set to NULL.
dli_saddr
 	The address of the symbol returned in dli_sname. This address has type "pointer to type", where type is the type of the symbol dli_sname. 
Example: If the symbol in dli_sname is a function, then the type of dli_saddr is of type "pointer to function".
The behavior of dladdr() is only specified in dynamically linked programs.
Return Value
On success, dladdr() shall return non-zero, and the structure referenced by dlip shall be filled in as described. Otherwise, dladdr() shall return zero, and the cause of the error can be fetched with dlerror().
Errors
See dlerror().
Environment
LD_LIBRARY_PATH
 	directory search-path for object files
dlopen
Name
dlopen — open dynamic object
Synopsis
#include <dlfcn.h>
void * dlopen(const char * filename, int flag);
Description
The dlopen() function shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with additional behaviors listed below.
If the file argument does not contain a slash character, then the system shall look for a library of that name in at least the following directories, and use the first one which is found: 
•	The directories specified by the DT_RPATH dynamic entry.
•	The directories specified in the LD_LIBRARY_PATH environment variable (which is a colon separated list of pathnames). This step shall be skipped for setuid and setgid executables.
•	A set of directories sufficient to contain the libraries specified in this standard. 
Note: Traditionally, /lib and /usr/lib. This case would also cover cases in which the system used the mechanism of /etc/ld.so.conf and /etc/ld.so.cache to provide access.
Example: An application which is not linked against libm may choose to dlopen libm.
dlsym
Name
dlsym — obtain the address of a symbol from a dlopen object
Description
dlsym() is as specified in the ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
RTLD_NEXT, RTLD_DEFAULT Required
The values RTLD_NEXT and RTLD_DEFAULT, described as reserved for future use in ISO POSIX (2003), are required, with behavior as described in ISO POSIX (2003).
13.17 Interfaces for librt
Table 13-50 defines the library name and shared object name for the librt library
Table 13-50 librt Definition
Library:	librt	
SONAME:	librt.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[SUSv3] ISO POSIX (2003)	

13.17.1 Shared Memory Objects
13.17.1.1 Interfaces for Shared Memory Objects
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Shared Memory Objects specified in Table 13-51, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-51 librt - Shared Memory Objects Function Interfaces
shm_open [SUSv3]	shm_unlink [SUSv3]	

13.17.2 Clock
13.17.2.1 Interfaces for Clock
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Clock specified in Table 13-52, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-52 librt - Clock Function Interfaces
clock_getcpuclockid [SUSv3]	clock_getres [SUSv3]	clock_gettime [SUSv3]	clock_nanosleep [SUSv3]	
clock_settime [SUSv3]	

	

13.17.3 Timers
13.17.3.1 Interfaces for Timers
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Timers specified in Table 13-53, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-53 librt - Timers Function Interfaces
timer_create [SUSv3]	timer_delete [SUSv3]	timer_getoverrun [SUSv3]	timer_gettime [SUSv3]	
timer_settime [SUSv3]	

	

13.17.4 Message Queues
13.17.4.1 Interfaces for Message Queues
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Message Queues specified in Table 13-54, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-54 librt - Message Queues Function Interfaces
mq_close(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_getattr(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_notify(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_open(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	
mq_receive(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_send(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_setattr(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_timedreceive(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	
mq_timedsend(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	mq_unlink(GLIBC_2.3.4) [SUSv3]	

13.18 Data Definitions for librt
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in librt. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.18.1 mqueue.h

typedef int mqd_t;
struct mq_attr {
    long int mq_flags;
    long int mq_maxmsg;
    long int mq_msgsize;
    long int mq_curmsgs;
    long int __pad[4];
};
extern int mq_close(mqd_t __mqdes);
extern int mq_getattr(mqd_t __mqdes, struct mq_attr *__mqstat);
extern int mq_notify(mqd_t __mqdes, const struct sigevent *__notification);
extern mqd_t mq_open(const char *__name, int __oflag, ...);
extern ssize_t mq_receive(mqd_t __mqdes, char *__msg_ptr, size_t __msg_len,
                          unsigned int *__msg_prio);
extern int mq_send(mqd_t __mqdes, const char *__msg_ptr, size_t __msg_len,
                   unsigned int __msg_prio);
extern int mq_setattr(mqd_t __mqdes, const struct mq_attr *__mqstat,
                      struct mq_attr *__omqstat);
extern ssize_t mq_timedreceive(mqd_t __mqdes, char *__msg_ptr,
                               size_t __msg_len, unsigned int *__msg_prio,
                               const struct timespec *__abs_timeout);
extern int mq_timedsend(mqd_t __mqdes, const char *__msg_ptr,
                        size_t __msg_len, unsigned int __msg_prio,
                        const struct timespec *__abs_timeout);
extern int mq_unlink(const char *__name);
13.19 Interfaces for libcrypt
Table 13-55 defines the library name and shared object name for the libcrypt library
Table 13-55 libcrypt Definition
Library:	libcrypt	
SONAME:	libcrypt.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[SUSv3] ISO POSIX (2003)	

13.19.1 Encryption
13.19.1.1 Interfaces for Encryption
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Encryption specified in Table 13-56, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-56 libcrypt - Encryption Function Interfaces
crypt [SUSv3]	encrypt [SUSv3]	setkey [SUSv3]	

13.20 Interfaces for libpam
Table 13-57 defines the library name and shared object name for the libpam library
Table 13-57 libpam Definition
Library:	libpam	
SONAME:	libpam.so.0	

The Pluggable Authentication Module (PAM) interfaces allow applications to request authentication via a system administrator defined mechanism, known as a service.
A single service name, other, shall always be present. The behavior of this service shall be determined by the system administrator. Additional service names may also exist. 
Note: Future versions of this specification might define additional service names.
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LSB] This Specification	

13.20.1 Pluggable Authentication API
13.20.1.1 Interfaces for Pluggable Authentication API
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Pluggable Authentication API specified in Table 13-58, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 13-58 libpam - Pluggable Authentication API Function Interfaces
pam_acct_mgmt [LSB]	pam_authenticate [LSB]	pam_chauthtok [LSB]	pam_close_session [LSB]	
pam_end [LSB]	pam_fail_delay [LSB]	pam_get_item [LSB]	pam_getenv [LSB]	
pam_getenvlist [LSB]	pam_open_session [LSB]	pam_putenv [LSB]	pam_set_item [LSB]	
pam_setcred [LSB]	pam_start [LSB]	pam_strerror [LSB]	

13.21 Data Definitions for libpam
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libpam. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
13.21.1 security/pam_appl.h

typedef struct pam_handle pam_handle_t;
struct pam_message {
    int msg_style;
    const char *msg;
};
struct pam_response {
    char *resp;
    int resp_retcode;           /* currently un-used, zero expected */
};

struct pam_conv {
    int (*conv) (int num_msg, const struct pam_message * *msg,
                 struct pam_response * *resp, void *appdata_ptr);
    void *appdata_ptr;
};

#define PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_OFF     1
#define PAM_PROMPT_ECHO_ON      2
#define PAM_ERROR_MSG   3
#define PAM_TEXT_INFO   4

#define PAM_SERVICE     1       /* The service name */
#define PAM_USER        2       /* The user name */
#define PAM_TTY 3               /* The tty name */
#define PAM_RHOST       4       /* The remote host name */
#define PAM_CONV        5       /* The pam_conv structure */
#define PAM_RUSER       8       /* The remote user name */
#define PAM_USER_PROMPT 9       /* the prompt for getting a username */

#define PAM_SUCCESS     0       /* Successful function return */
#define PAM_OPEN_ERR    1       /* dlopen() failure */
#define PAM_USER_UNKNOWN        10      /* User not known to the underlying authenticaiton module */
#define PAM_MAXTRIES    11      /* An authentication service has maintained a retry count which */
#define PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD    12      /* New authentication token required */
#define PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED        13      /* User account has expired */
#define PAM_SESSION_ERR 14      /* Can not make/remove an entry for  the specified session */
#define PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL        15      /* Underlying authentication service can not retrieve user cred */
#define PAM_CRED_EXPIRED        16      /* User credentials expired */
#define PAM_CRED_ERR    17      /* Failure setting user credentials */
#define PAM_CONV_ERR    19      /* Conversation error */
#define PAM_SYMBOL_ERR  2       /* Symbol not found */
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR 20      /* Authentication token manipulation error */
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_RECOVER_ERR 21      /* Authentication information cannot be recovered */
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY   22      /* Authentication token lock busy */
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_DISABLE_AGING       23      /* Authentication token aging disabled */
#define PAM_TRY_AGAIN   24      /* Preliminary check by password service */
#define PAM_ABORT       26      /* Critical error (?module fail now request) */
#define PAM_AUTHTOK_EXPIRED     27      /* user's authentication token has expired */
#define PAM_BAD_ITEM    29      /* Bad item passed to pam_*_item() */
#define PAM_SERVICE_ERR 3       /* Error in service module */
#define PAM_SYSTEM_ERR  4       /* System error */
#define PAM_BUF_ERR     5       /* Memory buffer error */
#define PAM_PERM_DENIED 6       /* Permission denied */
#define PAM_AUTH_ERR    7       /* Authentication failure */
#define PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT   8       /* Can not access authentication data due to insufficient crede */
#define PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL    9       /* Underlying authentication service can not retrieve authentic */

#define PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK       0x0001U
#define PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED      0x0002U /* Set user credentials for an authentication service */
#define PAM_DELETE_CRED 0x0004U /* Delete user credentials associated with an authentication se */
#define PAM_REINITIALIZE_CRED   0x0008U /* Reinitialize user credentials */
#define PAM_REFRESH_CRED        0x0010U /* Extend lifetime of user credentials */
#define PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK      0x0020U /* Extend lifetime of user credentials */
#define PAM_SILENT      0x8000U /* Authentication service should not generate any messages */

extern int pam_acct_mgmt(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_authenticate(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_chauthtok(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_close_session(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_end(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_fail_delay(pam_handle_t *, unsigned int);
extern int pam_get_item(const pam_handle_t *, int, const void **);
extern const char *pam_getenv(pam_handle_t *, const char *);
extern char **pam_getenvlist(pam_handle_t *);
extern int pam_open_session(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_putenv(pam_handle_t *, const char *);
extern int pam_set_item(pam_handle_t *, int, const void *);
extern int pam_setcred(pam_handle_t *, int);
extern int pam_start(const char *, const char *, const struct pam_conv *,
                     pam_handle_t * *);
extern const char *pam_strerror(pam_handle_t *, int);
13.22 Interface Definitions for libpam
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libpam and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 13.20 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
pam_acct_mgmt
Name
pam_acct_mgmt — establish the status of a user's account
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_acct_mgmt(pam_handle_t * pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_acct_mgmt() establishes the account's usability and the user's accessibility to the system. It is typically called after the user has been authenticated.
flags may be specified as any valid flag (namely, one of those applicable to the flags argument of pam_authenticate()). Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_NEW_AUTHTOK_REQD
 	User is valid, but user's authentication token has expired. The correct response to this return-value is to require that the user satisfy the pam_chauthtok() function before obtaining service. It may not be possible for an application to do this. In such a case, the user should be denied access until the account password is updated.
PAM_ACCT_EXPIRED
 	User is no longer permitted access to the system.
PAM_AUTH_ERR
 	Authentication error.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	User is not permitted to gain access at this time.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	User is not known to a module's account management component.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_authenticate
Name
pam_authenticate — authenticate the user
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_authenticate(pam_handle_t * pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_authenticate() serves as an interface to the authentication mechanisms of the loaded modules.
flags is an optional parameter that may be specified by the following value:
PAM_DISALLOW_NULL_AUTHTOK
 	Instruct the authentication modules to return PAM_AUTH_ERR if the user does not have a registered authorization token.
Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
The process may need to be privileged in order to successfully call this function.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_AUTH_ERR
 	User was not authenticated or process did not have sufficient privileges to perform authentication.
PAM_CRED_INSUFFICIENT
 	Application does not have sufficient credentials to authenticate the user.
PAM_AUTHINFO_UNAVAIL
 	Modules were not able to access the authentication information. This might be due to a network or hardware failure, etc.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	Supplied username is not known to the authentication service.
PAM_MAXTRIES
 	One or more authentication modules has reached its limit of tries authenticating the user. Do not try again.
PAM_ABORT
 	One or more authentication modules failed to load.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_chauthtok
Name
pam_chauthtok — change the authentication token for a given user
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_chauthtok(pam_handle_t * pamh, const int flags);
Description
pam_chauthtok() is used to change the authentication token for a given user as indicated by the state associated with the handle pamh.
flags is an optional parameter that may be specified by the following value:
PAM_CHANGE_EXPIRED_AUTHTOK
 	User's authentication token should only be changed if it has expired.
Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
RETURN VALUE
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_AUTHTOK_ERR
 	A module was unable to obtain the new authentication token.
PAM_AUTHTOK_RECOVER_ERR
 	A module was unable to obtain the old authentication token.
PAM_AUTHTOK_LOCK_BUSY
 	One or more modules were unable to change the authentication token since it is currently locked.
PAM_AUTHTOK_DISABLE_AGING
 	Authentication token aging has been disabled for at least one of the modules.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	Permission denied.
PAM_TRY_AGAIN
 	Not all modules were in a position to update the authentication token(s). In such a case, none of the user's authentication tokens are updated.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	User is not known to the authentication token changing service.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_close_session
Name
pam_close_session — indicate that an authenticated session has ended
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_close_session(pam_handle_t * pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_close_session() is used to indicate that an authenticated session has ended. It is used to inform the module that the user is exiting a session. It should be possible for the PAM library to open a session and close the same session from different applications.
flags may have the value PAM_SILENT to indicate that no output should be generated as a result of this function call.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_SESSION_ERR
 	One of the required loaded modules was unable to close a session for the user.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_end
Name
pam_end — terminate the use of the PAM library
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_end(pam_handle_t * pamh, int pam_status);
Description
pam_end() terminates use of the PAM library. On success, the contents of *pamh are no longer valid, and all memory associated with it is invalid.
Normally, pam_status is passed the value PAM_SUCCESS, but in the event of an unsuccessful service application, the appropriate PAM error return value should be used.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_fail_delay
Name
pam_fail_delay — specify delay time to use on authentication error
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_fail_delay(pam_handle_t * pamh, unsigned int micro_sec);
Description
pam_fail_delay() specifies the minimum delay for the PAM library to use when an authentication error occurs. The actual delay can vary by as much at 25%. If this function is called multiple times, the longest time specified by any of the call will be used.
The delay is invoked if an authentication error occurs during the pam_authenticate() or pam_chauthtok() function calls.
Independent of the success of pam_authenticate() or pam_chauthtok(), the delay time is reset to its default value of 0 when the PAM library returns control to the application from these two functions.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_get_item
Name
pam_get_item — obtain the value of the indicated item.
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_get_item(const pam_handle_t * pamh, int item_type, const void * * item);
Description
pam_get_item() obtains the value of the indicated item_type. The possible values of item_type are the same as listed for pam_set_item().
On success, item contains a pointer to the value of the corresponding item. Note that this is a pointer to the actual data and should not be free()'d or over-written.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	Application passed a NULL pointer for item.
PAM_BAD_ITEM
 	Application attempted to get an undefined item.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_getenv
Name
pam_getenv — get a PAM environment variable
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
const char * pam_getenv(const pam_handle_t * pamh, const char * name);
Description
The pam_getenv() function shall search the environment associated with the PAM handle pamh for the environment variable name. If the specified environment variable cannot be found, a null pointer shall be returned. The application shall ensure that it does not modify the string pointed to by the pam_getenv() function.
Return Value
On success, pam_getenv() returns a pointer to a string of the form name=value.
pam_getenvlist
Name
pam_getenvlist — returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment.
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
char * const * pam_getenvlist(pam_handle_t * pamh);
Description
pam_getenvlist() returns a pointer to the complete PAM environment. This pointer points to an array of pointers to NUL-terminated strings and must be terminated by a NULL pointer. Each string has the form "name=value".
The PAM library module allocates memory for the returned value and the associated strings. The calling application is responsible for freeing this memory.
Return Value
pam_getenvlist() returns an array of string pointers containing the PAM environment. On error, NULL is returned.
pam_open_session
Name
pam_open_session — indicate session has started
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_open_session(pam_handle_t * pamh, int flags);
Description
The pam_open_session() function is used to indicate that an authenticated session has begun, after the user has been identified (see pam_authenticate()) and, if necessary, granted credentials (see pam_setcred()). It is used to inform the module that the user is currently in a session. It should be possible for the PAM library to open a session and close the same session from different applications.
flags may have the value PAM_SILENT to indicate that no output be generated as a result of this function call.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_SESSION_ERR
 	One of the loaded modules was unable to open a session for the user.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_putenv
Name
pam_putenv — Add, replace or delete a PAM environment variable
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_putenv(const pam_handle_t * pamh, const char * name_value);
Description
The pam_putenv() function shall modify the environment list associated with pamh. If name_value contains an '=' character, the characters to the left of the first '=' character represent the name, and the remaining characters after the '=' represent the value.
If the name environment variable exists in the environment associated with pamh, it shall be modified to have the value value. Otherwise, the name shall be added to the environment associated with pamh with the value value.
If there is no '=' character in name_value, the variable in the environment associated with pamh named name_value shall be deleted.
Return Value
On success, the pam_putenv() function shall return PAM_SUCCESS. Otherwise the return value indicates the error: 
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	The name_value argument is a null pointer.
PAM_BAD_ITEM
 	The PAM environment varable named name_value does not exist and therefore cannot be deleted.
PAM_ABORT
 	The PAM handle identifed by pamh is corrupt.
PAM_BUF_ERR
 	Memory buffer error.
pam_set_item
Name
pam_set_item — (re)set the value of an item.
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_set_item(pam_handle_t * pamh, int item_type, const void * item);
Description
pam_set_item() (re)sets the value of one of the following item_types:
PAM_SERVICE
 	service name
PAM_USER
 	user name
PAM_TTY
 	terminal name
The value for a device file should include the /dev/ prefix. The value for graphical, X-based, applications should be the $DISPLAY variable.
PAM_RHOST
 	remote host name
PAM_CONV
 	conversation structure
PAM_RUSER
 	remote user name
PAM_USER_PROMPT
 	string to be used when prompting for a user's name
The default value for this string is Please enter username: .
For all item_types other than PAM_CONV, item is a pointer to a NULL-terminated character string. In the case of PAM_CONV, item points to an initialized pam_conv structure.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_PERM_DENIED
 	An attempt was made to replace the conversation structure with a NULL value.
PAM_BUF_ERR
 	Function ran out of memory making a copy of the item.
PAM_BAD_ITEM
 	Application attempted to set an undefined item.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_setcred
Name
pam_setcred — set the module-specific credentials of the user
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
extern int pam_setcred(pam_handle_t * pamh, int flags);
Description
pam_setcred() sets the module-specific credentials of the user. It is usually called after the user has been authenticated, after the account management function has been called and after a session has been opened for the user.
flags maybe specified from among the following values:
PAM_ESTABLISH_CRED
 	set credentials for the authentication service
PAM_DELETE_CRED
 	delete credentials associated with the authentication service
PAM_REINITIALIZE_CRED
 	reinitialize the user credentials
PAM_REFRESH_CRED
 	extend lifetime of the user credentials
Additionally, the value of flags may be logically or'd with PAM_SILENT.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_CRED_UNAVAIL
 	Module cannot retrieve the user's credentials.
PAM_CRED_EXPIRED
 	User's credentials have expired.
PAM_USER_UNKNOWN
 	User is not known to an authentication module.
PAM_CRED_ERR
 	Module was unable to set the credentials of the user.
Note: Errors may be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_start
Name
pam_start — initialize the PAM library
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
int pam_start(const char * service_name, const char * user, const struct pam_conv * pam_conversation, pam_handle_t * * pamh);
Description
pam_start() is used to initialize the PAM library. It must be called prior to any other usage of the PAM library. On success, *pamh becomes a handle that provides continuity for successive calls to the PAM library. pam_start() expects arguments as follows: the service_name of the program, the username of the individual to be authenticated, a pointer to an application-supplied pam_conv structure, and a pointer to a pam_handle_t pointer.
An application must provide the conversation function used for direct communication between a loaded module and the application. The application also typically provides a means for the module to prompt the user for a password, etc.
The structure, pam_conv, is defined to be, 
  struct pam_conv {
               int (*conv) (int num_msg,
                            const struct pam_message * *msg,
                            struct pam_response * *resp,
                            void *appdata_ptr);
               void *appdata_ptr;
  };
It is initialized by the application before it is passed to the library. The contents of this structure are attached to the *pamh handle. The point of this argument is to provide a mechanism for any loaded module to interact directly with the application program; this is why it is called a conversation structure.
When a module calls the referenced conv() function, appdata_ptr is set to the second element of this structure.
The other arguments of a call to conv() concern the information exchanged by module and application. num_msg holds the length of the array of pointers passed via msg. On success, the pointer resp points to an array of num_msg pam_response structures, holding the application-supplied text. Note that resp is a struct pam_response array and not an array of pointers.
Return Value
PAM_SUCCESS
 	Success.
PAM_BUF_ERR
 	Memory allocation error.
PAM_ABORT
 	Internal failure.
ERRORS
May be translated to text with pam_strerror().
pam_strerror
Name
pam_strerror — returns a string describing the PAM error
Synopsis
#include <security/pam_appl.h>
const char * pam_strerror(pam_handle_t * pamh, int errnum);
Description
pam_strerror() returns a string describing the PAM error associated with errnum.
Return Value
On success, this function returns a description of the indicated error. The application should not free or modify this string. Otherwise, a string indicating that the error is unknown shall be returned. It is unspecified whether or not the string returned is translated according to the setting of LC_MESSAGES.

IV Utility Libraries

14 Utility Libraries
14.1 Introduction
An LSB-conforming implementation shall also support the following utility libraries which are built on top of the interfaces provided by the base libraries. These libraries implement common functionality, and hide additional system dependent information such as file formats and device names. 
•	libz
•	libcurses
•	libutil
The structure of the definitions for these libraries follows the same model as used for Base Libraries.
14.2 Interfaces for libz
Table 14-1 defines the library name and shared object name for the libz library
Table 14-1 libz Definition
Library:	libz	
SONAME:	libz.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LSB] This Specification	

14.2.1 Compression Library
14.2.1.1 Interfaces for Compression Library
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Compression Library specified in Table 14-2, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 14-2 libz - Compression Library Function Interfaces
adler32 [LSB]	compress [LSB]	compress2 [LSB]	compressBound [LSB]	
crc32 [LSB]	deflate [LSB]	deflateBound [LSB]	deflateCopy [LSB]	
deflateEnd [LSB]	deflateInit2_ [LSB]	deflateInit_ [LSB]	deflateParams [LSB]	
deflateReset [LSB]	deflateSetDictionary [LSB]	get_crc_table [LSB]	gzclose [LSB]	
gzdopen [LSB]	gzeof [LSB]	gzerror [LSB]	gzflush [LSB]	
gzgetc [LSB]	gzgets [LSB]	gzopen [LSB]	gzprintf [LSB]	
gzputc [LSB]	gzputs [LSB]	gzread [LSB]	gzrewind [LSB]	
gzseek [LSB]	gzsetparams [LSB]	gztell [LSB]	gzwrite [LSB]	
inflate [LSB]	inflateEnd [LSB]	inflateInit2_ [LSB]	inflateInit_ [LSB]	
inflateReset [LSB]	inflateSetDictionary [LSB]	inflateSync [LSB]	inflateSyncPoint [LSB]	
uncompress [LSB]	zError [LSB]	zlibVersion [LSB]	

14.3 Data Definitions for libz
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libz. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
14.3.1 zlib.h

#define Z_NULL  0
#define ZLIB_VERSION    "1.2.2"
#define MAX_WBITS       15      /* 32K LZ77 window */
#define MAX_MEM_LEVEL   9       /* Maximum value for memLevel in deflateInit2 */
#define deflateInit2(strm,level,method,windowBits,memLevel,strategy)    \
        deflateInit2_((strm),(level),(method),(windowBits),(memLevel),(strategy),ZLIB_VERSION,sizeof(z_stream))
#define deflateInit(strm,level) \
        deflateInit_((strm), (level),       ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define inflateInit2(strm,windowBits)   \
        inflateInit2_((strm), (windowBits), ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))
#define inflateInit(strm)       \
        inflateInit_((strm),                ZLIB_VERSION, sizeof(z_stream))

typedef char charf;
typedef int intf;

typedef void *voidpf;
typedef unsigned int uInt;
typedef unsigned long int uLong;
typedef uLong uLongf;
typedef void *voidp;
typedef unsigned char Byte;
typedef off_t z_off_t;
typedef void *const voidpc;

typedef voidpf(*alloc_func) (voidpf opaque, uInt items, uInt size);
typedef void (*free_func) (voidpf opaque, voidpf address);
struct internal_state {
    int dummy;
};
typedef Byte Bytef;
typedef uInt uIntf;

typedef struct z_stream_s {
    Bytef *next_in;             /* next input byte */
    uInt avail_in;              /* number of bytes available at next_in */
    uLong total_in;             /* total nb of input bytes read so far */
    Bytef *next_out;            /* next output byte should be put there */
    uInt avail_out;             /* remaining free space at next_out */
    uLong total_out;            /* total nb of bytes output so far */
    char *msg;                  /* last error message, NULL if no error */
    struct internal_state *state;       /* not visible by applications */
    alloc_func zalloc;          /* used to allocate the internal state */
    free_func zfree;            /* used to free the internal state */
    voidpf opaque;              /* private data object passed to zalloc and zfree */
    int data_type;              /* best guess about the data type: ascii or binary */
    uLong adler;                /* adler32 value of the uncompressed data */
    uLong reserved;             /* reserved for future use */
} z_stream;

typedef z_stream *z_streamp;
typedef voidp gzFile;

#define Z_NO_FLUSH      0
#define Z_PARTIAL_FLUSH 1
#define Z_SYNC_FLUSH    2
#define Z_FULL_FLUSH    3
#define Z_FINISH        4
#define Z_BLOCK 5

#define Z_ERRNO (-1)
#define Z_STREAM_ERROR  (-2)
#define Z_DATA_ERROR    (-3)
#define Z_MEM_ERROR     (-4)
#define Z_BUF_ERROR     (-5)
#define Z_VERSION_ERROR (-6)
#define Z_OK    0
#define Z_STREAM_END    1
#define Z_NEED_DICT     2

#define Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION   (-1)
#define Z_NO_COMPRESSION        0
#define Z_BEST_SPEED    1
#define Z_BEST_COMPRESSION      9

#define Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY      0
#define Z_FILTERED      1
#define Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY  2

#define Z_BINARY        0
#define Z_ASCII 1
#define Z_UNKNOWN       2

#define Z_DEFLATED      8

extern uLong adler32(uLong adler, const Bytef * buf, uInt len);
extern int compress(Bytef * dest, uLongf * destLen, const Bytef * source,
                    uLong sourceLen);
extern int compress2(Bytef * dest, uLongf * destLen, const Bytef * source,
                     uLong sourceLen, int level);
extern uLong compressBound(uLong sourceLen);
extern uLong crc32(uLong crc, const Bytef * buf, uInt len);
extern int deflate(z_streamp strm, int flush);
extern uLong deflateBound(z_streamp strm, uLong sourceLen);
extern int deflateCopy(z_streamp dest, z_streamp source);
extern int deflateEnd(z_streamp strm);
extern int deflateInit2_(z_streamp strm, int level, int method,
                         int windowBits, int memLevel, int strategy,
                         const char *version, int stream_size);
extern int deflateInit_(z_streamp strm, int level, const char *version,
                        int stream_size);
extern int deflateParams(z_streamp strm, int level, int strategy);
extern int deflateReset(z_streamp strm);
extern int deflateSetDictionary(z_streamp strm, const Bytef * dictionary,
                                uInt dictLength);
extern const uLongf *get_crc_table(void);
extern int gzclose(gzFile file);
extern gzFile gzdopen(int fd, const char *mode);
extern int gzeof(gzFile file);
extern const char *gzerror(gzFile file, int *errnum);
extern int gzflush(gzFile file, int flush);
extern int gzgetc(gzFile file);
extern char *gzgets(gzFile file, char *buf, int len);
extern gzFile gzopen(const char *path, const char *mode);
extern int gzprintf(gzFile file, const char *format, ...);
extern int gzputc(gzFile file, int c);
extern int gzputs(gzFile file, const char *s);
extern int gzread(gzFile file, voidp buf, unsigned int len);
extern int gzrewind(gzFile file);
extern z_off_t gzseek(gzFile file, z_off_t offset, int whence);
extern int gzsetparams(gzFile file, int level, int strategy);
extern z_off_t gztell(gzFile file);
extern int gzwrite(gzFile file, voidpc buf, unsigned int len);
extern int inflate(z_streamp strm, int flush);
extern int inflateEnd(z_streamp strm);
extern int inflateInit2_(z_streamp strm, int windowBits,
                         const char *version, int stream_size);
extern int inflateInit_(z_streamp strm, const char *version,
                        int stream_size);
extern int inflateReset(z_streamp strm);
extern int inflateSetDictionary(z_streamp strm, const Bytef * dictionary,
                                uInt dictLength);
extern int inflateSync(z_streamp strm);
extern int inflateSyncPoint(z_streamp z);
extern int uncompress(Bytef * dest, uLongf * destLen, const Bytef * source,
                      uLong sourceLen);
extern const char *zError(int);
extern const char *zlibVersion(void);
14.4 Interface Definitions for libz
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libz and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 14.2 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
adler32
Name
adler32 — compute Adler 32 Checksum
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
uLong adler32(uLong adler, const Bytef * buf, uInt len);
Description
The adler32() function shall compute a running Adler-32 checksum (as described in RFC 1950: ZLIB Compressed Data Format Specication). On entry, adler is the previous value for the checksum, and buf shall point to an array of len bytes of data to be added to this checksum. The adler32() function shall return the new checksum.
If buf is NULL (or Z_NULL), adler32() shall return the initial checksum.
Return Value
The adler32() function shall return the new checksum value.
Errors
None defined.
Application Usage (informative)
The following code fragment demonstrates typical usage of the adler32() function: 
     uLong adler = adler32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);

     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
       adler = adler32(adler, buffer, length);
     }
     if (adler != original_adler) error();
compress
Name
compress — compress data
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int compress(Bytef * dest, uLongf * destLen, const Bytef * source, uLong sourceLen);
Description
The compress() function shall attempt to compress sourceLen bytes of data in the buffer source, placing the result in the buffer dest.
On entry, destLen should point to a value describing the size of the dest buffer. The application should ensure that this value be at least (sourceLen × 1.001) + 12. On successful exit, the variable referenced by destLen shall be updated to hold the length of compressed data in dest.
The compress() function is equivalent to compress2() with a level of Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION.
Return Value
On success, compress() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, compress() shall return a value to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, compress() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	The buffer dest was not large enough to hold the compressed data.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory.
compress2
Name
compress2 — compress data at a specified level
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int compress2(Bytef * dest, uLongf * destLen, const Bytef * source, uLong sourceLen, int level);
Description
The compress2() function shall attempt to compress sourceLen bytes of data in the buffer source, placing the result in the buffer dest, at the level described by level. The level supplied shall be a value between 0 and 9, or the value Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. A level of 1 requests the highest speed, while a level of 9 requests the highest compression. A level of 0 indicates that no compression should be used, and the output shall be the same as the input.
On entry, destLen should point to a value describing the size of the dest buffer. The application should ensure that this value be at least (sourceLen × 1.001) + 12. On successful exit, the variable referenced by destLen shall be updated to hold the length of compressed data in dest.
The compress() function is equivalent to compress2() with a level of Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION.
Return Value
On success, compress2() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, compress2() shall return a value to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, compress2() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	The buffer dest was not large enough to hold the compressed data.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The level was not Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION, or was not between 0 and 9.
compressBound
Name
compressBound — compute compressed data size
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int compressBound(uLong sourceLen);
Description
The compressBound() function shall estimate the size of buffer required to compress sourceLen bytes of data using the compress() or compress2() functions. If successful, the value returned shall be an upper bound for the size of buffer required to compress sourceLen bytes of data, using the parameters stored in stream, in a single call to compress() or compress2().
Return Value
The compressBound() shall return a value representing the upper bound of an array to allocate to hold the compressed data in a single call to compress() or compress2(). This function may return a conservative value that may be larger than sourceLen.
Errors
None defined.
crc32
Name
crc32 — compute CRC-32 Checksum
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
uLong crc32(uLong crc, const Bytef * buf, uInt len);
Description
The crc32() function shall compute a running Cyclic Redundancy Check checksum, as defined in ITU-T V.42. On entry, crc is the previous value for the checksum, and buf shall point to an array of len bytes of data to be added to this checksum. The crc32() function shall return the new checksum.
If buf is NULL (or Z_NULL), crc32() shall return the initial checksum.
Return Value
The crc32() function shall return the new checksum value.
Errors
None defined.
Application Usage (informative)
The following code fragment demonstrates typical usage of the crc32() function: 
     uLong crc = crc32(0L, Z_NULL, 0);

     while (read_buffer(buffer, length) != EOF) {
       crc = crc32(crc, buffer, length);
     }
     if (crc != original_crc) error();
deflate
Name
deflate — compress data
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflate(z_streamp stream, int flush);
Description
The deflate() function shall attempt to compress data until either the input buffer is empty or the output buffer is full. The stream references a z_stream structure. Before the first call to deflate(), this structure should have been initialized by a call to deflateInit2_(). 
Note: deflateInit2_() is only in the binary standard; source level applications should initialize stream via a call to deflateInit() or deflateInit2().
In addition, the stream input and output buffers should have been initialized as follows: 
next_in
 	should point to the data to be compressed.
avail_in
 	should contain the number of bytes of data in the buffer referenced by next_in.
next_out
 	should point to a buffer where compressed data may be placed.
avail_out
 	should contain the size in bytes of the buffer referenced by next_out
The deflate() function shall perform one or both of the following actions: 
	1.	Compress input data from next_in and update next_in, avail_in and total_in to reflect the data that has been compressed.
	2.	Fill the output buffer referenced by next_out, and update next_out, avail_out and total_out to reflect the compressed data that has been placed there. If flush is not Z_NO_FLUSH, and avail_out indicates that there is still space in output buffer, this action shall always occur (see below for further details).
The deflate() function shall return when either avail_in reaches zero (indicating that all the input data has been compressed), or avail_out reaches zero (indicating that the output buffer is full).
On success, the deflate() function shall set the adler field of the stream to the adler32() checksum of all the input data compressed so far (represented by total_in).
If the deflate() function shall attempt to determine the type of input data, and set field data_type in stream to Z_ASCII if the majority of the data bytes fall within the ASCII (ISO 646) printable character range. Otherwise, it shall set data_type to Z_BINARY. This data type is informational only, and does not affect the compression algorithm. 
Note: Future versions of the LSB may remove this requirement, since it is based on an outdated character set that does not support Internationalization, and does not affect the algorithm. It is included for information only at this release. Applications should not depend on this field.
Flush Operation
The parameter flush determines when compressed bits are added to the output buffer in next_out. If flush is Z_NO_FLUSH, deflate() may return with some data pending output, and not yet added to the output buffer.
If flush is Z_SYNC_FLUSH, deflate() shall flush all pending output to next_out and align the output to a byte boundary. A synchronization point is generated in the output.
If flush is Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output shall be flushed, as for Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state shall be reset. A synchronization point is generated in the output. 
Rationale: Z_SYNC_FLUSH is intended to ensure that the compressed data contains all the data compressed so far, and allows a decompressor to reconstruct all of the input data. Z_FULL_FLUSH allows decompression to restart from this point if the previous compressed data has been lost or damaged. Flushing is likely to degrade the performance of the compression system, and should only be used where necessary.
If flush is set to Z_FINISH, all pending input shall be processed and deflate() shall return with Z_STREAM_END if there is sufficient space in the output buffer at next_out, as indicated by avail_out. If deflate() is called with flush set to Z_FINISH and there is insufficient space to store the compressed data, and no other error has occurred during compression, deflate() shall return Z_OK, and the application should call deflate() again with flush unchanged, and having updated next_out and avail_out.
If all the compression is to be done in a single step, deflate() may be called with flush set to Z_FINISH immediately after the stream has been initialized if avail_out is set to at least the value returned by deflateBound().
Return Value
On success, deflate() shall return Z_OK, unless flush was set to Z_FINISH and there was sufficient space in the output buffer to compress all of the input data. In this case, deflate() shall return Z_STREAM_END. On error, deflate() shall return a value to indicate the error. 
Note: If deflate() returns Z_OK and has set avail_out to zero, the function should be called again with the same value for flush, and with updated next_out and avail_out until deflate() returns with Z_OK (or Z_STREAM_END if flush is set to Z_FINISH) and a non-zero avail_out.
Errors
On error, deflate() shall return a value as described below, and set the msg field of stream to point to a string describing the error: 
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	No progress is possible; either avail_in or avail_out was zero.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state (as represented in stream) is inconsistent, or stream was NULL.
deflateBound
Name
deflateBound — compute compressed data size
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateBound(z_streamp stream, uLong sourceLen);
Description
The deflateBound() function shall estimate the size of buffer required to compress sourceLen bytes of data. If successful, the value returned shall be an upper bound for the size of buffer required to compress sourceLen bytes of data, using the parameters stored in stream, in a single call to deflate() with flush set to Z_FINISH.
On entry, stream should have been initialized via a call to deflateInit_() or deflateInit2_().
Return Value
The deflateBound() shall return a value representing the upper bound of an array to allocate to hold the compressed data in a single call to deflate(). If the stream is not correctly initialized, or is NULL, then deflateBound() may return a conservative value that may be larger than sourceLen.
Errors
None defined.
deflateCopy
Name
deflateCopy — copy compression stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateCopy(z_streamp dest, z_streamp source);
Description
The deflateCopy() function shall copy the compression state information in source to the uninitialized z_stream structure referenced by dest.
On successful return, dest will be an exact copy of the stream referenced by source. The input and output buffer pointers in next_in and next_out will reference the same data.
Return Value
On success, deflateCopy() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise it shall return a value less than zero to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, deflateCopy() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state in source is inconsistent, or either source or dest was NULL.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available.
Application Usage (informative)
This function can be useful when several compression strategies will be tried, for example when there are several ways of pre-processing the input data with a filter. The streams that will be discarded should then be freed by calling deflateEnd(). Note that deflateCopy() duplicates the internal compression state which can be quite large, so this strategy may be slow and can consume lots of memory.
deflateEnd
Name
deflateEnd — free compression stream state
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateEnd(z_streamp stream);
Description
The deflateEnd() function shall free all allocated state information referenced by stream. All pending output is discarded, and unprocessed input is ignored.
Return Value
On success, deflateEnd() shall return Z_OK, or Z_DATA_ERROR if there was pending output discarded or input unprocessed. Otherwise it shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, deflateEnd() shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR. The following conditions shall be treated as an error: 
•	The state in stream is inconsistent or inappropriate.
•	stream is NULL.
deflateInit2_
Name
deflateInit2_ — initialize compression system
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int deflateInit2_ (z_streamp strm, int level, int method, int windowBits, int memLevel, int strategy, char * version, int stream_size);
Description
The deflateInit2_() function shall initialize the compression system. On entry, strm shall refer to a user supplied z_stream object (a z_stream_s structure). The following fields shall be set on entry: 
zalloc
 	a pointer to an alloc_func function, used to allocate state information. If this is NULL, a default allocation function will be used.
zfree
 	a pointer to a free_func function, used to free memory allocated by the zalloc function. If this is NULL a default free function will be used.
opaque
 	If alloc_func is not NULL, opaque is a user supplied pointer to data that will be passed to the alloc_func and free_func functions.
If the version requested is not compatible with the version implemented, or if the size of the z_stream_s structure provided in stream_size does not match the size in the library implementation, deflateInit2_() shall fail, and return Z_VERSION_ERROR.
The level supplied shall be a value between 0 and 9, or the value Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. A level of 1 requests the highest speed, while a level of 9 requests the highest compression. A level of 0 indicates that no compression should be used, and the output shall be the same as the input.
The method selects the compression algorithm to use. LSB conforming implementation shall support the Z_DEFLATED method, and may support other implementation defined methods.
The windowBits parameter shall be a base 2 logarithm of the window size to use, and shall be a value between 8 and 15. A smaller value will use less memory, but will result in a poorer compression ratio, while a higher value will give better compression but utilize more memory.
The memLevel parameter specifies how much memory to use for the internal state. The value of memLevel shall be between 1 and MAX_MEM_LEVEL. Smaller values use less memory but are slower, while higher values use more memory to gain compression speed.
The strategy parameter selects the compression strategy to use: 
Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY
 	use the system default compression strategy. Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY is particularly appropriate for text data.
Z_FILTERED
 	use a compression strategy tuned for data consisting largely of small values with a fairly random distribution. Z_FILTERED uses more Huffman encoding and less string matching than Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY.
Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY
 	force Huffman encoding only, with no string match.
The deflateInit2_() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Source applications should use the deflateInit2() macro.
Return Value
On success, the deflateInit2_() function shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, deflateInit2_() shall return a value as described below to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, deflateInit2_() shall return one of the following error indicators: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	Invalid parameter.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available.
Z_VERSION_ERROR
 	The version requested is not compatible with the library version, or the z_stream size differs from that used by the library.
In addition, the msg field of the strm may be set to an error message.
deflateInit_
Name
deflateInit_ — initialize compression system
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateInit_(z_streamp stream, int level, const char * version, int stream_size);
Description
The deflateInit_() function shall initialize the compression system. On entry, stream shall refer to a user supplied z_stream object (a z_stream_s structure). The following fields shall be set on entry: 
zalloc
 	a pointer to an alloc_func function, used to allocate state information. If this is NULL, a default allocation function will be used.
zfree
 	a pointer to a free_func function, used to free memory allocated by the zalloc function. If this is NULL a default free function will be used.
opaque
 	If alloc_func is not NULL, opaque is a user supplied pointer to data that will be passed to the alloc_func and free_func functions.
If the version requested is not compatible with the version implemented, or if the size of the z_stream_s structure provided in stream_size does not match the size in the library implementation, deflateInit_() shall fail, and return Z_VERSION_ERROR.
The level supplied shall be a value between 0 and 9, or the value Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. A level of 1 requests the highest speed, while a level of 9 requests the highest compression. A level of 0 indicates that no compression should be used, and the output shall be the same as the input.
The deflateInit_() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Source applications should use the deflateInit() macro.
The deflateInit_() function is equivalent to 
 deflateInit2_(stream, level, Z_DEFLATED, MAX_WBITS, MAX_MEM_LEVEL,
                         Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY, version, stream_size);
Return Value
On success, the deflateInit_() function shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, deflateInit_() shall return a value as described below to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, deflateInit_() shall return one of the following error indicators: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	Invalid parameter.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available.
Z_VERSION_ERROR
 	The version requested is not compatible with the library version, or the z_stream size differs from that used by the library.
In addition, the msg field of the stream may be set to an error message.
deflateParams
Name
deflateParams — set compression parameters
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateParams(z_streamp stream, int level, int strategy);
Description
The deflateParams() function shall dynamically alter the compression parameters for the compression stream object stream. On entry, stream shall refer to a user supplied z_stream object (a z_stream_s structure), already initialized via a call to deflateInit_() or deflateInit2_().
The level supplied shall be a value between 0 and 9, or the value Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION. A level of 1 requests the highest speed, while a level of 9 requests the highest compression. A level of 0 indicates that no compression should be used, and the output shall be the same as the input. If the compression level is altered by deflateParams(), and some data has already been compressed with this stream (i.e. total_in is not zero), and the new level requires a different underlying compression method, then stream shall be flushed by a call to deflate().
The strategy parameter selects the compression strategy to use: 
Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY
 	use the system default compression strategy. Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY is particularly appropriate for text data.
Z_FILTERED
 	use a compression strategy tuned for data consisting largely of small values with a fairly random distribution. Z_FILTERED uses more Huffman encoding and less string matching than Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY.
Z_HUFFMAN_ONLY
 	force Huffman encoding only, with no string match.
Return Value
On success, the deflateParams() function shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, deflateParams() shall return a value as described below to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, deflateParams() shall return one of the following error indicators: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	Invalid parameter.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	Insufficient space in stream to flush the current output.
In addition, the msg field of the strm may be set to an error message.
Application Usage (Informative)
Applications should ensure that the stream is flushed, e.g. by a call to deflate(stream, Z_SYNC_FLUSH) before calling deflateParams(), or ensure that there is sufficient space in next_out (as identified by avail_out) to ensure that all pending output and all uncompressed input can be flushed in a single call to deflate(). 
Rationale: Although the deflateParams() function should flush pending output and compress all pending input, the result is unspecified if there is insufficient space in the output buffer. Applications should only call deflateParams() when the stream is effectively empty (flushed).
The deflateParams() can be used to switch between compression and straight copy of the input data, or to switch to a different kind of input data requiring a different strategy.
deflateReset
Name
deflateReset — reset compression stream state
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateReset(z_streamp stream);
Description
The deflateReset() function shall reset all state associated with stream. All pending output shall be discarded, and the counts of processed bytes (total_in and total_out) shall be reset to zero.
Return Value
On success, deflateReset() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise it shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, deflateReset() shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR. The following conditions shall be treated as an error: 
•	The state in stream is inconsistent or inappropriate.
•	stream is NULL.
deflateSetDictionary
Name
deflateSetDictionary — initialize compression dictionary
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int deflateSetDictionary(z_streamp stream, const Bytef * dictionary, uInt dictlen);
Description
The deflateSetDictionary() function shall initialize the compression dictionary associated with stream using the dictlen bytes referenced by dictionary.
The implementation may silently use a subset of the provided dictionary if the dictionary cannot fit in the current window associated with stream (see deflateInit2_()). The application should ensure that the dictionary is sorted such that the most commonly used strings occur at the end of the dictionary.
If the dictionary is successfully set, the Adler32 checksum of the entire provided dictionary shall be stored in the adler member of stream. This value may be used by the decompression system to select the correct dictionary. The compression and decompression systems must use the same dictionary.
stream shall reference an initialized compression stream, with total_in zero (i.e. no data has been compressed since the stream was initialized).
Return Value
On success, deflateSetDictionary() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise it shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR to indicate an error.
Errors
On error, deflateSetDictionary() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state in stream is inconsistent, or stream was NULL.
Application Usage (informative)
The application should provide a dictionary consisting of strings {{{ed note: do we really mean "strings"? Null terminated?}}} that are likely to be encountered in the data to be compressed. The application should ensure that the dictionary is sorted such that the most commonly used strings occur at the end of the dictionary.
The use of a dictionary is optional; however if the data to be compressed is relatively short and has a predictable structure, the use of a dictionary can substantially improve the compression ratio.
get_crc_table
Name
get_crc_table — generate a table for crc calculations
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
const uLongf * get_crc_table(void);
Description
Generate tables for a byte-wise 32-bit CRC calculation based on the polynomial: x32+x26+x23+x22+x16+x12+x11+x10+x8+x7+x5+x4+x2+x+1
In a multi-threaded application, get_crc_table() should be called by one thread to initialize the tables before any other thread calls any libz function.
Return Value
The get_crc_table() function shall return a pointer to the first of a set of tables used internally to calculate CRC-32 values (see crc32()).
Errors
None defined.
gzclose
Name
gzclose — close a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzclose (gzFile file );
Description
The gzclose() function shall close the compressed file stream file. If file was open for writing, gzclose() shall first flush any pending output. Any state information allocated shall be freed.
Return Value
On success, gzclose() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, gzclose() shall return an error value as described below.
Errors
On error, gzclose() may set the global variable errno to indicate the error. The gzclose() shall return a value other than Z_OK on error. 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	file was NULL (or Z_NULL), or did not refer to an open compressed file stream.
Z_ERRNO
 	An error occurred in the underlying base libraries, and the application should check errno for further information.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	no compression progress is possible during buffer flush (see deflate()).
gzdopen
Name
gzdopen — open a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 gzFile gzdopen ( int fd, const char *mode );
Description
The gzdopen() function shall attempt to associate the open file referenced by fd with a gzFile object. The mode argument is based on that of fopen(), but the mode parameter may also contain the following characters: 
digit
 	set the compression level to digit. A low value (e.g. 1) means high speed, while a high value (e.g. 9) means high compression. A compression level of 0 (zero) means no compression. See deflateInit2_() for further details.
[fhR]
 	set the compression strategy to [fhR]. The letter f corresponds to filtered data, the letter h corresponds to Huffman only compression, and the letter R corresponds to Run Length Encoding. See deflateInit2_() for further details.
If fd refers to an uncompressed file, and mode refers to a read mode, gzdopen() shall attempt to open the file and return a gzFile object suitable for reading directly from the file without any decompression.
If mode is NULL, or if mode does not contain one of r, w, or a, gzdopen() shall return Z_NULL, and need not set any other error condition.
Example
gzdopen(fileno(stdin), "r");
Attempt to associate the standard input with a gzFile object.
Return Value
On success, gzdopen() shall return a gzFile object. On failure, gzdopen() shall return Z_NULL and may set errno accordingly. 
Note: At version 1.2.2, zlib does not set errno for several error conditions. Applications may not be able to determine the cause of an error.
Errors
On error, gzdopen() may set the global variable errno to indicate the error.
gzeof
Name
gzeof — check for end-of-file on a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzeof (gzFile file );
Description
The gzeof() function shall test the compressed file stream file for end of file.
Return Value
If file was open for reading and end of file has been reached, gzeof() shall return 1. Otherwise, gzeof() shall return 0.
Errors
None defined.
gzerror
Name
gzerror — decode an error on a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 const char * gzerror (gzFile file, int * errnum);
Description
The gzerror() function shall return a string describing the last error to have occurred associated with the open compressed file stream referred to by file. It shall also set the location referenced by errnum to an integer value that further identifies the error.
Return Value
The gzerror() function shall return a string that describes the last error associated with the given file compressed file stream. This string shall have the format "%s: %s", with the name of the file, followed by a colon, a space, and the description of the error. If the compressed file stream was opened by a call to gzdopen(), the format of the filename is unspecified. 
Rationale: Although in all current implementations of libz file descriptors are named "<fd:%d>", the code suggests that this is for debugging purposes only, and may change in a future release.
It is unspecified if the string returned is determined by the setting of the LC_MESSAGES category in the current locale.
Errors
None defined.
gzflush
Name
gzflush — flush a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int gzflush(gzFile file, int flush);
Description
The gzflush() function shall flush pending output to the compressed file stream identified by file, which must be open for writing.
Flush Operation
The parameter flush determines which compressed bits are added to the output file. If flush is Z_NO_FLUSH, gzflush() may return with some data pending output, and not yet written to the file.
If flush is Z_SYNC_FLUSH, gzflush() shall flush all pending output to file and align the output to a byte boundary. There may still be data pending compression that is not flushed.
If flush is Z_FULL_FLUSH, all output shall be flushed, as for Z_SYNC_FLUSH, and the compression state shall be reset. There may still be data pending compression that is not flushed. 
Rationale: Z_SYNC_FLUSH is intended to ensure that the compressed data contains all the data compressed so far, and allows a decompressor to reconstruct all of the input data. Z_FULL_FLUSH allows decompression to restart from this point if the previous compressed data has been lost or damaged. Flushing is likely to degrade the performance of the compression system, and should only be used where necessary.
If flush is set to Z_FINISH, all pending uncompressed data shall be compressed and all output shall be flushed.
Return Value
On success, gzflush() shall return the value Z_OK. Otherwise gzflush() shall return a value to indicate the error, and may set the error number associated with the compressed file stream file. 
Note: If flush is set to Z_FINISH and the flush operation is successful, gzflush() will return Z_OK, but the compressed file stream error value may be set to Z_STREAM_END.
Errors
On error, gzflush() shall return an error value, and may set the error number associated with the stream identified by file to indicate the error. Applications may use gzerror() to access this error value.
Z_ERRNO
 	An underlying base library function has indicated an error. The global variable errno may be examined for further information.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The stream is invalid, is not open for writing, or is in an invalid state.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	no compression progress is possible (see deflate()).
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available to compress.
gzgetc
Name
gzgetc — read a character from a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzgetc (gzFile file);
Description
The gzgetc() function shall read the next single character from the compressed file stream referenced by file, which shall have been opened in a read mode (see gzopen() and gzdopen()).
Return Value
On success, gzgetc() shall return the uncompressed character read, otherwise, on end of file or error, gzgetc() shall return -1.
Errors
On end of file or error, gzgetc() shall return -1. Further information can be found by calling gzerror() with a pointer to the compressed file stream.
gzgets
Name
gzgets — read a string from a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 char * gzgets (gzFile file, char * buf, int len);
Description
The gzgets() function shall attempt to read data from the compressed file stream file, uncompressing it into buf until either len-1 bytes have been inserted into buf, or until a newline character has been uncompressed into buf. A null byte shall be appended to the uncompressed data. The file shall have been opened in for reading (see gzopen() and gzdopen()).
Return Value
On success, gzgets() shall return a pointer to buf. Otherwise, gzgets() shall return Z_NULL. Applications may examine the cause using gzerror().
Errors
On error, gzgets() shall return Z_NULL. The following conditions shall always be treated as an error: 
file is NULL, or does not refer to a file open for reading;	
buf is NULL;	
len is less than or equal to zero.	

gzopen
Name
gzopen — open a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 gzFile gzopen (const char *path , const char *mode );
Description
The gzopen() function shall open the compressed file named by path. The mode argument is based on that of fopen(), but the mode parameter may also contain the following characters: 
digit
 	set the compression level to digit. A low value (e.g. 1) means high speed, while a high value (e.g. 9) means high compression. A compression level of 0 (zero) means no compression. See deflateInit2_() for further details.
[fhR]
 	set the compression strategy to [fhR]. The letter f corresponds to filtered data, the letter h corresponds to Huffman only compression, and the letter R corresponds to Run Length Encoding. See deflateInit2_() for further details.
If path refers to an uncompressed file, and mode refers to a read mode, gzopen() shall attempt to open the file and return a gzFile object suitable for reading directly from the file without any decompression.
If path or mode is NULL, or if mode does not contain one of r, w, or a, gzopen() shall return Z_NULL, and need not set any other error condition.
The gzFile object is also referred to as a compressed file stream.
Example
gzopen("file.gz", "w6h");
Attempt to create a new compressed file, file.gz, at compression level 6 using Huffman only compression.
Return Value
On success, gzopen() shall return a gzFile object (also known as a compressed file stream). On failure, gzopen() shall return Z_NULL and may set errno accordingly. 
Note: At version 1.2.2, zlib does not set errno for several error conditions. Applications may not be able to determine the cause of an error.
Errors
On error, gzopen() may set the global variable errno to indicate the error.
gzprintf
Name
gzprintf — format data and compress
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzprintf (gzFile file, const char * fmt, ...);
Description
The gzprintf() function shall format data as for fprintf(), and write the resulting string to the compressed file stream file.
Return Value
The gzprintf() function shall return the number of uncompressed bytes actually written, or a value less than or equal to 0 in the event of an error.
Errors
If file is NULL, or refers to a compressed file stream that has not been opened for writing, gzprintf() shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR. Otherwise, errors are as for gzwrite().
gzputc
Name
gzputc — write character to a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzputc (gzFile file, int c);
Description
The gzputc() function shall write the single character c, converted from integer to unsigned character, to the compressed file referenced by file, which shall have been opened in a write mode (see gzopen() and gzdopen()).
Return Value
On success, gzputc() shall return the value written, otherwise gzputc() shall return -1.
Errors
On error, gzputc() shall return -1.
gzputs
Name
gzputs — string write to a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzputs (gzFile file, const char * s);
Description
The gzputs() function shall write the null terminated string s to the compressed file referenced by file, which shall have been opened in a write mode (see gzopen() and gzdopen()). The terminating null character shall not be written. The gzputs() function shall return the number of uncompressed bytes actually written.
Return Value
On success, gzputs() shall return the number of uncompressed bytes actually written to file. On error gzputs() shall return a value less than or equal to 0. Applications may examine the cause using gzerror().
Errors
On error, gzputs() shall set the error number associated with the stream identified by file to indicate the error. Applications should use gzerror() to access this error value. If file is NULL, gzputs() shall return Z_STREAM_ERR.
Z_ERRNO
 	An underlying base library function has indicated an error. The global variable errno may be examined for further information.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The stream is invalid, is not open for writing, or is in an invalid state.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	no compression progress is possible (see deflate()).
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available to compress.
gzread
Name
gzread — read from a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzread (gzFile file, voidp buf, unsigned int len);
Description
The gzread() function shall read data from the compressed file referenced by file, which shall have been opened in a read mode (see gzopen() and gzdopen()). The gzread() function shall read data from file, and uncompress it into buf. At most, len bytes of uncompressed data shall be copied to buf. If the file is not compressed, gzread() shall simply copy data from file to buf without alteration.
Return Value
On success, gzread() shall return the number of bytes decompressed into buf. If gzread() returns 0, either the end-of-file has been reached or an underlying read error has occurred. Applications should use gzerror() or gzeof() to determine which occurred. On other errors, gzread() shall return a value less than 0 and applications may examine the cause using gzerror().
Errors
On error, gzread() shall set the error number associated with the stream identified by file to indicate the error. Applications should use gzerror() to access this error value.
Z_ERRNO
 	An underlying base library function has indicated an error. The global variable errno may be examined for further information.
Z_STREAM_END
 	End of file has been reached on input.
Z_DATA_ERROR
 	A CRC error occurred when reading data; the file is corrupt.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The stream is invalid, or is in an invalid state.
Z_NEED_DICT
 	A dictionary is needed (see inflateSetDictionary()).
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available to decompress.
gzrewind
Name
gzrewind — reset the file-position indicator on a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int gzrewind(gzFile file);
Description
The gzrewind() function shall set the starting position for the next read on compressed file stream file to the beginning of file. file must be open for reading.
gzrewind() is equivalent to 
(int)gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_SET)
.
Return Value
On success, gzrewind() shall return 0. On error, gzrewind() shall return -1, and may set the error value for file accordingly.
Errors
On error, gzrewind() shall return -1, indicating that file is NULL, or does not represent an open compressed file stream, or represents a compressed file stream that is open for writing and is not currently at the beginning of file.
gzseek
Name
gzseek — reposition a file-position indicator in a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
z_off_t gzseek(gzFile file, z_off_t offset, int whence);
Description
The gzseek() function shall set the file-position indicator for the compressed file stream file. The file-position indicator controls where the next read or write operation on the compressed file stream shall take place. The offset indicates a byte offset in the uncompressed data. The whence parameter may be one of: 
SEEK_SET
 	the offset is relative to the start of the uncompressed data.
SEEK_CUR
 	the offset is relative to the current positition in the uncompressed data.
Note: The value SEEK_END need not be supported.
If the file is open for writing, the new offset must be greater than or equal to the current offset. In this case, gzseek() shall compress a sequence of null bytes to fill the gap from the previous offset to the new offset.
Return Value
On success, gzseek() shall return the resulting offset in the file expressed as a byte position in the uncompressed data stream. On error, gzseek() shall return -1, and may set the error value for file accordingly.
Errors
On error, gzseek() shall return -1. The following conditions shall always result in an error: 
•	file is NULL
•	file does not represent an open compressed file stream.
•	file refers to a compressed file stream that is open for writing, and the newly computed offset is less than the current offset.
•	The newly computed offset is less than zero.
•	whence is not one of the supported values.
Application Usage (informative)
If file is open for reading, the implementation may still need to uncompress all of the data up to the new offset. As a result, gzseek() may be extremely slow in some circumstances.
gzsetparams
Name
gzsetparams — dynamically set compression parameters
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzsetparams (gzFile file, int level, int strategy);
Description
The gzsetparams() function shall set the compression level and compression strategy on the compressed file stream referenced by file. The compressed file stream shall have been opened in a write mode. The level and strategy are as defined in deflateInit2.. If there is any data pending writing, it shall be flushed before the parameters are updated.
Return Value
On success, the gzsetparams() function shall return Z_OK.
Errors
On error, gzsetparams() shall return one of the following error indications: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	Invalid parameter, or file not open for writing.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	An internal inconsistency was detected while flushing the previous buffer.
gztell
Name
gztell — find position on a compressed file stream
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 z_off_t gztell (gzFile file );
Description
The gztell() function shall return the starting position for the next read or write operation on compressed file stream file. This position represents the number of bytes from the beginning of file in the uncompressed data.
gztell() is equivalent to 
gzseek(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR)
.
Return Value
gztell() shall return the current offset in the file expressed as a byte position in the uncompressed data stream. On error, gztell() shall return -1, and may set the error value for file accordingly.
Errors
On error, gztell() shall return -1, indicating that file is NULL, or does not represent an open compressed file stream.
gzwrite
Name
gzwrite — write to a compressed file
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int gzwrite (gzFile file, voidpc buf, unsigned int len);
Description
The gzwrite() function shall write data to the compressed file referenced by file, which shall have been opened in a write mode (see gzopen() and gzdopen()). On entry, buf shall point to a buffer containing len bytes of uncompressed data. The gzwrite() function shall compress this data and write it to file. The gzwrite() function shall return the number of uncompressed bytes actually written.
Return Value
On success, gzwrite() shall return the number of uncompressed bytes actually written to file. On error gzwrite() shall return a value less than or equal to 0. Applications may examine the cause using gzerror().
Errors
On error, gzwrite() shall set the error number associated with the stream identified by file to indicate the error. Applications should use gzerror() to access this error value.
Z_ERRNO
 	An underlying base library function has indicated an error. The global variable errno may be examined for further information.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The stream is invalid, is not open for writing, or is in an invalid state.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	no compression progress is possible (see deflate()).
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available to compress.
inflate
Name
inflate — decompress data
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflate(z_streamp stream, int flush);
Description
The inflate() function shall attempt to decompress data until either the input buffer is empty or the output buffer is full. The stream references a z_stream structure. Before the first call to inflate(), this structure should have been initialized by a call to inflateInit2_(). 
Note: inflateInit2_() is only in the binary standard; source level applications should initialize stream via a call to inflateInit() or inflateInit2().
In addition, the stream input and output buffers should have been initialized as follows: 
next_in
 	should point to the data to be decompressed.
avail_in
 	should contain the number of bytes of data in the buffer referenced by next_in.
next_out
 	should point to a buffer where decompressed data may be placed.
avail_out
 	should contain the size in bytes of the buffer referenced by next_out
The inflate() function shall perform one or both of the following actions: 
	1.	Decompress input data from next_in and update next_in, avail_in and total_in to reflect the data that has been decompressed.
	2.	Fill the output buffer referenced by next_out, and update next_out, avail_out, and total_out to reflect the decompressed data that has been placed there. If flush is not Z_NO_FLUSH, and avail_out indicates that there is still space in output buffer, this action shall always occur (see below for further details).
The inflate() function shall return when either avail_in reaches zero (indicating that all the input data has been compressed), or avail_out reaches zero (indicating that the output buffer is full).
Flush Operation
The parameter flush determines when uncompressed bytes are added to the output buffer in next_out. If flush is Z_NO_FLUSH, inflate() may return with some data pending output, and not yet added to the output buffer.
If flush is Z_SYNC_FLUSH, inflate() shall flush all pending output to next_out, and update next_out and avail_out accordingly.
If flush is set to Z_BLOCK, inflate() shall stop adding data to the output buffer if and when the next compressed block boundary is reached (see RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification).
If flush is set to Z_FINISH, all of the compressed input shall be decompressed and added to the output. If there is insufficient output space (i.e. the compressed input data uncompresses to more than avail_out bytes), then inflate() shall fail and return Z_BUF_ERROR.
Return Value
On success, inflate() shall return Z_OK if decompression progress has been made, or Z_STREAM_END if all of the input data has been decompressed and there was sufficient space in the output buffer to store the uncompressed result. On error, inflate() shall return a value to indicate the error. 
Note: If inflate() returns Z_OK and has set avail_out to zero, the function should be called again with the same value for flush, and with updated next_out and avail_out until inflate() returns with either Z_OK or Z_STREAM_END and a non-zero avail_out.
On success, inflate() shall set the adler to the Adler-32 checksum of the output produced so far (i.e. total_out bytes).
Errors
On error, inflate() shall return a value as described below, and may set the msg field of stream to point to a string describing the error: 
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	No progress is possible; either avail_in or avail_out was zero.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory.
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state (as represented in stream) is inconsistent, or stream was NULL.
Z_NEED_DICT
 	A preset dictionary is required. The adler field shall be set to the Adler-32 checksum of the dictionary chosen by the compressor.
inflateEnd
Name
inflateEnd — free decompression stream state
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflateEnd(z_streamp stream);
Description
The inflateEnd() function shall free all allocated state information referenced by stream. All pending output is discarded, and unprocessed input is ignored.
Return Value
On success, inflateEnd() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise it shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, inflateEnd() shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR. The following conditions shall be treated as an error: 
•	The state in stream is inconsistent.
•	stream is NULL.
•	The zfree function pointer is NULL.
inflateInit2_
Name
inflateInit2_ — initialize decompression system
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 int inflateInit2_ (z_streamp strm, int windowBits, char * version, int stream_size);
Description
The inflateInit2_() function shall initialize the decompression system. On entry, strm shall refer to a user supplied z_stream object (a z_stream_s structure). The following fields shall be set on entry: 
zalloc
 	a pointer to an alloc_func function, used to allocate state information. If this is NULL, a default allocation function will be used.
zfree
 	a pointer to a free_func function, used to free memory allocated by the zalloc function. If this is NULL a default free function will be used.
opaque
 	If alloc_func is not NULL, opaque is a user supplied pointer to data that will be passed to the alloc_func and free_func functions.
If the version requested is not compatible with the version implemented, or if the size of the z_stream_s structure provided in stream_size does not match the size in the library implementation, inflateInit2_() shall fail, and return Z_VERSION_ERROR.
The windowBits parameter shall be a base 2 logarithm of the maximum window size to use, and shall be a value between 8 and 15. If the input data was compressed with a larger window size, subsequent attempts to decompress this data will fail with Z_DATA_ERROR, rather than try to allocate a larger window.
The inflateInit2_() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Source applications should use the inflateInit2() macro.
Return Value
On success, the inflateInit2_() function shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, inflateInit2_() shall return a value as described below to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, inflateInit2_() shall return one of the following error indicators: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	Invalid parameter.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available.
Z_VERSION_ERROR
 	The version requested is not compatible with the library version, or the z_stream size differs from that used by the library.
In addition, the msg field of the strm may be set to an error message.
inflateInit_
Name
inflateInit_ — initialize decompression system
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflateInit_(z_streamp stream, const char * version, int stream_size);
Description
The inflateInit_() function shall initialize the decompression system. On entry, stream shall refer to a user supplied z_stream object (a z_stream_s structure). The following fields shall be set on entry: 
zalloc
 	a pointer to an alloc_func function, used to allocate state information. If this is NULL, a default allocation function will be used.
zfree
 	a pointer to a free_func function, used to free memory allocated by the zalloc function. If this is NULL a default free function will be used.
opaque
 	If alloc_func is not NULL, opaque is a user supplied pointer to data that will be passed to the alloc_func and free_func functions.
If the version requested is not compatible with the version implemented, or if the size of the z_stream_s structure provided in stream_size does not match the size in the library implementation, inflateInit_() shall fail, and return Z_VERSION_ERROR.
The inflateInit_() function is not in the source standard; it is only in the binary standard. Source applications should use the inflateInit() macro.
The inflateInit_() shall be equivalent to 
inflateInit2_(strm, MAX_WBITS, version, stream_size);
Return Value
On success, the inflateInit_() function shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, inflateInit_() shall return a value as described below to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, inflateInit_() shall return one of the following error indicators: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	Invalid parameter.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory available.
Z_VERSION_ERROR
 	The version requested is not compatible with the library version, or the z_stream size differs from that used by the library.
In addition, the msg field of the strm may be set to an error message.
inflateReset
Name
inflateReset — reset decompression stream state
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflateReset(z_streamp stream);
Description
The inflateReset() function shall reset all state associated with stream. All pending output shall be discarded, and the counts of processed bytes (total_in and total_out) shall be reset to zero.
Return Value
On success, inflateReset() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise it shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, inflateReset() shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR. The following conditions shall be treated as an error: 
•	The state in stream is inconsistent or inappropriate.
•	stream is NULL.
inflateSetDictionary
Name
inflateSetDictionary — initialize decompression dictionary
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflateSetDictionary(z_streamp stream, const Bytef * dictionary, uInt dictlen);
Description
The inflateSetDictionary() function shall initialize the decompression dictionary associated with stream using the dictlen bytes referenced by dictionary.
The inflateSetDictionary() function should be called immediately after a call to inflate() has failed with return value Z_NEED_DICT. The dictionary must have the same Adler-32 checksum as the dictionary used for the compression (see deflateSetDictionary()).
stream shall reference an initialized decompression stream, with total_in zero (i.e. no data has been decompressed since the stream was initialized).
Return Value
On success, inflateSetDictionary() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise it shall return a value as indicated below.
Errors
On error, inflateSetDictionary() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state in stream is inconsistent, or stream was NULL.
Z_DATA_ERROR
 	The Adler-32 checksum of the supplied dictionary does not match that used for the compression.
Application Usage (informative)
The application should provide a dictionary consisting of strings {{{ed note: do we really mean "strings"? Null terminated?}}} that are likely to be encountered in the data to be compressed. The application should ensure that the dictionary is sorted such that the most commonly used strings occur at the end of the dictionary.
The use of a dictionary is optional; however if the data to be compressed is relatively short and has a predictable structure, the use of a dictionary can substantially improve the compression ratio.
inflateSync
Name
inflateSync — advance compression stream to next sync point
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflateSync(z_streamp stream);
Description
The inflateSync() function shall advance through the compressed data in stream, skipping any invalid compressed data, until the next full flush point is reached, or all input is exhausted. See the description for deflate() with flush level Z_FULL_FLUSH. No output is placed in next_out.
Return Value
On success, inflateSync() shall return Z_OK, and update the next_in, avail_in, and total_in fields of stream to reflect the number of bytes of compressed data that have been skipped. Otherwise, inflateSync() shall return a value as described below to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, inflateSync() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state (as represented in stream) is inconsistent, or stream was NULL.
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	There is no data available to skip over.
Z_DATA_ERROR
 	No sync point was found.
inflateSyncPoint
Name
inflateSyncPoint — test for synchronization point
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int inflateSyncPoint(z_streamp stream);
Description
The inflateSyncPoint() function shall return a non-zero value if the compressed data stream referenced by stream is at a synchronization point.
Return Value
If the compressed data in stream is at a synchronization point (see deflate() with a flush level of Z_SYNC_FLUSH or Z_FULL_FLUSH), inflateSyncPoint() shall return a non-zero value, other than Z_STREAM_ERROR. Otherwise, if the stream is valid, inflateSyncPoint() shall return 0. If stream is invalid, or in an invalid state, inflateSyncPoint() shall return Z_STREAM_ERROR to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, inflateSyncPoint() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_STREAM_ERROR
 	The state (as represented in stream) is inconsistent, or stream was NULL.
uncompress
Name
uncompress — uncompress data
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
int uncompress(Bytef * dest, uLongf * destLen, const Bytef * source, uLong sourceLen);
Description
The uncompress() function shall attempt to uncompress sourceLen bytes of data in the buffer source, placing the result in the buffer dest.
On entry, destLen should point to a value describing the size of the dest buffer. The application should ensure that this value is large enough to hold the entire uncompressed data. 
Note: The LSB does not describe any mechanism by which a compressor can communicate the size required to the uncompressor.
On successful exit, the variable referenced by destLen shall be updated to hold the length of uncompressed data in dest.
Return Value
On success, uncompress() shall return Z_OK. Otherwise, uncompress() shall return a value to indicate the error.
Errors
On error, uncompress() shall return a value as described below: 
Z_BUF_ERROR
 	The buffer dest was not large enough to hold the uncompressed data.
Z_MEM_ERROR
 	Insufficient memory.
Z_DATA_ERROR
 	The compressed data (referenced by source) was corrupted.
zError
Name
zError — translate error number to string
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
const char * zError(int err);
Description
The zError() function shall return the string identifying the error associated with err. This allows for conversion from error code to string for functions such as compress() and uncompress(), that do not always set the string version of an error.
Return Value
The zError() function shall return a the string identifying the error associated with err, or NULL if err is not a valid error code.
It is unspecified if the string returned is determined by the setting of the LC_MESSAGES category in the current locale.
Errors
None defined.
zlibVersion
Name
zlibVersion — discover library version at run time
Synopsis
#include <zlib.h>
 const char * zlibVersion (void);
Description
The zlibVersion() function shall return the string identifying the interface version at the time the library was built.
Applications should compare the value returned from zlibVersion() with the macro constant ZLIB_VERSION for compatibility.
Return Value
The zlibVersion() function shall return a the string identifying the version of the library currently implemented.
Errors
None defined.
14.5 Interfaces for libncurses
Table 14-3 defines the library name and shared object name for the libncurses library
Table 14-3 libncurses Definition
Library:	libncurses	
SONAME:	libncurses.so.5	

The parameters or return types of the following interfaces have had the const qualifier added as shown here, as compared to the specification in X/Open Curses.
extern const char *keyname (int);
extern SCREEN *newterm (const char *, FILE *, FILE *);
extern const char *unctrl (chtype);

extern int mvprintw (int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int mvwprintw (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int printw (const char *, ...);
extern int vwprintw (WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int vw_printw (WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int wprintw (WINDOW *, const char *, ...);

extern int mvscanw (int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int mvwscanw (WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int scanw (const char *, ...);
extern int vwscanw (WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int vw_scanw (WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int wscanw (WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LSB] This Specification	
[SUS-CURSES] X/Open Curses	

14.5.1 Curses
14.5.1.1 Interfaces for Curses
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Curses specified in Table 14-4, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 14-4 libncurses - Curses Function Interfaces
addch [SUS-CURSES]	addchnstr [SUS-CURSES]	addchstr [SUS-CURSES]	addnstr [SUS-CURSES]	
addstr [SUS-CURSES]	attr_get [SUS-CURSES]	attr_off [SUS-CURSES]	attr_on [SUS-CURSES]	
attr_set [SUS-CURSES]	attroff [SUS-CURSES]	attron [SUS-CURSES]	attrset [SUS-CURSES]	
baudrate [SUS-CURSES]	beep [SUS-CURSES]	bkgd [SUS-CURSES]	bkgdset [SUS-CURSES]	
border [SUS-CURSES]	box [SUS-CURSES]	can_change_color [SUS-CURSES]	cbreak [SUS-CURSES]	
chgat [SUS-CURSES]	clear [SUS-CURSES]	clearok [SUS-CURSES]	clrtobot [SUS-CURSES]	
clrtoeol [SUS-CURSES]	color_content [SUS-CURSES]	color_set [SUS-CURSES]	copywin [SUS-CURSES]	
curs_set [SUS-CURSES]	def_prog_mode [SUS-CURSES]	def_shell_mode [SUS-CURSES]	del_curterm [SUS-CURSES]	
delay_output [SUS-CURSES]	delch [SUS-CURSES]	deleteln [SUS-CURSES]	delscreen [SUS-CURSES]	
delwin [SUS-CURSES]	derwin [SUS-CURSES]	doupdate [SUS-CURSES]	dupwin [SUS-CURSES]	
echo [SUS-CURSES]	echochar [SUS-CURSES]	endwin [SUS-CURSES]	erase [SUS-CURSES]	
erasechar [SUS-CURSES]	filter [SUS-CURSES]	flash [SUS-CURSES]	flushinp [SUS-CURSES]	
getbkgd [SUS-CURSES]	getch [SUS-CURSES]	getnstr [SUS-CURSES]	getstr [SUS-CURSES]	
getwin [SUS-CURSES]	halfdelay [SUS-CURSES]	has_colors [SUS-CURSES]	has_ic [SUS-CURSES]	
has_il [SUS-CURSES]	hline [SUS-CURSES]	idcok [SUS-CURSES]	idlok [SUS-CURSES]	
immedok [SUS-CURSES]	inch [SUS-CURSES]	inchnstr [LSB]	inchstr [LSB]	
init_color [SUS-CURSES]	init_pair [SUS-CURSES]	initscr [SUS-CURSES]	innstr [SUS-CURSES]	
insch [SUS-CURSES]	insdelln [SUS-CURSES]	insertln [SUS-CURSES]	insnstr [SUS-CURSES]	
insstr [SUS-CURSES]	instr [LSB]	intrflush [SUS-CURSES]	is_linetouched [SUS-CURSES]	
is_wintouched [SUS-CURSES]	isendwin [SUS-CURSES]	keyname [SUS-CURSES]	keypad [SUS-CURSES]	
killchar [SUS-CURSES]	leaveok [SUS-CURSES]	longname [SUS-CURSES]	meta [SUS-CURSES]	
move [SUS-CURSES]	mvaddch [SUS-CURSES]	mvaddchnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvaddchstr [SUS-CURSES]	
mvaddnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvaddstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvchgat [SUS-CURSES]	mvcur [LSB]	
mvdelch [SUS-CURSES]	mvderwin [SUS-CURSES]	mvgetch [SUS-CURSES]	mvgetnstr [SUS-CURSES]	
mvgetstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvhline [SUS-CURSES]	mvinch [SUS-CURSES]	mvinchnstr [LSB]	
mvinchstr [LSB]	mvinnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvinsch [SUS-CURSES]	mvinsnstr [SUS-CURSES]	
mvinsstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvinstr [LSB]	mvprintw [SUS-CURSES]	mvscanw [LSB]	
mvvline [SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddch [SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddchnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddchstr [SUS-CURSES]	
mvwaddnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwchgat [SUS-CURSES]	mvwdelch [SUS-CURSES]	
mvwgetch [SUS-CURSES]	mvwgetnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwgetstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwhline [SUS-CURSES]	
mvwin [SUS-CURSES]	mvwinch [SUS-CURSES]	mvwinchnstr [LSB]	mvwinchstr [LSB]	
mvwinnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwinsch [SUS-CURSES]	mvwinsnstr [SUS-CURSES]	mvwinsstr [SUS-CURSES]	
mvwinstr [LSB]	mvwprintw [SUS-CURSES]	mvwscanw [LSB]	mvwvline [SUS-CURSES]	
napms [SUS-CURSES]	newpad [SUS-CURSES]	newterm [SUS-CURSES]	newwin [SUS-CURSES]	
nl [SUS-CURSES]	nocbreak [SUS-CURSES]	nodelay [SUS-CURSES]	noecho [SUS-CURSES]	
nonl [SUS-CURSES]	noqiflush [SUS-CURSES]	noraw [SUS-CURSES]	notimeout [SUS-CURSES]	
overlay [SUS-CURSES]	overwrite [SUS-CURSES]	pair_content [SUS-CURSES]	pechochar [SUS-CURSES]	
pnoutrefresh [SUS-CURSES]	prefresh [SUS-CURSES]	printw [SUS-CURSES]	putp [SUS-CURSES]	
putwin [SUS-CURSES]	qiflush [SUS-CURSES]	raw [SUS-CURSES]	redrawwin [SUS-CURSES]	
refresh [SUS-CURSES]	reset_prog_mode [SUS-CURSES]	reset_shell_mode [SUS-CURSES]	resetty [SUS-CURSES]	
restartterm [SUS-CURSES]	ripoffline [LSB]	savetty [SUS-CURSES]	scanw [LSB]	
scr_dump [SUS-CURSES]	scr_init [SUS-CURSES]	scr_restore [SUS-CURSES]	scr_set [SUS-CURSES]	
scrl [SUS-CURSES]	scroll [SUS-CURSES]	scrollok [SUS-CURSES]	set_curterm [SUS-CURSES]	
set_term [SUS-CURSES]	setscrreg [SUS-CURSES]	setupterm [SUS-CURSES]	slk_attr_set [SUS-CURSES]	
slk_attroff [SUS-CURSES]	slk_attron [SUS-CURSES]	slk_attrset [SUS-CURSES]	slk_clear [SUS-CURSES]	
slk_color [SUS-CURSES]	slk_init [SUS-CURSES]	slk_label [SUS-CURSES]	slk_noutrefresh [SUS-CURSES]	
slk_refresh [SUS-CURSES]	slk_restore [SUS-CURSES]	slk_set [SUS-CURSES]	slk_touch [SUS-CURSES]	
standend [SUS-CURSES]	standout [SUS-CURSES]	start_color [SUS-CURSES]	subpad [SUS-CURSES]	
subwin [SUS-CURSES]	syncok [SUS-CURSES]	termattrs [SUS-CURSES]	termname [SUS-CURSES]	
tgetent [SUS-CURSES]	tgetflag [SUS-CURSES]	tgetnum [SUS-CURSES]	tgetstr [SUS-CURSES]	
tgoto [SUS-CURSES]	tigetflag [SUS-CURSES]	tigetnum [SUS-CURSES]	tigetstr [SUS-CURSES]	
timeout [SUS-CURSES]	touchline [SUS-CURSES]	touchwin [SUS-CURSES]	tparm [SUS-CURSES]	
tputs [SUS-CURSES]	typeahead [SUS-CURSES]	unctrl [SUS-CURSES]	ungetch [SUS-CURSES]	
untouchwin [SUS-CURSES]	use_env [SUS-CURSES]	vidattr [SUS-CURSES]	vidputs [SUS-CURSES]	
vline [SUS-CURSES]	vw_printw [SUS-CURSES]	vw_scanw [LSB]	vwprintw [SUS-CURSES]	
vwscanw [LSB]	waddch [SUS-CURSES]	waddchnstr [SUS-CURSES]	waddchstr [SUS-CURSES]	
waddnstr [SUS-CURSES]	waddstr [SUS-CURSES]	wattr_get [SUS-CURSES]	wattr_off [SUS-CURSES]	
wattr_on [SUS-CURSES]	wattr_set [SUS-CURSES]	wattroff [SUS-CURSES]	wattron [SUS-CURSES]	
wattrset [SUS-CURSES]	wbkgd [SUS-CURSES]	wbkgdset [SUS-CURSES]	wborder [SUS-CURSES]	
wchgat [SUS-CURSES]	wclear [SUS-CURSES]	wclrtobot [SUS-CURSES]	wclrtoeol [SUS-CURSES]	
wcolor_set [SUS-CURSES]	wcursyncup [SUS-CURSES]	wdelch [SUS-CURSES]	wdeleteln [SUS-CURSES]	
wechochar [SUS-CURSES]	werase [SUS-CURSES]	wgetch [SUS-CURSES]	wgetnstr [SUS-CURSES]	
wgetstr [SUS-CURSES]	whline [SUS-CURSES]	winch [SUS-CURSES]	winchnstr [LSB]	
winchstr [LSB]	winnstr [SUS-CURSES]	winsch [SUS-CURSES]	winsdelln [SUS-CURSES]	
winsertln [SUS-CURSES]	winsnstr [SUS-CURSES]	winsstr [SUS-CURSES]	winstr [LSB]	
wmove [SUS-CURSES]	wnoutrefresh [SUS-CURSES]	wprintw [SUS-CURSES]	wredrawln [SUS-CURSES]	
wrefresh [SUS-CURSES]	wscanw [LSB]	wscrl [SUS-CURSES]	wsetscrreg [SUS-CURSES]	
wstandend [SUS-CURSES]	wstandout [SUS-CURSES]	wsyncdown [SUS-CURSES]	wsyncup [SUS-CURSES]	
wtimeout [SUS-CURSES]	wtouchln [SUS-CURSES]	wvline [SUS-CURSES]	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic deprecated functions for Curses specified in Table 14-5, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Note: These interfaces are deprecated, and applications should avoid using them. These interfaces may be withdrawn in future releases of this specification.
Table 14-5 libncurses - Curses Deprecated Function Interfaces
tgetent [SUS-CURSES]	tgetflag [SUS-CURSES]	tgetnum [SUS-CURSES]	tgetstr [SUS-CURSES]	
tgoto [SUS-CURSES]	

	

An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic data interfaces for Curses specified in Table 14-6, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 14-6 libncurses - Curses Data Interfaces
COLORS [SUS-CURSES]	COLOR_PAIRS [SUS-CURSES]	COLS [SUS-CURSES]	LINES [SUS-CURSES]	
acs_map [SUS-CURSES]	cur_term [SUS-CURSES]	curscr [SUS-CURSES]	stdscr [SUS-CURSES]	

14.6 Data Definitions for libncurses
This section defines global identifiers and their values that are associated with interfaces contained in libncurses. These definitions are organized into groups that correspond to system headers. This convention is used as a convenience for the reader, and does not imply the existence of these headers, or their content. Where an interface is defined as requiring a particular system header file all of the data definitions for that system header file presented here shall be in effect.
This section gives data definitions to promote binary application portability, not to repeat source interface definitions available elsewhere. System providers and application developers should use this ABI to supplement - not to replace - source interface definition specifications.
This specification uses the ISO C (1999) C Language as the reference programming language, and data definitions are specified in ISO C format. The C language is used here as a convenient notation. Using a C language description of these data objects does not preclude their use by other programming languages.
14.6.1 curses.h

#define ERR     (-1)
#define OK      (0)
#define ACS_RARROW      (acs_map['+'])
#define ACS_LARROW      (acs_map[','])
#define ACS_UARROW      (acs_map['-'])
#define ACS_DARROW      (acs_map['.'])
#define ACS_BLOCK       (acs_map['0'])
#define ACS_CKBOARD     (acs_map['a'])
#define ACS_DEGREE      (acs_map['f'])
#define ACS_PLMINUS     (acs_map['g'])
#define ACS_BOARD       (acs_map['h'])
#define ACS_LANTERN     (acs_map['i'])
#define ACS_LRCORNER    (acs_map['j'])
#define ACS_URCORNER    (acs_map['k'])
#define ACS_ULCORNER    (acs_map['l'])
#define ACS_LLCORNER    (acs_map['m'])
#define ACS_PLUS        (acs_map['n'])
#define ACS_S1  (acs_map['o'])
#define ACS_HLINE       (acs_map['q'])
#define ACS_S9  (acs_map['s'])
#define ACS_LTEE        (acs_map['t'])
#define ACS_RTEE        (acs_map['u'])
#define ACS_BTEE        (acs_map['v'])
#define ACS_TTEE        (acs_map['w'])
#define ACS_VLINE       (acs_map['x'])
#define ACS_DIAMOND     (acs_map['`'])
#define ACS_BULLET      (acs_map['~'])
#define getmaxyx(win,y,x)       \
        (y=(win)?((win)->_maxy+1):ERR,x=(win)?((win)->_maxx+1):ERR)
#define getbegyx(win,y,x)       \
        (y=(win)?(win)->_begy:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_begx:ERR)
#define getyx(win,y,x)  \
        (y=(win)?(win)->_cury:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_curx:ERR)
#define getparyx(win,y,x)       \
        (y=(win)?(win)->_pary:ERR,x=(win)?(win)->_parx:ERR)

#define __NCURSES_H     1
#define NCURSES_EXPORT(type)    type
#define NCURSES_EXPORT_VAR(type)        type

#define WA_ALTCHARSET   A_ALTCHARSET
#define WA_ATTRIBUTES   A_ATTRIBUTES
#define WA_BLINK        A_BLINK
#define WA_BOLD A_BOLD
#define WA_DIM  A_DIM
#define WA_HORIZONTAL   A_HORIZONTAL
#define WA_INVIS        A_INVIS
#define WA_LEFT A_LEFT
#define WA_LOW  A_LOW
#define WA_NORMAL       A_NORMAL
#define WA_PROTECT      A_PROTECT
#define WA_REVERSE      A_REVERSE
#define WA_RIGHT        A_RIGHT
#define WA_STANDOUT     A_STANDOUT
#define WA_TOP  A_TOP
#define WA_UNDERLINE    A_UNDERLINE
#define WA_VERTICAL     A_VERTICAL
#define A_REVERSE       NCURSES_BITS(1UL,10)

#define COLOR_BLACK     0
#define COLOR_RED       1
#define COLOR_GREEN     2
#define COLOR_YELLOW    3
#define COLOR_BLUE      4
#define COLOR_MAGENTA   5
#define COLOR_CYAN      6
#define COLOR_WHITE     7

#define _SUBWIN 0x01
#define _ENDLINE        0x02
#define _FULLWIN        0x04
#define _SCROLLWIN      0x08
#define _ISPAD  0x10
#define _HASMOVED       0x20

typedef unsigned char bool;

typedef unsigned long int chtype;
typedef struct screen SCREEN;
typedef struct _win_st WINDOW;
typedef chtype attr_t;
typedef struct {
    attr_t attr;
    wchar_t chars[5];
} cchar_t;
struct pdat {
    short _pad_y;
    short _pad_x;
    short _pad_top;
    short _pad_left;
    short _pad_bottom;
    short _pad_right;
};

struct _win_st {
    short _cury;                /* current cursor position */
    short _curx;
    short _maxy;                /* maximums of x and y, NOT window size */
    short _maxx;
    short _begy;                /* screen coords of upper-left-hand corner */
    short _begx;
    short _flags;               /* window state flags */
    attr_t _attrs;              /* current attribute for non-space character */
    chtype _bkgd;               /* current background char/attribute pair */
    bool _notimeout;            /* no time out on function-key entry? */
    bool _clear;                /* consider all data in the window invalid? */
    bool _leaveok;              /* OK to not reset cursor on exit? */
    bool _scroll;               /* OK to scroll this window? */
    bool _idlok;                /* OK to use insert/delete line? */
    bool _idcok;                /* OK to use insert/delete char? */
    bool _immed;                /* window in immed mode? (not yet used) */
    bool _sync;                 /* window in sync mode? */
    bool _use_keypad;           /* process function keys into KEY_ symbols? */
    int _delay;                 /* 0 = nodelay, <0 = blocking, >0 = delay */
    struct ldat *_line;         /* the actual line data */
    short _regtop;              /* top line of scrolling region */
    short _regbottom;           /* bottom line of scrolling region */
    int _parx;                  /* x coordinate of this window in parent */
    int _pary;                  /* y coordinate of this window in parent */
    WINDOW *_parent;            /* pointer to parent if a sub-window */
    struct pdat _pad;
    short _yoffset;             /* real begy is _begy + _yoffset */
    cchar_t _bkgrnd;            /* current background char/attribute pair */
};

#define KEY_F(n)        (KEY_F0+(n))
#define KEY_CODE_YES    0400
#define KEY_BREAK       0401
#define KEY_MIN 0401
#define KEY_DOWN        0402
#define KEY_UP  0403
#define KEY_LEFT        0404
#define KEY_RIGHT       0405
#define KEY_HOME        0406
#define KEY_BACKSPACE   0407
#define KEY_F0  0410
#define KEY_DL  0510
#define KEY_IL  0511
#define KEY_DC  0512
#define KEY_IC  0513
#define KEY_EIC 0514
#define KEY_CLEAR       0515
#define KEY_EOS 0516
#define KEY_EOL 0517
#define KEY_SF  0520
#define KEY_SR  0521
#define KEY_NPAGE       0522
#define KEY_PPAGE       0523
#define KEY_STAB        0524
#define KEY_CTAB        0525
#define KEY_CATAB       0526
#define KEY_ENTER       0527
#define KEY_SRESET      0530
#define KEY_RESET       0531
#define KEY_PRINT       0532
#define KEY_LL  0533
#define KEY_A1  0534
#define KEY_A3  0535
#define KEY_B2  0536
#define KEY_C1  0537
#define KEY_C3  0540
#define KEY_BTAB        0541
#define KEY_BEG 0542
#define KEY_CANCEL      0543
#define KEY_CLOSE       0544
#define KEY_COMMAND     0545
#define KEY_COPY        0546
#define KEY_CREATE      0547
#define KEY_END 0550
#define KEY_EXIT        0551
#define KEY_FIND        0552
#define KEY_HELP        0553
#define KEY_MARK        0554
#define KEY_MESSAGE     0555
#define KEY_MOVE        0556
#define KEY_NEXT        0557
#define KEY_OPEN        0560
#define KEY_OPTIONS     0561
#define KEY_PREVIOUS    0562
#define KEY_REDO        0563
#define KEY_REFERENCE   0564
#define KEY_REFRESH     0565
#define KEY_REPLACE     0566
#define KEY_RESTART     0567
#define KEY_RESUME      0570
#define KEY_SAVE        0571
#define KEY_SBEG        0572
#define KEY_SCANCEL     0573
#define KEY_SCOMMAND    0574
#define KEY_SCOPY       0575
#define KEY_SCREATE     0576
#define KEY_SDC 0577
#define KEY_SDL 0600
#define KEY_SELECT      0601
#define KEY_SEND        0602
#define KEY_SEOL        0603
#define KEY_SEXIT       0604
#define KEY_SFIND       0605
#define KEY_SHELP       0606
#define KEY_SHOME       0607
#define KEY_SIC 0610
#define KEY_SLEFT       0611
#define KEY_SMESSAGE    0612
#define KEY_SMOVE       0613
#define KEY_SNEXT       0614
#define KEY_SOPTIONS    0615
#define KEY_SPREVIOUS   0616
#define KEY_SPRINT      0617
#define KEY_SREDO       0620
#define KEY_SREPLACE    0621
#define KEY_SRIGHT      0622
#define KEY_SRSUME      0623
#define KEY_SSAVE       0624
#define KEY_SSUSPEND    0625
#define KEY_SUNDO       0626
#define KEY_SUSPEND     0627
#define KEY_UNDO        0630
#define KEY_MOUSE       0631
#define KEY_RESIZE      0632
#define KEY_MAX 0777

#define PAIR_NUMBER(a)  (((a)&A_COLOR)>>8)
#define NCURSES_BITS(mask,shift)        ((mask)<<((shift)+8))
#define A_CHARTEXT      (NCURSES_BITS(1UL,0)-1UL)
#define A_NORMAL        0L
#define NCURSES_ATTR_SHIFT      8
#define A_COLOR NCURSES_BITS(((1UL)<<8)-1UL,0)
#define A_BLINK NCURSES_BITS(1UL,11)
#define A_DIM   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,12)
#define A_BOLD  NCURSES_BITS(1UL,13)
#define A_ALTCHARSET    NCURSES_BITS(1UL,14)
#define A_INVIS NCURSES_BITS(1UL,15)
#define A_PROTECT       NCURSES_BITS(1UL,16)
#define A_HORIZONTAL    NCURSES_BITS(1UL,17)
#define A_LEFT  NCURSES_BITS(1UL,18)
#define A_LOW   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,19)
#define A_RIGHT NCURSES_BITS(1UL,20)
#define A_TOP   NCURSES_BITS(1UL,21)
#define A_VERTICAL      NCURSES_BITS(1UL,22)
#define A_STANDOUT      NCURSES_BITS(1UL,8)
#define A_UNDERLINE     NCURSES_BITS(1UL,9)
#define COLOR_PAIR(n)   NCURSES_BITS(n,0)
#define A_ATTRIBUTES    NCURSES_BITS(~(1UL-1UL),0)

extern int COLORS;
extern int COLOR_PAIRS;
extern int COLS;
extern int LINES;
extern chtype acs_map[];
extern int addch(const chtype);
extern int addchnstr(const chtype *, int);
extern int addchstr(const chtype *);
extern int addnstr(const char *, int);
extern int addstr(const char *);
extern int attr_get(attr_t *, short *, void *);
extern int attr_off(attr_t, void *);
extern int attr_on(attr_t, void *);
extern int attr_set(attr_t, short, void *);
extern int attroff(int);
extern int attron(int);
extern int attrset(int);
extern int baudrate(void);
extern int beep(void);
extern int bkgd(chtype);
extern void bkgdset(chtype);
extern int border(chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype,
                  chtype);
extern int box(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype);
extern bool can_change_color(void);
extern int cbreak(void);
extern int chgat(int, attr_t, short, const void *);
extern int clear(void);
extern int clearok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern int clrtobot(void);
extern int clrtoeol(void);
extern int color_content(short, short *, short *, short *);
extern int color_set(short, void *);
extern int copywin(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int,
                   int);
extern int curs_set(int);
extern WINDOW *curscr;
extern int def_prog_mode(void);
extern int def_shell_mode(void);
extern int delay_output(int);
extern int delch(void);
extern int deleteln(void);
extern void delscreen(SCREEN *);
extern int delwin(WINDOW *);
extern WINDOW *derwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
extern int doupdate(void);
extern WINDOW *dupwin(WINDOW *);
extern int echo(void);
extern int echochar(const chtype);
extern int endwin(void);
extern int erase(void);
extern char erasechar(void);
extern void filter(void);
extern int flash(void);
extern int flushinp(void);
extern chtype getbkgd(WINDOW *);
extern int getch(void);
extern int getnstr(char *, int);
extern int getstr(char *);
extern WINDOW *getwin(FILE *);
extern int halfdelay(int);
extern bool has_colors(void);
extern bool has_ic(void);
extern bool has_il(void);
extern int hline(chtype, int);
extern void idcok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern int idlok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern void immedok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern chtype inch(void);
extern int inchnstr(chtype *, int);
extern int inchstr(chtype *);
extern int init_color(short, short, short, short);
extern int init_pair(short, short, short);
extern WINDOW *initscr(void);
extern int innstr(char *, int);
extern int insch(chtype);
extern int insdelln(int);
extern int insertln(void);
extern int insnstr(const char *, int);
extern int insstr(const char *);
extern int instr(char *);
extern int intrflush(WINDOW *, bool);
extern bool is_linetouched(WINDOW *, int);
extern bool is_wintouched(WINDOW *);
extern bool isendwin(void);
extern const char *keyname(int);
extern int keypad(WINDOW *, bool);
extern char killchar(void);
extern int leaveok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern char *longname(void);
extern int meta(WINDOW *, bool);
extern int move(int, int);
extern int mvaddch(int, int, const chtype);
extern int mvaddchnstr(int, int, const chtype *, int);
extern int mvaddchstr(int, int, const chtype *);
extern int mvaddnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
extern int mvaddstr(int, int, const char *);
extern int mvchgat(int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
extern int mvcur(int, int, int, int);
extern int mvdelch(int, int);
extern int mvderwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int mvgetch(int, int);
extern int mvgetnstr(int, int, char *, int);
extern int mvgetstr(int, int, char *);
extern int mvhline(int, int, chtype, int);
extern chtype mvinch(int, int);
extern int mvinchnstr(int, int, chtype *, int);
extern int mvinchstr(int, int, chtype *);
extern int mvinnstr(int, int, char *, int);
extern int mvinsch(int, int, chtype);
extern int mvinsnstr(int, int, const char *, int);
extern int mvinsstr(int, int, const char *);
extern int mvinstr(int, int, char *);
extern int mvprintw(int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int mvscanw(int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int mvvline(int, int, chtype, int);
extern int mvwaddch(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype);
extern int mvwaddchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *, int);
extern int mvwaddchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const chtype *);
extern int mvwaddnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
extern int mvwaddstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
extern int mvwchgat(WINDOW *, int, int, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
extern int mvwdelch(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int mvwgetch(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int mvwgetnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
extern int mvwgetstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
extern int mvwhline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
extern int mvwin(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern chtype mvwinch(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *, int);
extern int mvwinchstr(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype *);
extern int mvwinnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *, int);
extern int mvwinsch(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype);
extern int mvwinsnstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, int);
extern int mvwinsstr(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *);
extern int mvwinstr(WINDOW *, int, int, char *);
extern int mvwprintw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int mvwscanw(WINDOW *, int, int, const char *, ...);
extern int mvwvline(WINDOW *, int, int, chtype, int);
extern int napms(int);
extern WINDOW *newpad(int, int);
extern SCREEN *newterm(const char *, FILE *, FILE *);
extern WINDOW *newwin(int, int, int, int);
extern int nl(void);
extern int nocbreak(void);
extern int nodelay(WINDOW *, bool);
extern int noecho(void);
extern int nonl(void);
extern void noqiflush(void);
extern int noraw(void);
extern int notimeout(WINDOW *, bool);
extern int overlay(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
extern int overwrite(const WINDOW *, WINDOW *);
extern int pair_content(short, short *, short *);
extern int pechochar(WINDOW *, chtype);
extern int pnoutrefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
extern int prefresh(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int, int, int);
extern int printw(const char *, ...);
extern int putwin(WINDOW *, FILE *);
extern void qiflush(void);
extern int raw(void);
extern int redrawwin(WINDOW *);
extern int refresh(void);
extern int reset_prog_mode(void);
extern int reset_shell_mode(void);
extern int resetty(void);
extern int ripoffline(int, int (*)(WINDOW *, int));
extern int savetty(void);
extern int scanw(const char *, ...);
extern int scr_dump(const char *);
extern int scr_init(const char *);
extern int scr_restore(const char *);
extern int scr_set(const char *);
extern int scrl(int);
extern int scroll(WINDOW *);
extern int scrollok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern SCREEN *set_term(SCREEN *);
extern int setscrreg(int, int);
extern int slk_attr_set(const attr_t, short, void *);
extern int slk_attroff(const chtype);
extern int slk_attron(const chtype);
extern int slk_attrset(const chtype);
extern int slk_clear(void);
extern int slk_color(short);
extern int slk_init(int);
extern char *slk_label(int);
extern int slk_noutrefresh(void);
extern int slk_refresh(void);
extern int slk_restore(void);
extern int slk_set(int, const char *, int);
extern int slk_touch(void);
extern int standend(void);
extern int standout(void);
extern int start_color(void);
extern WINDOW *stdscr;
extern WINDOW *subpad(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
extern WINDOW *subwin(WINDOW *, int, int, int, int);
extern int syncok(WINDOW *, bool);
extern chtype termattrs(void);
extern char *termname(void);
extern void timeout(int);
extern int touchline(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int touchwin(WINDOW *);
extern int typeahead(int);
extern const char *unctrl(chtype);
extern int ungetch(int);
extern int untouchwin(WINDOW *);
extern void use_env(bool);
extern int vidattr(chtype);
extern int vidputs(chtype, int (*)(int));
extern int vline(chtype, int);
extern int vw_printw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int vw_scanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int vwprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int vwscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, va_list);
extern int waddch(WINDOW *, const chtype);
extern int waddchnstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *, int);
extern int waddchstr(WINDOW *, const chtype *);
extern int waddnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
extern int waddstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
extern int wattr_get(WINDOW *, attr_t *, short *, void *);
extern int wattr_off(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
extern int wattr_on(WINDOW *, attr_t, void *);
extern int wattr_set(WINDOW *, attr_t, short, void *);
extern int wattroff(WINDOW *, int);
extern int wattron(WINDOW *, int);
extern int wattrset(WINDOW *, int);
extern int wbkgd(WINDOW *, chtype);
extern void wbkgdset(WINDOW *, chtype);
extern int wborder(WINDOW *, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype, chtype,
                   chtype, chtype, chtype);
extern int wchgat(WINDOW *, int, attr_t, short, const void *);
extern int wclear(WINDOW *);
extern int wclrtobot(WINDOW *);
extern int wclrtoeol(WINDOW *);
extern int wcolor_set(WINDOW *, short, void *);
extern void wcursyncup(WINDOW *);
extern int wdelch(WINDOW *);
extern int wdeleteln(WINDOW *);
extern int wechochar(WINDOW *, const chtype);
extern int werase(WINDOW *);
extern int wgetch(WINDOW *);
extern int wgetnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
extern int wgetstr(WINDOW *, char *);
extern int whline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
extern chtype winch(WINDOW *);
extern int winchnstr(WINDOW *, chtype *, int);
extern int winchstr(WINDOW *, chtype *);
extern int winnstr(WINDOW *, char *, int);
extern int winsch(WINDOW *, chtype);
extern int winsdelln(WINDOW *, int);
extern int winsertln(WINDOW *);
extern int winsnstr(WINDOW *, const char *, int);
extern int winsstr(WINDOW *, const char *);
extern int winstr(WINDOW *, char *);
extern int wmove(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int wnoutrefresh(WINDOW *);
extern int wprintw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
extern int wredrawln(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int wrefresh(WINDOW *);
extern int wscanw(WINDOW *, const char *, ...);
extern int wscrl(WINDOW *, int);
extern int wsetscrreg(WINDOW *, int, int);
extern int wstandend(WINDOW *);
extern int wstandout(WINDOW *);
extern void wsyncdown(WINDOW *);
extern void wsyncup(WINDOW *);
extern void wtimeout(WINDOW *, int);
extern int wtouchln(WINDOW *, int, int, int);
extern int wvline(WINDOW *, chtype, int);
14.6.2 term.h

extern TERMINAL *cur_term;
extern int del_curterm(TERMINAL *);
extern int putp(const char *);
extern int restartterm(char *, int, int *);
extern TERMINAL *set_curterm(TERMINAL *);
extern int setupterm(char *, int, int *);
extern int tgetent(char *, const char *);
extern int tgetflag(char *);
extern int tgetnum(char *);
extern char *tgetstr(char *, char **);
extern char *tgoto(const char *, int, int);
extern int tigetflag(const char *);
extern int tigetnum(const char *);
extern char *tigetstr(const char *);
extern char *tparm(const char *, ...);
extern int tputs(const char *, int, int (*)(int));
14.7 Interface Definitions for libncurses
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libncurses and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 14.5 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
inchnstr
Name
inchnstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int inchnstr(chtype * chstr, int n);
Description
The interface inchnstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that inchnstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
inchstr
Name
inchstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int inchstr(chtype * chstr);
Description
The interface inchstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that inchstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
instr
Name
instr — obtain a string of characters from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int instr(char * str);
Description
The interface instr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that instr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvcur
Name
mvcur — send cursor movement commands to terminal
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvcur(int oldrow, int oldcol, int newrow, int newcol);
Description
The interface mvcur() shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except that if (newrow, newcol) is not a valid address for the terminal in use, the results of the mvcur() function are unspecified.
mvinchnstr
Name
mvinchnstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvinchnstr(int y, int x, chtype * chstr, int n);
Description
The interface mvinchnstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that mvinchnstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvinchstr
Name
mvinchstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvinchstr(int y, int x, chtype * chstr);
Description
The interface mvinchstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that mvinchstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvinstr
Name
mvinstr — obtain a string of characters from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvinstr(int y, int x, char * str);
Description
The interface mvinstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that mvinstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvscanw
Name
mvscanw — convert formatted input from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvscanw(int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The scanw family of functions shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except as noted below.
Differences
This function returns ERR on failure. On success it returns the number of successfully matched and assigned input items. This differs from X/Open Curses, which indicates this function returns OK on success.
mvwinchnstr
Name
mvwinchnstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvwinchnstr(WINDOW * win, int y, int x, chtype * chstr, int n);
Description
The interface mvwinchnstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that mvwinchnstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvwinchstr
Name
mvwinchstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvwinchstr(WINDOW * win, int y, int x, chtype * chstr);
Description
The interface mvwinchstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that mvwinchstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvwinstr
Name
mvwinstr — obtain a string of characters from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvwinstr(WINDOW * win, int y, int x, char * str);
Description
The interface mvwinstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that mvwinstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
mvwscanw
Name
mvwscanw — convert formatted input from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int mvwscanw(WINDOW *win, int y, int x, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The scanw family of functions shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except as noted below.
Differences
This function returns ERR on failure. On success it returns the number of successfully matched and assigned input items. This differs from X/Open Curses, which indicates this function returns OK on success.
ripoffline
Name
ripoffline — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int ripoffline(int line, int (*init) (WINDOW *, int));
Description
The interface ripoffline() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that ripoffline() shall return -1 if the number of lines that were ripped off exceeds five.
scanw
Name
scanw — convert formatted input from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int scanw(const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The scanw family of functions shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except as noted below.
Differences
This function returns ERR on failure. On success it returns the number of successfully matched and assigned input items. This differs from X/Open Curses, which indicates this function returns OK on success.
vw_scanw
Name
vw_scanw — convert formatted input from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list vararglist);
Description
The scanw family of functions shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except as noted below.
Differences
This function returns ERR on failure. On success it returns the number of successfully matched and assigned input items. This differs from X/Open Curses, which indicates this function returns OK on success.
vwscanw
Name
vwscanw — convert formatted input from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int vw_scanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, va_list vararglist);
Description
The scanw family of functions shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except as noted below.
Differences
This function returns ERR on failure. On success it returns the number of successfully matched and assigned input items. This differs from X/Open Curses, which indicates this function returns OK on success.
winchnstr
Name
winchnstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int winchnstr(WINDOW * win, chtype * chstr, int n);
Description
The interface winchnstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that winchnstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
winchstr
Name
winchstr — obtain a string of characters and their attributes from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int winchstr(WINDOW * win, chtype * chstr);
Description
The interface winchstr() shall behave as specified in X/Open Curses, except that winchstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
winstr
Name
winstr — obtain a string of characters from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int winstr(WINDOW * win, char * str);
Description
The interface winstr() shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), except that winstr() shall return the number of characters that were read.
wscanw
Name
wscanw — convert formatted input from a curses window
Synopsis
#include <curses.h>
int wscanw(WINDOW *win, const char *fmt, ...);
Description
The scanw family of functions shall behave as described in X/Open Curses, except as noted below.
Differences
This function returns ERR on failure. On success it returns the number of successfully matched and assigned input items. This differs from X/Open Curses, which indicates this function returns OK on success.
14.8 Interfaces for libutil
Table 14-7 defines the library name and shared object name for the libutil library
Table 14-7 libutil Definition
Library:	libutil	
SONAME:	libutil.so.1	

The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following specifications:
[LSB] This Specification	

14.8.1 Utility Functions
14.8.1.1 Interfaces for Utility Functions
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the generic functions for Utility Functions specified in Table 14-8, with the full mandatory functionality as described in the referenced underlying specification.
Table 14-8 libutil - Utility Functions Function Interfaces
forkpty [LSB]	login [LSB]	login_tty [LSB]	logout [LSB]	
logwtmp [LSB]	openpty [LSB]	

14.9 Interface Definitions for libutil
The interfaces defined on the following pages are included in libutil and are defined by this specification. Unless otherwise noted, these interfaces shall be included in the source standard.
Other interfaces listed in Section 14.8 shall behave as described in the referenced base document.
forkpty
Name
forkpty — Create a new process attached to an available pseudo-terminal
Synopsis
#include <pty.h>
int forkpty(int * amaster, char * name, struct termios * termp, struct winsize * winp);
Description
The forkpty() function shall find and open a pseudo-terminal device pair in the same manner as the openpty() function. If a pseudo-terminal is available, forkpty() shall create a new process in the same manner as the fork() function, and prepares the new process for login in the same manner as login_tty().
If termp is not null, it shall refer to a termios structure that shall be used to initialize the characteristics of the slave device. If winp is not null, it shall refer to a winsize structure used to initialize the window size of the slave device.
Return Value
On success, the parent process shall return the process id of the child, and the child shall return 0. On error, no new process shall be created, -1 shall be returned, and errno shall be set appropriately. On success, the parent process shall receive the file descriptor of the master side of the pseudo-terminal in the location referenced by amaster, and, if name is not NULL, the filename of the slave device in name.
Errors
EAGAIN
 	Unable to create a new process.
ENOENT
 	There are no available pseudo-terminals.
ENOMEM
 	Insufficient memory was available.
login
Name
login — login utility function
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
void login (struct utmp * ut );
Description
The login() function shall update the user accounting databases. The ut parameter shall reference a utmp structure for all fields except the following: 
	1.	The ut_type field shall be set to USER_PROCESS.
	2.	The ut_pid field shall be set to the process identifier for the current process.
	3.	The ut_line field shall be set to the name of the controlling terminal device. The name shall be found by examining the device associated with the standard input, output and error streams in sequence, until one associated with a terminal device is found. If none of these streams refers to a terminal device, the ut_line field shall be set to "???". If the terminal device is in the /dev directory hierarchy, the ut_line field shall not contain the leading "/dev/", otherwise it shall be set to the final component of the pathname of the device. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_line field, it shall truncate the name, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_LINESIZE (including a terminating null character).
Return Value
None
Errors
None
login_tty
Name
login_tty — Prepare a terminal for login
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
int login_tty (int fdr);
Description
The login_tty() function shall prepare the terminal device referenced by the file descriptor fdr. This function shall create a new session, make the terminal the controlling terminal for the current process, and set the standard input, output, and error streams of the current process to the terminal. If fdr is not the standard input, output or error stream, then login_tty() shall close fdr.
Return Value
On success, login_tty() shall return zero; otherwise -1 is returned, and errno shall be set appropriately.
Errors
ENOTTY
 	fdr does not refer to a terminal device.
logout
Name
logout — logout utility function
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
int logout (const char * line );
Description
Given the device line, the logout() function shall search the user accounting database which is read by getutent() for an entry with the corresponding line, and with the type of USER_PROCESS. If a corresponding entry is located, it shall be updated as follows: 
	1.	The ut_name field shall be set to zeroes (UT_NAMESIZE NUL bytes).
	2.	The ut_host field shall be set to zeroes (UT_HOSTSIZE NUL bytes).
	3.	The ut_tv shall be set to the current time of day.
	4.	The ut_type field shall be set to DEAD_PROCESS.
Return Value
On success, the logout() function shall return non-zero. Zero is returned if there was no entry to remove, or if the utmp file could not be opened or updated.
logwtmp
Name
logwtmp — append an entry to the wtmp file
Synopsis
#include <utmp.h>
void logwtmp (const char * line , const char * name , const char * host );
Description
If the process has permission to update the user accounting databases, the logwtmp() function shall append a record to the user accounting database that records all logins and logouts. The record to be appended shall be constructed as follows: 
	1.	The ut_line field shall be initialized from line. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_line field, it shall truncate the value, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_LINESIZE (including a terminating null character).
	2.	The ut_name field shall be initialized from name. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_name field, it shall truncate the value, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_NAMESIZE (including a terminating null character).
	3.	The ut_host field shall be initialized from host. If the user accounting database imposes a limit on the size of the ut_host field, it shall truncate the value, but any such limit shall not be smaller than UT_HOSTSIZE (including a terminating null character).
	4.	If the name parameter does not refer to an empty string (i.e. ""), the ut_type field shall be set to USER_PROCESS; otherwise the ut_type field shall be set to DEAD_PROCESS.
	5.	The ut_id field shall be set to the process identifier for the current process.
	6.	The ut_tv field shall be set to the current time of day.
Note: If a process does not have write access to the the user accounting database, the logwtmp() function will not update it. Since the function does not return any value, an application has no way of knowing whether it succeeded or failed.
Return Value
None.
openpty
Name
openpty — find and open an available pseudo-terminal
Synopsis
#include <pty.h>
int openpty(int *amaster, int *aslave, char *name, struct termios *termp, struct winsize *winp);
Description
The openpty() function shall find an available pseudo-terminal and return file descriptors for the master and slave devices in the locations referenced by amaster and aslave respectively. If name is not NULL, the filename of the slave shall be placed in the user supplied buffer referenced by name. If termp is not NULL, it shall point to a termios structure used to initialize the terminal parameters of the slave pseudo-terminal device. If winp is not NULL, it shall point to a winsize structure used to initialize the window size parameters of the slave pseudo-terminal device.
Return Value
On success, zero is returned. On error, -1 is returned, and errno is set appropriately.
Errors
ENOENT
 	There are no available pseudo-terminals.

V Commands and Utilities

15 Commands and Utilities
15.1 Commands and Utilities
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the commands and utilities as described in Table 15-1, with at least the behavior described as mandatory in the referenced underlying specification, with the following exceptions: 
	1.	If any operand (except one which follows --) starts with a hyphen, the behavior is unspecified. 
Rationale (Informative): Applications should place options before operands, or use --, as needed. This text is needed because, by default, GNU option parsing differs from POSIX, unless the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT is set. For example, ls . -a in GNU ls means to list the current directory, showing all files (that is, "." is an operand and -a is an option). In POSIX, "." and -a are both operands, and the command means to list the current directory, and also the file named -a. Suggesting that applications rely on the setting of the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable, or try to set it, seems worse than just asking the applications to invoke commands in ways which work with either the POSIX or GNU behaviors.
Table 15-1 Commands And Utilities
[ [1]	dmesg [2]	id [1]	msgfmt [2]	split [1]	
ar [2]	du [2]	install [2]	mv [1]	strip [1]	
at [2]	echo [2]	install_initd [2]	newgrp [2]	stty [1]	
awk [2]	ed [1]	ipcrm [2]	nice [1]	su [2]	
basename [1]	egrep [2]	ipcs [2]	nl [1]	sync [2]	
batch [2]	env [1]	join [1]	nohup [1]	tail [1]	
bc [2]	expand [1]	kill [1]	od [2]	tar [2]	
cat [1]	expr [1]	killall [2]	passwd [2]	tee [1]	
chfn [2]	false [1]	ln [1]	paste [1]	test [1]	
chgrp [1]	fgrep [2]	locale [1]	patch [2]	time [1]	
chmod [1]	file [2]	localedef [1]	pathchk [1]	touch [1]	
chown [1]	find [2]	logger [1]	pax [1]	tr [1]	
chsh [2]	find [1]	logname [1]	pidof [2]	true [1]	
cksum [1]	fold [1]	lp [1]	pr [1]	tsort [1]	
cmp [1]	fuser [2]	lpr [2]	printf [1]	tty [1]	
col [2]	gencat [1]	ls [2]	ps [1]	umount [2]	
comm [1]	getconf [1]	lsb_release [2]	pwd [1]	uname [1]	
cp [1]	gettext [2]	m4 [2]	remove_initd [2]	unexpand [1]	
cpio [2]	grep [2]	mailx [1]	renice [2]	uniq [1]	
crontab [2]	groupadd [2]	make [1]	rm [1]	useradd [2]	
csplit [1]	groupdel [2]	man [1]	rmdir [1]	userdel [2]	
cut [2]	groupmod [2]	md5sum [2]	sed [2]	usermod [2]	
cut [1]	groups [2]	mkdir [1]	sendmail [2]	wc [1]	
date [1]	gunzip [2]	mkfifo [1]	seq [2]	xargs [2]	
dd [1]	gzip [2]	mknod [2]	sh [2]	zcat [2]	
df [2]	head [1]	mktemp [2]	shutdown [2]	
	
diff [1]	hostname [2]	more [2]	sleep [1]	
	
dirname [1]	iconv [1]	mount [2]	sort [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO POSIX (2003)
[2]. This Specification
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the shell built in utilities as described in Table 15-2, with at least the behavior described as mandatory in the referenced underlying specification, with the following exceptions: 
	1.	The built in commands and utilities shall be provided by the sh utility itself, and need not be implemented in a manner so that they can be accessed via the exec family of functions as defined in ISO POSIX (2003) and should not be invoked directly by those standard utilities that execute other utilities ( env, find, nice, nohup, time, xargs). 
Rationale (Informative): Since the built in utilities must affect the environment of the calling process, they have no effect when executed as a file.
Table 15-2 Built In Utilities
cd [1]	getopts [1]	type [1]	umask [1]	
	
command [1]	read [1]	ulimit [1]	wait [1]	

Referenced Specification(s)
[1]. ISO POSIX (2003)
15.2 Command Behavior
This section contains descriptions for commands and utilities whose specified behavior in the LSB contradicts or extends the standards referenced. It also contains commands and utilities only required by the LSB and not specified by other standards.
ar
Name
ar — create and maintain library archives (DEPRECATED)
Description
ar is deprecated from the LSB and is expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB. 
Rationale: The LSB generally does not include software development utilities nor does it specify .o and .a file formats.
ar is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-T
-C
 	need not be accepted.
-l
 	has unspecified behavior.
-q
 	has unspecified behavior; using -r is suggested.
at
Name
at — examine or delete jobs for later execution
Description
at is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Options
-d
 	is functionally equivalent to the -r option specified in ISO POSIX (2003).
-r
 	need not be supported, but the '-d' option is equivalent.
-t time
 	need not be supported.
Optional Control Files
The implementation shall support the XSI optional behavior for access control; however the files at.allow and at.deny may reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
awk
Name
awk — pattern scanning and processing language
Description
awk is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Regular Expressions.
batch
Name
batch — schedule commands to be executed in a batch queue
Description
The specification for batch is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Optional Control Files
The implementation shall support the XSI optional behavior for access control; however the files at.allow and at.deny may reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
bc
Name
bc — an arbitrary precision calculator language
Description
bc is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003) but with extensions as listed below.
Extensions
The bc language may be extended in an implementation defined manner. If an implementation supports extensions, it shall also support the additional options: 
-s|--standard
 	processes exactly the POSIX bc language.
-w|--warn
 	gives warnings for extensions to POSIX bc.
chfn
Name
chfn — change user name and information
Synopsis
chfn [-f full_name] [-h home_phone] [user]
Description
chfn shall update the user database. An unprivileged user may only change the fields for their own account, a user with appropriate privileges may change the fields for any account.
The fields full_name and home_phone may contain any character except: 
any control character	
comma	
colon	
equal sign	

If none of the options are selected, chfn operates in an interactive fashion. The prompts and expected input in interactive mode are unspecified and should not be relied upon.
As it is possible for the system to be configured to restrict which fields a non-privileged user is permitted to change, applications should be written to gracefully handle these situations.
Standard Options
-f full_name
 	sets the user's full name.
-h home_phone
 	sets the user's home phone number.
Future Directions
The following two options are expected to be added in a future version of the LSB:
-o office
 	sets the user's office room number.
-p office_phone
 	sets the user's office phone number.
Note that some implementations contain a "-o other" option which specifies an additional field called "other". Traditionally, this field is not subject to the constraints about legitimate characters in fields. Also, one traditionally shall have appropriate privileges to change the other field. At this point there is no consensus about whether it is desirable to specify the other field; applications may wish to avoid using it.
The "-w work_phone" field found in some implementations should be replaced by the "-p office_phone" field. The "-r room_number" field found in some implementations is the equivalent of the "-o office" option mentioned above; which one of these two options to specify will depend on implementation experience and the decision regarding the other field.
chsh
Name
chsh — change login shell
Synopsis
chsh [-s login_shell] [user]
Description
chsh changes the user login shell. This determines the name of the user's initial login command. An unprivileged user may only change the login shell for their own account, a user with appropriate privilege may change the login shell for any account specified by user.
Unless the user has appropriate privilege, the initial login command name shall be one of those listed in /etc/shells. The login_shell shall be the absolute path (i.e. it must start with '/') to an executable file. Accounts which are restricted (in an implementation-defined manner) may not change their login shell.
If the -s option is not selected, chsh operates in an interactive mode. The prompts and expected input in this mode are unspecified.
Standard Options
-s login_shell
 	sets the login shell.
col
Name
col — filter reverse line feeds from input
Description
col is as specified in SUSv2 but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The -p option has unspecified behavior. 
Note: Although col is shown as legacy in SUSv2, it is not (yet) deprecated in the LSB.
cpio
Name
cpio — copy file archives in and out
Description
cpio is as specified in SUSv2, but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Some elements of the Pattern Matching Notation are optional; see Pattern Matching Notation.
crontab
Name
crontab — maintain crontab files for individual users
Synopsis
crontab [-u user] file crontab [-u user] {-l | -r | -e}
Description
crontab is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Optional Control Files
The implementation shall support the XSI optional behavior for access control; however the files cron.allow and cron.deny may reside in /etc rather than /usr/lib/cron.
df
Name
df — report file system disk space usage
Description
The df command shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Options
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. If the -P option is specified, the size of the unit shall be printed on the header line in the format "%4s-blocks". Applications should specify -k.
The XSI option -t has unspecified behavior. Applications should not specify -t. 
Rationale: The most common implementation of df uses the -t option for a different purpose (restricting output to a particular file system type), and use of -t is therefore non-portable.
Operand May Identify Special File
If an argument is the absolute file name of a special file containing a mounted file system, df shall show the space available on that file system rather than on the file system containing the special file (which is typically the root file system). 
Note: In ISO POSIX (2003) the XSI optional behavior permits an operand to name a special file, but appears to require the operation be performed on the file system containing the special file. A defect report has been submitted for this case.
dmesg
Name
dmesg — print or control the system message buffer
Synopsis
dmesg [-c | -n level | -s bufsize]
Description
dmesg examines or controls the system message buffer. Only a user with appropriate privileges may modify the system message buffer parameters or contents.
Standard Options
-c
 	If the user has appropriate privilege, clears the system message buffer contents after printing.
-n level
 	If the user has appropriate privilege, sets the level at which logging of messages is done to the console.
-s bufsize
 	uses a buffer of bufsize to query the system message buffer. This is 16392 by default.
du
Name
du — estimate file space usage
Description
du is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
If the -k option is not specified, disk space is shown in unspecified units. Applications should specify -k.
echo
Name
echo — write arguments to standard output
Synopsis
echo [string...]
Description
The echo command is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with the following differences.
Implementations may support implementation-defined options to echo. The behavior of echo if any arguments contain backslashes is also implementation defined.
Application Usage
Conforming applications should not run echo with a first argument starting with a hyphen, or with any arguments containing backslashes; they should use printf in those cases. 
Note: The behavior specified here is similar to that specified by ISO POSIX (2003) without the XSI option. However, the LSB strongly recommends conforming applications not use any options (even if the implementation provides them) while ISO POSIX (2003) specifies behavior if the first operand is the string -n.
egrep
Name
egrep — search a file with an Extended Regular Expression pattern
Description
egrep is equivalent to grep -E. For further details, see the specification for grep.
fgrep
Name
fgrep — search a file with a fixed pattern
Description
fgrep is equivalent to grep -F. For further details, see the specification for grep.
file
Name
file — determine file type
Description
file is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The -M, -h, -d, and -i options need not be supported.
fuser
Name
fuser — identify processes using files or sockets
Description
fuser is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The fuser command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Option Differences
-c
 	has unspecified behavior.
-f
 	has unspecified behavior.
gettext
Name
gettext — retrieve text string from message catalog
Synopsis
gettext [options] [textdomain] msgid gettext -s [options] msgid... 
Description
The gettext utility retrieves a translated text string corresponding to string msgid from a message object generated with msgfmt utility.
The message object name is derived from the optional argument textdomain if present, otherwise from the TEXTDOMAIN environment variable. If no domain is specified, or if a corresponding string cannot be found, gettext prints msgid.
Ordinarily gettext looks for its message object in dirname/lang/LC_MESSAGES where dirname is the implementation-defined default directory and lang is the locale name. If present, the TEXTDOMAINDIR environment variable replaces the dirname.
This utility interprets C escape sequences such as \t for tab. Use \\ to print a backslash. To produce a message on a line of its own, either put a \n at the end of msgid, or use this command in conjunction with the printf utility.
When used with the -s option the gettext utility behaves like the echo utility, except that the message corresponding to msgid in the selected catalog provides the arguments.
Options
-d domainname
--domain=domainname
 	PARAMETER translated messages from domainname.
-e
 	Enable expansion of some escape sequences.
-n
 	Suppress trailing newline.
Operands
The following operands are supported:
textdomain
 	A domain name used to retrieve the messages.
msgid
 	A key to retrieve the localized message.
Environment Variables
LANGUAGE
 	Specifies one or more locale names.
LANG
 	Specifies locale name.
LC_MESSAGES
 	Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides LANG for messages.
TEXTDOMAIN
 	Specifies the text domain name, which is identical to the message object filename without .mo suffix.
TEXTDOMAINDIR
 	Specifies the pathname to the message catalog, and if present replaces the implementation-defined default directory.
Exit Status
The following exit values are returned:
0
 	Successful completion.
>0
 	An error occurred.
grep
Name
grep — print lines matching a pattern
Description
grep is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
LSB Differences
Certain aspects of regular expression matching are optional; see Regular Expressions.
groupadd
Name
groupadd — create a new group
Synopsis
groupadd [-g gid [-o]] group 
Description
If the caller has appropriate privilege, the groupadd command shall create a new group named group. The group name shall be unique in the group database. If no gid is specified, groupadd shall create the new group with a unique group ID.
The groupadd command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	The new group shall have group ID gid. If the -o option is not used, no other group shall have this group ID. The value of gid shall be non-negative.
groupdel
Name
groupdel — delete a group
Synopsis
groupdel group 
Description
If the caller has sufficient privilege, the groupdel command shall modify the system group database, deleting the group named group. If the group named group does not exist, groupdel shall issue a diagnostic message and exit with a non-zero exit status.
The groupdel command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
groupmod
Name
groupmod — modify a group
Synopsis
groupmod [-g gid [-o]] [-n group_name] group 
Description
If the caller has appropriate privilege, the groupmod command shall modify the entry in the system group database corresponding to a group named group.
The groupmod command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Options
-g gid [-o]
 	Modify the group's group ID, setting it to gid. If the -o option is not used, no other group shall have this group ID. The value of gidshall be non-negative. 
Note: Only the group ID in the database is altered; any files with group ownership set to the original group ID are unchanged by this modification.
-n group_name
 	changes the name of the group from group to group_name.
groups
Name
groups — display a group
Synopsis
groups [user]
Description
The groups command shall behave as id -Gn [user], as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). The optional user parameter will display the groups for the named user.
gunzip
Name
gunzip — uncompress files
Description
gunzip is equivalent to gzip -d. See the specification for gzip for further details.
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard requires that if gunzip exists, it must be a symbolic or hard link to /bin/gzip. This specification additionally allows gunzip to be a wrapper script which calls gzip -d.
gzip
Name
gzip — compress or expand files
Synopsis
gzip [-cdfhlLnNrtvV19] [-S suffix] [name...]
Description
The gzip command shall attempt to reduce the size of the named files. Whenever possible, each file is replaced by one with the extension .gz, while keeping the same ownership, modes, access and modification times. If no files are specified, or if a file name is -, the standard input is compressed to the standard output. gzip shall only attempt to compress regular files. In particular, it will ignore symbolic links.
When compressing, gzip uses the deflate algorithm specified in RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification and stores the result in a file using the gzip file format specified in RFC 1952: GZIP File Format Specification.
Options
-c, --stdout, --to-stdout
 	writes output on standard output, leaving the original files unchanged. If there are several input files, the output consists of a sequence of independently compressed members. To obtain better compression, concatenate all input files before compressing them.
-d, --decompress, --uncompress
 	the name operands are compressed files, and gzip shall decompress them.
-f, --force
 	forces compression or decompression even if the file has multiple links or the corresponding file already exists, or if the compressed data is read from or written to a terminal. If the input data is not in a format recognized by gzip, and if the option --stdout is also given, copy the input data without change to the standard ouput: let gzip behave as cat. If -f is not given, and when not running in the background, gzip prompts to verify whether an existing file should be overwritten.
-l, --list
 	lists the compressed size, uncompressed size, ratio and uncompressed name for each compressed file. For files that are not in gzip format, the uncompressed size shall be given as -1. If the --verbose or -v option is also specified, the crc and timestamp for the uncompressed file shall also be displayed.
For decompression, gzip shall support at least the following compression methods: 
•	deflate (RFC 1951: DEFLATE Compressed Data Format Specification)
•	compress (ISO POSIX (2003))
The crc shall be given as ffffffff for a file not in gzip format.
If the --name or -N option is also specified, the uncompressed name, date and time are those stored within the compressed file, if present.
If the --quiet or -q option is also specified, the title and totals lines are not displayed.
-L, --license
 	displays the gzip license and quit.
-n, --no-name
 	does not save the original file name and time stamp by default when compressing. (The original name is always saved if the name had to be truncated.) When decompressing, do not restore the original file name if present (remove only the gzip suffix from the compressed file name) and do not restore the original time stamp if present (copy it from the compressed file). This option is the default when decompressing.
-N, --name
 	always saves the original file name and time stamp when compressing; this is the default. When decompressing, restore the original file name and time stamp if present. This option is useful on systems which have a limit on file name length or when the time stamp has been lost after a file transfer.
-q, --quiet
 	suppresses all warnings.
-r, --recursive
 	travels the directory structure recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, gzip will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there (or decompress them in the case of gunzip).
-S .suf, --sufix .suf
 	uses suffix .suf instead of .gz.
-t, --test
 	checks the compressed file integrity.
-v, --verbose
 	displays the name and percentage reduction for each file compressed or decompressed.
-#, --fast, --best
 	regulates the speed of compression using the specified digit #, where -1 or --fast indicates the fastest compression method (less compression) and -9 or --best indicates the slowest compression method (best compression). The default compression level is -6 (that is, biased towards high compression at expense of speed).
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V, --version
 	displays the version number and compilation options, then quits.
hostname
Name
hostname — show or set the system's host name
Synopsis
hostname [name]
Description
hostname is used to either display or, with appropriate privileges, set the current host name of the system. The host name is used by many applications to identify the machine.
When called without any arguments, the program displays the name of the system as returned by the gethostname() function.
When called with a name argument, and the user has appropriate privilege, the command sets the host name.
Note: It is not specified if the hostname displayed will be a fully qualified domain name. Applications requiring a particular format of hostname should check the output and take appropriate action.
install
Name
install — copy files and set attributes
Synopsis
install [option...] SOURCE DEST install [option...] SOURCE... DEST install [-d | --directory] [option...] DIRECTORY... 
Description
In the first two formats, copy SOURCE to DEST or multiple SOURCE(s) to the existing DEST directory, optionally setting permission modes and file ownership. In the third format, each DIRECTORY and any missing parent directories shall be created.
Standard Options
--backup[=METHOD]
 	makes a backup of each existing destination file. METHOD may be one of the following: 
none or off
 	never make backups.
numbered or t
 	make numbered backups. A numbered backup has the form "%s.~%d~", target_name, version_number. Each backup shall increment the version number by 1.
existing or nil
 	behave as numbered if numbered backups exist, or simple otherwise.
simple or never
 	append a suffix to the name. The default suffix is '~', but can be overriden by setting SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX in the environment, or via the -S or --suffix option.
If no METHOD is specified, the environment variable VERSION_CONTROL shall be examined for one of the above. Unambiguous abbreviations of METHOD shall be accepted. If no METHOD is specified, or if METHOD is empty, the backup method shall default to existing.
If METHOD is invalid or ambiguous, install shall fail and issue a diagnostic message.
-b
 	is equivalent to --backup=existing.
-d, --directory
 	treats all arguments as directory names; creates all components of the specified directories.
-D
 	creates all leading components of DEST except the last, then copies SOURCE to DEST; useful in the 1st format.
-g GROUP, --group=GROUP
 	if the user has appropriate privilege, sets group ownership, instead of process' current group. GROUP is either a name in the user group database, or a positive integer, which shall be used as a group-id.
-m MODE, --mode=MODE
 	sets permission mode (specified as in chmod), instead of the default rwxr-xr-x.
-o OWNER, --owner=OWNER
 	if the user has appropriate privilege, sets ownership. OWNER is either a name in the user login database, or a positive integer, which shall be used as a user-id.
-p, --preserve-timestamps
 	copies the access and modification times of SOURCE files to corresponding destination files.
-s, --strip
 	strips symbol tables, only for 1st and 2nd formats.
-S SUFFIX, --suffix=SUFFIX
 	equivalent to --backup=existing, except if a simple suffix is required, use SUFFIX.
--verbose
 	prints the name of each directory as it is created.
-v, --verbose
 	print the name of each file before copying it to stdout.
install_initd
Name
install_initd — activate an init script
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/install_initd initd_file 
Description
install_initd shall activate a system initialization file that has been copied to an implementation defined location such that this file shall be run at the appropriate point during system initialization. The install_initd command is typically called in the postinstall script of a package, after the script has been copied to /etc/init.d. See also Installation and Removal of Init Scripts.
ipcrm
Name
ipcrm — remove IPC Resources
Synopsis
ipcrm [-q msgid | -Q msgkey | -s semid | -S semkey | -m shmid | -M shmkey]...ipcrm [shm | msg | msg] id... 
Description
If any of the -q, -Q, -s, -S, -m, or -M arguments are given, the ipcrm shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003).
Otherwise, ipcrm shall remove the resource of the specified type identified by id.
Future Directions
A future revision of this specification may deprecate the second synopsis form. 
Rationale: In its first Linux implementation, ipcrm used the second syntax shown in the SYNOPSIS. Functionality present in other implementations of ipcrm has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command line syntax. The previous syntax is still supported for backwards compatibility only.
ipcs
Name
ipcs — provide information on ipc facilities
Synopsis
ipcs [-smq] [-tcp]
Description
ipcs provides information on the ipc facilities for which the calling process has read access. 
Note: Although this command has many similarities with the optional ipcs utility described in ISO POSIX (2003), it has substantial differences and is therefore described separately. The options specified here have similar meaning to those in ISO POSIX (2003); other options specified there have unspecified behavior on an LSB conforming implementation. See Application Usage below. The output format is not specified.
Resource display options
-m
 	shared memory segments.
-q
 	message queues.
-s
 	semaphore arrays.
Output format options
-t
 	time.
-p
 	pid.
-c
 	creator.
Application Usage
In some implementations of ipcs the -a option will print all information available. In other implementations the -a option will print all resource types. Therefore, applications shall not use the -a option.
Some implementations of ipcs provide more output formats than are specified here. These options are not consistent between differing implementations of ipcs. Therefore, only the -t, -c and -p option formatting flags may be used. At least one of the -t, -c and -p options and at least one of -m, -q and -s options shall be specified. If no options are specified, the output is unspecified.
killall
Name
killall — kill processes by name
Synopsis
killall [-egiqvw] [-signal] name... killall -l killall -V 
Description
killall sends a signal to all processes running any of the specified commands. If no signal name is specified, SIGTERM is sent.
Signals can be specified either by name (e.g. -HUP) or by number (e.g. -1). Signal 0 (check if a process exists) can only be specified by number.
If the command name contains a slash (/), processes executing that particular file will be selected for killing, independent of their name.
killall returns a non-zero return code if no process has been killed for any of the listed commands. If at least one process has been killed for each command, killall returns zero.
A killall process never kills itself (but may kill other killall processes).
Standard Options
-e
 	requires an exact match for very long names. If a command name is longer than 15 characters, the full name may be unavailable (i.e. it is swapped out). In this case, killall will kill everything that matches within the first 15 characters. With -e, such entries are skipped. killall prints a message for each skipped entry if -v is specified in addition to -e.
-g
 	kills the process group to which the process belongs. The kill signal is only sent once per group, even if multiple processes belonging to the same process group were found.
-i
 	asks interactively for confirmation before killing.
-l
 	lists all known signal names.
-q
 	does not complain if no processes were killed.
-v
 	reports if the signal was successfully sent.
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V
 	displays version information.
lpr
Name
lpr — off line print
Synopsis
lpr [-l] [-p] [-Pprinter] [-h] [-s] [-#copies] [-J name] [-T title] [name ......]
Description
lpr uses a spooling daemon to print the named files when facilities become available. If no names appear, the standard input is assumed.
Standard Options
-l
 	identifies binary data that is not to be filtered but sent as raw input to printer.
-p
 	formats with "pr" before sending to printer.
-Pprinter
 	sends output to the printer named printer instead of the default printer.
-h
 	suppresses header page.
-s
 	uses symbolic links.
-#copies
 	specifies copies as the number of copies to print.
-J name
 	specifies name as the job name for the header page.
-T title
 	specifies title as the title used for "pr".
ls
Name
ls — list directory contents
Description
ls shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions listed below.
Extensions
-l
 	If the file is a character special or block special file, the size of the file shall be replaced with two unsigned numbers in the format "%u, %u", representing the major and minor device numbers associated with the special file. 
Note: The LSB does not specify the meaning of the major and minor devices numbers.
-p
 	in addition to ISO POSIX (2003) XSI optional behavior of printing a slash for a directory, ls -p may display other characters for other file types.
lsb_release
Name
lsb_release — print distribution specific information
Synopsis
lsb_release [OPTION...]
Description
The lsb_release command prints certain LSB (Linux Standard Base) and Distribution information.
If no options are given, the -v option is assumed.
Options
-v, --version
 	displays version of LSB against which distribution is compliant. The version is expressed as a colon separated list of LSB module descriptions. LSB module descriptions are dash separated tuples containing the module name, version, and architecture name. The output is a single line of text of the following format:
LSB Version:\tListAsDescribedAbove
Note: An implementation may support multiple releases of the same module. Version specific library interfaces, if any, will be selected by the program interpreter, which changes from release to release. Version specific commands and utilities, if any, will be described in the relevant specification.
-i, --id
 	displays string id of distributor. The output is a single line of text of the following format:
Distributor ID:\tDistributorID
-d, --description
 	displays single line text description of distribution. The output is of the following format:
Description:\tDescription
-r, --release
 	displays release number of distribution. The output is a single line of text of the following format:
Release:\tRelease
-c, --codename
 	displays codename according to distribution release. The output is a single line of text of the following format.
Codename:\tCodename
-a, --all
 	displays all of the above information.
-s, --short
 	displays all of the above information in short output format.
-h, --help
 	displays a human-readable help message.
Example
The following command will list the LSB Profiles which are currently supported on this platform.
example% lsb_release -v
LSB Version: core-3.0-ia32:core-3.0-noarch:graphics-3.0-ia32:graphics-3.0-noarch
m4
Name
m4 — macro processor
Description
m4 is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions as listed below.
Extensions
-P
 	forces all builtins to be prefixed with m4_. For example, define becomes m4_define.
-I directory
 	Add directory to the end of the search path for includes.
md5sum
Name
md5sum — generate or check MD5 message digests
Synopsis
md5sum [-c [file] | file]
Description
For each file, write to standard output a line containing the MD5 message digest of that file, followed by one or more blank characters, followed by the name of the file. The MD5 message digest shall be calculated according to RFC 1321: The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm and output as 32 hexadecimal digits.
If no file names are specified as operands, read from standard input and use "-" as the file name in the output.
Options
-c [file]
 	checks the MD5 message digest of all files named in file against the message digest listed in the same file. The actual format of file is the same as the output of md5sum. That is, each line in the file describes a file. If file is not specified, read message digests from stdin.
Exit Status
md5sum shall exit with status 0 if the sum was generated successfully, or, in check mode, if the check matched. Otherwise, md5sum shall exit with a non-zero status.
mknod
Name
mknod — make special files
Synopsis
mknod [-m mode | --mode=mode] name type [major minor]mknod [--version]
Description
The mknod command shall create a special file named name of the given type.
The type shall be one of the following:
b
 	creates a block (buffered) special file with the specified major and minor device numbers.
c, u
 	creates a character (unbuffered) special file with the specified major and minor device numbers.
p
 	creates a FIFO.
Options
-m mode, --mode=mode
 	create the special file with file access permissions set as described in mode. The permissions may be any absolute value (i.e. one not containing '+' or '-') acceptable to the chmod command.
--version
 	output version information and exit. 
Note: This option may be deprecated in a future release of this specification.
If type is p, major and minor shall not be specified. Otherwise, these parameters are mandatory.
Future Directions
This command may be deprecated in a future version of this specification. The major and minor operands are insufficently portable to be specified usefully here. Only a FIFO can be portably created by this command, and the mkfifo command is a simpler interface for that purpose.
mktemp
Name
mktemp — make temporary file name (unique)
Synopsis
mktemp [-q] [-u] template 
Description
The mktemp command takes the given file name template and overwrites a portion of it to create a file name. This file name shall be unique and suitable for use by the application.
The template should have at least six trailing 'X' characters. These characters are replaced with characters from the portable filename character set in order to generate a unique name.
If mktemp can successfully generate a unique file name, and the -u option is not present, the file shall be created with read and write permission only for the current user. The mktemp command shall write the filename generated to the standard output.
Options
-q
 	fail silently if an error occurs. Diagnostic messages to stderr are suppressed, but the command shall still exit with a non-zero exit status if an error occurs.
-u
 	operates in `unsafe' mode. A unique name is generated, but the temporary file shall be unlinked before mktemp exits. Use of this option is not encouraged.
more
Name
more — display files on a page-by-page basis
Description
more is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The more command need not respect the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.
The following additional options may be supported: 
-num
 	specifies an integer which is the screen size (in lines).
+num
 	starts at line number num.
+/pattern
 	Start at the first line matching the pattern, equivalent to executing the search forward (/) command with the given pattern immediately after opening each file.
The following options from ISO POSIX (2003) may behave differently: 
-e
 	has unspecified behavior.
-i
 	has unspecified behavior.
-n
 	has unspecified behavior.
-p
 	Either clear the whole screen before displaying any text (instead of the usual scrolling behavior), or provide the behavior specified by ISO POSIX (2003). In the latter case, the syntax is "-p command".
-t
 	has unspecified behavior.
The more command need not support the following interactive commands: 
g	
G	
u	
control u	
control f	
newline	
j	
k	
r	
R	
m	
' (return to mark)	
/!	
?	
N	
:e	
:t	
control g	
ZZ	

Rationale
The +num and +/string options are deprecated in SUSv2, and have been removed in ISO POSIX (2003); however this specification continues to specify them because the publicly available util-linux package does not support the replacement (-p command). The +command option as found in SUSv2 is more general than is specified here, but the util-linux package appears to only support the more specific +num and +/string forms.
mount
Name
mount — mount a file system 
Synopsis
mount [-hV]mount [-a] [-fFnrsvw] [-t vfstype]mount [-fnrsvw] [-o options [,...]] [device | dir]mount [-fnrsvw] [-t vfstype] [-o options] device dir 
Description
As described in ISO POSIX (2003), all files in the system are organized in a directed graph, known as the file hierarchy, rooted at /. These files can be spread out over several underlying devices. The mount command shall attach the file system found on some underlying device to the file hierarchy.
Options
-v
 	invoke verbose mode. The mount command shall provide diagnostic messages on stdout.
-a
 	mount all file systems (of the given types) mentioned in /etc/fstab.
-F
 	If the -a option is also present, fork a new incarnation of mount for each device to be mounted. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel.
-f
 	cause everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this `fakes' mounting the file system.
-n
 	mount without writing in /etc/mtab. This is necessary for example when /etc is on a read-only file system.
-s
 	ignore mount options not supported by a file system type. Not all file systems support this option.
-r
 	mount the file system read-only. A synonym is -o ro.
-w
 	mount the file system read/write. (default) A synonym is -o rw.
-L label
 	If the file /proc/partitions is supported, mount the partition that has the specified label.
-U uuid
 	If the file /proc/partitions is supported, mount the partition that has the specified uuid.
-t vfstype
 	indicate a file system type of vfstype.
More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-o
 	options are specified with a -o flag followed by a comma-separated string of options. Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the /etc/fstab file. The following options apply to any file system that is being mounted:
async
 	perform all I/O to the file system asynchronously.
atime
 	update inode access time for each access. (default)
auto
 	in /etc/fstab, indicate the device is mountable with -a.
defaults
 	use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, async.
dev
 	interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
exec
 	permit execution of binaries.
noatime
 	do not update file access times on this file system.
noauto
 	in /etc/fstab, indicates the device is only explicitly mountable.
nodev
 	do not interpret character or block special devices on the file system.
noexec
 	do not allow execution of any binaries on the mounted file system.
nosuid
 	do not allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
nouser
 	forbid an unprivileged user to mount the file system. (default)
remount
 	remount an already-mounted file system. This is commonly used to change the mount options for a file system, especially to make a read-only file system writable.
ro
 	mount the file system read-only.
rw
 	mount the file system read-write.
suid
 	allow set-user-identifier or set-group-identifier bits to take effect.
sync
 	do all I/O to the file system synchronously.
user
 	allow an unprivilieged user to mount the file system. This option implies the options noexec, nosuid, nodev unless overridden by subsequent options.
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V
 	output version and exit.
msgfmt
Name
msgfmt — create a message object from a message file 
Synopsis
msgfmt [options...] filename... 
Description
The msgfmt command generates a binary message catalog from a textual translation description. Message catalogs, or message object files, are stored in files with a .mo extension. 
Note: The format of message object files is not guaranteed to be portable. Message catalogs should always be generated on the target architecture using the msgfmt command.
The source message files, otherwise known as portable object files, have a .po extension.
The filename operands shall be portable object files. The .po file contains messages to be displayed to users by system utilities or by application programs. The portable object files are text files, and the messages in them can be rewritten in any language supported by the system.
If any filename is -, a portable object file shall be read from the standard input.
The msgfmt command interprets data as characters according to the current setting of the LC_CTYPE locale category.
Options
-c
--check
 	Detect and diagnose input file anomalies which might represent translation errors. The msgid and msgstr strings are studied and compared. It is considered abnormal that one string starts or ends with a newline while the other does not.
If the message is flagged as c-format (see Comment Handling), check that the msgid string and the msgstr translation have the same number of % format specifiers, with matching types.
-D directory
--directory=directory
 	Add directory to list for input files search. If filename is not an absolute pathname and filename cannot be opened, search for it in directory. This option may be repeated. Directories shall be searched in order, with the leftmost directory searched first.
-f
--use-fuzzy
 	Use entries marked as fuzzy in output. If this option is not specified, such entries are not included into the output. See Comment Handling below.
-o output-file
--output-file=output-file
 	Specify the output file name as output-file. If multiple domains or duplicate msgids in the .po file are present, the behavior is unspecified. If output-file is -, output is written to standard output.
--strict
 	Ensure that all output files have a .mo extension. Output files are named either by the -o (or --output-file) option, or by domains found in the input files.
-v
--verbose
 	Print additional information to the standard error, including the number of translated strings processed.
Operands
The filename operands are treated as portable object files. The format of portable object files is defined in EXTENDED DESCRIPTION.
Standard Input
The standard input is not used unless a filename operand is specified as "-".
Environment Variables
LANGUAGE
 	Specifies one or more locale names.
LANG
 	Specifies locale name.
LC_ALL
 	Specifies locale name for all categories. If defined, overrides LANG, LC_CTYPE and LC_MESSAGES.
LC_CTYPE
 	Determine the locale for the interpretation of sequences of bytes of text data as characters (for example, single-byte as opposed to multi-byte characters in arguments and input files).
LC_MESSAGES
 	Specifies messaging locale, and if present overrides LANG for messages.
Standard Output
The standard output is not used unless the option-argument of the -o option is specified as -.
Extended Description
The format of portable object files (.po files) is defined as follows. Each .po file contains one or more lines, with each line containing either a comment or a statement. Comments start the line with a hash mark (#) and end with the newline character. Empty lines, or lines containing only white-space, shall be ignored. Comments can in certain circumstances alter the behavior of msgfmt. See Comment Handling below for details on comment processing. The format of a statement is:
directive value
Each directive starts at the beginning of the line and is separated from value by white space (such as one or more space or tab characters). The value consists of one or more quoted strings separated by white space. If two or more strings are specified as value, they are normalized into single string using the string normalization syntax specified in ISO C (1999). The following directives are supported:
domain domainname
msgid message_identifier
msgid_plural untranslated_string_plural
msgstr message_string
msgstr[n] message_string
The behavior of the domain directive is affected by the options used. See OPTIONS for the behavior when the -o option is specified. If the -o option is not specified, the behavior of the domain directive is as follows: 
	1.	All msgids from the beginning of each .po file to the first domain directive are put into a default message object file, messages (or messages.mo if the --strict option is specified).
	2.	When msgfmt encounters a domain domainname directive in the .po file, all following msgids until the next domain directive are put into the message object file domainname (or domainname.mo if --strict option is specified).
	3.	Duplicate msgids are defined in the scope of each domain. That is, a msgid is considered a duplicate only if the identical msgid exists in the same domain.
	4.	All duplicate msgids are ignored.
The msgid directive specifies the value of a message identifier associated with the directive that follows it. The msgid_plural directive specifies the plural form message specified to the plural message handling functions ngettext(), dngettext() or dcngettext(). The message_identifier string identifies a target string to be used at retrieval time. Each statement containing a msgid directive shall be followed by a statement containing a msgstr directive or msgstr[n] directives.
The msgstr directive specifies the target string associated with the message_identifier string declared in the immediately preceding msgid directive.
The msgstr[n] (where n = 0, 1, 2, ...) directive specifies the target string to be used with plural form handling functions ngettext(), dngettext() and dcngettext().
Message strings can contain the following escape sequences: 
Table 15-1 Escape Sequences
\n	newline	
\t	tab	
\v	vertical tab	
\b	backspace	
\r	carriage return	
\f	formfeed	
\\	backslash	
\"	double quote	
\ddd	octal bit pattern	
\xHH	hexadecimal bit pattern	

Comment Handling
Comments are introduced by a #, and continue to the end of the line. The second character (i.e. the character following the #) has special meaning. Regular comments should follow a space character. Other comment types include:
# normal-comments
#. automatic-comments
#: reference...
#, flag
Automatic and reference comments are typically generated by external utilities, and are not specified by the LSB. The msgfmt command shall ignore such comments. 
Note: Portable object files may be produced by unspecified tools. Some of the comment types described here may arise from the use of such tools. It is beyond the scope of this specification to describe these tools.
The #, comments require one or more flags separated by the comma (,) character. The following flags can be specified:
fuzzy
 	This flag shows that the following msgstr string might not be a correct translation. Only the translator (i.e. the individual undertaking the translation) can judge if the translation requires further modification, or is acceptable as is. Once satisfied with the translation, the translator then removes this fuzzy flag.
If this flag is specified, the msgfmt utility will not generate the entry for the immediately following msgid in the output message catalog, unless the --use-fuzzy is specified.
c-format
no-c-format
 	The c-format flag indicates that the msgid string is used as format string by printf()-like functions. If the c-format flag is given for a string the msgfmt utility may perform additional tests to check the validity of the translation.
Plurals
The msgid entry with empty string ("") is called the header entry and is treated specially. If the message string for the header entry contains nplurals=value, the value indicates the number of plural forms. For example, if nplurals=4, there are 4 plural forms. If nplurals is defined, there should be a plural=expression on the same line, separated by a semicolon (;) character. The expression is a C language expression to determine which version of msgstr[n] to be used based on the value of n, the last argument of ngettext(), dngettext() or dcngettext(). For example:
nplurals=2; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : 1
indicates that there are 2 plural forms in the language; msgstr[0] is used if n == 1, otherwise msgstr[1] is used. Another example:
nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n==2 ? 1 : 2
indicates that there are 3 plural forms in the language; msgstr[0] is used if n == 1, msgstr[1] is used if n == 2, otherwise msgstr[2] is used.
If the header entry contains charset=codeset string, the codeset is used to indicate the codeset to be used to encode the message strings. If the output string's codeset is different from the message string's codeset, codeset conversion from the message strings's codeset to the output string's codeset will be performed upon the call of gettext(), dgettext(), dcgettext(), ngettext(), dngettext(), and dcngettext(). The output string's codeset is determined by the current locale's codeset (the return value of nl_langinfo(CODESET)) by default, and can be changed by the call of bind_textdomain_codeset().
Exit Status
The following exit values are returned:
0
 	Successful completion.
>0
 	An error occurred.
Application Usage
Neither msgfmt nor any gettext() function imposes a limit on the total length of a message. Installing message catalogs under the C locale is pointless, since they are ignored for the sake of efficiency.
Examples
Example 1: Examples of creating message objects from message files.
In this example module1.po, module2.po and module3.po are portable message object files.
example% cat module1.po

# default domain "messages"

msgid "message one"

msgstr "mensaje número uno"

#

domain "help_domain"

msgid "help two"

msgstr "ayuda número dos"

#

domain "error_domain"

msgid "error three"

msgstr "error número tres"

example% cat module2.po

# default domain "messages"

msgid "message four"

msgstr "mensaje número cuatro"

#

domain "error_domain"

msgid "error five"

msgstr "error número cinco"

#

domain "window_domain"

msgid "window six"

msgstr "ventana número seises"
example% cat module3.po

# default domain "messages"

msgid "message seven"

msgstr "mensaje número siete"

The following command will produce the output files messages, help_domain, and error_domain.
example% msgfmt module1.po
The following command will produce the output files messages.mo, help_domain.mo, error_domain.mo, and window_domain.mo.
example% msgfmt module1.po module2.po
The following example will produce the output file hello.mo.
example% msgfmt -o hello.mo module3.po
newgrp
Name
newgrp — change group ID
Synopsis
newgrp [group]
Description
The newgrp command is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
The -l option specified in ISO POSIX (2003) need not be supported.
od
Name
od — dump files in octal and other formats 
Synopsis
od [-abcdfilox] [-w width | --width-width] [-v] [-A address_base] [-j skip] [-n count] [-t type_string] [file...]od --traditional [options] [file] [[+]offset [.] [b]] [[+]label [.] [b]]
Description
The od command shall provide all of the madatory functionality specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions and differences to the XSI optional behavior as listed below.
Extensions and Differences
-s
 	unspecified behavior. 
Note: Applications wishing to achieve the ISO POSIX (2003) behavior for -s should instead use -t d2.
-wwidth, --width[=width]
 	each output line is limited to width bytes from the input.
--traditional
 	accepts arguments in traditional form, see Traditional Usage below. 
Note: The XSI optional behavior for offset handling described in ISO POSIX (2003) is not supported unless the --traditional option is also specified.
Pre-POSIX and XSI Specifications
The LSB supports mixing options between the mandatory and XSI optional synopsis forms in ISO POSIX (2003). The LSB shall support the following options:
-a
 	is equivalent to -t a, selects named characters.
-b
 	is equivalent to -t o1, selects octal bytes.
-c
 	is equivalent to -t c, selects characters.
-d
 	is equivalent to -t u2, selects unsigned decimal two byte units.
-f
 	is equivalent to -t fF, selects floats.
-i
 	is equivalent to -t d2, selects decimal two byte units. 
Note: This usage may change in future releases; portable applications should use -t d2.
-l
 	is equivalent to -t d4, selects decimal longs.
-o
 	is equivalent to -t o2, selects octal two byte units.
-x
 	is equivalent to -t x2, selects hexadecimal two byte units.
Note that the XSI option -s need not be supported.
Traditional Usage
If the --traditional option is specified, there may be between zero and three operands specified.
If no operands are specified, then od shall read the standard input.
If there is exactly one operand, and it is an offset of the form [+]offset[.][b], then it shall be interpreted as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). The file to be dumped shall be the standard input.
If there are exactly two operands, and they are both of the form [+]offset[.][b], then the first shall be treated as an offset (as above), and the second shall be a label, in the same format as the offset. If a label is specified, then the first output line produced for each input block shall be preceded by the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be written, followed by the label, in parentheses. The label shall increment in the same manner as the offset.
If there are three operands, then the first shall be the file to dump, the second the offset, and the third the label. 
Note: Recent versions of coreutils contain an od utility that conforms to ISO POSIX (2003). However, in April 2005, this version was not in widespread use. A future version of this specification may remove the differences.
passwd
Name
passwd — change user password
Synopsis
passwd [-x max] [-n min] [-w warn] [-i inact] name passwd {-l | -u} name 
Description
passwd changes authentication information for user and group accounts, including passwords and password expiry details, and may be used to enable and disable accounts. Only a user with appropriate privilege may change the password for other users or modify the expiry information.
Options
-x max
 	sets the maximum number of days a password remains valid.
-n min
 	sets the minimum number of days before a password may be changed.
-w warn
 	sets the number of days warning the user will receive before their password will expire.
-i inactive
 	disables an account after the password has been expired for the given number of days.
-l
 	disables an account by changing the password to a value which matches no possible encrypted value.
-u
 	re-enables an account by changing the password back to its previous value.
patch
Name
patch — apply a diff file to an original
Description
patch is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions as listed below.
Extensions
--binary
 	reads and write all files in binary mode, except for standard output and /dev/tty. This option has no effect on POSIX-compliant systems.
-u, --unified
 	interprets the patch file as a unified context diff.
pidof
Name
pidof — find the process ID of a running program
Synopsis
pidof [-s] [-x] [-o omitpid...] program... 
Description
Return the process ID of a process which is running the program named on the command line.
The pidof command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Options
-s
 	instructs the program to only return one pid.
-x
 	causes the program to also return process id's of shells running the named scripts.
-o
 	omits processes with specified process id.
remove_initd
Name
remove_initd — clean up init script system modifications introduced by install_initd
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd initd_file 
Description
remove_initd processes the removal of the modifications made to a distribution's init script system by the install_initd program. This cleanup is performed in the preuninstall script of a package; however, the package manager is still responsible for removing the script from the repository. See also Installation and Removal of Init Scripts.
renice
Name
renice — alter priority of running processes
Description
renice is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-n increment
 	has unspecified behavior.
sed
Name
sed — stream editor
Description
sed is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
LSB Differences
Certain aspects of internationalized regular expressions are optional; see Regular Expressions.
sendmail
Name
sendmail — an electronic mail transport agent
Synopsis
/usr/sbin/sendmail [options] [address...]
Description
To deliver electronic mail (email), applications shall support the interface provided by sendmail (described here). This interface shall be the default delivery method for applications.
This program sends an email message to one or more recipients, routing the message as necessary. This program is not intended as a user interface routine.
With no options, sendmail reads its standard input up to an end-of-file or a line consisting only of a single dot and sends a copy of the message found there to all of the addresses listed. It determines the network(s) to use based on the syntax and contents of the addresses.
If an address is preceded by a backslash, '\', it is unspecified if the address is subject to local alias expansion.
The format of messages shall be as defined in RFC 2822:Internet Message Format. 
Note: The name sendmail was chosen for historical reasons, but the sendmail command specified here is intended to reflect functionality provided by smail, exim and other implementations, not just the sendmail implementation.
Options
-bm
 	read mail from standard input and deliver it to the recipient addresses. This is the default mode of operation.
-bp
 	If the user has sufficient privilege, list information about messages currently in the mail queue.
-bs
 	use the SMTP protocol as described in RFC 2821:Simple Mail Transfer Protocol; read SMTP commands on standard input and write SMTP responses on standard output.
In this mode, sendmail shall accept \r\n (CR-LF), as required by RFC 2821:Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, and \n (LF) line terminators.
-F fullname
 	explicitly set the full name of the sender for incoming mail unless the message already contains a From: message header.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender may be indicated in the message, depending on the configuration of the agent.
-f name
 	explicitly set the envelope sender address for incoming mail. If there is no From: header, the address specified in the From: header will also be set.
If the user running sendmail is not sufficiently trusted, then the actual sender shall be indicated in the message.
-i
 	ignore dots alone on lines by themselves in incoming messages. If this options is not specified, a line consisting of a single dot shall terminate the input. If -bs is also used, the behavior is unspecified.
-odb
 	deliver any mail in background, if supported; otherwise ignored.
-odf
 	deliver any mail in foreground, if supported; otherwise ignored.
-oem or -em
 	mail errors back to the sender. (default)
-oep or -ep
 	write errors to the standard error output.
-oeq or -eq
 	do not send notification of errors to the sender. This only works for mail delivered locally.
-oi
 	is equivalent to -i.
-om
 	indicate that the sender of a message should receive a copy of the message if the sender appears in an alias expansion. Ignored if aliases are not supported.
-t
 	read the message to obtain recipients from the To:, Cc:, and Bcc: headers in the message instead of from the command arguments. If a Bcc: header is present, it is removed from the message unless there is no To: or Cc: header, in which case a Bcc: header with no data is created, in accordance with RFC 2822:Internet Message Format.
If there are any operands, the recipients list is unspecified.
This option may be ignored when not in -bm mode (the default).
Note: It is recommended that applications use as few options as necessary, none if possible.
Exit status
0
 	successful completion on all addresses. This does not indicate successful delivery.
>0
 	there was an error.
seq
Name
seq — generate a sequence of numbers
Synopsis
/usr/bin/seq [-f fmt_str] [-s sep_str] [first_num] [inc_num] last_num 
Description
The seq command shall output a sequence of numbers from first_num to last_num, stepping by the increment inc_num. The first_num and last_num parameters may be omitted, and default to 1 even when first_num is greater than last_num. Floating-point values may be specified for first_num, inc_num, and last_num.
The fmt_str parameter is a floating point format string like the one used for the printf() function in C.
The sep_str parameter string separates the values that are output. The default is a newline character (/n). 
Note: If first_num is less than last_num and inc_num is negative, or first_num is greater than last_num and inc_num is positive, seq shall not generate any output.
Standard Options
-f fmt_str
 	Format the numbers in the output sequence according to fmt_str, a floating point format string like the one used for the printf() function in C.
-s sep_str
 	Separate the numbers in the output sequence with sep_str. The default separator string is a newline character (\n).
first_num
 	The first number in the output sequence. Defaults to 1. May be a floating point value.
inc_num
 	The increment for the output sequence. Defaults to 1. May be a floating point value.
last_num
 	The last number in the output sequence. May be a floating point value.
sh
Name
sh — shell, the standard command language interpreter
Description
The sh utility shall behave as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with extensions listed below.
Shell Invocation
The shell shall support an additional option, -l (the letter ell). If the -l option is specified, or if the first character of argument zero (the command name) is a '-', this invokation of the shell is a login shell.
An interactive shell, as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), that is also a login shell, or any shell if invoked with the -l option, shall, prior to reading from the input file, first read and execute commands from the file /etc/profile, if that file exists, and then from a file called ~/.profile, if such a file exists. 
Note: This specification requires that the sh utility shall also read and execute commands in its current execution environment from all the shell scripts in the directory /etc/profile.d. Such scripts are read and executed as a part of reading and executing /etc/profile.
shutdown
Name
shutdown — shut the system down
Synopsis
/sbin/shutdown [-t sec] [-h | -r] [-akfF] time [warning-message]/sbin/shutdown -c [warning-message]
Description
The shutdown command shall shut the system down in a secure way (first synopsis), or cancel a pending shutdown (second synopsis). When the shutdown is initiated, all logged-in users shall be notified immediately that the system is going down, and users shall be prevented from logging in to the system. The time specifies when the actual shutdown shall commence. See below for details. At the specified time all processes are first notified that the system is going down by the signal SIGTERM. After an interval (see -t) all processes shall be sent the signal SIGKILL. If neither the -h or the -r argument is specified, then the default behavior shall be to take the system to a runlevel where administrative tasks can be run. See also Run Levels. 
Note: This is sometimes referred to as "single user mode".
The -h and -r options are mutually exclusive. If either the -h or -r options are specified, the system shall be halted or rebooted respectively.
Standard Options
-a 
 	use access control. See below.
-t sec
 	tell the system to wait sec seconds between sending processes the warning and the kill signal, before changing to another runlevel. The default period is unspecified.
-k 
 	do not really shutdown; only send the warning messages to everybody.
-r
 	reboot after shutdown.
-h
 	halt after shutdown. Actions after halting are unspecified (e.g. power off).
-f
 	advise the system to skip file system consistency checks on reboot.
-F
 	advise the system to force file system consistency checks on reboot.
-c
 	cancel an already running shutdown.
time
 	specify when to shut down.
The time argument shall have the following format: [now | [+]mins | hh:mm] If the format is hh:mm, hh shall specify the hour (1 or 2 digits) and mm is the minute of the hour (exactly two digits), and the shutdown shall commence at the next occurence of the specified time. If the format is mins (or +mins), where mins is a decimal number, shutdown shall commence in the specified number of minutes. The word now is an alias for +0.
warning-message
 	specify a message to send to all users.
Access Control
If the shutdown utility is invoked with the -a option, it shall check that an authorized user is currently logged in on the system console. Authorized users are listed, one per line, in the file /etc/shutdown.allow. Lines in this file that begin with a '#' or are blank shall be ignored. 
Note: The intent of this scheme is to allow a keyboard sequence entered on the system console (e.g. CTRL-ALT-DEL, or STOP-A) to automatically invoke shutdown -a, and can be used to prevent unauthorized users from shutting the system down in this fashion.
su
Name
su — change user ID
Synopsis
su [options] [-] [username [ARGS]]
Description
The su command shall start a shell running with the real and effective user and group IDs of the user username. If username is not specified, su shall default to an unspecified user with all appropriate privileges. If the -s or --shell is not specified, the shell to be invoked shall be that specified for username in the user database (see getpwnam()), or /bin/sh if there is no shell specified in the user database.
If the - option is specified, or if the first operand is -, the environment for the shell shall be initialized as if the new shell was a login shell (see Shell Invocation).
If the invoking user does not have appropriate privileges, the su command shall prompt for a password and validate this before continuing. Invalid passwords shall produce an error message. The su command shall log in an unspecified manner all invokations, whether successful or unsuccessful.
Any operands specified after the username shall be passed to the invoked shell.
If the option - is not specified, and if the first operand is not -, the environemnt for the new shell shall be intialized from the current environment. If none of the -m, -p, or --preserve-environment options are specified, the environment may be modified in unspecified ways before invoking the shell. If any of the -m, -p, or --preserve-environment options are specified, the environment shall not be altered. 
Note: Although the su command shall not alter the environment, the invoked shell may still alter it before it is ready to intepret any commands.
Standard Options
-
 	the invoked shell shall be a login shell.
-c command, --command=command
 	Invoke the shell with the option -c command.
-m, -p, --preserve-environment
 	The current environment shall be passed to the invoked shell. If the environment variable SHELL is set, it shall specify the shell to invoke, if it matches an entry in /etc/shells. If there is no matching entry in /etc/shells, this option shall be ignored if the - option is also specified, or if the first operand is -.
-s shell, --shell=shell
 	Invoke shell as the comamnd interpreter. The shell specified shall be present in /etc/shells.
sync
Name
sync — flush file system buffers
Synopsis
sync
Description
Force changed blocks to disk, update the super block.
tar
Name
tar — file archiver
Description
tar is as specified in SUSv2, but with differences as listed below.
Differences
Some elements of the Pattern Matching Notation are optional; see Pattern Matching Notation.
-h
 	doesn't dump symlinks; dumps the files they point to.
-z
 	filters the archive through gzip.
umount
Name
umount — unmount file systems
Synopsis
umount [-hV]umount -a [-nrv] [-t vfstype]umount [-nrv] device | dir 
Description
umount detaches the file system(s) mentioned from the file hierarchy. A file system is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted.
Standard Options
-v
 	invokes verbose mode.
-n
 	unmounts without writing in /etc/mtab.
-r
 	tries to remount read-only if unmounting fails.
-a
 	unmounts all of the file systems described in /etc/mtab except for the proc file system.
-t vfstype
 	indicates that the actions should only be taken on file systems of the specified type. More than one type may be specified in a comma separated list. The list of file system types can be prefixed with no to specify the file system types on which no action should be taken.
-f
 	forces unmount (in case of an unreachable NFS system).
LSB Deprecated Options
The behaviors specified in this section are expected to disappear from a future version of the LSB; applications should only use the non-LSB-deprecated behaviors.
-V
 	print version and exits.
useradd
Name
useradd — create a new user or update default new user information
Synopsis
useradd [-c comment] [-d home_dir] [-g initial_group] [-G group...] [-m [-k skeleton_dir]] [-p passwd] [-r] [-s shell] [-u uid [-o]] login useradd -D [-g default_group] [-b default_home] [-s default_shell]
Description
When invoked without the -D option, and with appropriate privilege, useradd creates a new user account using the values specified on the command line and the default values from the system. The new user account will be entered into the system files as needed, the home directory will be created, and initial files copied, depending on the command line options.
When invoked with the -D option, useradd will either display the current default values, or, with appropriate privilege, update the default values from the command line. If no options are specified, useradd displays the current default values.
The useradd command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Standard Options
-c comment
 	specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
-d home_dir
 	creates the new user using home_dir as the value for the user's login directory. The default is to append the login name to default_home and use that as the login directory name.
-g initial_group
 	specifies the group name or number of the user's initial login group. The group name shall exist. A group number shall refer to an already existing group. If -g is not specified, the implementation will follow the normal user default for that system. This may create a new group or choose a default group that normal users are placed in. Applications which require control of the groups into which a user is placed should specify -g.
-G group[,...]
 	specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. The default is for the user to belong only to the initial group.
-m [-k skeleton_dir]
 	specifies the user's home directory will be created if it does not exist. The files contained in skeleton_dir will be copied to the home directory if the -k option is used, otherwise the files contained in /etc/skel will be used instead. Any directories contained in skeleton_dir or /etc/skel will be created in the user's home directory as well. The -k option is only valid in conjunction with the -m option. The default is to not create the directory and to not copy any files.
-p passwd
 	is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(). The default is to disable the account.
-r
 	creates a system account, that is, a user with a User ID in the range reserved for system account users. If there is not a User ID free in the reserved range the command will fail.
-s shell
 	specifies the name of the user's login shell. The default is to leave this field blank, which causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. The default is the smallest ID value greater than 499 which is not yet used.
Change Default Options
-b default_home
 	specifies the initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The user's name will be affixed to the end of default_home to create the new directory name if the -d option is not used when creating a new account.
-g default_group
 	specifies the group name or ID for a new user's initial group. The named group shall exist, and a numerical group ID shall have an existing entry.
-s default_shell
 	specifies the name of the new user's login shell. The named program will be used for all future new user accounts.
-c comment
 	specifies the new user's password file comment field value.
Application Usage
The -D option will typically be used by system administration packages. Most applications should not change defaults which will affect other applications and users.
userdel
Name
userdel — delete a user account and related files
Synopsis
userdel [-r] login 
Description
Delete the user account named login. If there is also a group named login, this command may delete the group as well, or may leave it alone.
The userdel command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Options
-r
 	removes files in the user's home directory along with the home directory itself. Files located in other file system will have to be searched for and deleted manually.
usermod
Name
usermod — modify a user account
Synopsis
usermod [-c comment] [-d home_dir [ -m]] [-g initial_group] [-G group [,...]] [-l login_name] [-p passwd] [-s shell] [-u uid [ -o]] login 
Description
The usermod command shall modify an entry in the user account database.
The usermod command is a system administration utility, see Path For System Administration Utilities.
Options
-c comment
 	specifies the new value of the user's password file comment field.
-d home_dir
 	specifies the user's new login directory. If the -m option is given the contents of the current home directory will be moved to the new home directory, which is created if it does not already exist.
-g initial_group
 	specifies the group name or number of the user's new initial login group. The group name shall exist. A group number shall refer to an already existing group.
-G group,[...]
 	specifies a list of supplementary groups which the user is also a member of. Each group is separated from the next by a comma, with no intervening whitespace. The groups are subject to the same restrictions as the group given with the -g option. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group.
-l login_name
 	changes the name of the user from login to login_name. Nothing else is changed. In particular, the user's home directory name should probably be changed to reflect the new login name.
-p passwd
 	is the encrypted password, as returned by crypt(3).
-s shell
 	specifies the name of the user's new login shell. Setting this field to blank causes the system to select the default login shell.
-u uid [-o]
 	specifies the numerical value of the user's ID. This value shall be unique, unless the -o option is used. The value shall be non-negative. Any files which the user owns and which are located in the directory tree rooted at the user's home directory will have the file user ID changed automatically. Files outside of the user's home directory shall be altered manually.
xargs
Name
xargs — build and execute command lines from standard input
Description
xargs is as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), but with differences as listed below.
Differences
-E
 	has unspecified behavior.
-I
 	has unspecified behavior.
-L
 	has unspecified behavior.
Note: These options have been implemented in findutils-4.2.9, but this version of the utilities is not in widespread use as of April 2005. However, future versions of this specification will require support for these arguments.
zcat
Name
zcat — uncompress files to standard output
Description
The zcat utility shall behave as described in ISO POSIX (2003), with differences listed below.
The Filesystem Hierarchy Standard requires that if zcat exists, it must be a symbolic or hard link to /bin/gzip. This specification additionally allows zcat to be a wrapper script which calls gzip -c -d.
Differences
The zcat utility shall write to standard output the uncompressed form of files that have been compressed using any of the compression methods supported by the gzip utility. It is the equivalent of gzip -c -d. Input files are not affected.

VI Execution Environment

16 File System Hierarchy
An LSB conforming implementation shall provide the mandatory portions of the file system hierarchy specified in the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), together with any additional requirements made in this specification.
An LSB conforming application shall conform to the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard.
The FHS allows many components or subsystems to be optional. An application shall check for the existence of an optional component before using it, and should behave in a reasonable manner if the optional component is not present.
The FHS requirement to locate the operating system kernel in either / or /boot does not apply if the operating system kernel does not exist as a file in the file system.
The FHS specifies certain behaviors for a variety of commands if they are present (for example, ping or python). However, LSB conforming applications shall not rely on any commands beyond those specified by the LSB. The mere existence of a command may not be used as an indication that the command behaves in any particular way.
The following directories or links need not be present: /etc/X11 /usr/bin/X11 /usr/lib/X11 /proc
16.1 /dev: Device Files
The devices described in Chapter 6. "Operating System Specific Annex", Section 6.1. "Linux", subsection 6.1.3. "/dev: Devices and special files" in the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard are required on an LSB conforming system. Other devices may also exist in /dev. Device names may exist as symbolic links to other device nodes located in /dev or subdirectories of /dev. There is no requirement concerning major/minor number values.
16.2 /etc: Host-specific system configuration
In addition to the requirements for /etc in the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard, an LSB conforming system shall also provide the following directories or symbolic links to directories: 
/etc/cron.d
 	A directory containing extended crontab files; see Cron Jobs.
/etc/cron.daily
 	A directory containing shell scripts to be executed once a day; see Cron Jobs.
/etc/cron.hourly
 	A directory containing shell scripts to be executed once per hour; see Cron Jobs.
/etc/cron.monthly
 	A directory containing shell scripts to be executed once per month; see Cron Jobs.
/etc/cron.weekly
 	A directory containing shell scripts to be executed once a week; see Cron Jobs.
/etc/init.d
 	A directory containing system initialization scripts; see Installation and Removal of Init Scripts.
/etc/profile.d
 	A directory containing shell scripts. Script names should follow the same conventions as specified for cron jobs (see Cron Jobs, but should have the suffix .sh. The behavior is unspecified if a script is installed in this directory that does not have the suffix .sh.
The sh utility shall read and execute commands in its current execution environment from all the shell scripts in this directory that have the suffix .sh when invoked as an interactive login shell, or if the -l (the letter ell) is specified (see Shell Invocation).
Future Directions: These directories are required at this version of the LSB since there is not yet an agreed method for abstracting the implementation so that applications need not be aware of these locations during installation. However, Future Directions describes a tool, lsbinstall, that will make these directories implementation specific and no longer required.
16.2.1 File Naming Conventions
Conforming implementations and applications installing files into any of the above locations under /etc may only use filenames from the following managed namespaces: 
•	Assigned names. Such names must be chosen from the character set [a-z0-9]. In order to avoid conflicts these names shall be reserved through the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (LANANA). Information about the LANANA may be found at www.lanana.org (http://www.lanana.org).
Note: Commonly used names should be reserved in advance; developers for projects are encouraged to reserve names from LANANA, so that each distribution can use the same name, and to avoid conflicts with other projects.
•	Hierarchical names. Script names in this category take the form: <hier1>-<hier2>-...-<name>, where name is taken from the character set [a-z0-9], and where there may be one or more <hier-n> components. <hier1> may either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be owners' DNS name in lower case, with at least one '.'. e.g. "debian.org", "staroffice.sun.com", etc. The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9].
•	Reserved names. Names that begin with the character '_' are reserved for distribution use only. These names should be used for essential system packages only.
Note: A non-conforming application may still have polluted these managed namespaces with unregistered filenames; a conforming application should check for namespace collisions and take appropriate steps if they occur.
In general, if a package or some system function is likely to be used on multiple systems, the package developers or the distribution should get a registered name through LANANA, and distributions should strive to use the same name whenever possible. For applications which may not be essential or may not be commonly installed, the hierarchical namespace may be more appropriate. An advantage to the hierarchical namespace is that there is no need to consult with the LANANA before obtaining an assigned name.
Short names are highly desirable, since system administrators may need to manually start and stop services. Given this, they should be standardized on a per-package basis. This is the rationale behind having the LANANA organization assign these names. The LANANA may be called upon to handle other namespace issues, such as package/prerequisites naming.
16.3 User Accounting Databases
The Filesystem Hierarchy Standard specifies two optional locations for user accounting databases used by the getutent(), getutent_r(), getutxent(), getutxid(), getutxline(), and pututxline() functions. These are /var/run/utmp and /var/run/wtmp.
The LSB does not specify the format or structure of these files, or even if they are files at all. They should be used only as "magic cookies" to the utmpname() function.
16.4 Path For System Administration Utilities
Certain utilities used for system administration (and other privileged commands) may be stored in /sbin, /usr/sbin, and /usr/local/sbin. Applications requiring to use commands identified as system administration utilities should add these directories to their PATH. By default, as described in ISO POSIX (2003), standard utilities shall be found on the PATH returned by getconf PATH (or command -p getconf PATH to be guaranteed to invoke the correct version of getconf).

17 Additional Recommendations
17.1 Recommendations for applications on ownership and permissions
17.1.1 Directory Write Permissions
The application should not depend on having directory write permission in any directory except /tmp, /var/tmp, and the invoking user's home directory.
In addition, the application may store variable data in /var/opt/package, (where package is the name of the application package), if such a directory is created with appropriate permissions during the package installation.
For these directories the application should be able to work with directory write permissions restricted by the S_ISVTXT bit, implementing the restricted deletion mode as described for the XSI option for ISO POSIX (2003)..
17.1.2 File Write Permissions
The application should not depend on file write permission to any file that it does not itself create.
17.1.3 File Read and execute Permissions
The application should not depend on having read permission to every file and directory.
17.1.4 SUID and SGID Permissions
The application should not depend on the set user ID or set group ID (the S_ISUID or S_ISGID permission bits) permissions of a file not packaged with the application. Instead, the distribution is responsible for assuming that all system commands have the required permissions and work correctly.
Rationale: In order to implement common security policies it is strongly advisable for applications to use the minimum set of security attributes necessary for correct operation. Applications that require substantial appropriate privilege are likely to cause problems with such security policies.
17.1.5 Privileged users
In general, applications should not depend on running as a privileged user. This specification uses the term "appropriate privilege" throughout to identify operations that cannot be achieved without some special granting of additional privilege.
Applications that have a reason to run with appropriate privilege should outline this reason clearly in their documentation. Users of the application should be informed, that "this application demands security privileges, which could interfere with system security".
The application should not contain binary-only software that requires being run with appropriate privilege, as this makes security auditing harder or even impossible.
17.1.6 Changing permissions
The application shall not change permissions of files and directories that do not belong to its own package. Should an application require that certain files and directories not directly belonging to the package have a particular ownership, the application shall document this requirement, and may fail during installation if the permissions on these files is inappropriate.
17.1.7 Removable Media (Cdrom, Floppy, etc.)
Applications that expect to be runnable from removable media should not depend on logging in as a privileged user, and should be prepared to deal with a restrictive environment. Examples of such restrictions could be default mount options that disable set-user/group-ID attributes, disabling block or character-special files on the medium, or remapping the user and group IDs of files away from any privileged value. 
Rationale: System vendors and local system administrators want to run applications from removable media, but want the possibility to control what the application can do.
17.1.8 Installable applications
Where the installation of an application needs additional privileges, it must clearly document all files and system databases that are modified outside of those in /opt/pkg-name and /var/opt/pkg-name, other than those that may be updated by system logging or auditing activities.
Without this, the local system administrator would have to blindly trust a piece of software, particularly with respect to its security.

18 Additional Behaviors
18.1 Mandatory Optional Behaviors
This section specifies behaviors in which there is optional behavior in one of the standards on which this specification relies, and where this specification requires a specific behavior. 
Note: This specification does not require the kernel to be Linux; the set of mandated options reflects current existing practice, but may be modified in future releases.
LSB conforming implementations shall support the following options defined within the ISO POSIX (2003): 
_POSIX_FSYNC	
_POSIX_MAPPED_FILES	
_POSIX_MEMLOCK	
_POSIX_MEMLOCK_RANGE	
_POSIX_MEMORY_PROTECTION	
_POSIX_PRIORITY_SCHEDULING	
_POSIX_REALTIME_SIGNALS	
_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKADDR	
_POSIX_THREAD_ATTR_STACKSIZE	
_POSIX_THREAD_PROCESS_SHARED	
_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS	
_POSIX_THREADS	

The opendir() function shall consume a file descriptor in the same fashion as open(), and therefore may fail with EMFILE or ENFILE.
The START and STOP termios characters shall be changeable, as described as optional behavior in the "General Terminal Interface" section of the ISO POSIX (2003).
The access() function function shall fail with errno set to EINVAL if the amode argument contains bits other than those set by the bitwise inclusive OR of R_OK, W_OK, X_OK and F_OK.
The link() function shall require access to the existing file in order to succeed, as described as optional behavior in the ISO POSIX (2003).
Calling unlink() on a directory shall fail. Calling link() specifying a directory as the first argument shall fail. See also unlink. 
Note: Linux allows rename() on a directory without having write access, but this specification does not require this behavior.
18.1.1 Special Requirements
LSB conforming systems shall enforce certain special additional restrictions above and beyond those required by ISO POSIX (2003). 
Note: These additional restrictions are required in order to support the testing and certification programs associated with the LSB. In each case, these are values that defined macros must not have; conforming applications that use these values shall trigger a failure in the interface that is otherwise described as a "may fail".
The fcntl() function shall treat the "cmd" value -1 as invalid.
The whence value -1 shall be an invalid value for the lseek(), fseek() and fcntl() functions.
The value -5 shall be an invalid signal number.
If the sigaddset() or sigdelset() functions are passed an invalid signal number, they shall return with EINVAL. Implementations are only required to enforce this requirement for signal numbers which are specified to be invalid by this specification (such as the -5 mentioned above).
The mode value -1 to the access() function shall be treated as invalid.
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_PC_..." value for pathconf().
A value of -1 shall be an invalid "_SC..." value for sysconf().
The nl_item value -1 shall be invalid for nl_langinfo().
The value -1 shall be an invalid "_CS_..." value for confstr().
The value "a" shall be an invalid mode argument to popen().
The fcntl() function shall fail and set errno to EDEADLK if the cmd argument is F_SETLKW, and the lock is blocked by a lock from another process already blocked by the current process.
The opendir() function shall consume a file descriptor; the readdir() function shall fail and set errno to EBADF if the underlying file descriptor is closed.
The link() function shall not work across file systems, and shall fail and set errno to EXDEV as described as optional behavior in ISO POSIX (2003).
18.2 Optional Mandatory Behaviors
This section specifies behaviors that are mandatory in one of the standards on which this specification relies, but which are optional in this specification.
ISO POSIX (2003) describes the behavior of the file access time, available as the st_atime field of the stat and stat64 structures. An LSB conforming implementation need not update this information every time a file is accessed.
Note: A subsequent edition of the POSIX standard no longer mandates updating of st_atime but the older edition is still the guiding standard for this specification, thus this exception is needed.
18.3 Executable Scripts
An executable script is an executable file of which the first two characters are #! as defined in the portable character set. In ISO POSIX (2003), this construct is undefined, but reserved for implementations which wish to provide this functionality. LSB conforming implementations shall support executable scripts.
A successful call to a function of the exec family with an executable script as the first parameter shall result in a new process, where the process image started is that of the interpreter. The path name of the interpreter follows the #! characters.
If the executable script has a first line 
#! interpreter [arg]
then interpreter shall be called with an argument array consisting of an unspecified zeroth argument, followed by arg (if present), followed by a path name for the script, followed by the arguments following the zeroth argument in the exec call of the script.
The interpreter shall not perform any operations on the first line of an executable script.
The first line of the executable script shall meet all of the following criteria otherwise the results are unspecified:
	1.	Is of one of the forms: 
#!interpreter
#! interpreter
#!interpreter arg
#! interpreter arg
	2.	The interpreter argument is an absolute pathname of an executable file other than an executable script.
	3.	Neither the interpreter argument nor the arg argument, if present, contain any quoting characters.
	4.	Neither the interpreter argument nor the arg argument, if present, contain any whitespace characters.
	5.	The length of the entire line is no longer than 80 bytes.
If the interpreter is required by this specification to be in a specfic named directory, a conforming application must use that path for interpreter, as implementations are not prohibited from having other, possibly non-conforming, versions of the same interpreter installed on the system. If the interpreter is a required command in this specification, but does not have a required path, the application should take special measures to insure the appropriate version is selected. If the interpreter is not a required command in this specification, the application must make appropriate provisions that the interpreter is available at the appropriate path.
Note: In case the path is not specified, it is recommended that an installation script for executable scripts use the standard PATH returned by a call to the getconf command with the argument PATH, combined with the command command to determine the location of a standard command.
For example to determine the location of the standard awk command: 
PATH=`getconf PATH` command -v awk
The installation script should ensure that the returned pathname is an absolute pathname prior to use, since a shell builtin might be returned for some utilities.
Use of the common form #!/usr/bin/env interpreter is not recommended as the PATH will be unknown at execution time and an alternative version of interpreter might be selected.

19 Localization
19.1 Introduction
In order to install a message catalog, the installation procedure shall supply the message catalog in a format readable by the msgfmt command, which shall be invoked to compile the message catalog into an appropriate binary format on the target system. 
Rationale: The original intent was to allow an application to contain the binary GNU MO format files. However, the format of these files is not officially stable, hence it is necessary to compile these catalogs on the target system. These binary catalogs may differ from architecture to architecture as well.
The resulting binary message catalog shall be located in the package's private area under /opt, and the application may use bindtextdomain() to specify this location.
Implementations shall support the POSIX and C locales as specified in ISO POSIX (2003). Other locales may be supported.
Implementations may define additional locale categories not defined by that standard. 
Note: Implementations choosing additional locale categories should be aware of ISO/IEC TR14652 and are advised not to choose names that conflict with that specification. If implementations provide locale categories whose names are part of the FDCC set of ISO/IEC TR14652, they should behave as defined by that specification.
19.2 Regular Expressions
Utilities that process regular expressions shall support Basic Regular Expressions and Extended Regular Expressions as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), with the following exceptions:
Range expression (such as [a-z]) can be based on code point order instead of collating element order.
Equivalence class expression (such as [=a=]) and multi-character collating element expression (such as [.ch.]) are optional.
Handling of a multi-character collating element is optional.
This affects at least the following utilities: 
•	awk (see awk)
•	grep (see grep) (including egrep , see egrep)
•	sed (see sed)
It also affects the behavior of interfaces in the base libraries, including at least 
•	regexec() (see regexec)
19.3 Pattern Matching Notation
Utilities that perform filename pattern matching (also known as Filename Globbing) shall do it as specified in ISO POSIX (2003), Pattern Matching Notation, with the following exceptions:
Pattern bracket expressions (such as [a-z]) can be based on code point order instead of collating element order.
Equivalence class expression (such as [=a=]) and multi-character collating element expression (such as [.ch.]) are optional.
Handling of a multi-character collating element is optional.
This affects at least the following utilities: cpio (cpio), find and tar (tar).

VII System Initialization

20 System Initialization
20.1 Cron Jobs
In addition to the individual user crontab files specified by ISO POSIX (2003), which are located in /var/spool/cron as specified by the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS), the process that executes scheduled commands shall also process the following additional crontab files, which are in a different format (see below). /etc/crontab, /etc/cron.d/*. The installation of a package shall not modify the crontab file /etc/crontab, and shall not directly modify the user crontab files in /var/spool/cron/crontabs. but may use the crontab command to modify the latter.
If a package wishes to install a job that has to be executed periodically, it shall place an executable cron script in one of the following directories:
/etc/cron.hourly	
/etc/cron.daily	
/etc/cron.weekly	
/etc/cron.monthly	

As these directory names suggest, the files within them are executed on a hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis, respectively, under the control of an entry in one of the system crontab files, at an unspecified time of day. See below for the rules concerning the names of cron scripts.
Note: It is recommended that cron scripts installed in any of these directories be script files rather than compiled binaries so that they may be modified by the local system administrator. Conforming applications may only install cron scripts which use an interpreter required by this specification or provided by this or another conforming application.
This specification does not define the concept of a package upgrade. Implementations may do different things when packages are upgraded, including not replacing a cron script if it marked as a configuration file, particularly if the cron script appears to have been modified since installation. In some circumstances, the cron script may not be removed when the package is uninstalled. Applications should design their installation procedure and cron scripts to be robust in the face of such behavior. In particular, cron scripts should not fail obscurely if run in unexpected circumstances. Testing for the existence of application binaries before executing them is suggested.
Future versions of this specification may remove the need to install file directly into these directories, and instead abstract the interface to the cron utility in such a way as to hide the implementation. Please see Future Directions.
If a certain task has to be executed at other than the predefined frequencies, the package shall install a file /etc/cron.d/cron-name. The file shall have the same format as that described for the crontab command in ISO POSIX (2003), except that there shall be an additional field, username, before the name of the command to execute. For completeness, the seven fields shall be: 
	1.	Minute [0,59]
	2.	Hour [0,23]
	3.	Day of the month [1,31]
	4.	Month of the year [1,12]
	5.	Day of the week [0,6] (with 0=Sunday)
	6.	Username
	7.	command [args ...]
This file shall be processed by the system automatically, with the named command being run at the specified time, as the specified username.
Applications installing files in these directories shall use the LSB naming conventions (see File Naming Conventions).
20.2 Init Script Actions
Conforming applications which need to execute commands on changes to the system run level (including boot and shutdown), may install one or more init scripts. Init scripts provided by conforming applications shall accept a single argument which selects the action:
start	start the service	
stop	stop the service	
restart	stop and restart the service if the service is already running, otherwise start the service	
try-restart	restart the service if the service is already running	
reload	cause the configuration of the service to be reloaded without actually stopping and restarting the service	
force-reload	cause the configuration to be reloaded if the service supports this, otherwise restart the service if it is running	
status	print the current status of the service	

The start, stop, restart, force-reload, and status actions shall be supported by all init scripts; the reload and the try-restart actions are optional. Other init-script actions may be defined by the init script.
Init scripts shall ensure that they will behave sensibly if invoked with start when the service is already running, or with stop when not running, and that they do not kill similarly-named user processes. The best way to achieve this is to use the init-script functions provided by /lib/lsb/init-functions (see Init Script Functions)
If a service reloads its configuration automatically (as in the case of cron, for example), the reload action of the init script shall behave as if the configuration was reloaded successfully. The restart, try-restart, reload and force-reload actions may be atomic; that is if a service is known not to be operational after a restart or reload, the script may return an error without any further action.
Note: This specification does not define the concept of a package upgrade. Implementations may do different things when packages are upgraded, including not replacing an init script if it is marked as a configuration file, particularly if the file appears to have been modified since installation. In some circumstances, the init script may not be removed when the package is uninstalled. Applications should design their installation procedure and init scripts to be robust in the face of such behavior. In particular, init scripts should not fail obscurely if run in unexpected circumstances. Testing for the existence of application binaries before executing them is suggested.
If the status action is requested, the init script will return the following exit status codes. 
0	program is running or service is OK	
1	program is dead and /var/run pid file exists	
2	program is dead and /var/lock lock file exists	
3	program is not running	
4	program or service status is unknown	
5-99	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

For all other init-script actions, the init script shall return an exit status of zero if the action was successful. Otherwise, the exit status shall be non-zero, as defined below. In addition to straightforward success, the following situations are also to be considered successful: 
•	restarting a service (instead of reloading it) with the force-reload argument
•	running start on a service already running
•	running stop on a service already stopped or not running
•	running restart on a service already stopped or not running
•	running try-restart on a service already stopped or not running
In case of an error while processing any init-script action except for status, the init script shall print an error message and exit with a non-zero status code: 
1	generic or unspecified error (current practice)	
2	invalid or excess argument(s)	
3	unimplemented feature (for example, "reload")	
4	user had insufficient privilege	
5	program is not installed	
6	program is not configured	
7	program is not running	
8-99	reserved for future LSB use	
100-149	reserved for distribution use	
150-199	reserved for application use	
200-254	reserved	

Error and status messages should be printed with the logging functions (see Init Script Functions) log_success_msg(), log_failure_msg() and log_warning_msg(). Scripts may write to standard error or standard output, but implementations need not present text written to standard error/output to the user or do anything else with it. 
Note: Since init scripts may be run manually by a system administrator with non-standard environment variable values for PATH, USER, LOGNAME, etc., init scripts should not depend on the values of these environment variables. They should set them to some known/default values if they are needed.
20.3 Comment Conventions for Init Scripts
Conforming applications may install one or more init scripts. These init scripts must be activated by invoking the install_initd command. Prior to package removal, the changes applied by install_initd must be undone by invoking remove_initd. See Installation and Removal of Init Scripts for more details.
install_initd and remove_initd determine actions to take by decoding a specially formatted block of lines in the script. This block shall be delimited by the lines 
### BEGIN INIT INFO
### END INIT INFO
The delimiter lines may contain trailing whitespace, which shall be ignored. All lines inside the block shall begin with a hash character '#' in the first column, so the shell interprets them as comment lines which do not affect operation of the script. The lines shall be of the form: 
# {keyword}: arg1 [arg2...]
with exactly one space character between the '#' and the keyword, with a single exception. In lines following a line containing the Description keyword, and until the next keyword or block ending delimiter is seen, a line where the '#' is followed by more than one space or a tab character shall be treated as a continuation of the previous line.
The information extracted from the block is used by the installation tool or the init-script system to assure that init scripts are run in the correct order. It is unspecified whether the information is evaluated only when install_initd runs, when the init scripts are executed, or both. The information extracted includes run levels, defined in Run Levels, and boot facilities, defined in Facility Names.
The following keywords, with their arguments, are defined:
Provides: boot_facility_1 [boot_facility_2...]
 	boot facilities provided by this init script. When an init script is run with a start argument, the boot facility or facilities specified by the Provides keyword shall be deemed present and hence init scripts which require those boot facilities should be started later. When an init script is run with a stop argument, the boot facilities specified by the Provides keyword are deemed no longer present.
Required-Start: boot_facility_1 [boot_facility_2...]
 	facilities which must be available during startup of this service. The init-script system should insure init scripts which provide the Required-Start facilities are started before starting this script.
Required-Stop: boot_facility_1 [boot_facility_2...]
 	facilities which must be available during the shutdown of this service. The init-script system should avoid stopping init scripts which provide the Required-Stop facilities until this script is stopped.
Should-Start: boot_facility_1 [boot_facility_2...]
 	facilities which, if present, should be available during startup of this service. This allows for weak dependencies which do not cause the service to fail if a facility is not available. The service may provide reduced functionality in this situation. Conforming applications should not rely on the existence of this feature.
Should-Stop: boot_facility_1 [boot_facility_2...]
 	facilities which should be available during shutdown of this service.
Default-Start: run_level_1 [run_level_2...]
Default-Stop: run_level_1 [run_level_2...]
 	which run levels should by default run the init script with a start (stop) argument to start (stop) the services controlled by the init script. 
For example, if a service should run in runlevels 3, 4, and 5 only, specify "Default-Start: 3 4 5" and "Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6".
Short-Description: short_description 
 	provide a brief description of the actions of the init script. Limited to a single line of text.
Description: multiline_description 
 	provide a more complete description of the actions of the init script. May span mulitple lines. In a multiline description, each continuation line shall begin with a '#' followed by tab character or a '#' followed by at least two space characters. The multiline description is terminated by the first line that does not match this criteria.
Additional keywords may be defined in future versions of this specification. Also, implementations may define local extensions by using the prefix X-implementor. For example, X-RedHat-foobardecl, or X-Debian-xyzzydecl.
Example: 
   ### BEGIN INIT INFO
        # Provides: lsb-ourdb
        # Required-Start: $local_fs $network $remote_fs
        # Required-Stop: $local_fs $network $remote_fs
        # Default-Start:  2 3 4 5
        # Default-Stop: 0 1 6
        # Short-Description: start and stop OurDB
        # Description: OurDB is a very fast and reliable database
        #        engine used for illustrating init scripts
        ### END INIT INFO
The comment conventions described in this section are only required for init scripts installed by conforming applications. Conforming runtime implementations are not required to use this scheme in their system provided init scripts.
Note: This specification does not require, but is designed to allow, the development of a system which runs init scripts in parallel. Hence, enforced-serialization of scripts is avoided unless it is explicitly necessary.
20.4 Installation and Removal of Init Scripts
Conforming applications may install one or more initialization scripts (or init scripts). An init script shall be installed in /etc/init.d (which may be a symbolic link to another location), by the package installer. 
Note: The requirement to install scripts in /etc/init.d may be removed in future versions of this specification. See Host-specific system configuration and Future Directions for further details.
During the installer's post-install processing phase the program /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd must be called to activate the init script. Activation consists of arranging for the init script to be called in the correct order on system run-level changes (including system boot and shutdown), based on dependencies supplied in the init script (see Comment Conventions for Init Scripts). The install_initd command should be thought of as a wrapper which hides the implementation details; how any given implementation arranges for the init script to be called at the appropriate time is not specified.
Example: if an init script specified "Default-Start: 3 4 5" and "Default-Stop: 0 1 2 6", install_initd might create "start" symbolic links with names starting with 'S' in /etc/rc3.d, /etc/rc4.d and /etc/rc5.d and "stop" symbolic links with names starting with 'K' in /etc/rc0.d, /etc/rc1.d, /etc/rc2.d and /etc/rc6.d. Such a scheme would be similar to the System V Init mechanism, but is by no means the only way this specification could be implemented.
The install_initd command takes a single argument, the full pathname of the installed init script. The init script must already be installed in /etc/init.d. The install_initd command will not copy it there, only activate it once it has been installed. For example: 
  /usr/lib/lsb/install_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed
The install_initd command shall return an exit status of zero if the init-script activation was successful or if the init script was already activated. If the dependencies in the init script (see Comment Conventions for Init Scripts) cannot be met, an exit status of one shall be returned and the init script shall not be activated.
When a software package is removed, /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd must be called to deactivate the init script. This must occur before the init script itself is removed, as the dependency information in the script may be required for successful completion. Thus the installer's pre-remove processing phase must call remove_initd, and pass the full pathname of the installed init script. The package installer is still responsible for removing the init script. For example: 
     /usr/lib/lsb/remove_initd /etc/init.d/example.com-coffeed
The remove_initd program shall return an exit status of zero if the init script has been successfully deactivated or if the init script is not activated. If another init script which depends on a boot facility provided by this init script is activated, an exit status of one shall be returned and the init script shall remain activated. The installer must fail on such an exit code so it does not subsequently remove the init script.
Note: This specification does not describe a mechanism for the system administrator to manipulate the run levels at which an init script is started or stopped. There is no assurance that modifying the comment block for this purpose will have the desired effect.
20.5 Run Levels
The following run levels are specified for use by the Default-Start and Default-Stop actions defined in Comment Conventions for Init Scripts as hints to the install_initd command. Conforming implementations are not required to provide these exact run levels or give them the meanings described here, and may map any level described here to a different level which provides the equivalent functionality. Applications may not depend on specific run-level numbers.
0	halt	
1	single user mode	
2	multiuser with no network services exported	
3	normal/full multiuser	
4	reserved for local use, default is normal/full multiuser	
5	multiuser with a display manager or equivalent	
6	reboot	

Note: These run levels were chosen as reflecting the most frequent existing practice, and in the absence of other considerations, implementors are strongly encouraged to follow this convention to provide consistency for system administrators who need to work with multiple distributions.
20.6 Facility Names
Boot facilities are used to indicate dependencies in initialization scripts, as defined in Comment Conventions for Init Scripts. Facility names are assigned to scripts by the Provides: keyword. Facility names that begin with a dollar sign ('$') are reserved system facility names. 
Note: Facility names are only recognized in the context of the init script comment block and are not available in the body of the init script. In particular, the use of the leading '$' character does not imply system facility names are subject to shell variable expansion, since they appear inside comments.
Conforming applications shall not provide facilities that begin with a dollar sign. Implementations shall provide the following facility names:
$local_fs
 	all local file systems are mounted
$network
 	basic networking support is available. Example: a server program could listen on a socket.
$named
 	IP name-to-address translation, using the interfaces described in this specification, are available to the level the system normally provides them. Example: if a DNS query daemon normally provides this facility, then that daemon has been started.
$portmap
 	daemons providing SunRPC/ONCRPC portmapping service as defined in RFC 1833: Binding Protocols for ONC RPC Version 2 (if present) are running.
$remote_fs
 	all remote file systems are available. In some configurations, file systems such as /usr may be remote. Many applications that require $local_fs will probably also require $remote_fs.
$syslog
 	system logger is operational.
$time
 	the system time has been set, for example by using a network-based time program such as ntp or rdate, or via the hardware Real Time Clock.
Other (non-system) facilities may be defined by other conforming applications. These facilities shall be named using the same conventions defined for naming init scripts (see Script Names). Commonly, the facility provided by a conforming init script will have the same name as the name assigned to the init script.
20.7 Script Names
Since init scripts live in a single directory, they must share a single namespace. To avoid conflicts, applications installing files in this directories shall use the LSB naming conventions (see File Naming Conventions).
20.8 Init Script Functions
Each conforming init script shall execute the commands in the file /lib/lsb/init-functions in the current environment (see shell special built-in command dot). This file shall cause the following shell script commands to be defined in an unspecified manner. 
Note: This can be done either by adding a directory to the PATH variable which defines these commands, or by defining shell aliases or functions.
Although the commands made available via this mechanism need not be conforming applications in their own right, applications that use them should only depend on features described in this specification.
Conforming scripts shall not specify the "exit on error" option (i.e. set -e) when sourcing this file, or calling any of the commands thus made available.
The start_daemon, killproc and pidofproc functions shall use the following algorithm for determining the status and the process identifiers of the specified program. 
	1.	If the -p pidfile option is specified, and the named pidfile exists, a single line at the start of the pidfile shall be read. If this line contains one or more numeric values, separated by spaces, these values shall be used. If the -p pidfile option is specified and the named pidfile does not exist, the functions shall assume that the daemon is not running.
	2.	Otherwise, /var/run/basename.pid shall be read in a similar fashion. If this contains one or more numeric values on the first line, these values shall be used. Optionally, implementations may use unspecified additional methods to locate the process identifiers required.
The method used to determine the status is implementation defined, but should allow for non-binary programs. 
Note: Commonly used methods check either for the existence of the /proc/pid directory or use /proc/pid/exe and /proc/pid/cmdline. Relying only on /proc/pid/exe is discouraged since this specification does not specify the existence of, or semantics for, /proc. Additionally, using /proc/pid/exe may result in a not-running status for daemons that are written in a script language.
Conforming implementations may use other mechanisms besides those based on pidfiles, unless the -p pidfile option has been used. Conforming applications should not rely on such mechanisms and should always use a pidfile. When a program is stopped, it should delete its pidfile. Multiple process identifiers shall be separated by a single space in the pidfile and in the output of pidofproc.
start_daemon [-f] [-n nicelevel] [-p pidfile] pathname [args...]
 	runs the specified program as a daemon. The start_daemon function shall check if the program is already running using the algorithm given above. If so, it shall not start another copy of the daemon unless the -f option is given. The -n option specifies a nice level. See nice. start_daemon shall return the LSB defined exit status codes. It shall return 0 if the program has been successfully started or is running and not 0 otherwise.
killproc [-p pidfile] pathname [signal]
 	The killproc function shall stop the specified program. The program is found using the algorithm given above. If a signal is specified, using the -signal_name or -signal_number syntaxes as specified by the kill command, the program is sent that signal. Otherwise, a SIGTERM followed by a SIGKILL after an unspecified number of seconds shall be sent. If a program has been terminated, the pidfile should be removed if the terminated process has not already done so. The killproc function shall return the LSB defined exit status codes. If called without a signal, it shall return 0 if the program has been stopped or is not running and not 0 otherwise. If a signal is given, it shall return 0 only if the program is running.
pidofproc [-p pidfile] pathname 
 	The pidofproc function shall return one or more process identifiers for a particular daemon using the algorithm given above. Only process identifiers of running processes should be returned. Multiple process identifiers shall be separated by a single space. 
Note: A process may exit between pidofproc discovering its identity and the caller of pidofproc being able to act on that identity. As a result, no test assertion can be made that the process identifiers returned by pidofproc shall be running processes.
The pidofproc function shall return the LSB defined exit status codes for "status". It shall return 0 if the program is running and not 0 otherwise.
log_success_msg message 
 	The log_success_msg function shall cause the system to write a success message to an unspecified log file. The format of the message is unspecified. The log_success_msg function may also write a message to the standard output. 
Note: The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.
log_failure_msg message 
 	The log_failure_msg function shall cause the system to write a failure message to an unspecified log file. The format of the message is unspecified. The log_failure_msg function may also write a message to the standard output. 
Note: The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.
log_warning_msg message 
 	The log_warning_msg function shall cause the system to write a warning message to an unspecified log file. The format of the message is unspecified. The log_warning_msg function may also write a message to the standard output. 
Note: The message should be relatively short; no more than 60 characters is highly desirable.

VIII Users & Groups

21 Users & Groups
21.1 User and Group Database
The format of the User and Group databases is not specified. Programs may only read these databases using the provided API. Changes to these databases should be made using the provided commands.
21.2 User & Group Names
Table 21-1 describes required mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign user or group identity numbers, with the exception that both the User ID and Group ID for the user root shall be equal to 0.
Table 21-1 Required User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
root	root	Administrative user with all appropriate privileges	
bin	bin	Legacy User ID/Group IDa	
daemon	daemon	Legacy User ID/Group IDb	
Notes:
a 	The bin User ID/Group ID is included for compatibility with legacy applications. New applications should no longer use the bin User ID/Group ID.
b 	The daemon User ID/Group ID was used as an unprivileged User ID/Group ID for daemons to execute under in order to limit their access to the system. Generally daemons should now run under individual User ID/Group IDs in order to further partition daemons from one another.	

Table 21-2 is a table of optional mnemonic user and group names. This specification makes no attempt to numerically assign uid or gid numbers. If the username exists on a system, then they should be in the suggested corresponding group. These user and group names are for use by distributions, not by applications.
Table 21-2 Optional User & Group Names
User	Group	Comments	
adm	adm	Administrative special privileges	
lp	lp	Printer special privileges	
sync	sync	Login to sync the system	
shutdown	shutdown	Login to shutdown the system	
halt	halt	Login to halt the system	
mail	mail	Mail special privileges	
news	news	News special privileges	
uucp	uucp	UUCP special privileges	
operator	root	Operator special privileges	
man	man	Man special privileges	
nobody	nobody	Used by NFS	

Only a minimum working set of "user names" and their corresponding "user groups" are required. Applications cannot assume non system user or group names will be defined.
Applications cannot assume any policy for the default file creation mask (umask) or the default directory permissions a user may have. Applications should enforce user only file permissions on private files such as mailboxes. The location of the users home directory is also not defined by policy other than the recommendations of the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard and should be obtained by the getpwnam(), getpwnam_r(), getpwent(), getpwuid(), and getpwuid_r() functions.
21.3 User ID Ranges
The system User IDs from 0 to 99 should be statically allocated by the system, and shall not be created by applications.
The system User IDs from 100 to 499 should be reserved for dynamic allocation by system administrators and post install scripts using useradd.
21.4 Rationale
The purpose of specifying optional users and groups is to reduce the potential for name conflicts between applications and distributions.

IX Package Format and Installation

22 Software Installation
22.1 Introduction
Applications shall either be packaged in the RPM packaging format as defined in this specification, or supply an installer which is LSB conforming (for example, calls LSB commands and utilities). 
Note: Supplying an RPM format package is encouraged because it makes systems easier to manage. This specification does not require the implementation to use RPM as the package manager; it only specifies the format of the package file.
Applications are also encouraged to uninstall cleanly.
A package in RPM format may include a dependency on the LSB Core and other LSB specifications, as described in Section 22.6. Packages that are not in RPM format may test for the presence of a conforming implementation by means of the lsb_release utility.
Implementations shall provide a mechanism for installing applications in this packaging format with some restrictions listed below. 
Note: The implementation itself may use a different packaging format for its own packages, and of course it may use any available mechanism for installing the LSB-conformant packages.
22.2 Package File Format
An RPM format file consists of 4 sections, the Lead, Signature, Header, and the Payload. All values are stored in network byte order.
Table 22-1 RPM File Format
Lead	
Signature	
Header	
Payload	

These 4 sections shall exist in the order specified.
The lead section is used to identify the package file.
The signature section is used to verify the integrity, and optionally, the authenticity of the majority of the package file.
The header section contains all available information about the package. Entries such as the package's name, version, and file list, are contained in the header.
The payload section holds the files to be installed.
22.2.1 Lead Section
struct rpmlead {
    unsigned char magic[4];
    unsigned char major, minor;
    short type;
    short archnum;
    char name[66];
    short osnum;
    short signature_type;
    char reserved[16];
} ;
magic
 	Value identifying this file as an RPM format file. This value shall be "\355\253\356\333".
major
 	Value indicating the major version number of the file format version. This value shall be 3.
minor
 	Value indicating the minor revision number of file format version. This value shall be 0.
type
 	Value indicating whether this is a source or binary package. This value shall be 0 to indicate a binary package.
archnum
 	Value indicating the architecture for which this package is valid. This value is specified in the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
name
 	A NUL terminated string that provides the package name. This name shall conform with the Package Naming section of this specification.
osnum
 	Value indicating the Operating System for which this package is valid. This value shall be 1.
signature_type
 	Value indicating the type of the signature used in the Signature part of the file. This value shall be 5.
reserved
 	Reserved space. The value is undefined.
22.2.2 Header Structure
The Header structure is used for both the Signature and Header Sections. A Header Structure consists of 3 parts, a Header record, followed by 1 or more Index records, followed by 0 or more bytes of data associated with the Index records. A Header structure shall be aligned to an 8 byte boundary.
Table 22-2 Signature Format
Header Record	
Array of Index Records	
Store of Index Values	

22.2.2.1 Header Record
struct rpmheader {
    unsigned char magic[4];
    unsigned char reserved[4];
    int nindex;
    int hsize;
    } ;
magic
 	Value identifying this record as an RPM header record. This value shall be "\216\255\350\001".
reserved
 	Reserved space. This value shall be "\000\000\000\000".
nindex
 	The number of Index Records that follow this Header Record. There should be at least 1 Index Record.
hsize
 	The size in bytes of the storage area for the data pointed to by the Index Records.
22.2.2.2 Index Record
struct rpmhdrindex {
    int tag;
    int type;
    int offset;
    int count;
    } ;
tag
 	Value identifying the purpose of the data associated with this Index Record. The value of this field is dependent on the context in which the Index Record is used, and is defined below and in later sections.
type
 	Value identifying the type of the data associated with this Index Record. The possible type values are defined below.
offset
 	Location in the Store of the data associated with this Index Record. This value should between 0 and the value contained in the hsize of the Header Structure.
count
 	Size of the data associated with this Index Record. The count is the number of elements whose size is defined by the type of this Record.
22.2.2.2.1 Index Type Values
The possible values for the type field are defined in this table.
Table 22-3 Index Type values
Type	Value	Size (in bytes)	Alignment	
RPM_NULL_TYPE	0	Not Implemented.	
	
RPM_CHAR_TYPE	1	1	1	
RPM_INT8_TYPE	2	1	1	
RPM_INT16_TYPE	3	2	2	
RPM_INT32_TYPE	4	4	4	
RPM_INT64_TYPE	5	Reserved.	
	
RPM_STRING_TYPE	6	variable, NUL terminated	1	
RPM_BIN_TYPE	7	1	1	
RPM_STRING_ARRAY_TYPE	8	Variable, sequence of NUL terminated strings	1	
RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE	9	variable, sequence of NUL terminated strings	1	

The string arrays specified for entries of type RPM_STRING_ARRAY_TYPE and RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE are vectors of strings in a contiguous block of memory, each element separated from its neighbors by a NUL character.
Index records with type RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE shall always have a count of 1. The array entries in an index of type RPM_I18NSTRING_TYPE correspond to the locale names contained in the RPMTAG_HDRI18NTABLE index.
22.2.2.2.2 Index Tag Values
Some values are designated as header private, and may appear in any header structure. These are defined here. Additional values are defined in later sections.
Table 22-4 Header Private Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_HEADERSIGNATURES	62	BIN	16	Optional	
RPMTAG_HEADERIMMUTABLE	63	BIN	16	Optional	
RPMTAG_HEADERI18NTABLE	100	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	

RPMTAG_HEADERSIGNATURES
 	The signature tag differentiates a signature header from a metadata header, and identifies the original contents of the signature header.
RPMTAG_HEADERIMMUTABLE
 	This tag contains an index record which specifies the portion of the Header Record which was used for the calculation of a signature. This data shall be preserved or any header-only signature will be invalidated.
RPMTAG_HEADERI18NTABLE
 	Contains a list of locales for which strings are provided in other parts of the package.
Not all Index records defined here will be present in all packages. Each tag value has a status which is defined here.
Required
 	This Index Record shall be present.
Optional
 	This Index Record may be present.
Informational
 	This Index Record may be present, but does not contribute to the processing of the package.
Deprecated
 	This Index Record should not be present.
Obsolete
 	This Index Record shall not be present.
Reserved
 	This Index Record shall not be present.
22.2.2.3 Header Store
The header store contains the values specified by the Index structures. These values are aligned according to their type and padding is used if needed. The store is located immediately following the Index structures.
22.2.3 Signature Section
The Signature section is implemented using the Header structure. The signature section defines the following additional tag values which may be used in the Index structures.
These values exist to provide additional information about the rest of the package.
Table 22-5 Signature Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMSIGTAG_SIZE	1000	INT32	1	Required	
RPMSIGTAG_PAYLOADSIZE	1007	INT32	1	Optional	

RPMSIGTAG_SIZE
 	This tag specifies the combined size of the Header and Payload sections.
RPMSIGTAG_PAYLOADSIZE
 	This tag specifies the uncompressed size of the Payload archive, including the cpio headers.
These values exist to ensure the integrity of the rest of the package.
Table 22-6 Signature Digest Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMSIGTAG_SHA1	269	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMSIGTAG_MD5	1004	BIN	16	Required	

RPMSIGTAG_SHA1
 	This index contains the SHA1 checksum of the entire Header Section, including the Header Record, Index Records and Header store.
RPMSIGTAG_MD5
 	This tag specifies the 128-bit MD5 checksum of the combined Header and Archive sections.
These values exist to provide authentication of the package.
Table 22-7 Signature Signing Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMSIGTAG_DSA	267	BIN	65	Optional	
RPMSIGTAG_RSA	268	BIN	1	Optional	
RPMSIGTAG_PGP	1002	BIN	1	Optional	
RPMSIGTAG_GPG	1005	BIN	65	Optional	

RPMSIGTAG_DSA
 	The tag contains the DSA signature of the Header section. The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format. If this tag is present, then the SIGTAG_GPG tag shall also be present.
RPMSIGTAG_RSA
 	The tag contains the RSA signature of the Header section.The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format. If this tag is present, then the SIGTAG_PGP shall also be present.
RPMSIGTAG_PGP
 	This tag specifies the RSA signature of the combined Header and Payload sections. The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format.
RPMSIGTAG_GPG
 	The tag contains the DSA signature of the combined Header and Payload sections. The data is formatted as a Version 3 Signature Packet as specified in RFC 2440: OpenPGP Message Format.
22.2.4 Header Section
The Header section is implemented using the Header structure. The Header section defines the following additional tag values which may be used in the Index structures.
22.2.4.1 Package Information
The following tag values are used to indicate information that describes the package as a whole.
Table 22-8 Package Info Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_NAME	1000	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_VERSION	1001	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_RELEASE	1002	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_SUMMARY	1004	I18NSTRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_DESCRIPTION	1005	I18NSTRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_SIZE	1009	INT32	1	Required	
RPMTAG_DISTRIBUTION	1010	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_VENDOR	1011	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_LICENSE	1014	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_PACKAGER	1015	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_GROUP	1016	I18NSTRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_URL	1020	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_OS	1021	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_ARCH	1022	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_SOURCERPM	1044	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_ARCHIVESIZE	1046	INT32	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_RPMVERSION	1064	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_COOKIE	1094	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_DISTURL	1123	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFORMAT	1124	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_PAYLOADCOMPRESSOR	1125	STRING	1	Required	
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFLAGS	1126	STRING	1	Required	

RPMTAG_NAME
 	This tag specifies the name of the package.
RPMTAG_VERSION
 	This tag specifies the version of the package.
RPMTAG_RELEASE
 	This tag specifies the release of the package.
RPMTAG_SUMMARY
 	This tag specifies the summary description of the package. The summary value pointed to by this index record contains a one line description of the package.
RPMTAG_DESCRIPTION
 	This tag specifies the description of the package. The description value pointed to by this index record contains a full desription of the package.
RPMTAG_SIZE
 	This tag specifies the sum of the sizes of the regular files in the archive.
RPMTAG_DISTRIBUTION
 	A string containing the name of the distribution on which the package was built.
RPMTAG_VENDOR
 	A string containing the name of the organization that produced the package.
RPMTAG_LICENSE
 	This tag specifies the license which applies to this package.
RPMTAG_PACKAGER
 	A string identifying the tool used to build the package.
RPMTAG_GROUP
 	This tag specifies the administrative group to which this package belongs.
RPMTAG_URL
 	Generic package information URL.
RPMTAG_OS
 	This tag specifies the OS of the package. The OS value pointed to by this index record shall be "linux".
RPMTAG_ARCH
 	This tag specifies the architecture of the package. The architecture value pointed to by this index record is defined in architecture specific LSB specification.
RPMTAG_SOURCERPM
 	This tag specifies the name of the source RPM.
RPMTAG_ARCHIVESIZE
 	This tag specifies the uncompressed size of the Payload archive, including the cpio headers.
RPMTAG_RPMVERSION
 	This tag indicates the version of RPM tool used to build this package. The value is unused.
RPMTAG_COOKIE
 	This tag contains an opaque string whose contents are undefined.
RPMTAG_DISTURL
 	URL for package.
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFORMAT
 	This tag specifies the format of the Archive section. The format value pointed to by this index record shall be 'cpio'.
RPMTAG_PAYLOADCOMPRESSOR
 	This tag specifies the compression used on the Archive section. The compression value pointed to by this index record shall be 'gzip'.
RPMTAG_PAYLOADFLAGS
 	This tag indicates the compression level used for the Payload. This value shall always be '9'.
22.2.4.2 Installation Information
The following tag values are used to provide information needed during the installation of the package.
Table 22-9 Installation Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_PREIN	1023	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTIN	1024	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PREUN	1025	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTUN	1026	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PREINPROG	1085	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTINPROG	1086	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_PREUNPROG	1087	STRING	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_POSTUNPROG	1088	STRING	1	Optional	

RPMTAG_PREIN
 	This tag specifies the preinstall scriptlet. If present, then RPMTAG_PREINPROG shall also be present.
RPMTAG_POSTIN
 	This tag specifies the postinstall scriptlet. If present, then RPMTAG_POSTINPROG shall also be present.
RPMTAG_PREUN
 	his tag specifies the preuninstall scriptlet. If present, then RPMTAG_PREUNPROG shall also be present.
RPMTAG_POSTUN
 	This tag specified the postuninstall scriptlet. If present, then RPMTAG_POSTUNPROG shall also be present.
RPMTAG_PREINPROG
 	This tag specifies the name of the intepreter to which the preinstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be /bin/sh.
RPMTAG_POSTINPROG
 	This tag specifies the name of the intepreter to which the postinstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be /bin/sh.
RPMTAG_PREUNPROG
 	This tag specifies the name of the intepreter to which the preuninstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be /bin/sh.
RPMTAG_POSTUNPROG
 	This program specifies the name of the intepreter to which the postuninstall scriptlet will be passed. The intepreter pointed to by this index record shall be /bin/sh.
22.2.4.3 File Information
The following tag values are used to provide information about the files in the payload. This information is provided in the header to allow more efficient access of the information.
Table 22-10 File Info Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_OLDFILENAMES	1027	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_FILESIZES	1028	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEMODES	1030	INT16	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILERDEVS	1033	INT16	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEMTIMES	1034	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEMD5S	1035	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILELINKTOS	1036	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEFLAGS	1037	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME	1039	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME	1040	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES	1095	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILEINODES	1096	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_FILELANGS	1097	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES	1116	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_BASENAMES	1117	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_DIRNAMES	1118	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	

RPMTAG_OLDFILENAMES
 	This tag specifies the filenames when not in a compressed format as determined by the absence of rpmlib(CompressedFileNames) in the RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME index.
RPMTAG_FILESIZES
 	This tag specifies the size of each file in the archive.
RPMTAG_FILEMODES
 	This tag specifies the mode of each file in the archive.
RPMTAG_FILERDEVS
 	This tag specifies the device number from which the file was copied.
RPMTAG_FILEMTIMES
 	This tag specifies the modification time in seconds since the epoch of each file in the archive.
RPMTAG_FILEMD5S
 	This tag specifies the ASCII representation of the MD5 sum of the corresponding file contents. This value is empty if the corresponding archive entry is not a regular file.
RPMTAG_FILELINKTOS
 	The target for a symlink, otherwise NULL.
RPMTAG_FILEFLAGS
 	This tag specifies the bit(s) to classify and control how files are to be installed. See below.
RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME
 	This tag specifies the owner of the corresponding file.
RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME
 	This tag specifies the group of the corresponding file.
RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES
 	This tag specifies the 16 bit device number from which the file was copied.
RPMTAG_FILEINODES
 	This tag specifies the inode value from the original file system on the the system on which it was built.
RPMTAG_FILELANGS
 	This tag specifies a per-file locale marker used to install only locale specific subsets of files when the package is installed.
RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES
 	This tag specifies the index into the array provided by the RPMTAG_DIRNAMES Index which contains the directory name for the corresponding filename.
RPMTAG_BASENAMES
 	This tag specifies the base portion of the corresponding filename.
RPMTAG_DIRNAMES
 	
One of RPMTAG_OLDFILENAMES or the tuple RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES,RPMTAG_BASENAMES,RPMTAG_DIRNAMES shall be present, but not both.
22.2.4.3.1 File Flags
The RPMTAG_FILEFLAGS tag value shall identify various characteristics of the file in the payload that it describes. It shall be an INT32 value consisting of either the value RPMFILE_NONE (0) or the bitwise inclusive or of one or more of the following values: 
Table 22-11 File Flags
Name	Value	
RPMFILE_CONFIG	(1 << 0)	
RPMFILE_DOC	(1 << 1)	
RPMFILE_DONOTUSE	(1 << 2)	
RPMFILE_MISSINGOK	(1 << 3)	
RPMFILE_NOREPLACE	(1 << 4)	
RPMFILE_SPECFILE	(1 << 5)	
RPMFILE_GHOST	(1 << 6)	
RPMFILE_LICENSE	(1 << 7)	
RPMFILE_README	(1 << 8)	
RPMFILE_EXCLUDE	(1 << 9)	

These bits have the following meaning: 
RPMFILE_CONFIG
 	The file is a configuration file, and an existing file should be saved during a package upgrade operation and not removed during a pakage removal operation.
RPMFILE_DOC
 	The file contains documentation.
RPMFILE_DONOTUSE
 	This value is reserved for future use; conforming packages may not use this flag.
RPMFILE_MISSINGOK
 	The file need not exist on the installed system.
RPMFILE_NOREPLACE
 	Similar to the RPMFILE_CONFIG, this flag indicates that during an upgrade operation the original file on the system should not be altered.
RPMFILE_SPECFILE
 	The file is a package specification.
RPMFILE_GHOST
 	The file is not actually included in the payload, but should still be considered as a part of the package. For example, a log file generated by the application at run time.
RPMFILE_LICENSE
 	The file contains the license conditions.
RPMFILE_README
 	The file contains high level notes about the package.
RPMFILE_EXCLUDE
 	The corresponding file is not a part of the package, and should not be installed.
22.2.4.4 Dependency Information
The following tag values are used to provide information about interdependencies between packages.
Table 22-12 Package Dependency Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME	1047	STRING_ARRAY	1	Required	
RPMTAG_REQUIREFLAGS	1048	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME	1049	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_REQUIREVERSION	1050	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_CONFLICTFLAGS	1053	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CONFLICTNAME	1054	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CONFLICTVERSION	1055	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME	1090	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_PROVIDEFLAGS	1112	INT32	
	Required	
RPMTAG_PROVIDEVERSION	1113	STRING_ARRAY	
	Required	
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEFLAGS	1114	INT32	1	Optional	
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEVERSION	1115	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	

RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME
 	This tag indicates the name of the dependency provided by this package.
RPMTAG_REQUIREFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the dependency range and context.
RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME
 	This tag indicates the dependencies for this package.
RPMTAG_REQUIREVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME Index.
RPMTAG_CONFLICTFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the conflict range and context.
RPMTAG_CONFLICTNAME
 	This tag indicates the conflicting dependencies for this package.
RPMTAG_CONFLICTVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_CONFLICTNAME Index.
RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME
 	This tag indicates the obsoleted dependencies for this package.
RPMTAG_PROVIDEFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the conflict range and context.
RPMTAG_PROVIDEVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME Index.
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEFLAGS
 	Bits(s) to specify the conflict range and context.
RPMTAG_OBSOLETEVERSION
 	This tag indicates the versions associated with the values found in the RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME Index.
22.2.4.4.1 Package Dependency Values
The package dependencies are stored in the RPMTAG_REQUIRENAME and RPMTAG_REQUIREVERSION index records. The following values may be used.
Table 22-13 Index Type values
Name	Version	Meaning	Status	
rpmlib(VersionedDependencies)	3.0.3-1	Indicates that the package contains RPMTAG_PROVIDENAME, RPMTAG_OBSOLETENAME or RPMTAG_PREREQ records that have a version associated with them.	Optional	
rpmlib(PayloadFilesHavePrefix)	4.0-1	Indicates the filenames in the Archive have had "." prepended to them.	Optional	
rpmlib(CompressedFileNames)	3.0.4-1	Indicates that the filenames in the Payload are represented in the RPMTAG_DIRINDEXES, RPMTAG_DIRNAME and RPMTAG_BASENAMES indexes.	Optional	
/bin/sh	
	Interpreter usually required for installation scripts.	Optional	

Additional dependencies are specified in the Package Dependencies section of this specification, and in the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
22.2.4.4.2 Package Dependencies Attributes
The package dependency attributes are stored in the RPMTAG_REQUIREFLAGS, RPMTAG_PROVIDEFLAGS and RPMTAG_OBSOLETEFLAGS index records. The following values may be used.
Table 22-14 Package Dependency Attributes
Name	Value	Meaning	
RPMSENSE_LESS	0x02	
	
RPMSENSE_GREATER	0x04	
	
RPMSENSE_EQUAL	0x08	
	
RPMSENSE_PREREQ	0x40	
	
RPMSENSE_INTERP	0x100	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_PRE	0x200	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_POST	0x400	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_PREUN	0x800	
	
RPMSENSE_SCRIPT_POSTUN	0x1000	
	
RPMSENSE_RPMLIB	0x1000000	

22.2.4.5 Other Information
The following tag values are also found in the Header section.
Table 22-15 Other Tag Values
Name	Tag Value	Type	Count	Status	
RPMTAG_BUILDTIME	1006	INT32	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_BUILDHOST	1007	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_FILEVERIFYFLAGS	1045	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTIME	1080	INT32	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGNAME	1081	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTEXT	1082	STRING_ARRAY	
	Optional	
RPMTAG_OPTFLAGS	1122	STRING	1	Informational	
RPMTAG_RHNPLATFORM	1131	STRING	1	Deprecated	
RPMTAG_PLATFORM	1132	STRING	1	Informational	

RPMTAG_BUILDTIME
 	This tag specifies the time as seconds since the epoch at which the package was built.
RPMTAG_BUILDHOST
 	This tag specifies the hostname of the system on which which the package was built.
RPMTAG_FILEVERIFYFLAGS
 	This tag specifies the bit(s) to control how files are to be verified after install, specifying which checks should be performed.
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTIME
 	This tag specifies the Unix time in seconds since the epoch associated with each entry in the Changelog file.
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGNAME
 	This tag specifies the name of who made a change to this package.
RPMTAG_CHANGELOGTEXT
 	This tag specifies the changes asssociated with a changelog entry.
RPMTAG_OPTFLAGS
 	This tag indicates additional flags which may have been passed to the compiler when building this package.
RPMTAG_RHNPLATFORM
 	This tag contains an opaque string whose contents are undefined.
RPMTAG_PLATFORM
 	This tag contains an opaque string whose contents are undefined.
22.2.5 Payload Section
The Payload section contains a compressed cpio archive. The format of this section is defined by RFC 1952: GZIP File Format Specification.
When uncompressed, the cpio archive contains a sequence of records for each file. Each record contains a CPIO Header, Filename, Padding, and File Data.
Table 22-16 CPIO File Format
CPIO Header	Header structure as defined below.	
Filename	NUL terminated ASCII string containing the name of the file.	
Padding	0-3 bytes as needed to align the file stream to a 4 byte boundary.	
File data	The contents of the file.	
Padding	0-3 bytes as needed to align the file stream to a 4 byte boundary.	

The CPIO Header uses the following header structure (sometimes referred to as "new ASCII" or "SVR4 cpio"). All numbers are stored as ASCII representations of their hexadecimal value with leading zeros as needed to fill the field. With the exception of c_namesize and the corresponding name string, and c_checksum, all information contained in the CPIO Header is also represented in the Header Section. The values in the CPIO Header shall match the values contained in the Header Section.
struct {
        char    c_magic[6];
        char    c_ino[8];
        char    c_mode[8];
        char    c_uid[8];
        char    c_gid[8];
        char    c_nlink[8];
        char    c_mtime[8];
        char    c_filesize[8];
        char    c_devmajor[8];
        char    c_devminor[8];
        char    c_rdevmajor[8];
        char    c_rdevminor[8];
        char    c_namesize[8];
        char    c_checksum[8];
        };
c_magic
 	Value identifying this cpio format. This value shall be "070701".
c_ino
 	This field contains the inode number from the filesystem from which the file was read. This field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEINODES index in the Header section.
c_mode
 	Permission bits of the file. This is an ascii representation of the hexadecimal number representing the bit as defined for the st_mode field of the stat structure defined for the stat function. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEMODES index in the Header section.
c_uid
 	Value identifying this owner of this file. This value matches the uid value of the corresponding user in the RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME as found on the system where this package was built. The username specified in RPMTAG_FILEUSERNAME should take precedence when installing the package.
c_gid
 	Value identifying this group of this file. This value matches the gid value of the corresponding user in the RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME as found on the system where this package was built. The groupname specified in RPMTAG_FILEGROUPNAME should take precedence when installing the package.
c_nlink
 	Value identifying the number of links associated with this file. If the value is greater than 1, then this filename will be linked to 1 or more files in this archive that has a matching value for the c_ino, c_devmajor and c_devminor fields.
c_mtime
 	Value identifying the modification time of the file when it was read. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEMTIMES index in the Header section.
c_filesize
 	Value identifying the size of the file. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILESIZES index in the Header section.
c_devmajor
 	The major number of the device containing the file system from which the file was read. With the exception of processing files with c_nlink >1, this field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES index in the Header section.
c_devminor
 	The minor number of the device containing the file system from which the file was read. With the exception of processing files with c_nlink >1, this field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_FILEDEVICES index in the Header section.
c_rdevmajor
 	The major number of the raw device containing the file system from which the file was read. This field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_RDEVS index in the Header section.
c_rdevminor
 	The minor number of the raw device containing the file system from which the file was read. This field is ignored when installing a package. This field shall match the corresponding value in the RPMTAG_RDEVS index in the Header section.
c_namesize
 	Value identifying the length of the filename, which is located immediately following the CPIO Header structure.
c_checksum
 	Value containing the CRC checksum of the file data. This field is not used, and shall contain the value "00000000". This field is ignored when installing a package.
A record with the filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the last record in the archive.
22.3 Package Script Restrictions
Scripts used as part of the package install and uninstall shall only use commands and interfaces that are specified by the LSB. All other commands are not guaranteed to be present, or to behave in expected ways.
Packages shall not use RPM triggers.
Packages shall not depend on the order in which scripts are executed (pre-install, pre-uninstall, etc), when doing an upgrade.
22.4 Package Tools
The LSB does not specify the interface to the tools used to manipulate LSB-conformant packages. Each conforming implementation shall provide documentation for installing LSB packages.
22.5 Package Naming
Packages supplied by implementations and applications shall follow the following rules for the name field within the package. These rules are not required for the filename of the package file itself. 
Note: There are discrepancies among implementations concerning whether the name might be frobnicator-1.7-21-ppc32.rpm or frobnicator-1.7-21-powerpc32.rpm. The architecture aside, recommended practice is for the filename of the package file to match the name within the package.
The following rules apply to the name field alone, not including any release or version. 
Note: If the name with the release and version is frobnicator-1.7-21, the name part is frobnicator and falls under the rules for a name with no hyphens.
•	If the name begins with lsb- and contains no other hyphens, the name shall be assigned by the Linux Assigned Names and Numbers Authority (http://www.lanana.org) (LANANA), which shall maintain a registry of LSB names. The name may be registered by either an implementation or an application.
•	If the package name begins with lsb- and contains more than one hyphen (for example lsb-distro.example.com-database or lsb-gnome-gnumeric), then the portion of the package name between first and second hyphens shall either be an LSB provider name assigned by the LANANA, or it may be one of the owners' fully-qualified domain names in lower case (e.g., debian.org, staroffice.sun.com). The LSB provider name assigned by LANANA shall only consist of the ASCII characters [a-z0-9]. The provider name or domain name may be either that of an implementation or an application.
•	Package names containing no hyphens are reserved for use by implementations. Applications shall not use such names.
•	Package names which do not start with lsb- and which contain a hyphen are open to both implementations and applications. Implementations may name packages in any part of this namespace. They are encouraged to use names from one of the other namespaces available to them, but this is not required due to the large amount of current practice to the contrary. 
Note: Widespread existing practice includes such names as ssh-common, ssh-client, kernel-pcmcia, and the like. Possible alternative names include sshcommon, foolinux-ssh-common (where foolinux is registered to the implementation), or lsb-foolinux-ssh-common.
Applications may name their packages this way, but only if the portion of the name before the first hyphen is a provider name or registered domain name as described above. 
Note: If an application vendor has domain name such as visicalc.example.com and has registered visicalc as a provider name, they might name packages visicalc-base, visicalc.example.com-charting, and the like.
Package names in this namespace are available to both the implementation and an application. Implementations and applications will need to consider this potential for conflicts when deciding to use these names rather than the alternatives (such as names starting with lsb-).
22.6 Package Dependencies
Packages shall have a dependency that indicates which LSB modules are required. LSB module descriptions are dash seperated tuples containing the name 'lsb', the module name, and the architecture name. The following dependencies may be used. 
lsb-core-arch
 	This dependency is used to indicate that the application is dependent on features contained in the LSB-Core specification.
lsb-core-noarch
 	This dependency is used to indicate that the application is dependent on features contained in the LSB-Core specification and that the package does not contain any architecture specific files.
These dependencies shall have a version of 3.0.
Packages shall not depend on other system-provided dependencies. They shall not depend on non-system-provided dependencies unless the package provider also makes available the LSB conforming packages needed to satisfy such dependencies.
Other modules in the LSB may supplement this list. The architecture specific dependencies are described in the relevant architecture specific LSB.
22.7 Package Architecture Considerations
Packages which do not contain any architecture specific files should specify an architecture of noarch. An LSB runtime environment shall accept values noarch, or the value specified in the relevant architecture specific part of ISO/IEC 23360.
Additional specifications or restrictions may be found in the architecture specific LSB specification.

Annex A Alphabetical Listing of Interfaces
A.1 libc
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Large File Support [LFS]	
This Specification [LSB]	
RFC 1831/1832 RPC & XDR [RPC & XDR]	
SUSv2 [SUSv2]	
ISO POSIX (2003) [SUSv3]	
POSIX 1003.1 2008 [SUSv4]	
SVID Issue 3 [SVID.3]	
SVID Issue 4 [SVID.4]	

Table A-1 libc Function Interfaces
_Exit[SUSv3]	getcwd[SUSv3]	sched_rr_get_interval[SUSv3]	
_IO_feof[LSB]	getdate[SUSv3]	sched_setaffinity(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	
_IO_getc[LSB]	getdelim[SUSv4]	sched_setparam[SUSv3]	
_IO_putc[LSB]	getdomainname[LSB]	sched_setscheduler[LSB]	
_IO_puts[LSB]	getdtablesize[LSB]	sched_yield[SUSv3]	
__assert_fail[LSB]	getegid[SUSv3]	seed48[SUSv3]	
__chk_fail(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getenv[SUSv3]	seed48_r[LSB]	
__confstr_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	geteuid[SUSv3]	seekdir[SUSv3]	
__ctype_b_loc(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	getgid[SUSv3]	select[SUSv3]	
__ctype_get_mb_cur_max[LSB]	getgrent[SUSv3]	semctl[SUSv3]	
__ctype_tolower_loc(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	getgrent_r[LSB]	semget[SUSv3]	
__ctype_toupper_loc(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	getgrgid[SUSv3]	semop[SUSv3]	
__cxa_atexit[LSB]	getgrgid_r[SUSv3]	send[SUSv4]	
__cxa_finalize[LSB]	getgrnam[SUSv3]	sendfile[LSB]	
__errno_location[LSB]	getgrnam_r[SUSv3]	sendfile64(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	
__fgets_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getgrouplist[LSB]	sendmsg[SUSv4]	
__fgets_unlocked_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getgroups[SUSv3]	sendto[SUSv4]	
__fgetws_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	gethostbyaddr[SUSv3]	setbuf[SUSv3]	
__fgetws_unlocked_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	gethostbyaddr_r[LSB]	setbuffer[LSB]	
__fpending[LSB]	gethostbyname[SUSv3]	setcontext[SUSv3]	
__fprintf_chk[LSB]	gethostbyname2[LSB]	setegid[SUSv3]	
__fwprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	gethostbyname2_r[LSB]	setenv[SUSv3]	
__fxstat[LSB]	gethostbyname_r[LSB]	seteuid[SUSv3]	
__fxstat64[LSB]	gethostid[SUSv3]	setgid[SUSv3]	
__fxstatat(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	gethostname[SUSv3]	setgrent[SUSv3]	
__fxstatat64(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getitimer[SUSv3]	setgroups[LSB]	
__getcwd_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getline[SUSv4]	sethostname[LSB]	
__getgroups_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getloadavg[LSB]	setitimer[SUSv3]	
__gethostname_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getlogin[SUSv3]	setlocale[SUSv3]	
__getlogin_r_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getlogin_r[SUSv3]	setlogmask[SUSv3]	
__getpagesize[LSB]	getnameinfo[SUSv3]	setpgid[SUSv3]	
__getpgid[LSB]	getopt[LSB]	setpgrp[SUSv3]	
__h_errno_location[LSB]	getopt_long[LSB]	setpriority[SUSv3]	
__isinf[LSB]	getopt_long_only[LSB]	setprotoent[SUSv3]	
__isinff[LSB]	getpagesize[LSB]	setpwent[SUSv3]	
__isinfl[LSB]	getpeername[SUSv3]	setregid[SUSv3]	
__isnan[LSB]	getpgid[SUSv3]	setreuid[SUSv3]	
__isnanf[LSB]	getpgrp[SUSv3]	setrlimit[SUSv3]	
__isnanl[LSB]	getpid[SUSv3]	setrlimit64[LFS]	
__libc_current_sigrtmax[LSB]	getppid[SUSv3]	setservent[SUSv3]	
__libc_current_sigrtmin[LSB]	getpriority[SUSv3]	setsid[SUSv3]	
__libc_start_main[LSB]	getprotobyname[SUSv3]	setsockopt[LSB]	
__lxstat[LSB]	getprotobyname_r[LSB]	setstate[SUSv3]	
__lxstat64[LSB]	getprotobynumber[SUSv3]	setstate_r[LSB]	
__mbsnrtowcs_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getprotobynumber_r[LSB]	setuid[SUSv3]	
__mbsrtowcs_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getprotoent[SUSv3]	setutent[LSB]	
__mbstowcs_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getprotoent_r[LSB]	setutxent[SUSv3]	
__memcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getpwent[SUSv3]	setvbuf[SUSv3]	
__memmove_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getpwent_r[LSB]	shmat[SUSv3]	
__mempcpy[LSB]	getpwnam[SUSv3]	shmctl[SUSv3]	
__mempcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getpwnam_r[SUSv3]	shmdt[SUSv3]	
__memset_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getpwuid[SUSv3]	shmget[SUSv3]	
__pread64_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getpwuid_r[SUSv3]	shutdown[SUSv3]	
__pread_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getrlimit[SUSv3]	sigaction[SUSv3]	
__printf_chk[LSB]	getrlimit64[LFS]	sigaddset[SUSv3]	
__rawmemchr[LSB]	getrusage[SUSv3]	sigaltstack[SUSv3]	
__read_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getservbyname[SUSv3]	sigandset[LSB]	
__readlink_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getservbyname_r[LSB]	sigdelset[SUSv3]	
__realpath_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getservbyport[SUSv3]	sigemptyset[SUSv3]	
__recv_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getservbyport_r[LSB]	sigfillset[SUSv3]	
__recvfrom_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getservent[SUSv3]	sighold[SUSv3]	
__register_atfork(GLIBC_2.3.2)[LSB]	getservent_r[LSB]	sigignore[SUSv3]	
__sigsetjmp[LSB]	getsid[SUSv3]	siginterrupt[SUSv3]	
__snprintf_chk[LSB]	getsockname[SUSv3]	sigisemptyset[LSB]	
__sprintf_chk[LSB]	getsockopt[LSB]	sigismember[SUSv3]	
__stack_chk_fail(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getsubopt[SUSv3]	siglongjmp[SUSv3]	
__stpcpy[LSB]	gettext[LSB]	signal[SUSv3]	
__stpcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	gettimeofday[SUSv3]	sigorset[LSB]	
__stpncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	getuid[SUSv3]	sigpause[LSB]	
__strcat_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getutent[LSB]	sigpending[SUSv3]	
__strcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getutent_r[LSB]	sigprocmask[SUSv3]	
__strdup[LSB]	getutxent[SUSv3]	sigqueue[SUSv3]	
__strncat_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getutxid[SUSv3]	sigrelse[SUSv3]	
__strncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	getutxline[SUSv3]	sigreturn[LSB]	
__strtod_internal[LSB]	getw[SUSv2]	sigset[SUSv3]	
__strtof_internal[LSB]	getwc[SUSv3]	sigsuspend[SUSv3]	
__strtok_r[LSB]	getwc_unlocked[LSB]	sigtimedwait[SUSv3]	
__strtol_internal[LSB]	getwchar[SUSv3]	sigwait[SUSv3]	
__strtold_internal[LSB]	getwchar_unlocked[LSB]	sigwaitinfo[SUSv3]	
__strtoll_internal[LSB]	getwd[SUSv3]	sleep[SUSv3]	
__strtoul_internal[LSB]	glob[SUSv3]	snprintf[SUSv3]	
__strtoull_internal[LSB]	glob64[LSB]	sockatmark[SUSv3]	
__swprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	globfree[SUSv3]	socket[SUSv3]	
__sysconf[LSB]	globfree64[LSB]	socketpair[SUSv3]	
__syslog_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	gmtime[SUSv3]	sprintf[SUSv3]	
__sysv_signal[LSB]	gmtime_r[SUSv3]	srand[SUSv3]	
__ttyname_r_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	grantpt[SUSv3]	srand48[SUSv3]	
__vfprintf_chk[LSB]	hcreate[SUSv3]	srand48_r[LSB]	
__vfwprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	hcreate_r[LSB]	srandom[SUSv3]	
__vprintf_chk[LSB]	hdestroy[SUSv3]	srandom_r[LSB]	
__vsnprintf_chk[LSB]	hdestroy_r[LSB]	sscanf[LSB]	
__vsprintf_chk[LSB]	hsearch[SUSv3]	statfs[LSB]	
__vswprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	hsearch_r[LSB]	statfs64[LSB]	
__vsyslog_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	htonl[SUSv3]	statvfs[SUSv3]	
__vwprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	htons[SUSv3]	statvfs64[LFS]	
__wcpcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	iconv[SUSv3]	stime[LSB]	
__wcpncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	iconv_close[SUSv3]	stpcpy[LSB]	
__wcrtomb_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	iconv_open[SUSv3]	stpncpy[LSB]	
__wcscat_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	if_freenameindex[SUSv3]	strcasecmp[SUSv3]	
__wcscpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	if_indextoname[SUSv3]	strcasestr[LSB]	
__wcsncat_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	if_nameindex[SUSv3]	strcat[SUSv3]	
__wcsncpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	if_nametoindex[SUSv3]	strchr[SUSv3]	
__wcsnrtombs_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	imaxabs[SUSv3]	strcmp[SUSv3]	
__wcsrtombs_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	imaxdiv[SUSv3]	strcoll[SUSv3]	
__wcstod_internal[LSB]	index[SUSv3]	strcpy[SUSv3]	
__wcstof_internal[LSB]	inet_addr[SUSv3]	strcspn[SUSv3]	
__wcstol_internal[LSB]	inet_aton[LSB]	strdup[SUSv3]	
__wcstold_internal[LSB]	inet_ntoa[SUSv3]	strerror[SUSv3]	
__wcstombs_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	inet_ntop[SUSv3]	strerror_r[LSB]	
__wcstoul_internal[LSB]	inet_pton[SUSv3]	strfmon[SUSv3]	
__wctomb_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	initgroups[LSB]	strftime[SUSv3]	
__wmemcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	initstate[SUSv3]	strlen[SUSv3]	
__wmemmove_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	initstate_r[LSB]	strncasecmp[SUSv3]	
__wmempcpy_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	inotify_add_watch(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	strncat[SUSv3]	
__wmemset_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	inotify_init(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	strncmp[SUSv3]	
__wprintf_chk(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	inotify_rm_watch(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	strncpy[SUSv3]	
__xmknod[LSB]	insque[SUSv3]	strndup[LSB]	
__xmknodat(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	ioctl[LSB]	strnlen[LSB]	
__xpg_basename[LSB]	isalnum[SUSv3]	strpbrk[SUSv3]	
__xpg_sigpause[LSB]	isalpha[SUSv3]	strptime[LSB]	
__xpg_strerror_r(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	isascii[SUSv3]	strrchr[SUSv3]	
__xstat[LSB]	isatty[SUSv3]	strsep[LSB]	
__xstat64[LSB]	isblank[SUSv3]	strsignal[LSB]	
_exit[SUSv3]	iscntrl[SUSv3]	strspn[SUSv3]	
_longjmp[SUSv3]	isdigit[SUSv3]	strstr[SUSv3]	
_setjmp[SUSv3]	isgraph[SUSv3]	strtod[SUSv3]	
_tolower[SUSv3]	islower[SUSv3]	strtof[SUSv3]	
_toupper[SUSv3]	isprint[SUSv3]	strtoimax[SUSv3]	
a64l[SUSv3]	ispunct[SUSv3]	strtok[SUSv3]	
abort[SUSv3]	isspace[SUSv3]	strtok_r[SUSv3]	
abs[SUSv3]	isupper[SUSv3]	strtol[SUSv3]	
accept[SUSv3]	iswalnum[SUSv3]	strtold[SUSv3]	
access[SUSv3]	iswalpha[SUSv3]	strtoll[SUSv3]	
acct[LSB]	iswblank[SUSv3]	strtoq[LSB]	
adjtime[LSB]	iswcntrl[SUSv3]	strtoul[SUSv3]	
alarm[SUSv3]	iswctype[SUSv3]	strtoull[SUSv3]	
alphasort[SUSv4]	iswdigit[SUSv3]	strtoumax[SUSv3]	
alphasort64[LSB]	iswgraph[SUSv3]	strtouq[LSB]	
asctime[SUSv3]	iswlower[SUSv3]	strxfrm[SUSv3]	
asctime_r[SUSv3]	iswprint[SUSv3]	svc_getreqset[SVID.3]	
asprintf[LSB]	iswpunct[SUSv3]	svc_register[LSB]	
atof[SUSv3]	iswspace[SUSv3]	svc_run[LSB]	
atoi[SUSv3]	iswupper[SUSv3]	svc_sendreply[LSB]	
atol[SUSv3]	iswxdigit[SUSv3]	svcerr_auth[SVID.3]	
atoll[SUSv3]	isxdigit[SUSv3]	svcerr_decode[SVID.3]	
authnone_create[SVID.4]	jrand48[SUSv3]	svcerr_noproc[SVID.3]	
basename[LSB]	jrand48_r[LSB]	svcerr_noprog[SVID.3]	
bcmp[SUSv3]	key_decryptsession[SVID.3]	svcerr_progvers[SVID.3]	
bcopy[SUSv3]	kill[LSB]	svcerr_systemerr[SVID.3]	
bind[SUSv3]	killpg[SUSv3]	svcerr_weakauth[SVID.3]	
bind_textdomain_codeset[LSB]	l64a[SUSv3]	svcfd_create[RPC & XDR]	
bindresvport[LSB]	labs[SUSv3]	svcraw_create[RPC & XDR]	
bindtextdomain[LSB]	lchown[SUSv3]	svctcp_create[LSB]	
brk[SUSv2]	lcong48[SUSv3]	svcudp_create[LSB]	
bsd_signal[SUSv3]	lcong48_r[LSB]	swab[SUSv3]	
bsearch[SUSv3]	ldiv[SUSv3]	swapcontext[SUSv3]	
btowc[SUSv3]	lfind[SUSv3]	swprintf[SUSv3]	
bzero[SUSv3]	link[LSB]	swscanf[LSB]	
calloc[SUSv3]	linkat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	symlink[SUSv3]	
callrpc[RPC & XDR]	listen[SUSv3]	symlinkat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	
catclose[SUSv3]	llabs[SUSv3]	sync[SUSv3]	
catgets[SUSv3]	lldiv[SUSv3]	sysconf[LSB]	
catopen[SUSv3]	localeconv[SUSv3]	syslog[SUSv3]	
cfgetispeed[SUSv3]	localtime[SUSv3]	system[LSB]	
cfgetospeed[SUSv3]	localtime_r[SUSv3]	tcdrain[SUSv3]	
cfmakeraw[LSB]	lockf[SUSv3]	tcflow[SUSv3]	
cfsetispeed[SUSv3]	lockf64[LFS]	tcflush[SUSv3]	
cfsetospeed[SUSv3]	longjmp[SUSv3]	tcgetattr[SUSv3]	
cfsetspeed[LSB]	lrand48[SUSv3]	tcgetpgrp[SUSv3]	
chdir[SUSv3]	lrand48_r[LSB]	tcgetsid[SUSv3]	
chmod[SUSv3]	lsearch[SUSv3]	tcsendbreak[SUSv3]	
chown[SUSv3]	lseek[SUSv3]	tcsetattr[SUSv3]	
chroot[SUSv2]	makecontext[SUSv3]	tcsetpgrp[SUSv3]	
clearerr[SUSv3]	malloc[SUSv3]	tdelete[SUSv3]	
clearerr_unlocked[LSB]	mblen[SUSv3]	telldir[SUSv3]	
clnt_create[SVID.4]	mbrlen[SUSv3]	tempnam[SUSv3]	
clnt_pcreateerror[SVID.4]	mbrtowc[SUSv3]	textdomain[LSB]	
clnt_perrno[SVID.4]	mbsinit[SUSv3]	tfind[SUSv3]	
clnt_perror[SVID.4]	mbsnrtowcs[LSB]	time[SUSv3]	
clnt_spcreateerror[SVID.4]	mbsrtowcs[SUSv3]	times[SUSv3]	
clnt_sperrno[SVID.4]	mbstowcs[SUSv3]	tmpfile[SUSv3]	
clnt_sperror[SVID.4]	mbtowc[SUSv3]	tmpfile64[LFS]	
clntraw_create[RPC & XDR]	memccpy[SUSv3]	tmpnam[SUSv3]	
clnttcp_create[RPC & XDR]	memchr[SUSv3]	toascii[SUSv3]	
clntudp_bufcreate[RPC & XDR]	memcmp[SUSv3]	tolower[SUSv3]	
clntudp_create[RPC & XDR]	memcpy[SUSv3]	toupper[SUSv3]	
clock[SUSv3]	memmem[LSB]	towctrans[SUSv3]	
close[SUSv3]	memmove[SUSv3]	towlower[SUSv3]	
closedir[SUSv3]	memrchr[LSB]	towupper[SUSv3]	
closelog[SUSv3]	memset[SUSv3]	truncate[SUSv3]	
confstr[SUSv3]	mkdir[SUSv3]	truncate64[LFS]	
connect[SUSv3]	mkdirat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	tsearch[SUSv3]	
creat[SUSv3]	mkdtemp[SUSv4]	ttyname[SUSv3]	
creat64[LFS]	mkfifo[SUSv3]	ttyname_r[SUSv3]	
ctermid[SUSv3]	mkfifoat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	twalk[SUSv3]	
ctime[SUSv3]	mkstemp[SUSv3]	tzset[SUSv3]	
ctime_r[SUSv3]	mkstemp64[LSB]	ualarm[SUSv3]	
cuserid[SUSv2]	mktemp[SUSv3]	ulimit[SUSv3]	
daemon[LSB]	mktime[SUSv3]	umask[SUSv3]	
dcgettext[LSB]	mlock[SUSv3]	uname[SUSv3]	
dcngettext[LSB]	mlockall[SUSv3]	ungetc[SUSv3]	
dgettext[LSB]	mmap[SUSv3]	ungetwc[SUSv3]	
difftime[SUSv3]	mmap64[LFS]	unlink[LSB]	
dirfd[SUSv4]	mprotect[SUSv3]	unlinkat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	
dirname[SUSv3]	mrand48[SUSv3]	unlockpt[SUSv3]	
div[SUSv3]	mrand48_r[LSB]	unsetenv[SUSv3]	
dngettext[LSB]	mremap[LSB]	uselocale(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	
dprintf[SUSv4]	msgctl[SUSv3]	usleep[SUSv3]	
drand48[SUSv3]	msgget[SUSv3]	utime[SUSv3]	
drand48_r[LSB]	msgrcv[SUSv3]	utimes[SUSv3]	
dup[SUSv3]	msgsnd[SUSv3]	utmpname[LSB]	
dup2[SUSv3]	msync[SUSv3]	vasprintf[LSB]	
duplocale(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	munlock[SUSv3]	vdprintf[LSB]	
ecvt[SUSv3]	munlockall[SUSv3]	verrx[LSB]	
endgrent[SUSv3]	munmap[SUSv3]	vfork[SUSv3]	
endprotoent[SUSv3]	nanosleep[SUSv3]	vfprintf[SUSv3]	
endpwent[SUSv3]	newlocale(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	vfscanf[LSB]	
endservent[SUSv3]	nftw[SUSv3]	vfwprintf[SUSv3]	
endutent[LSB]	nftw64[LFS]	vfwscanf[LSB]	
endutxent[SUSv3]	ngettext[LSB]	vprintf[SUSv3]	
epoll_create(GLIBC_2.3.2)[LSB]	nice[SUSv3]	vscanf[LSB]	
epoll_ctl(GLIBC_2.3.2)[LSB]	nl_langinfo[SUSv3]	vsnprintf[SUSv3]	
epoll_wait(GLIBC_2.3.2)[LSB]	nrand48[SUSv3]	vsprintf[SUSv3]	
erand48[SUSv3]	nrand48_r[LSB]	vsscanf[LSB]	
erand48_r[LSB]	ntohl[SUSv3]	vswprintf[SUSv3]	
err[LSB]	ntohs[SUSv3]	vswscanf[LSB]	
error[LSB]	open[SUSv3]	vsyslog[LSB]	
errx[LSB]	open_memstream[SUSv4]	vwprintf[SUSv3]	
execl[SUSv3]	open_wmemstream(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	vwscanf[LSB]	
execle[SUSv3]	openat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	wait[SUSv3]	
execlp[SUSv3]	openat64(GLIBC_2.4)[LSB]	wait4[LSB]	
execv[SUSv3]	opendir[SUSv3]	waitid[SUSv3]	
execve[SUSv3]	openlog[SUSv3]	waitpid[SUSv3]	
execvp[SUSv3]	pathconf[SUSv3]	warn[LSB]	
exit[SUSv3]	pause[SUSv3]	warnx[LSB]	
faccessat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	pclose[SUSv3]	wcpcpy[LSB]	
fchdir[SUSv3]	perror[SUSv3]	wcpncpy[LSB]	
fchmod[SUSv3]	pipe[SUSv3]	wcrtomb[SUSv3]	
fchmodat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	pmap_getport[LSB]	wcscasecmp[LSB]	
fchown[SUSv3]	pmap_set[LSB]	wcscat[SUSv3]	
fchownat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	pmap_unset[LSB]	wcschr[SUSv3]	
fclose[SUSv3]	poll[SUSv3]	wcscmp[SUSv3]	
fcntl[LSB]	popen[SUSv3]	wcscoll[SUSv3]	
fcvt[SUSv3]	posix_fadvise[SUSv3]	wcscpy[SUSv3]	
fdatasync[SUSv3]	posix_fadvise64[LSB]	wcscspn[SUSv3]	
fdopen[SUSv3]	posix_fallocate[SUSv3]	wcsdup[LSB]	
fdopendir(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	posix_fallocate64[LSB]	wcsftime[SUSv3]	
feof[SUSv3]	posix_madvise[SUSv3]	wcslen[SUSv3]	
feof_unlocked[LSB]	posix_memalign[SUSv3]	wcsncasecmp[LSB]	
ferror[SUSv3]	posix_openpt[SUSv3]	wcsncat[SUSv3]	
ferror_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawn[SUSv3]	wcsncmp[SUSv3]	
fexecve[SUSv4]	posix_spawn_file_actions_addclose[SUSv3]	wcsncpy[SUSv3]	
fflush[SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_adddup2[SUSv3]	wcsnlen[LSB]	
fflush_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawn_file_actions_addopen[SUSv3]	wcsnrtombs[LSB]	
ffs[SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_destroy[SUSv3]	wcspbrk[SUSv3]	
fgetc[SUSv3]	posix_spawn_file_actions_init[SUSv3]	wcsrchr[SUSv3]	
fgetc_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawnattr_destroy[SUSv3]	wcsrtombs[SUSv3]	
fgetpos[SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getflags[SUSv3]	wcsspn[SUSv3]	
fgetpos64[LFS]	posix_spawnattr_getpgroup[SUSv3]	wcsstr[SUSv3]	
fgets[SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getschedparam[SUSv3]	wcstod[SUSv3]	
fgets_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawnattr_getschedpolicy[SUSv3]	wcstof[SUSv3]	
fgetwc[SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_getsigdefault[SUSv3]	wcstoimax[SUSv3]	
fgetwc_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawnattr_getsigmask[SUSv3]	wcstok[SUSv3]	
fgetws[SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_init[SUSv3]	wcstol[SUSv3]	
fgetws_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawnattr_setflags[SUSv3]	wcstold[SUSv3]	
fileno[SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setpgroup[SUSv3]	wcstoll[SUSv3]	
fileno_unlocked[LSB]	posix_spawnattr_setschedparam[SUSv3]	wcstombs[SUSv3]	
flock[LSB]	posix_spawnattr_setschedpolicy[SUSv3]	wcstoq[LSB]	
flockfile[SUSv3]	posix_spawnattr_setsigdefault[SUSv3]	wcstoul[SUSv3]	
fmemopen[SUSv4]	posix_spawnattr_setsigmask[SUSv3]	wcstoull[SUSv3]	
fmtmsg[SUSv3]	posix_spawnp[SUSv3]	wcstoumax[SUSv3]	
fnmatch[SUSv3]	printf[SUSv3]	wcstouq[LSB]	
fopen[SUSv3]	pselect[SUSv3]	wcswcs[SUSv3]	
fopen64[LFS]	psignal[LSB]	wcswidth[SUSv3]	
fork[SUSv3]	ptsname[SUSv3]	wcsxfrm[SUSv3]	
fpathconf[SUSv3]	putc[SUSv3]	wctob[SUSv3]	
fprintf[SUSv3]	putc_unlocked[SUSv3]	wctomb[SUSv3]	
fputc[SUSv3]	putchar[SUSv3]	wctrans[SUSv3]	
fputc_unlocked[LSB]	putchar_unlocked[SUSv3]	wctype[SUSv3]	
fputs[SUSv3]	putenv[SUSv3]	wcwidth[SUSv3]	
fputs_unlocked[LSB]	puts[SUSv3]	wmemchr[SUSv3]	
fputwc[SUSv3]	pututxline[SUSv3]	wmemcmp[SUSv3]	
fputwc_unlocked[LSB]	putw[SUSv2]	wmemcpy[SUSv3]	
fputws[SUSv3]	putwc[SUSv3]	wmemmove[SUSv3]	
fputws_unlocked[LSB]	putwc_unlocked[LSB]	wmemset[SUSv3]	
fread[SUSv3]	putwchar[SUSv3]	wordexp[SUSv3]	
fread_unlocked[LSB]	putwchar_unlocked[LSB]	wordfree[SUSv3]	
free[SUSv3]	qsort[SUSv3]	wprintf[SUSv3]	
freeaddrinfo[SUSv3]	raise[SUSv3]	write[SUSv3]	
freelocale(GLIBC_2.3)[LSB]	rand[SUSv3]	writev[SUSv3]	
freopen[SUSv3]	rand_r[SUSv3]	wscanf[LSB]	
freopen64[LFS]	random[SUSv3]	xdr_accepted_reply[SVID.3]	
fscanf[LSB]	random_r[LSB]	xdr_array[SVID.3]	
fseek[SUSv3]	read[SUSv3]	xdr_bool[SVID.3]	
fseeko[SUSv3]	readdir[SUSv3]	xdr_bytes[SVID.3]	
fseeko64[LFS]	readdir64[LFS]	xdr_callhdr[SVID.3]	
fsetpos[SUSv3]	readdir64_r[LSB]	xdr_callmsg[SVID.3]	
fsetpos64[LFS]	readdir_r[SUSv3]	xdr_char[SVID.3]	
fstatfs[LSB]	readlink[SUSv3]	xdr_double[SVID.3]	
fstatfs64[LSB]	readlinkat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	xdr_enum[SVID.3]	
fstatvfs[SUSv3]	readv[SUSv3]	xdr_float[SVID.3]	
fstatvfs64[LFS]	realloc[SUSv3]	xdr_free[SVID.3]	
fsync[SUSv3]	realpath[SUSv3]	xdr_int[SVID.3]	
ftell[SUSv3]	recv[SUSv3]	xdr_long[SVID.3]	
ftello[SUSv3]	recvfrom[SUSv3]	xdr_opaque[SVID.3]	
ftello64[LFS]	recvmsg[SUSv3]	xdr_opaque_auth[SVID.3]	
ftime[SUSv3]	regcomp[SUSv3]	xdr_pointer[SVID.3]	
ftok[SUSv3]	regerror[SUSv3]	xdr_reference[SVID.3]	
ftruncate[SUSv3]	regexec[LSB]	xdr_rejected_reply[SVID.3]	
ftruncate64[LFS]	regfree[SUSv3]	xdr_replymsg[SVID.3]	
ftrylockfile[SUSv3]	remove[SUSv3]	xdr_short[SVID.3]	
ftw[SUSv3]	remque[SUSv3]	xdr_string[SVID.3]	
ftw64[LFS]	rename[SUSv3]	xdr_u_char[SVID.3]	
funlockfile[SUSv3]	renameat(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	xdr_u_int[LSB]	
fwide[SUSv3]	rewind[SUSv3]	xdr_u_long[SVID.3]	
fwprintf[SUSv3]	rewinddir[SUSv3]	xdr_u_short[SVID.3]	
fwrite[SUSv3]	rindex[SUSv3]	xdr_union[SVID.3]	
fwrite_unlocked[LSB]	rmdir[SUSv3]	xdr_vector[SVID.3]	
fwscanf[LSB]	sbrk[SUSv2]	xdr_void[SVID.3]	
gai_strerror[SUSv3]	scandir[SUSv4]	xdr_wrapstring[SVID.3]	
gcvt[SUSv3]	scandir64[LSB]	xdrmem_create[SVID.3]	
getaddrinfo[SUSv3]	scanf[LSB]	xdrrec_create[SVID.3]	
getc[SUSv3]	sched_get_priority_max[SUSv3]	xdrrec_endofrecord[RPC & XDR]	
getc_unlocked[SUSv3]	sched_get_priority_min[SUSv3]	xdrrec_eof[SVID.3]	
getchar[SUSv3]	sched_getaffinity(GLIBC_2.3.4)[LSB]	xdrrec_skiprecord[RPC & XDR]	
getchar_unlocked[SUSv3]	sched_getparam[SUSv3]	xdrstdio_create[LSB]	
getcontext[SUSv3]	sched_getscheduler[SUSv3]	

Table A-2 libc Data Interfaces
__daylight[LSB]	__tzname[LSB]	in6addr_loopback[SUSv3]	
__environ[LSB]	_sys_errlist[LSB]	
	
__timezone[LSB]	in6addr_any[SUSv3]	

A.2 libcrypt
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO POSIX (2003) [SUSv3]	

Table A-3 libcrypt Function Interfaces
crypt[SUSv3]	encrypt[SUSv3]	setkey[SUSv3]	

A.3 libdl
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
This Specification [LSB]	
ISO POSIX (2003) [SUSv3]	

Table A-4 libdl Function Interfaces
dladdr[LSB]	dlerror[SUSv3]	dlsym[LSB]	
dlclose[SUSv3]	dlopen[LSB]	

A.4 libm
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
This Specification [LSB]	
ISO POSIX (2003) [SUSv3]	
SVID Issue 3 [SVID.3]	

Table A-5 libm Function Interfaces
__finite[LSB]	csinl[SUSv3]	llroundf[SUSv3]	
__finitef[LSB]	csqrt[SUSv3]	llroundl[SUSv3]	
__finitel[LSB]	csqrtf[SUSv3]	log[SUSv3]	
__fpclassify[LSB]	csqrtl[SUSv3]	log10[SUSv3]	
__fpclassifyf[LSB]	ctan[SUSv3]	log10f[SUSv3]	
__signbit[LSB]	ctanf[SUSv3]	log10l[SUSv3]	
__signbitf[LSB]	ctanh[SUSv3]	log1p[SUSv3]	
acos[SUSv3]	ctanhf[SUSv3]	log1pf[SUSv3]	
acosf[SUSv3]	ctanhl[SUSv3]	log1pl[SUSv3]	
acosh[SUSv3]	ctanl[SUSv3]	log2[SUSv3]	
acoshf[SUSv3]	drem[LSB]	log2f[SUSv3]	
acoshl[SUSv3]	dremf[LSB]	log2l[SUSv3]	
acosl[SUSv3]	dreml[LSB]	logb[SUSv3]	
asin[SUSv3]	erf[SUSv3]	logbf[SUSv3]	
asinf[SUSv3]	erfc[SUSv3]	logbl[SUSv3]	
asinh[SUSv3]	erfcf[SUSv3]	logf[SUSv3]	
asinhf[SUSv3]	erfcl[SUSv3]	logl[SUSv3]	
asinhl[SUSv3]	erff[SUSv3]	lrint[SUSv3]	
asinl[SUSv3]	erfl[SUSv3]	lrintf[SUSv3]	
atan[SUSv3]	exp[SUSv3]	lrintl[SUSv3]	
atan2[SUSv3]	exp10[LSB]	lround[SUSv3]	
atan2f[SUSv3]	exp10f[LSB]	lroundf[SUSv3]	
atan2l[SUSv3]	exp10l[LSB]	lroundl[SUSv3]	
atanf[SUSv3]	exp2[SUSv3]	matherr[SVID.3]	
atanh[SUSv3]	exp2f[SUSv3]	modf[SUSv3]	
atanhf[SUSv3]	expf[SUSv3]	modff[SUSv3]	
atanhl[SUSv3]	expl[SUSv3]	modfl[SUSv3]	
atanl[SUSv3]	expm1[SUSv3]	nan[SUSv3]	
cabs[SUSv3]	expm1f[SUSv3]	nanf[SUSv3]	
cabsf[SUSv3]	expm1l[SUSv3]	nanl[SUSv3]	
cabsl[SUSv3]	fabs[SUSv3]	nearbyint[SUSv3]	
cacos[SUSv3]	fabsf[SUSv3]	nearbyintf[SUSv3]	
cacosf[SUSv3]	fabsl[SUSv3]	nearbyintl[SUSv3]	
cacosh[SUSv3]	fdim[SUSv3]	nextafter[SUSv3]	
cacoshf[SUSv3]	fdimf[SUSv3]	nextafterf[SUSv3]	
cacoshl[SUSv3]	fdiml[SUSv3]	nextafterl[SUSv3]	
cacosl[SUSv3]	feclearexcept[SUSv3]	nexttoward[SUSv3]	
carg[SUSv3]	fedisableexcept[LSB]	nexttowardf[SUSv3]	
cargf[SUSv3]	feenableexcept[LSB]	nexttowardl[SUSv3]	
cargl[SUSv3]	fegetenv[SUSv3]	pow[SUSv3]	
casin[SUSv3]	fegetexcept[LSB]	pow10[LSB]	
casinf[SUSv3]	fegetexceptflag[SUSv3]	pow10f[LSB]	
casinh[SUSv3]	fegetround[SUSv3]	pow10l[LSB]	
casinhf[SUSv3]	feholdexcept[SUSv3]	powf[SUSv3]	
casinhl[SUSv3]	feraiseexcept[SUSv3]	powl[SUSv3]	
casinl[SUSv3]	fesetenv[SUSv3]	remainder[SUSv3]	
catan[SUSv3]	fesetexceptflag[SUSv3]	remainderf[SUSv3]	
catanf[SUSv3]	fesetround[SUSv3]	remainderl[SUSv3]	
catanh[SUSv3]	fetestexcept[SUSv3]	remquo[SUSv3]	
catanhf[SUSv3]	feupdateenv[SUSv3]	remquof[SUSv3]	
catanhl[SUSv3]	finite[LSB]	remquol[SUSv3]	
catanl[SUSv3]	finitef[LSB]	rint[SUSv3]	
cbrt[SUSv3]	finitel[LSB]	rintf[SUSv3]	
cbrtf[SUSv3]	floor[SUSv3]	rintl[SUSv3]	
cbrtl[SUSv3]	floorf[SUSv3]	round[SUSv3]	
ccos[SUSv3]	floorl[SUSv3]	roundf[SUSv3]	
ccosf[SUSv3]	fma[SUSv3]	roundl[SUSv3]	
ccosh[SUSv3]	fmaf[SUSv3]	scalb[SUSv3]	
ccoshf[SUSv3]	fmal[SUSv3]	scalbf[LSB]	
ccoshl[SUSv3]	fmax[SUSv3]	scalbl[LSB]	
ccosl[SUSv3]	fmaxf[SUSv3]	scalbln[SUSv3]	
ceil[SUSv3]	fmaxl[SUSv3]	scalblnf[SUSv3]	
ceilf[SUSv3]	fmin[SUSv3]	scalblnl[SUSv3]	
ceill[SUSv3]	fminf[SUSv3]	scalbn[SUSv3]	
cexp[SUSv3]	fminl[SUSv3]	scalbnf[SUSv3]	
cexpf[SUSv3]	fmod[SUSv3]	scalbnl[SUSv3]	
cexpl[SUSv3]	fmodf[SUSv3]	significand[LSB]	
cimag[SUSv3]	fmodl[SUSv3]	significandf[LSB]	
cimagf[SUSv3]	frexp[SUSv3]	significandl[LSB]	
cimagl[SUSv3]	frexpf[SUSv3]	sin[SUSv3]	
clog[SUSv3]	frexpl[SUSv3]	sincos[LSB]	
clog10[LSB]	gamma[LSB]	sincosf[LSB]	
clog10f[LSB]	gammaf[LSB]	sincosl[LSB]	
clog10l[LSB]	gammal[LSB]	sinf[SUSv3]	
clogf[SUSv3]	hypot[SUSv3]	sinh[SUSv3]	
clogl[SUSv3]	hypotf[SUSv3]	sinhf[SUSv3]	
conj[SUSv3]	hypotl[SUSv3]	sinhl[SUSv3]	
conjf[SUSv3]	ilogb[SUSv3]	sinl[SUSv3]	
conjl[SUSv3]	ilogbf[SUSv3]	sqrt[SUSv3]	
copysign[SUSv3]	ilogbl[SUSv3]	sqrtf[SUSv3]	
copysignf[SUSv3]	j0[SUSv3]	sqrtl[SUSv3]	
copysignl[SUSv3]	j0f[LSB]	tan[SUSv3]	
cos[SUSv3]	j0l[LSB]	tanf[SUSv3]	
cosf[SUSv3]	j1[SUSv3]	tanh[SUSv3]	
cosh[SUSv3]	j1f[LSB]	tanhf[SUSv3]	
coshf[SUSv3]	j1l[LSB]	tanhl[SUSv3]	
coshl[SUSv3]	jn[SUSv3]	tanl[SUSv3]	
cosl[SUSv3]	jnf[LSB]	tgamma[SUSv3]	
cpow[SUSv3]	jnl[LSB]	tgammaf[SUSv3]	
cpowf[SUSv3]	ldexp[SUSv3]	tgammal[SUSv3]	
cpowl[SUSv3]	ldexpf[SUSv3]	trunc[SUSv3]	
cproj[SUSv3]	ldexpl[SUSv3]	truncf[SUSv3]	
cprojf[SUSv3]	lgamma[SUSv3]	truncl[SUSv3]	
cprojl[SUSv3]	lgamma_r[LSB]	y0[SUSv3]	
creal[SUSv3]	lgammaf[SUSv3]	y0f[LSB]	
crealf[SUSv3]	lgammaf_r[LSB]	y0l[LSB]	
creall[SUSv3]	lgammal[SUSv3]	y1[SUSv3]	
csin[SUSv3]	lgammal_r[LSB]	y1f[LSB]	
csinf[SUSv3]	llrint[SUSv3]	y1l[LSB]	
csinh[SUSv3]	llrintf[SUSv3]	yn[SUSv3]	
csinhf[SUSv3]	llrintl[SUSv3]	ynf[LSB]	
csinhl[SUSv3]	llround[SUSv3]	ynl[LSB]	

Table A-6 libm Data Interfaces
signgam[SUSv3]	

A.5 libncurses
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
This Specification [LSB]	
X/Open Curses [SUS-CURSES]	

Table A-7 libncurses Function Interfaces
addch[SUS-CURSES]	mvdelch[SUS-CURSES]	slk_refresh[SUS-CURSES]	
addchnstr[SUS-CURSES]	mvderwin[SUS-CURSES]	slk_restore[SUS-CURSES]	
addchstr[SUS-CURSES]	mvgetch[SUS-CURSES]	slk_set[SUS-CURSES]	
addnstr[SUS-CURSES]	mvgetnstr[SUS-CURSES]	slk_touch[SUS-CURSES]	
addstr[SUS-CURSES]	mvgetstr[SUS-CURSES]	standend[SUS-CURSES]	
attr_get[SUS-CURSES]	mvhline[SUS-CURSES]	standout[SUS-CURSES]	
attr_off[SUS-CURSES]	mvinch[SUS-CURSES]	start_color[SUS-CURSES]	
attr_on[SUS-CURSES]	mvinchnstr[LSB]	subpad[SUS-CURSES]	
attr_set[SUS-CURSES]	mvinchstr[LSB]	subwin[SUS-CURSES]	
attroff[SUS-CURSES]	mvinnstr[SUS-CURSES]	syncok[SUS-CURSES]	
attron[SUS-CURSES]	mvinsch[SUS-CURSES]	termattrs[SUS-CURSES]	
attrset[SUS-CURSES]	mvinsnstr[SUS-CURSES]	termname[SUS-CURSES]	
baudrate[SUS-CURSES]	mvinsstr[SUS-CURSES]	tgetent[SUS-CURSES]	
beep[SUS-CURSES]	mvinstr[LSB]	tgetflag[SUS-CURSES]	
bkgd[SUS-CURSES]	mvprintw[SUS-CURSES]	tgetnum[SUS-CURSES]	
bkgdset[SUS-CURSES]	mvscanw[LSB]	tgetstr[SUS-CURSES]	
border[SUS-CURSES]	mvvline[SUS-CURSES]	tgoto[SUS-CURSES]	
box[SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddch[SUS-CURSES]	tigetflag[SUS-CURSES]	
can_change_color[SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddchnstr[SUS-CURSES]	tigetnum[SUS-CURSES]	
cbreak[SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddchstr[SUS-CURSES]	tigetstr[SUS-CURSES]	
chgat[SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddnstr[SUS-CURSES]	timeout[SUS-CURSES]	
clear[SUS-CURSES]	mvwaddstr[SUS-CURSES]	touchline[SUS-CURSES]	
clearok[SUS-CURSES]	mvwchgat[SUS-CURSES]	touchwin[SUS-CURSES]	
clrtobot[SUS-CURSES]	mvwdelch[SUS-CURSES]	tparm[SUS-CURSES]	
clrtoeol[SUS-CURSES]	mvwgetch[SUS-CURSES]	tputs[SUS-CURSES]	
color_content[SUS-CURSES]	mvwgetnstr[SUS-CURSES]	typeahead[SUS-CURSES]	
color_set[SUS-CURSES]	mvwgetstr[SUS-CURSES]	unctrl[SUS-CURSES]	
copywin[SUS-CURSES]	mvwhline[SUS-CURSES]	ungetch[SUS-CURSES]	
curs_set[SUS-CURSES]	mvwin[SUS-CURSES]	untouchwin[SUS-CURSES]	
def_prog_mode[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinch[SUS-CURSES]	use_env[SUS-CURSES]	
def_shell_mode[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinchnstr[LSB]	vidattr[SUS-CURSES]	
del_curterm[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinchstr[LSB]	vidputs[SUS-CURSES]	
delay_output[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinnstr[SUS-CURSES]	vline[SUS-CURSES]	
delch[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinsch[SUS-CURSES]	vw_printw[SUS-CURSES]	
deleteln[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinsnstr[SUS-CURSES]	vw_scanw[LSB]	
delscreen[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinsstr[SUS-CURSES]	vwprintw[SUS-CURSES]	
delwin[SUS-CURSES]	mvwinstr[LSB]	vwscanw[LSB]	
derwin[SUS-CURSES]	mvwprintw[SUS-CURSES]	waddch[SUS-CURSES]	
doupdate[SUS-CURSES]	mvwscanw[LSB]	waddchnstr[SUS-CURSES]	
dupwin[SUS-CURSES]	mvwvline[SUS-CURSES]	waddchstr[SUS-CURSES]	
echo[SUS-CURSES]	napms[SUS-CURSES]	waddnstr[SUS-CURSES]	
echochar[SUS-CURSES]	newpad[SUS-CURSES]	waddstr[SUS-CURSES]	
endwin[SUS-CURSES]	newterm[SUS-CURSES]	wattr_get[SUS-CURSES]	
erase[SUS-CURSES]	newwin[SUS-CURSES]	wattr_off[SUS-CURSES]	
erasechar[SUS-CURSES]	nl[SUS-CURSES]	wattr_on[SUS-CURSES]	
filter[SUS-CURSES]	nocbreak[SUS-CURSES]	wattr_set[SUS-CURSES]	
flash[SUS-CURSES]	nodelay[SUS-CURSES]	wattroff[SUS-CURSES]	
flushinp[SUS-CURSES]	noecho[SUS-CURSES]	wattron[SUS-CURSES]	
getbkgd[SUS-CURSES]	nonl[SUS-CURSES]	wattrset[SUS-CURSES]	
getch[SUS-CURSES]	noqiflush[SUS-CURSES]	wbkgd[SUS-CURSES]	
getnstr[SUS-CURSES]	noraw[SUS-CURSES]	wbkgdset[SUS-CURSES]	
getstr[SUS-CURSES]	notimeout[SUS-CURSES]	wborder[SUS-CURSES]	
getwin[SUS-CURSES]	overlay[SUS-CURSES]	wchgat[SUS-CURSES]	
halfdelay[SUS-CURSES]	overwrite[SUS-CURSES]	wclear[SUS-CURSES]	
has_colors[SUS-CURSES]	pair_content[SUS-CURSES]	wclrtobot[SUS-CURSES]	
has_ic[SUS-CURSES]	pechochar[SUS-CURSES]	wclrtoeol[SUS-CURSES]	
has_il[SUS-CURSES]	pnoutrefresh[SUS-CURSES]	wcolor_set[SUS-CURSES]	
hline[SUS-CURSES]	prefresh[SUS-CURSES]	wcursyncup[SUS-CURSES]	
idcok[SUS-CURSES]	printw[SUS-CURSES]	wdelch[SUS-CURSES]	
idlok[SUS-CURSES]	putp[SUS-CURSES]	wdeleteln[SUS-CURSES]	
immedok[SUS-CURSES]	putwin[SUS-CURSES]	wechochar[SUS-CURSES]	
inch[SUS-CURSES]	qiflush[SUS-CURSES]	werase[SUS-CURSES]	
inchnstr[LSB]	raw[SUS-CURSES]	wgetch[SUS-CURSES]	
inchstr[LSB]	redrawwin[SUS-CURSES]	wgetnstr[SUS-CURSES]	
init_color[SUS-CURSES]	refresh[SUS-CURSES]	wgetstr[SUS-CURSES]	
init_pair[SUS-CURSES]	reset_prog_mode[SUS-CURSES]	whline[SUS-CURSES]	
initscr[SUS-CURSES]	reset_shell_mode[SUS-CURSES]	winch[SUS-CURSES]	
innstr[SUS-CURSES]	resetty[SUS-CURSES]	winchnstr[LSB]	
insch[SUS-CURSES]	restartterm[SUS-CURSES]	winchstr[LSB]	
insdelln[SUS-CURSES]	ripoffline[LSB]	winnstr[SUS-CURSES]	
insertln[SUS-CURSES]	savetty[SUS-CURSES]	winsch[SUS-CURSES]	
insnstr[SUS-CURSES]	scanw[LSB]	winsdelln[SUS-CURSES]	
insstr[SUS-CURSES]	scr_dump[SUS-CURSES]	winsertln[SUS-CURSES]	
instr[LSB]	scr_init[SUS-CURSES]	winsnstr[SUS-CURSES]	
intrflush[SUS-CURSES]	scr_restore[SUS-CURSES]	winsstr[SUS-CURSES]	
is_linetouched[SUS-CURSES]	scr_set[SUS-CURSES]	winstr[LSB]	
is_wintouched[SUS-CURSES]	scrl[SUS-CURSES]	wmove[SUS-CURSES]	
isendwin[SUS-CURSES]	scroll[SUS-CURSES]	wnoutrefresh[SUS-CURSES]	
keyname[SUS-CURSES]	scrollok[SUS-CURSES]	wprintw[SUS-CURSES]	
keypad[SUS-CURSES]	set_curterm[SUS-CURSES]	wredrawln[SUS-CURSES]	
killchar[SUS-CURSES]	set_term[SUS-CURSES]	wrefresh[SUS-CURSES]	
leaveok[SUS-CURSES]	setscrreg[SUS-CURSES]	wscanw[LSB]	
longname[SUS-CURSES]	setupterm[SUS-CURSES]	wscrl[SUS-CURSES]	
meta[SUS-CURSES]	slk_attr_set[SUS-CURSES]	wsetscrreg[SUS-CURSES]	
move[SUS-CURSES]	slk_attroff[SUS-CURSES]	wstandend[SUS-CURSES]	
mvaddch[SUS-CURSES]	slk_attron[SUS-CURSES]	wstandout[SUS-CURSES]	
mvaddchnstr[SUS-CURSES]	slk_attrset[SUS-CURSES]	wsyncdown[SUS-CURSES]	
mvaddchstr[SUS-CURSES]	slk_clear[SUS-CURSES]	wsyncup[SUS-CURSES]	
mvaddnstr[SUS-CURSES]	slk_color[SUS-CURSES]	wtimeout[SUS-CURSES]	
mvaddstr[SUS-CURSES]	slk_init[SUS-CURSES]	wtouchln[SUS-CURSES]	
mvchgat[SUS-CURSES]	slk_label[SUS-CURSES]	wvline[SUS-CURSES]	
mvcur[LSB]	slk_noutrefresh[SUS-CURSES]	

Table A-8 libncurses Data Interfaces
COLORS[SUS-CURSES]	LINES[SUS-CURSES]	curscr[SUS-CURSES]	
COLOR_PAIRS[SUS-CURSES]	acs_map[SUS-CURSES]	stdscr[SUS-CURSES]	
COLS[SUS-CURSES]	cur_term[SUS-CURSES]	

A.6 libpam
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
This Specification [LSB]	

Table A-9 libpam Function Interfaces
pam_acct_mgmt[LSB]	pam_fail_delay[LSB]	pam_putenv[LSB]	
pam_authenticate[LSB]	pam_get_item[LSB]	pam_set_item[LSB]	
pam_chauthtok[LSB]	pam_getenv[LSB]	pam_setcred[LSB]	
pam_close_session[LSB]	pam_getenvlist[LSB]	pam_start[LSB]	
pam_end[LSB]	pam_open_session[LSB]	pam_strerror[LSB]	

A.7 libpthread
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
Large File Support [LFS]	
This Specification [LSB]	
ISO POSIX (2003) [SUSv3]	
POSIX 1003.1 2008 [SUSv4]	

Table A-10 libpthread Function Interfaces
_pthread_cleanup_pop[LSB]	pthread_cond_timedwait[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_init[SUSv3]	
_pthread_cleanup_push[LSB]	pthread_cond_wait[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_rdlock[SUSv3]	
lseek64[LFS]	pthread_condattr_destroy[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_timedrdlock[SUSv3]	
open64[LFS]	pthread_condattr_getpshared[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_timedwrlock[SUSv3]	
pread[SUSv3]	pthread_condattr_init[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_tryrdlock[SUSv3]	
pread64[LSB]	pthread_condattr_setpshared[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_trywrlock[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_destroy[SUSv3]	pthread_create[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_unlock[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getdetachstate[SUSv3]	pthread_detach[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_wrlock[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getguardsize[SUSv3]	pthread_equal[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_destroy[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getinheritsched[SUSv3]	pthread_exit[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_getpshared[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getschedparam[SUSv3]	pthread_getconcurrency[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_init[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getschedpolicy[SUSv3]	pthread_getcpuclockid[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlockattr_setpshared[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getscope[SUSv3]	pthread_getschedparam[SUSv3]	pthread_self[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getstack[SUSv3]	pthread_getspecific[SUSv3]	pthread_setcancelstate[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getstackaddr[SUSv3]	pthread_join[SUSv3]	pthread_setcanceltype[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_getstacksize[SUSv3]	pthread_key_create[SUSv3]	pthread_setconcurrency[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_init[SUSv3]	pthread_key_delete[SUSv3]	pthread_setschedparam[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setdetachstate[SUSv3]	pthread_kill[SUSv3]	pthread_setschedprio(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setguardsize[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_destroy[SUSv3]	pthread_setspecific[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setinheritsched[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_getprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	pthread_sigmask[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setschedparam[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_init[SUSv3]	pthread_spin_destroy[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setschedpolicy[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_lock[SUSv3]	pthread_spin_init[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setscope[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_setprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	pthread_spin_lock[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setstack[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_timedlock[SUSv3]	pthread_spin_trylock[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setstackaddr[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_trylock[SUSv3]	pthread_spin_unlock[SUSv3]	
pthread_attr_setstacksize[SUSv3]	pthread_mutex_unlock[SUSv3]	pthread_testcancel[SUSv3]	
pthread_barrier_destroy[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_destroy[SUSv3]	pwrite[SUSv3]	
pthread_barrier_init[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_getprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	pwrite64[LSB]	
pthread_barrier_wait[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_getprotocol(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	sem_close[SUSv3]	
pthread_barrierattr_destroy[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_getpshared[SUSv3]	sem_destroy[SUSv3]	
pthread_barrierattr_getpshared(GLIBC_2.3.3)[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_gettype[SUSv3]	sem_getvalue[SUSv3]	
pthread_barrierattr_init[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_init[SUSv3]	sem_init[SUSv3]	
pthread_barrierattr_setpshared[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_setprioceiling(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	sem_open[SUSv3]	
pthread_cancel[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_setprotocol(GLIBC_2.4)[SUSv4]	sem_post[SUSv3]	
pthread_cond_broadcast[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_setpshared[SUSv3]	sem_timedwait[SUSv3]	
pthread_cond_destroy[SUSv3]	pthread_mutexattr_settype[SUSv3]	sem_trywait[SUSv3]	
pthread_cond_init[SUSv3]	pthread_once[SUSv3]	sem_unlink[SUSv3]	
pthread_cond_signal[SUSv3]	pthread_rwlock_destroy[SUSv3]	sem_wait[SUSv3]	

A.8 librt
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
ISO POSIX (2003) [SUSv3]	

Table A-11 librt Function Interfaces
clock_getcpuclockid[SUSv3]	mq_open(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	shm_unlink[SUSv3]	
clock_getres[SUSv3]	mq_receive(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	timer_create[SUSv3]	
clock_gettime[SUSv3]	mq_send(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	timer_delete[SUSv3]	
clock_nanosleep[SUSv3]	mq_setattr(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	timer_getoverrun[SUSv3]	
clock_settime[SUSv3]	mq_timedreceive(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	timer_gettime[SUSv3]	
mq_close(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	mq_timedsend(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	timer_settime[SUSv3]	
mq_getattr(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	mq_unlink(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	
	
mq_notify(GLIBC_2.3.4)[SUSv3]	shm_open[SUSv3]	

A.9 libutil
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
This Specification [LSB]	

Table A-12 libutil Function Interfaces
forkpty[LSB]	login_tty[LSB]	logwtmp[LSB]	
login[LSB]	logout[LSB]	openpty[LSB]	

A.10 libz
The behavior of the interfaces in this library is specified by the following Standards.
This Specification [LSB]	

Table A-13 libz Function Interfaces
adler32[LSB]	gzclose[LSB]	gztell[LSB]	
compress[LSB]	gzdopen[LSB]	gzwrite[LSB]	
compress2[LSB]	gzeof[LSB]	inflate[LSB]	
compressBound[LSB]	gzerror[LSB]	inflateEnd[LSB]	
crc32[LSB]	gzflush[LSB]	inflateInit2_[LSB]	
deflate[LSB]	gzgetc[LSB]	inflateInit_[LSB]	
deflateBound[LSB]	gzgets[LSB]	inflateReset[LSB]	
deflateCopy[LSB]	gzopen[LSB]	inflateSetDictionary[LSB]	
deflateEnd[LSB]	gzprintf[LSB]	inflateSync[LSB]	
deflateInit2_[LSB]	gzputc[LSB]	inflateSyncPoint[LSB]	
deflateInit_[LSB]	gzputs[LSB]	uncompress[LSB]	
deflateParams[LSB]	gzread[LSB]	zError[LSB]	
deflateReset[LSB]	gzrewind[LSB]	zlibVersion[LSB]	
deflateSetDictionary[LSB]	gzseek[LSB]	
	
get_crc_table[LSB]	gzsetparams[LSB]	

Annex B Future Directions (Informative)
B.1 Introduction
This appendix describes interfaces that are under development and aimed at future releases of this specification. At this stage, such interfaces are at best recommended practice, and do not constitute normative requirements of this specification. Applications may not assume that any system provides these interfaces.
We encourage system implementors and ISVs to provide these interfaces, and to provide feedback on their specification to lsbspec@freestandards.org (mailto://lsb-spec@freestandards.org). These interfaces may well be further modified during the development process, and may be withdrawn if concensus cannot be reached.
B.2 Commands And Utilities
lsbinstall
Name
lsbinstall — installation tool for various types of data
Synopsis
/usr/lib/lsb/lsbinstall [-c | --check | -r | --remove] { -t type | --type=type } [-p package | --package=package] operand... 
Description
The lsbinstall utility may be used to install certain types of files into system specific locations, repositories, or databases. This command may be used during a package post installation script to add package specific data to system wide repositories. A user may need appropriate privilege to invoke lsbinstall.
The operand (or operands) name an object of type type (see below) that belongs to a package named package. The combination of package name, object type and object name should be unique amongst all objects installed by lsbinstall. The lsbinstall utility may rename an object if another package already owns an object of the same type with the same name. 
Note: If a namespace collision is detected by lsbinstall, it is unspecified how the object is renamed, although typical implementations may prepend the package name to the object in some way (e.g. package.obj-name). The lsbinstall utility may maintain a database of the mappings it has performed during installation in order to ensure that the correct object is removed during a subsequent removal operation.
Scripts installed by lsbinstall should not make use of the script name in order to decide on their functionality. 
Note: It is appropriate for such a script to use the script name in error messages, usage statements, etc. The only guarantee made by lsbinstall is the effect that an installation (or removal) should have, not where a script is installed, or how it is named.
The -p pkg or --package=pkg is required for all object types unless explicitly noted below.
If the -c or --check option is specified, lsbinstall should test to see if there is an existing object of the type specified already installed. If there is, lsbinstall should print a message to its standard output and immediately exit with a status of zero. If there is no object of the type and name specified already installed, lsbinstall should exit with a non-zero status and take no further action.
If the -r or --remove is specified, the named object of the specified type should be removed or disabled from the system, except as noted below. The behavior is unspecified if the named object was not previously installed by lsbinstall. 
Note: lsbinstall may rename objects during installation in order to prevent name collisions where another package has already installed an object with the given name. Using lsbinstall --remove will remove only the object belonging to the named package, and not the object belonging to another package.
Also note that the intent of the --remove option is to prevent the effect of the installed object; it should be sufficient to disable or comment out the addition in some way, while leaving the content behind. It is not intended that --remove be required to be the exact reverse of installation.
Object Types
The -t type or --type=type option should support at least the following types: 
profile
 	install a profile script into a system specific location. There should be one operand, that names a profile shell script. The behavior is unspecified if this name does not have the suffix .sh.
The sh utility should read and execute commands in its current execution environment from all such installed profile shell scripts when invoked as an interactive login shell, or if the -l (the letter ell) is specified (see Shell Invocation).
service
 	ensure a service name and number pair is known to the system service database. When installing, there must be at least two operands. The first operand should have the format %d/%s with the port number and protocol values (e.g. 22/tcp), and the second operand should be the name of the service. Any subsequent operands provide aliases for this service. The -p pkg or --package=pkg option is not required for service objects, and is ignored if specified. If any of the -r, --remove, -c or --check options are specified, there should be a single operand identifying the port and protocol values (with the same format as above).
It should not be an error to attempt to add a service name to the system service database if that service name already exists for the same port and protocol combination. If the port and protocol combination was already present, but the name unknown, the name should be added as an alias to the existing entry. It should be an error to attempt to add a second entry for a given service name and protocol, but where the port number differs from an existing entry.
If the -r or --remove is specified, the system service database need not be updated to remove or disable the named service.
inet
 	add an entry to the system's network super daemon configuration. If none of the -r, --remove, -c or --check options are specified, the first operand should have the format: 
"%s:%s:%s:%s:%s:%s"
Otherwise, the first operand should have the format 
"%s:%s"
The fields in the first operand have the following meaning, in order: 
svc_name
 	The name of this service. If the name does not contain a /, this should match the name of an already installed service (see also getservbyname()). If the name contains a / character, the behavior is unspecified. 
Rationale: This version of the LSB does not specify getrpcbyname() nor the existence or format of the /etc/rpc file. Therefore, installation of RPC based services is not specified at this point. A future version of this specification may require names containing a / character to be Remote Procedure Call based services.
protocol
 	The name of a protocol. The name should be one of those listed in /etc/protocols. If this attribute is not specified (i.e. a null value is passed), the system should use an implementation defined default protocol.
socket_type
 	One of the following values: 
stream
 	the service will use a stream type socket.
dgram
 	the service will use a datagram type socket.
seqpacket
 	the service will use a sequenced packet type socket.
This field is not required for the -c, --check, -r, or --remove options.
wait_flag
 	If the value of this attribute is wait, once the service is started, no further requests for that service will be handled until the service exits. If the value is nowait, the network super daemon should continue to handle further requests for the given service while that service is running. 
Note: If the service has the socket_type attribute set to dgram, the wait_flag attribute should be set to wait, since such services do not have any distinction between the socket used for listening and that used for accepting.
This field is not required for the -c, --check, -r, or --remove options.
user[.group]
 	The name of a user from the user login database, optionally followed by the name of a group from the group database. The service started to handle this request should run with the privileges of the specified user and group. This field is not required for the -c, --check, -r, or --remove options.
server [arg ...]
 	The name of a program to run to handle the request, optionally followed by any arguments required. The server name and each of its arguments is separated by whitespace. This field is not required for the -c, --check, -r, or --remove options.
If the implementation supports additional controls over services started through the inet super daemon, there may be additional, implementation-defined, operands. 
Rationale: Systems that use the xinetd super daemon may support additional controls such as IP address restrictions, logging requirements, etc. The LSB does not require these additional controls. However, it was believed to be of sufficient benefit that implementations are granted permission to extend this interface as required.
Examples
lsbinstall --package=myapp --type=profile myco.com-prod.sh
Install the profile shell script for myco.com-prod.sh, part of the myapp package..
lsbinstall --package=myapp --check --type=profile myco.com-prod.sh
Test to see if the profile shell script for myco.com-prod.sh, as part of the myapp package, is installed correctly.
Exit Status
If the -c or --check option is specified, lsbinstall should exit with a zero status if an object of the specified type and name is already installed, or non-zero otherwise. Otherwise, lsbinstall should exit with a zero status if the object with the specified type and name was successfully installed (or removed if the -r or --remove option was specified), and non-zero if the installation (or removal) failed. On failure, a diagnostic message should be printed to the standard error file descriptor.

Annex C GNU Free Documentation License (Informative)
This specification is published under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1, March 2000
Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
C.1 PREAMBLE
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
C.2 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you".
A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License.
A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
C.3 VERBATIM COPYING
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
C.4 COPYING IN QUANTITY
If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
C.5 MODIFICATIONS
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
	A.	Use in the Title Page  (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the  Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if  there were any, be listed in the History section of the  Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if  the original publisher of that version gives permission.
	B.	List on the Title Page,  as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for  authorship of the modifications in the Modified Version,  together with at least five of the principal authors of the  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than  five).
	C.	State on the Title page  the name of the publisher of the Modified Version, as the  publisher.
	D.	Preserve all the  copyright notices of the Document.
	E.	Add an appropriate  copyright notice for your modifications adjacent to the other  copyright notices.
	F.	Include, immediately  after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public  permission to use the Modified Version under the terms of this  License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
	G.	Preserve in that license  notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover  Texts given in the Document's license notice.
	H.	Include an unaltered  copy of this License.
	I.	Preserve the section  entitled "History", and its title, and add to it an item stating  at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the  Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no  section entitled "History" in the Document, create one stating  the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given  on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
	J.	Preserve the network  location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a  Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network  locations given in the Document for previous versions it was  based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. You  may omit a network location for a work that was published at  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
	K.	In any section entitled  "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", preserve the section's  title, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of  each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications  given therein.
	L.	Preserve all the  Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and  in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not  considered part of the section titles.
	M.	Delete any section  entitled "Endorsements". Such a section may not be included in  the Modified Version.
	N.	Do not retitle any  existing section as "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with  any Invariant Section.
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
C.6 COMBINING DOCUMENTS
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections entitled "Endorsements."
C.7 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
C.8 AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
C.9 TRANSLATION
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License provided that you also include the original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original English version of this License, the original English version will prevail.
C.10 TERMINATION
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
C.11 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
C.12 How to use this License for your documents
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.